
Class. 
Book.. 



r : y 



^JLy_ 



OojpghtN?. 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSnV 



BOHEMIAN MADE EASY. 



A PRACTICAL BOHEMIAN COURSE FOR 
ENGLISH SPEAKING PEOPLE. 



-BY- 



late U. S. Consul at Prague, author of the first Dictionary of the Bohemian 
and English languages. 

Second. Edition. 

Published by the SLAVIE, Racine, Wis., 1900. 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1890, in the office 
of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington. D. C. 



) — / r °\ o 

Cln. A, 3l 2- & f o~ 

JUL IS..T909 



10 HIE HONORABLE 



GROVER CLEVELAND, 



EXPRESIDENT OF TEE UNITED STATES, 



THIS LITTLE BOOK IS DEDICATED, 



AS A SLIGHT TOKEN OF PROFOUND, 



RESPECT AND ADMIRATION 



BY 1HE 



AU1H0R. 



Why this bo ok has been written. 

The answer to such a question is simple: because 
there is a demand for it. And whenever there is a demand, 
the supply is sure to come. 

Not a year passes, but numbers apply to di ers book- 
sellers and publishers for some handy book to give them a 
practical knowledge of the Bohemian language or to serve as 
a proper introduction to a study thereof. 

Who are the applicants? They are business men, 
clerks, salesmen and travelers, druggists and physicians, 
ministers, teachers and lawyers. They live and follow their 
vocations in localities where a ]arge fraction of the population 
speaks the Bohemian language; they perceive the advantage 
which a knowledge of Bohemian, or even a slight acquaint- 
ance with that tongue, would give them; and consequently 
they look for a guide. 

Such a guide this little work is designed to furnish I 
may say that within six or eight years past I have myself read 
hundreds of applications for such a guide from different parts 
of our country and I repeatedly promised to write a book of 
this kind as soon as my other occupations permitted. Now 
I have redeemed that pledge. It has been done to be sure, 
only in an imperfect manner; there are defects and shortcom- 
ings, which in a pioneer work of this kind cannot be avoided. 
But I applied myself to the task with the honest intention, 
materially to assist the beginner in his attempt to gain such a 
knowledge of the Bohemian language, as would be of help to 
him in his intercourse with people speaking that language, or 
in his desire to read Bohemian literature: and 1 cherish the 



6 Why this book has been written. 

hope, that this present result of my labor will prove really 
helpful to those who will make use of it for that purpose. — 

,,Is Bohemian a hard language to learn?" This inquiry 
I have heard more than once. 

I think no language is easy to learn, if a person wants 
to have a perfect command of it; and Bohemian presents 
about a fair average of the difficulties, which a student of lan- 
guages encounters. But there is no great difficulty in acquir- 
ing a superficial knowledge of any living European tongue, a 
knowledge sufficient for ordinary intercourse in every day life, 
if a person has the will and perseverance to learn it and a fair 
opportunity to use what he learns. Beginners who willl take 
up this little book with an earnest purpose, will soon find out 
that Bohemian comes well under this general rule. 

Some years ago I made the acquaintance of a business 
man in a small city of Wisconsin, with whom I conversed 
both in English and Bohemian and whom I noticed to use 
both languages in his gen ral conversation with others appar- 
ently with the same ease and fluency It was not until some 
time after our first meeting, that I learned the gentleman in 
question was not a Bohemian by birth, but a native American 
of German descent. Had I been told that he was a born Po- 
hemian. I certainly would have believed it, from the way he 
handled the language. On our next meeting I asked him how 
he succeeded in mastering the Bohemian language so perfectly; 
and he said: ,, My instructor was the Bohemian newspaper. 
I commenced by reading communications wri ten by farmers 
in an easy, colloquial style and asking explanations as to 
meaning and pronunciation. In this I persevered, my stock 
of words and phrases grew rapidly, and I was soon enabled to 
understand and to make a rapid progress in conversation. 
Later on I had recourse to the dictionary. " 

This tends to show what may be done by patient appli- 
cation and perseverance and it may serve us an encouragement 



The? Bohemian language. 7 

to beginners. Of course, the number of persons of other na- 
tionalities who have acquired a sufficient practical knowledge 
of Bohemian to employ it in ordinary intercourse and business, 
is very lar^e; and I mention it simply to show, that there is 
no insuperable difficulty in the way, as some persons perhaps 
might imagine. 

And with this little introduction I wish the beginner 
God speed! 

The Bohe mian l anguage. 

The Slavonic family of nations, numbering rather 
more than one hundred and ten millions, is composed of 
two great divisions: 

1. The eastern division, comprising the Russians, 
Bulgarians and Serbo-Croats, under which latter head may 
also be classed the Slovenes; 

2. the western division, comprising the Poles, 
Bohemians and the remnant of the Wends in Germany. 

The Bohemian language is closely related to the 
other branches of the Slavonic tongue. It needs only a 
few weeks study, for a person having a full command of 
Bohemian, to obtain a fair practical knowledge of any other 
Slavonic idiom. Especially is the relationship between 
Bohemian and Polish so close, that they might almost be 
considered dialects of one and the same language. 

The Bohemian language is spoken in Bohemia, 
Moravia, part of Austrian and Prussian Silesia, and also in 
Upper Hungary. The Slovak idiom spoken in the last 
named country is simply an earlier form of Bohemian, 
which latter the Slovaks of Hungary used for centuries as 



8 The Bohemians in the United States. 

their literary or biblical " language; only within the last 
fifty years have they begun to employ their proper dialect 
largely in literature. But still, the language is virtually 
the same, Bohemians and Slovaks needing no interpreters 
to understand one another, and no dictionaries mutually to 
read their publications. As a matter of fact, the two idioms 
are much nearer than high German and low German. 



The Bohemians in the United States. 

About the year 1848 Bohemian emigration to the 
United States commenced. Its volume has never been so 
large as that of the Irish or German emigration, but it has 
been steady and it will naturally go on for many years to 
come. In all probability, it will continue as long as 
European emigration to this side of the Atlantic ocean in 
general, and it may in the near future assume larger pro- 
portions than in the past. 

The census of 1870 found 42,000 persons of 
Bohemian birth settled in the United States. In the year 
1880 there were, according to the census taken in that year, 
over 85,000. But it must be remembered that many of 
those classified in the census tables as born in Austria, are 
of Bohemian nationality, especially such as emigrated 
from the provinces of Moravia and Silesia, and not from 
Bohemia proper. Quite a number, also, were by mistake 
entered under the general heading of "Germany", as to 
the country of their nativity. , 

It is safe to say that the number of persons born in 
Europe, whose mother tongue was Bohemian, at the time 



The Bohemians in the United States. 9 

of the official enumeration of 1880 exceeded one hundred 
thousand. At this writing they number nearly 200,000, 
and together with the first generation born in this country 
of Bohemian parents and speaking the language, in all 
probability somewhere near 500,000. 

Within the last ten or fifteen years quite a heavy 
stream of immigration has set in from Hungary. At first 
mostly employed in Eastern mines and factories, these 
immigrants have in recent years been spreading west and 
settling on lands. These Hungarians are mostly Slovaks. 

The number of Slovaks in the United States at this 
time probably equals about one third that of the Bohemians 
proper; hence the present number of persons in the United 
States speaking tBe Bohemian language in both i%s dialects 
may be computed at six hundred thousand. 

The Bohemians have their homes chiefly in the 
following states: New York, Pennsylvania, Maryland, 
Ohio, Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Iowa, Minnesota. 
Nebraska, Kansas, S. Dakota, Missouri and Texas. 

In the first five states and also in Missouri they live 
chiefly in the cities, following different trades and working 
in factories. In the other states they are mainly farmers, 
as a rule very industrious and thrifty. Many of them are 
of course engaged in business of all kinds and in the pro- 
fessions. In their manners and customs and ways of 
thought the Bohemians strongly resemble the Germans, 
particularly the South Germans, with whom they have been 
in close contact in the old world for over a thousand years. 
They are industrious and saving, sociable and hospitable; 



10 The Bohemians in the United States. 

their favorite beverage at social gatherings and entertain- 
ments is beer, and "Bohemian beer" of different make has 
in recent years become quite popular in this country of ours. 
Immoderate indulgence in their favorite drink may doubt- 
less sometimes be observed among them as among others, 
especially in the large cities; but as a rule, they are sober, 
law-abiding and extremely gbodnatured. 

In religion, Roman Catholicism predominates among 
the Bohemians and they have a large number of churches, 
priests and parish schools in the United States. The Pro- 
testants also have numerous places of worship. Large 
numbers of the Bohemians, however, keep apart from all 
churches and religious denominations. They are liberals, 
free-thinkers and agnostics of different shades of opinion, 
enjoying the inestimable privilege of every American citizen 
to follow his convictions and enjoy a full personal freedom, 
so long as he respects the laws and the equal freedom of 
his fellow-citizens. 

The first Bohemian newspaper on this side of the 
Atlantic was issued thirty years ago at Racine, Wisconsin, 
the first number appearing on New Year's day 1860. Now 
there are about twenty five or thirty newspapers in that 
language published in the United States, both daily and 
weekly, besides several in the Slovak dialect. Most of 
them have a good patronage and some have in fact a surpris- 
ingly large circulation. ■ Other publications are also quite 
numerous. The Bohemians, and particularly the farmers, 
are fond of reading, eager for information, and above all 
they seek political knowledge, taking the liveliest interest 



The Bohemians in the- United States, 11 

in whatever concerns the government, public institutions and 
laws of their adopted country. During the civil war the 
Bohemians, although at that time quite generally classified 
as Germans, furnished a considerable contingent of the 
defenders of the Union and in Chicago a monument will 
soon be reared by the Bohemians in memory of those of 
their nationality, who cheerfully took up arms and gave 
their lives for the unity and freedom of this great country. *) 

*) The following is a quotation from an extensive article on the Bohemians iu 
St Louis, Mo., which appeared in the GLOBE DEMOCRAT of February 16, 1890: • 

"In the territory lying between Seventh and Fourteenth streets on the east and 
west, and Geyer and Russell avenues on the north and south, there is a population of 
25,000 souls, all speaking the language of Bohemia, schooling th ir children in the an- 
cient toDgue, keeping vp an acquaintance with a rich and varied literature that dates 
back to the ninth century, sud for the most part worshiping in the Roman Catholic 
Church, of which Bohemia has been a stanch adherent since the ninth century. A 
thrifty set are these Bohemians, good citizens in all that the term impli s, prompt tax- 
payers, fully alive to the requirements of civilization; mingling freely in business 
intercourse with their cousins from other lands, they yet preserve the social customs 
of their native land, and take an overweening- pride in the preservation of its 
language and its literature. The Bohemian met up town in business life would be 
casually mistaken for a c-ierman, but a tour through their section of the city 
impresses one with their startling individuality.... In conversation with S. (one of 
th ir leading men) I was struck by the ease and purity of his English diction. Th s 
is a marked peculiarity of most of the Bohemians. From their own harsh and 
difficult language they switch off into English which betrays but little trace of 
foreign accent." — 

The statement about the Bohemians having been steadfast adherents of the 
Church of Rome may be considered as a serious lapsus calami, because it is 
not borne out by history. The Bohemians were in fact a protestant nation from the 
burning at the stake of their famous reformers John Huss and lerome of Prague (in 
the years 1415 and 1416) until the period of the Thirty Years war, which took its s art 
in Bohemia. Concerning the allusion to the character of the Bohemian language it 
may be stated as a well known experience, that nearly every language appears "harsh 
and difficult" to a person who is perfectly ignorant of the same and very rarely hears 
it spoken. Time and again have I heard, on the European continent, English 
language characterized as "harsh and difficult", whereas in fact, English is a language 
not only full of melody as well as power, but probably the easiest of all European 
languages to learn. 



r=WRT i. 

SECTION 1. 
Oeneral observations. 

In the Bohemian language Roman characters are used in writing 
and printing. 

In order to read Bohemian it is first necessary to be well acquainted 
with the sounds, represented by the different letters of the Bohemian al- 
phabet. 

In attempting to read English while giving the letters the customary 
Bohemian sounds, we should find most English words difficult to pro- 
nounce and a large proportion of them simply unpronounceable. 

The same is true if we attempt to read Bohemian while giving the 
letters their English sounds. 

This explains why English speaking persons, entirely ignorant of 
any language but their own and supposing that the letters of the alphabet 
always retain their English sounds, find so many "jawbreakers" in trying 
to pronounce Bohemian or other-foreign words. Foreign persons, ignor- 
ant of English, find themselves "in the same boat", when trying to pro- 
nounce English words, and their difficulty is even much greater on 
account of the complicated character of English orthography. 



SECTION 2. 

Tlxe Bohemian alplialbet. 

The alphabet of the Bohemian language consists of 26 letters, the 
same as the English, if accented letters, being simply a modification of 
the original sounds, are not counted; but, counting all the accented letters 
separately, we find 41 letters in the Bohemian alphabet. 



The Alphabet 



13 



The following table gives the complete alphabet of the Bohemian 
language, with the English equivalents as near as possible. Capital letters, 
of course, correspond with the small letters, accented or unaccented. 

THE ALPHABET. 



a 
a 
b 
c 
6 
d 

d' 



e 

© 



f 

h 
ch 

i 
i 

k 
1 



has the sound of o in clone. 

a tt << i( a in arm. 

il " " " b. 

" " " " ts. 

" " " " ch in child. 

" " " " d; it takes the sound of d: when followed by the 
soft vowels e, i or i. 

M " " " di in the French word citable. 

This mellow sound of d, imperfectly rendered 
by dy, is ordinarily heard in the English ex 
pressions would you, could you, when rapid- 
ly uttered, so that the terminal d and initial 
y are fused into one sound. 

" " " " e in end. 

11 " " e in ere, or ai in air. 

" " " " ^a in beatitude, or ye in yes; when it occurs di- 
rectly after d, n, t, these letters take the soft 
sound of d', n, f, and e sounds like e. The 
syllable je, ye, is an equivalent for h 



great; it occurs only in foreign words. 

ham. 

German ond Dutch, also in Welsh, or x 

Greek, — somewhat like kh. 

pin. 

pique, or ee in seen. 

yes. 

sink, without an aspirate. 



/. 




9 


in 


h 


in 


ch 


in 




in 


i 


in 


i 


in 


y 


in 


k 


in 


I. 





14 The Alphabet. 

m " V' ■ " " w. 

n " '• " " w. 

11 " " " " %'in Spanish (canon) or gn in French (cam" 

pagne); imperfectly rendered by ny. 

O l< " " " in obey. 

6 " " " " . 6 in fo?'d. 

p - . " " " p. 

q " " " " q in question; it occurs only in foreign words. 

r " " " " t in ? a £s£; it has a sharp, trilling sound. 

f " ".'■"' " rs h (or rzh, as the Imperial Dictionary of the 

English language has it;) it is a sound proper 
to the Bohemian and Polish languages, which 
must be heard in order to be acquired cor. 
redly; the same may be said of the English 
sound of th, hard and soft. 

g " " " " s in sink. 

S « " " " sh. 

t " " " " t in test; it takes the sound of t 1 when fol- 

lowed by e, i or i. 

t " t( " " t in the French word tiens, as commonly pro- 

nounced. This mellow sound of t, imper- 
fectly rendered by ty, is also heard in- the 
English expressions wouldn't you, couldn't 
you, when rapidly uttered, so that the termi- 
nal t and initial y are fused into one sound. 

U " " " " u in push. 

5 t " " " - '* u in rude, or oo in pool. 
u \ 

V 
X 

y " " " 
y " " " 



a 


in 


expect. 


y 


in 


lynch. 


} 


in 


pique, or ee in seen. 


g 


in 


zeal. 


? 


in 


azure, or s in pleasure. 



Names of the letters. 



15 



The beginner must try to master thoroughly the peculiar sound of 
every accented letter in the Bohemian alphabet, before proceeding with 
his lessons. However, it is evident that of all the accented letters only 
four will present a certain difficulty: <T, n, f and i\ The rest are 
simple. Among the plain consonants, the peculiar sound of ck must be 
well practiced; the combination kh gives it only imperfectly. 



SECTION 3. 
Names of tlie letters. 

The names of the letters of the Bohemian alphabet, though of little 
consequence to the beginner, are given in the following table as near a s 
can be. However, the Bohemian sounds of the letters, as explained in the 
foregoing section, must be well kept in mind, in order to name the letter s 
correctly. 

For instance: b is called be, to be pronounced like belt, the e 
sounding like e in ere, ai in air, or a in fare, the final h being mute and 
serving only as a lengthening mark. 

Two of the accents (a, u), whenever they occur, signify only a pro- 
longation of the sound; the quality of the other accents has been explained 
in the foregoing section. 

In spelling a word, the vowels with a long accent {a, e, i, u, y) are 
called long a, long e, etc.; also, a with a comma, e with a comma, and 
so forth; u is called u with a ring. 





THE LETTERS NAMED 




a, & 


a {ah) 


eh 


Ichd 


f 


.b 


be 


M 


ee(in bee) 


S 


c 


tse 


j 


ye 


s 


6 


che 


k 


kd 


t 


d 


cle 


1 


el 


f 



ersh 
ess 

esh 
te 
fe 



16 



Bohemian pronunciation. 



d 


d'e 


m 




em 


U,ll, 


& 


<?0 


e, e 


e, (eh) 


n 




en 






(in boom) 


e 


iye 


n 




eft 


V 




ve 


f 


f 


o, 


6 6 


(oh) 


X 




ix 


& 


g& 


P 




pe 


y, y 




ee or ypsilon 




(like g in go) 


q 




koo 


z 




zet 


h 


hd 


r 




er 


z 




zet 








SECTION 4- 











Bohemian pronunciation. 

After mastering the sounds of the Bohemian letters, the learner may 
be said to have fully conquered Bohemian pronunciation. 

There is in fact only one rule: Pronounce as it is icritten, sounding 
every letter, — of course, giving the letters their proper Bohemian, and not 
their English sounds. 

The English, French and German written languages abound with 
silent letters; the Bohemian language has practically none, that is, ex- 
tremely few. Such as there are, will be pointed out in the course of the 
following lessons. 

It is a well known rule in English, that there can be no written syl- 
lable without a vowel. In Bohemian we sometimes encounter syllables 
made up of consonants without any vowel. 

4 'How in the world can you pronounce that?" 

Not infrequently have we heard such a question from persons, hav- 
ing no idea of any language but their own. 

But it is just as easy to pronounce such syllables in Bohemian, as 
it is in English to give utterance to syllables with a mute vowel. An ex- 
ample will elucidate it: 

Trn means thorn. This word is evidently of the same derivation 
in both languages. 

Now, the Bohemian word trn being composed of three consonants 
and no vowel, how is it pronounced? 



Rules of Bohemian pronunciation. 17 

In the same way, as the second syllable of the English words bit- 
tdrn, slattern, where the vowel e is silent. We hear in that second syl- 
lable only the sounds of t-r-n, the sound of the vowel e disappearing en- 
tirely; and this explains exactly the pronunciation of Bohemian words 
of one syllable, or syllables, without a vowel. Syllables with silent vowels 
abound in English as well as in German, — not quite so in French; — and 
they are constantly pronounced with the same ease, as the syllables having 
no vowel sounds in Bohemian. 

It is to be observed that such syllables always contain one of 
the two consonants 1 and r which are sometimes called ''half-vowels", 
because in such cases they almost take the place of vowels. In a prolon- 
gation of the sound we hear in Bohemian somewhat indistinctly the vowel 
e before the proper sound of those consonants, as if we wrote and 
partially pronounced: 

t e rn instead of trn (thorn) 
v e lk " " vlk (wolf) 

The number of monosyllabic words without a vowel is not large; 
but syllables consisting of two or three consonants occur quite often. 

For instance: trceti, strciti, means in English to stick out, to push. 
Each of these words is composed of three syllables; tr-ce-ti, str-ci-ti; 
and the first syllable of each contains only consonants: tr, str. 

How are they pronounced? 

Just like ter and ster in the English words bitter, blister. Nobody 
finds any difficulty in passing over the silent e and saying bittr, blistr. 

Among the Bohemian vowels there are some, which are called soft, 
namely: e 9 e, i, i; and others (a, o, U; y) which are called hard or 
broad. 

Of the soft vowels the last three, e, i and i, have a softening in- 
fluence upon some preceding consonants, particularly d, d ? t 9 which 
they change into the soft sounds of 2, d', t\ as noticed in section 1. 
For instance: 



18 Parts of Speech. 

sane (sleigh) is pronounced as if spelt sane; 

pani (mistress, lady) is pronounced as if spelt paiii; 

delo (cannon) sounds like d'elo; 

dilo (work) d'ilo; 

telo (body) t'elo; 

tisk (printing) 't'isk; 

This will always be plainly indicated in the pronouncing columns 
of the practical lessons contained in Part II. 

Care must be taken to give every long vowel (&, e, i, f, 6, li, u) 

its proper long sound, because a shortened sound would often make the 
word unintelligible or change its meaning, the same as in English in 
numerous cases. For instance: 

pata means heel; pdtd means the fifth (in the feminine gender). 
The only difference is in the length of the vowels. Likewise in English: 
lid and lead have the same vowel sound, the only difference being in its 
length or quantity. — 

We have said all it is necessary to say about Bohemian pronuncia- 
tion and in closing we again enjoin the only rule, which obtains in the Bo- 
hemian with very few exceptions: Pronounce as it is written, — giving- 
every letter its proper Bohemian sound. 



SECTION '5. 
Parts of speech. 

In Bohemian the parts of speech or classes of words are the same 
as in English excepting the article. 

In English we have the definite article the and the indefinite article 
a, an. In French, masculine, feminine, le, la, — tin, une; in German, 
masculine, feminine and neutre, der, die, das, — ein, eine, ein.) 



Gender. 19 

In Bohemian there is no article, definite or indefinite. In this 
regard, Bohemian agrees with Latin. 

We say in English: the house, the houses, a house; in Bohemian 
diun, domy, (lam. 



SECTION G. 

Gender*. 

But, having no article, the Bohemian noun suffers nevertheless 
from the useless infliction of grammatical gender in the same degree as 
the German, Latin and Greek. It has three genders, namely: masculine, 
feminine and neutre 

The English language has rejected all distinction of gender, at- 
tributing sex to living beings only, which is one of the greatest advan- 
tages the English language has over all other European tongues, ancient 
and modern. 

In the absence of an aiticle in Bohemian, if we want to designate 
the gender of a noun, we use the indicative pronoun this or that, name- 
ly : ten for the masculine, ta for the feminine and to for the neutre 
gender. Hence we say: 



ten dfim 

ta bond a 

to okno 



this (or that) house 
this (or that) hut 
this (or that) window 



In the plural it is ti for living masculine beings: 
ti muzi, these (or those) men; 
ty for inanimate masculine things and for the feminine gender; ta for 



the neutre: 



ty domy, these or those houses; 
ty boudy, these or those huts; 
ta okna, these or those iviridoics. 



20 Grammatical rules. 

However, in colloquial parlance, ty is hearl in the plural regard- 
less of gender. — 

Always remember, that the article has no existence ia Bohemian; 
and that the words ten, ta, to, — ti, ty, ta, when used before a noun, 
are simply indicative pronouns and nothing else. 



SECTION 7. 
Grammatical males in general. 

Bohemian is one of the highly inflected languages, like German or 
the classic tongues, which is doubtless a disadvantage, to be deplored 
especially from the standpoint of the learner. On account mainly of the 
useless distinction of gender, which permeates the whole structure of the 
Bohemian language, grammatical forms and rules are numerous, forming 
the principal difficulty encountered in the study of the language. 

But to some extent, at least, that difficulty is offset by colloquial 
usage, which largely disregards the artificial distinction of gender in the 
employment of pronouns, adjectives and verbs, as they relate to nouns 
of different gender. This serves to simplify the matter somewhat for the 
learner of Bohemian as commonly spoken. 

In the following lessons we try to imitate the natural method of 
learning a language. We do not teach the child grammatical rules and 
complications before it knows how to speak. We teach its words and 
their connection in phrases, expressing thoughts. 

Consequently we do not intend to cram the beginner at the outset 
with all sorts of grammatical rules. Tbere are not thousands but millions 
of people using the Bohemian language and knowing little of the rules 
and perplexities of its grammar. The same is true of every other living 
tongue. 

This Course being designed solely for practical purposes, it will be 
our aim to impart to the learner some practical knowledge of the language 
in the easiest, most natural and most direct way possible. We shall there- 
fore interpolate in the following lessons only such grammatical rules, as 



The Accent 21 

may appear to be indispensable to facilitate the student's progress and 
which may easily be mastered en passant, or, so to say, by a method of 
easy induction. 

A more extended and methodical review of the Bohemian grammar 
will be found in the last part of this book. After acquiring to a certain 
degree a practical knowledge of the language, the learner will find it 
much easier to grapple with the details of its grammar, which in the begin- 
ning would serve only to perplex him unnecessarily and to dampen his 
ardor. And when a moderate knowledge of the tongue is attained, tbe 
progressive student will naturally take a Dictionary of the English and 
Bohemian languages to his aid, which will make further progress rapid 
and pleasing. 

The main difficulty is in the start, as in every other language. It 
requires earnestness of purpose and perseverance. The beginner must 
not allow himself to be discouraged by such initial difficulties, as he is 
sure to meet with: and whenever the pronunciation of an accented 
letter or a word, as given in this book, seems to be a stumbling block, 
we would advise him to ask some neighbor or acquaintance, who speaks 
Bohemian, to pronounce it for him repeatedly, so that his ear may grow 
accustomed to the sound and the same may become quite familiar to him. 
If he fails to catch it forthwith let him try again and again, until he 
succeeds. Let him remember, that the thousands of Bohemians who 
learn English find similar difficulties in their way; and numbers of those, 
who at first felt discouraged, thinking they could never master the 
intricacies of the English tongue, to-day speak and write it tolerably 
well, — many of them with fluency and grace. 



SECTION 8. 

Tlie accent.. 

In the Bohemian language the accent is always placed upon the first 
sj^llable; consequently its rules, which in English have to be closely 
studied, do not offer any difficulty whatever. Only when a noun is pre- 
ceded by a preposition of one syllable, the accent is transferred and 
placed upon that preposition. 



22 Grammatical rules. 

SECTION 9. 
Ty and vy 9 — thou and you. 

The personal pronoun ty of the second person singular is used in 
Bohemian in family circles, and in addressing familiar or intimate friends. 
It expresses endearment, familiarity or close friendship. 

But among the Bohemians in America it is very often improperly 
employed instead of vy (you) in addressing others, which latter word in 
Bohemian has the same general usage as in English. By a curious mistake 
most of the original Bohemian settlers in America, like many of the Ger- 
mans, translated the English you by ty, fancying the meaning to he 
identical and supposing that in English the second person singular is used 
in addressing another person, instead of the second person plural t as is 
the proper custom in Bohemian. But the rule in ordinary discourse is 
almost the same in English as in Bohenran, the second person plural 
(you, vy) being employed in addressing others and always combined with 
a plural verb, there being only a few exceptions in Bohemian as stated 
above. The French language follows exactly the same rule as the Bohe- 
mian: but in German discourse the third person plural is used in speaking 
to another (Sie, they). 

This explanation, though somewhat lengthy, has been deemed nect s- 
sary at the outset. 

SECTION 10. 

In vulgar language, the sound of the consonant v is often impro- 
perly placed before the initial vowel o, so that for instance, in place of 
a pure on, ona, ono (he, she, it) we hear von, vona 9 vono. It is some- 
thing similar to the vulgar English custom *to place the sound of h before 
an initial vowel. H' englishman, K eye-tooth, instead of Englishman, 
eye-tooth. 



II. 



Rules of pronunciation. 25 



rtules of pronunciation. 



The following rules must constantly be kept in mind: 
1 — The Bohemian pronunciation in the following lessons is always 
given in italics. 

2— We proceed upon the supposition tha*. section 2, part I, ex- 
plaining the sounds of all the Bohemian letters, and particularly the 
sounds of aceented vowels, has been fully digested by the beginner. 

3— Consequently we do not attempt, in the following lessons, to 
give English equivalents for the long vowels d and e, which are of very 
frequent occurence, because it would be a useless complication. For the 
long vowels i and y, whose sound is identical, the English ee as heaid 
in seen will have to answer. But it is to be observed that in ordinary 
Bohemian discourse the sound of y is frequently (in fact, nearly always) 
changed into ej 9 i. e, ey as heard in they, obey. The word syr (cheese), 
for instance, is properly pronounced seer, but commonly seyr. 

4— The sound of the Bohemian short vowels a, e, o, is repres nted 
by a, 8, d; but the marked characters a, 8, o are avoided when their use 
appears to be superfluous. For instance the pronunciation of words like 
tento (this one) pense (pension), ponor (draught of a chip) is sufficient^ 
indicated by tentti, pens8, ponor to an English-speaking beginner; and 
it would by superfluous to write ttintd, p8ns&, pdndr 

5 The short sound of i is given by i t as heard in pin. When 
the long English sound of i (as heard in dine) is to be employed a full- 
face i or I will stand for it, which however is of rare occurence. 



26 • Part If 

6— Short j always retains its short English sound as heard in 
the word lynch, and we use for it in the pronouncing column either i 
or y, as may be more appropriate. The combination ej will commonly 
be represented by ey, which must alwaj^s be pronounced like ey in they, 
whey, obey. 

7 — The short vowel u is represented by #, but frequently also by 
oo, where a slight lengthening of the sound is not only admissible, but 
conducive to a clear enunciation. Long u and u are naturally always 
rendered by oo, as heard in boot. 

8— The vowel e, when preceded by d, n, t, changes them into 
<T, n, f, and r as then the sound of a simple e. When it retains its 
proper sound of e, we commonly write it ye in the pronouncing column. 
The student must be careful always to sound it like ye in the English 
words yes, yet, yell, and NEVER like the word ye, meaning "you". 
For instance: me, pr&ve, (me, just), mye, prdvye, (my 8, prdvyg). 

The syllable je is identical in pronunciation with e, and is also 
rendered by y e; for example: jen (only), yen. Je is generally used in 
common discourse as an abbreviation of jest, yest (is); to guard against 
possible mispronunciation, we will always write it y$. 

9— The sound of the soft consonants d', ii, t? is represented by the 
combination dy, ny, ty, when practicable, which is rarely the case. 
Whenever this is found impracticable, or w* en it would only serve to 
obscure instead of facilitating matters, a full-face d', n, t? it is used in the 
pronouncing column and the student must try his best to give it the 
proper Bohemian sound. 

Inflexible rule: When the soft vowels e ? i 9 i follow after d, n> t, 
these consonants are softened into d% n, t\ and will be so marked. 

10— To represent the sound of ch ? the combined letters kh are in- 
variably employed, for want of a better substitute The sound of r is 
given by rsh, for the same reason. *) 



*) The letter f was unknown' in the old Bohemian larguage and is wisely rejected 
by the Slovaks, who use the letter r ia its place. In many cases also, where its use is 
insisted upon by strict and pedantic grammarians, it is avoided by the practical com 
mon sense of the people. 



Rules of pronunciation. 27 

11— For the letter c we use ch or tch as heard in chap; wretch; 
for § the English equivalent sh is used; for the Bohemian j, the let er y 
as heard in yonder is made to answer. A final s in Bohtmian has always 
the sharp hissing sound and will be marked ss. 

12— For the sound of z the Imperial Dictionary gives zh as a sub- 
stitute; but we retain the full-far e Bohemian z in the pronouncing column, 
as nothing would be gained by such a substitution. It is always pro- 
nounced like z in azure, or s in pleasure. But in some cases, when 
terminating a word or a syllable, the letter z takes the sharper tound of 
sh and will be so noted. 

The diphthong oil. 
This is the only diphthong in the Bohemian language, and it must 
always be pronounced like ou in dough, or like the word owe, — never 
like ou in pound or ghoul. We shall commonly mark it oil. 

Abbreviations 
will be avoided as much as possible, and their meaning will in every case 
be self-evident. — The letters m, f, n beside a noun denote gender (mas- 
culine, fea inine, neutre). — Sing, means singular number; pi. means 
plural number. 

The hyphen. 
Syllables without a vowel — but always containing one of the so- 
called "semi-vowels" 1 and r 3 as before observed, — are separated from 
other syllables of the same word by a hyphen, to make their separate 
pronunciation apparent. For instance: brzo (soon), br-zo, — the syl- 
lable br being pronounced exactly like lor in the English words labor, 
neighbor. 

However, a silent e will of ten be interpolated in such syllables, to 
elucidate their pronunciation; for instance: pr§i ? p e rs7iee, it rains. 

The apostrophe 
wi 1 be used to prevent a collusion of two letters, into which an English- 
speaking beginner nr'ght easily be entrapped, and to keep them separate; 
as, for example: mMjsem (I had), pronounced m'yell s£m, — and not 
my -ell sfrm . 



28 



Part II. 



LESSON I. 



Ja 


yd 


ty 


ty 


on 


on 



I on a ond she 

thou {improperly you) ono ono it 
he ten, ta, to, ten, td, to, this, tha t 

ty ty, that or those 

tu, zde tti, zde here 

a, i d, i and 

ano, ne and. ne yes, no 

za zd for; pill pool half 
na nd on 



J& mam, yd mam, ) I have <?r 


on ma, #/i waa, ) 


he 


has 


or 


mam warn ) I have get 


ma ma ) 


he 


has 


got 


mam? mdmf have I? 


ma? mcfi 




has 


he? 


ty mas, ty mash, ) thou hast or 


ona ma, otea wia, ) 


she 


has 


or 


mas mash ) thou hast got 


ma md ) 


she 


has 


got 


(improperly: you have) 


ono ma, ono md, ) 


it ' 


has 


or 


mas mash hast thou? (have you ?, 


ma md ) 


it 


has 


got 



dollar, m. dollar dollar 

piil«dollar, m. pool-cl. half-a-dollar 
cent, m. tsent cent 

penize, pi. peneezg money or cash 
hotove hdtove cash 



licet, m. oo-ehet, bill, account 
dluh, m. dlooh debt 

na dluh nd dlooh on trust, on credit 
na licet nd-oochet, on trust, on credit 
maso, n. mdso meat 







.Lesson 1. 






29 


chleb, m. 
chleba 


khleb ) 
kldebd ) 


bread 


pivo, 
vino, 


n. 

n. 


peeto 
veend 


beer 
wine 


syr, m. 


seer 


cheese 


soda, 


f. 


soda 


soda 


maslo, n. 


maslo 


butter 


voda, 


f. 


voda 


water 



Note 1. Pronounce ma like ma'a, the vulgar abbreviation of 
Mamma; and mam like ma'am, the vulgar abbreviation of Madam; it wilj 
assist in catching the true sound, 

Note 2. In Bohemian, miti meefi (to have), is not an auxiliary 
verb as in English, but always an independent verb. 

Note 3. Soda is commonly used as an abbreviation of sodovka, 
soda-water. — In vulgar speech, the expression jo, yo, (from the German 
ja) is often heard instead of ano, yes. 

Note 4. The long vowel li, oo, which occurs only at the begin- 
ning of a word or syllable, is often changed into oil, oil, and so pro- 
nounced. Hence we frequently hear oucet, oiichet, instead of licet, oocliet, 
and ths like. 

Exercises. 



Ja mam penize, I have money. 
Mam penize, I have money. 

Ty mas penize, thou hast money 

(sometimes improperly used for: 

you have money, See Section 7. 

Part I.) 
On ma hotove, he has the cash. 
Ona ma chleba, she has bread (or 

the bread). 



Ona ma dollar, 
Ona ma cent, 
Ja mam licet, 
Ja mam dluh, 



she has a dollar. 
she has a cent. 
I have the bill. 
I have a debt. 



Ty mas dlnta, thou hast (you have) 
a debt. 



On ma dluh, 



he has a debt. 



Ja mam ten licet, I have the bill. 
Mam ten licet? have I that bill ? 
Mam, I have. 
Mas ten licet? hast thou (have 

you) that bill? 
Mam, I have. 
Mas dollar? hast thou (have you) 

a dollar ? 

Ja mam pul-dollar, I have half-a- 
dollar. 



30 



Part 11. 



Mate penizel have you money? 

Ma penize? has he money ? 

Ma on ty penizeS has he that money 9 

On ma dollar, he has a dollar. 

On ma ten dollar, he has that dollar. 

Ona ma ty penize, she has that 
money. 

Ona ma dluh, she has a debt. 

Ona ma zde licet, she has an ac- 
count here. 

Ona ma ten licet, she has that bill. 

Mam chleba, I have bread. 

A ja mani maso, and I have meat. 

Mas chleba* hast thou (have you) 
bread? 

Ano, mam; yes, I have. 



Mas maso? hast thou (have you) 

meat? 
Ne, no. 
Mam chleba a maso, I have bread 

and meat. 
A ja mam pivo, and I have beer. 
To pivOj that beer {or this beer). 
To pivo a to vino, that beer ad 

that wine. 
Chleba za penize ) bread for cash 

a pivo na dluh, ) and beeron trust. 
Maso za hotove ) meat for cash and 



a vino na licet 
Ma ten clileb 



wine on account, 
has he that bread 



a to inaslo? ) and that butter? 
Chleb i voda, bread and water. 
Maslo 'a syr, butter and cheese. 



Note 5* Gender of the nouns. It will be observed that the nouns 
dollar licet chleb 

cent dluh syr 

are all of the masculine gender, and using the indicative pronoun we say: 

ten dollar, ten cent, etc. 

Nouns terminating in consonants are mostly of ilie masculine gender t 

The nouns voda, soda, are of the feminine gender: ta voda, 
ta soda* 

Nouns terminating in a are always of the feminine gender. 

But some feminine nouns also terminate in e and in consonants: 
for instance zeme^ earth (land, country): kost', bone; dan, tax. 

The nouns maso, maslo, pivo, vino, are neutre: to maso, to 
maslo, etc. 



Lesson 2. 



31 



Nouns terminating in o are alicays of the neutre gender. 
But some neutre nouns have the termination e, e or i; for in- 
stance pole, field; (loupe, den; oseni, crop. 

Note 6. The noun penize (money) is in the plural, the singular 
peniz, peneez, means either "a coin" or "an amount". 



LESSON II. 



My 


me 


vy 


vy 


oni 


oni 



we 
you 
they 



mame 


mamti 


we have 


mate 


mate 


you have 


maji 


md-yee 


they have 



Note 1. In the third person plural oui oni (they) is used in the 
masculine gender for animate creatures; ony, ony (they) in the feminine 
gender, and in the masculine for inanimate things; ona dnd (they) in 
the neutre gender. 

But in common discourse no such grammatical distinction is made 
and the masculine form oni is employed in all cases. 



papir, 

pero, 

inkoust 


m. 

n. 
, m. 


pdpeer 
per if 

inkottst 


paper 
pen 
ink 


plac, 
misto, 

Still, 


m. 
n. 
m. 


plats \ 
meestd) 
stool 


place or 
room 
table 


viiz, 
bic, 
PJtel, 


m. 
m. 
m. 


vooz 

bitch 

pitUl 

cas, 


wagon 
whip 
sack 

m. c 


seno, 
obili, 
potah, 

hdss 


n. 
n. 
m. 

time 


sfoio 

obe-lee 

potah 




hay 
grain 
team 


tarn 

jen, jenom 


tarn 

yey, yendm 


there 
only 


dost 
kazdy 




ddst 
ktizdee 


enough 
every one 



vsichnij fshikh%i all 



32 



Part II. 



Exercises. 



My manie papir, we have paper. 
Mate pero? have you a pen? 

Ano, mam; yes, I have. 

Mate inkoust? have you ink? 

Mam, I have. 

Mate penize? have you money ? 
Zde mate plac^here youhave aplace. 
Tarn mate misto, there you have a 
place. 

Zde ma kazdy misto, here every 
one has a place. 

Tarn maji vsickni misto, there they 
all have a place. 



Zde mate still, here youhavi a table. 
Mame viiz, we have a wagon. 
On ma bic, he h s a whip. 

Ona ma pytel, she has a sack. 
Maji potah, they have a team. 
Oni maji obili a seno, they have 

grain and hay. 
Maji obili a senoS have they grain 

and hay? 
Maji jen seno, they have only hay. 

Oni maji jenom pytel, they have 
only a sack. 

Mame cas, we have time. 



N o t e 2. As observed in vsichni (all), when a word commences 
with the letter v followed by another consonant, the initial v takes the 
sharp sound of an f, whenever the facility of pronunciation naturally re- 
. quires that modification of the sound. 





gde 


LESSON III. 


ne 




Kile 


where 


ne 


no, not 


kdy 


gdy 


when 


proc 


proch 


why 


kdo 


gdo 


who 


proto ze 


proto ze 


because 


ted' 


ie$ ) 
nyni ) 


now, 


ani 


ani ) 


no, not one, 
not even, 


nyni 


at present 




\ 


neither— nor 


nemani 


nemdm 


I have not, I 
have not got 


neiname 


nemamg 


we have not 


nemas 


nemdsh 


thou hast (you 
have) not 


neinate 


nematti 


you have not 


nema 


nema 


he (she, it) has 
not 


nemaji 


nemdyee 


they have not 



LessOn S. 



^Note. I. !ln the Words kde, kdy, kdo the hard consonant 
Ik is pronounced like g in go. In riemain, nemas, etc.. nem has exactly 
the same sotad a^> in the word nemens. 

JC ote 2* Negation is always expressed Ky the prefix ne. 
Exercises. 



Nesiam penizc, I have no money. 
Neimis penfzel b ast thou no money ? 
Nemate penizel have you no money ? 
Ne; no. 

Proc nema penizel why has he (she, 
it) no money? 

Froto ze nema obili, because he has 

no grain. 
Nemame licet, we have no account. 
Nemate hotoveJ have you no cash? 

Nemate ani dollar! have you not 
even a dollar? 

Nema ani cent I has he not a cent? 
Nemam ani dollar, Ihave nota dollar. 
Nema ani cent, he has not a cent. 
Neinaji ani ehleb, ani maslo; they 

have neither bread nor butter. 
Neinaji chleba, ani maslo, ani syr; 

they have no bread, no butter and 

no cheese. 

Nemame papir, pero, ani inkoust; 

we have no paper, no pen and no 
ink. 

Nemate plat*} have you no place? 

Zde nemame misto, we have no 

place here. 



Tarn iieiname misto, we have no 
place there. 

hast thou time? 



Mas cas? 
Mate cas? 
Mate kdjl 
Nemam cas> 
Nemam kdy, 



have you time? 
I have no time. 



Ted' nemame cas, we ha e no time 

now. 
Nyni nemaji cas, they have no time 

now. 
Kdy mate cas 2 when have you time ? 
Kdy manie cas? when have we time ? 
Nyni 5 now. 

Kdo ma penize? who has money? 
Kdo ma casS who has time? 

Kde mas penizel where hast thou 

the money? 
Kde mate penizel where have you 

the money ? 

Kdo nema penizel who has no 
money? 

Kdo ma dluli? who has a debt? 

Kde mate dlnh? where have you a 
debt? 

Proc nemate hotovel why have you 
not the cash ? 



34 




Part II. 












tso 


LESSON IY. 


mots 








Co 


what 


H10C 




co to 


tso to 


what it is (that; 


nmolio 


mnolio 


\ 


much, 


many 


neco 


netso 


something 


tuze 


toozg 




very; 


too 


uic 


nits 


nothing 


jak 


ytilc 




how 




pranic 


pranits 


nothing at all 


tak 


tak 




so 





Exercises. 
Ja mam neco. I have something. 
J a nemam nic. Nemam nic. I have 

nothing. 
Ja mam dollar, I have a dollar 
Nemam aiii dollar, I have not even 

a dollar. 
Nemam pranic, I have nothing at 

all. 
Nemas iiic^ thou hast nothing. 

Nemate nic, you have nothing. 
Oni iiemajinic, they have nothing. 
Co to mas? what is it thou hast got? 
Mas neco? hast thou anything? 
Co to mate? what have you? (what 

is it you have ?what have you got ?) 
Mate neco? have you anything? 
Co to maji? what have they got? 
Nemate nic? have you nothing? 
Nemate pranic? have you nothing 

at all ? 

so you have 



Tak vy nemate nic, 

nothing. 
Nic nemam, I have nothing. 



Pranic neiname, we have nothing 

at all. 
Pranic nemaji, they have nothing 

at all. 
Ani vino, an! pivo nemaji;; they 

lave neither wine, nor beer. 
Mam moc, I have much. 

Maine mnolio, we have mnch. 

Ty nemas moc, thou hast not much. 
Yy nemate moc, you have not much. 
Oni nemaji mnolio, they have not 

much. _ • 

Jak moc? Jak mnolio? how much? 
Tnze moc. Tuze mnolio; very much. 
Ne moc. Ne mnolio; not much. 



Ne tuze moc, 



not very much. 



Ne tuze mnolio, " " " 

Ne tak tuze nmolio^not so very much. 
Mas dost? hast thou enough. 

Mate dost? have you enough? 

Ano, mam dost; yes, I have enough. 
Nemam dost, I have not enough. 
To je tuze mnolio, co mate; that is 
very much, what you have got. 



Lesson 5. 
LESSON V. 



35 



nekdo negcW somebody, some one 

nlkdo tiigdo \ 

[ nobody, no one 
zadny Mdnee ) 



nekde negcUt somewhere, anywhere 
nikde nigde nowhere 
nikdy mgdi never 



vzdv v&di ) i „,,,'. i stale stale 

vzdjcky vMi-tsml always, all the time, ev*r] prfM#) ^^ 

prace, f. pratse work | codelat tso ftelat to do. 

Exercises. 



Mate neco? have yon something? 

Mate nekde neco? have yon got 
something, anywhere ? 

Pemame nikde nic, we have got 
nothing, nowhere. 

Kdo ma neco? who has some- 
thing? 

Zadny nic, nobody (has) anything. 

Nikdo nema nic, nobody has any- 
thing. 

Nemaroe zadny nic; nobody (none 
of us) has anything. 

Nikdo nema tuze nioe, nobody has 
too much. 

Nemam nikde nic, I have not any- 
thing anywhere. 

Ty nemas nikdy nic, thou never 
Last anything. 



Vy nemate nikdy nic, you never 
have anything. 

Mam vzdy (dycky) neco, I always 
have something. 

Mate vzdycky neco, you always 
have something, 

Porad neco mate, you always have 
something. 

Ty porad neco mas, thou hast al- 
ways something. 

Stale neco mate, you always have 
something. 

Nenstale neco maji, they always 
have something. 

Nemam porad nic, I never have 
anything. 

Stale nema nic, he never, lias any- 
thing, 



*) Colloquially dycky, dU-ski; porad, pordd. 



36 



Part 11 



Porad nemaji nic, they never have 

anything. 
Proc nemas nic? why hast thou 

nothing? 
Proc nemate nic? why have you 

nothing? 
Proc neinate neco? why have you 

not something? 
Proto ze nemam, because I have 

not, 
Nemas dollar! hast thou not a dol- 
lar? 
Nemate penize? have you no money? 
Proc nemate penize? why have you 

no money? 
Ja mam piil-dollar, I have half-a- 

dollar. 
On ma dollar a pul, he has a dollar 

and a half. 
Nikdy nemain eas, I never have 

time. 

N o t e 1. It will be observed 
negation expressed in a negative sen 



Proc nemate nikdy cas? why have 
you never time ? 

Proto ze mam nioc prace, because 
I have much work (much to do). 

Proto ze mam mnoho co delat, be- 
cause I have much to do. 

Proto ze mam tnze moc prace, be- 
cause I have very much to do. 

Jak inoc? Jak mnoho? how much 
(many)? 

Tak moc. Tak mnoho. So much 
(many). 

Tak tnze moc, so very much. 

Proc tak moc % why so much? 

Stale tak tnze moc, always so very 
much. 

Zadny nema tak mnoho, nobody 
has so much. 

Ne tnze moc, not too much. 

Co to? what is it? 



Nic, 



nothing. 



that in Bohemian there is a double 
tence: 



Ja nemam nic, literally, I have not nothing, {actually, I have nothing). 
Zadny nema nic; nobody has not nothing, (nobody has anything). 
Nemate nikdy nic; you never have not nothing, 'you never have anything). 

Note 2. The order of the words in a sentence is much less rigid 
than in English, and may often be changed at pleasure or according to the 
stress we wish to lay upon a certain word, without chang'ng the sense. 
For instance; 

Zadny nema mnoho; mnoho nema zadny; 

nema zadny mnoho. 



Lesson 6. 



37 



This is always one and the same sentence, the words fitting together at 
the pleasure of the speaker. But in English we are rigidly bound to a cer- 
tain order: nobody has much. It would be impossible to transpose the 
w T ords and say: much has nobody; has nobody much. 

Of course, not every Bohemian sentence yields to transposition to 
the same extent, but nearly every one yields more or less. Let us take 
another illustration at random from the foregoing exercises: 

Proto ze mam moc prace, because 1 have much work {much to do) 
may be expressed as follows, without changing the sense: 

proto ze moc prace mam; 
proto ze prace moc mam; 
proto ze moc prace mam; 
proto ze prace mam moc. 

In the English sentence no transposition is possible What an im- 
mense help this freedom of transposition is, especially in poetry, will be 
apparent to the student. 



LESSON VI. 



Ja jsem 
jsem 


yd s$m 
sem 


i 


I am 


ty jsi ty 
jsi si 


si 


j 


thou art 


on jest, 
ona " 
0110 ik 


on yest; 
d?id ' f ; 
ond " ; 




on je, 
ona " 
ono " 


on yg; 
ond " ; 
ono " : 




jest, 


je he i 

' ' she i 
" iti 



Myjsme, me sm% \ 

• i_, V W C ell \5 

jsme smg ( 

oni (ony, ona) json om (d? 
json soil 



yy jste vee stg } , e 

jste ste J 



ond) 



t 



they are 



38 



Part 11. 



Not el. The verb ft^ti, l>ce$l (to he) is the only auxiliary verb 

in the Bohemian language. 

Jsem, jsi, jsme, jste, jsou, as shown above, are p'ono^nced: 

sem, si, sine, ste, soil. In spelling the initial j is also frequen ly omitted, 
even by some of the best writers: sein, si, sme 5 ste, sou. 



dohry, a, e 

spatny, a, e 

draliy, a, e 

laciny, a, e 

cerstvy, a, e 
dom a 



dooree 
slipatnee 
drahee 
Id t si nee 
cJierstvee 
dornd 



good 

bad 

dear 

el: cap 

fresh 
at home 



take, taky 

ale 

zde, tu, tady 

teda 
uz, jiz 



take also, too; 

m but 

zde, tit, tdde, here, 

present: 

tela well then; 

ush, i/eez already 



neni neiii (colloquially: nejni, neyni), he (she, it) is not 
pravda, prtivda true, truth 



Exercises. 



Jsem zde, I am here. 

Zde jsens, here I am. 

Ja jsem uz zde, I am here already. 
J i zde2 art thou here? 

Uz jsem til 9 I am here already. 

Jste uz tady? are you already here? 
Uz jsme tady, we are here already. 
My j sine uz take zde, we are also 

here already. 
Jsou uz zde I are they already her ? 

Maine dobry ehleb, we have good 

brea 1. 
Je ten elileb dobry? is this bread 

good? 



Ano, uz jsou tn! Yes, they are here 

already. 
Teda jsou yslelmi zde; well, then 

they are all here. * 
Proc jsme zde? why are we here? 

(what are we here for?) 
Proc vy jste till why are you here? 
A proc on tady je? and why is he 

present? 

Proe jsou ty zdeSwhy are those here ? 



Ano, je dobry; yes, it is good. 

Ale je drahy, but it is dear. 

My mame chleba doma, we have 

bread at home. 



Lesson 6. 



39 



Jecerstvy? is it fresh? 

Ano, tenclilebajecerstvy,yes, that 

bread is fresh. 
Ale proc je tak draliy? but why is 

it so dear? 
Neni draliy, it is not dear. 

Jest tuze draliy, it is very dear. 



Ten syr je dobry, thujt cheese is 

good. 
Je cerstvy, it is fresh. 

To pivo je taky dobre, that beer is 

also good. 
Ano, to je pravda; ye.*, that is true. 
Je cerstve, it is fresh. 

Ale ta soda neni dobra, but this 

soda-water is not good. 
To vino je spatne, that wine is bad. 
Proe neni to vino take tak dobre? 

why is that wine not just as good? 



Vzdytf (dytf) neni draliy; but it is 

not dear. 

Ale vzdy t\ neni draliy; why, it ain't 

dear at all. 
Je laciny, it is cheap. 

Je dost laciny, it is cheap enough. 
Je tuze laciny, it is very cheap. 



My niame dobre vino, we have 
good wine. 

Kde maji dobre pivo ? where do 
they have (keep) good beer? 

Zde vsnde, here everywhere. 

Je to pravda! is it true? 

Ano, to je pravda; yes, that is true. 

Zde vsude maji dobre pivo, here 
they everywhere have good beer. 

Ale vino nemaji dobre, but their 
wine is not good (literally: but 
wine they have not good). 

Proc nemate dobre vino? why 
have you not good wine? 



Note 2. It will be observed that the termination of the adjectives 
dobry, draliy etc. changes according to gender. 

The masculine gender terminates in y 
the feminine " " "a 

the neutre " " " e 

dobry syr (masc), dobree seer, good cheese; 

dobra voda (fern.), dobra voda, good water; 

dobre pivo (neut.), dobre (eh) pivd, good beer. 



40 



Part II 



The feminine and neutre will always be indicated by placing a, e 
after the masculine adjective, as above. 

In common conversation, however, the masculine termination is 
also used in the neutre gender: dobry pivo; so that practically we hear 
only the two terminations y and a: dobry, dobra. 

Note 3. In ordinary speech the final y of all adjectives in the 
masculine gender is pronounced ey (as in they), and such is in fact the 
prevalent custom in relation to the long letter y, no matter where it 
occurs, as stated in the "Rules of Pronunciation". Hence we hear dobrey, 
drdhey in the masculine gender, instead of dobree, drahee. This is the 
general colloquial usage, by no means confined to the uneducated- lasses.. 
It has sprung up quite naturally because the sound of ey is not only 
easier, but also more euphonious than the sound of ee, in most such; 
cases. Listening to the common conversation of Bohemians, the beginner 
will a'most constantly hear the long y pronounced ey. 



LESSON VII. 



Rad 


rad glad 


nerad 


nerad sorry 


radi 


ratiti \ (the same 
nerafti ) in plural) 


neradi 


initi rad 


meeHi rad (meet rad) 




to like 



so, 



s 



tak 
take tak 

fshude, \ 
fsluuU > 
fshude ) 



such 



i Jr ii • ix 7 « r but, well, yet 
dyt' (colloquial) dyV ) 

tak 

take tak 
tukytak 

vsude 
Ysade 
vsndy 



j just so 



just as 



every- 
where 



nemfti rad; nemeeti rad, (nemeetf 
m'd), to dislike . 

bytt rad beeM nod* (beet rad), to- 
be glad 

by.d iierad s beeti nerad (beet nerad),. 
to be sorry 

velikyy a, £ v-elikee) large, 

velky velkee ) great, big 

maly r a\ e mcdee small, little . 

dlonby', a, e dlotlhee long 

kratky, a, e krdtkee short 

pravy, a, e prtivee right, genuine 

falesny, &, e fdleshnee false 

piny, a, e 'pl-nee full 

prazny, a, e prdznee empty 



Lesson 7. 



41 



e oh, well 


nebo 


ze that 


jako 


ze ye that he (she, it) is 


skoro 


zd-se \ 

zass - again 


tomu 


zadue 


op-yet ) 


dluzen 


Exercises. 



1 

ze 

zeje 

zase 

zas 

opet 



Ja jsem rad, I am glad. 

To sem rad! I am so glad. 

Tiize rad! very glad! 

Jsme tomu radi, we ar glad of it. 

Tuze jsme tomu radi, we are very 

glad of it. 
Oui jsou tomu moc nidi, they are 

very glad of it. 

Jsi rad uebo neJ art thou glad or 

not? 
Jste tomu radii are you glad of it? 
Mate to rad] (speaking to one 

person) do you like it? 
Nemam to rad, I do not like it. 

Nic to nemam rad, I do not like it 

at all. 
Nemaji to radi. Oni to nemaji ra- 

di. They do not like it. 
Jsem rad ze mam penize; I am glad 

(that) I have money. 

Ten dollar je falesny; that dollar is 
false. 

Neni. je pravy; no, it is genuine. 

Ja mam vzdycky dobre penize, I 

have always good money. 



?iebd 


or 


ydko 


as, like 


skoro 


almost 


tomu 


of it 


zddne 


none 


dloozen 


indebted 



Mate vuz piny? have you a full 

wagon (is your wagon full)? 
Yuz neni piny, the wagon is not full. 
On je skoro prazny, it is almost 

empty. 
On je rad ze ma prazny vuz; he is 

glad that he has an empty wagon. 
J a mam dluh, I have a debt. 

Mam jen maly dluli, I have only a 

small debt. 
Ale ty mas (vy mate) velky dluli; 

but thou hast (you have) a big debt . 

Main take tak velky dluli jako vy; 

I have just as large a debt as you. 

Tzdy f mate penize ! but you have 

money! 
I nemam zadne; oh, I have none 

(well, I have none). 
On je ysude dluzen, he is indebted 

everywhere (he owes everybody). 
Uz zase mame penize, again we 

have (some) money. 
Ale vy zas uz nemate penize, but 

3 t ou again have no money. 

Jajsem tuze rad, ze mam penize! 

I am very glad that I have money ! 



42 



Part II. 



Onje tuze neratl, ze je dluzen; he 

is very sorry, that he is in debt. 
Proc je dluzeu? why is he in debt? 
Proto ze nema penize, because he 

has no money. 
Yzdyt' (dytf) on nema skoro zadny 

dluh; well, he has almost no debt 

(is almost out of debt). 
To je pravda, that is true. 

Oa neni dluzen, he is not in debt. 
Mam velky dluh, nebo maly? have 

I a large debt or a small one? 
Tn jest licet, here is the bill. 

To neni dlouliy licet, that is not a 

long bill. 
Je jenom kratky, it is only short. 
Ano, velmi kratky; yes, very short. 
Mate jen tak maly licet? have you 

only such a small bill? 
Nemam rad velky licet, I do not 

like to have a large account. 



Je velky dost, it is large enough. 
Nemam mnolio, I have not much. 
To je nic, that is nothing. 

To je jako nic, that is like nothing. 
Tozejenic? this you call nothing 

(literally: that this is nothing)? 
Oni json nidi, ze tarn neni zadny 

dluh; they are glad, that there 

is not any debt there. 
I je tarn dluh, ale maly; well, there 

is a debt there, but a small one. 
Pravda, jenom maly; true, only a 

small one. 
Ano, taktoje; yes, it is so. 

Ne, tak to neni; no, it is not so, 
ucet je pra y the bill is right. 

Ten licet neni pravy,that bill is not 

right. 
Je falesny, it is false. 

A proc? and why? 

Proto zeje! because it is! 



LESSON VIII. 



Nejsem neysem I am not 

neni neyXxi he (she, it) is not 

nejsi neysi thou are not 

Note. Always pronounce ney, in the pronouncing column, like 
the English word neigh. 



nejsme 


neysme 


Ave are not 


nejste 


neyst$ 


you are not 


nejsou 


neysoti 


they are not 



sam (masc.) sdm 
sama (fern . ) sdrnd 
samo (ne'ut.) sdrnd 
samoten (tna, tno) 



alone; him- 
self, herself 
itself, 



dues 

prove 
zrovna 



dness 

prdv'y# ) 

zrovna ) 



to-day 

just; 

this moment 







Lesson 8. 






43 


otee 


otets 


father 


stryc 


streets, st) 


eyts 


unele 


matka 


matka 


mother 


teta 


teta 




aunt 


bratr 
sestra 
syn 
dcera 


bra-tr 

sest-rd 

syn 

t^erd 


brother 

sister 

son 

daughter 


hoch 
elilapec 
holka 
(levee, n. 


iiokli 
khldpeis 
hdlka 
tfefcM 


) 
S 


boy 

girl 




doeela 


dotseld all 


, quite 








pryc 


pritch aw a} 


r, gone 








i 


e both 
Exercises. 


. . . and 







Nejseni rad, I am not glad. 

Nejseni tomu rad, I do not like it. 
Nejsi rad? art thou net glad? 

Nejste rad? (addressing on z person;) 

nejste rad! ? addre ss in g m ore t ft a n 

one person;) are you not glad? 
Jseni sam, I am alone? 

Doeela sam? all alone? 

Ano,decela samoten; yes, all alone. 
Neni otec doma? is father not at 

home ? 
Ne, on neni doma; no. he is not at 

home. 
Neni zadny doma? is nobody at 

home ? 
Matka ani bratr, ani sestra ne- 

jsou doma; neither mother, nor 

brother or sister are at home. 
Kdejsou? where are they ? 

Pryc; gone. 

Ysiclmi jsou pryc ? are they all gone? 
Ano, vsichni; yes, all of them, 



Je stryc doma? is unele at home? 
Nebo teta' or aunt? 
Jsou taky pryc; they are gone, too. 
Ten hoch je tu sam; the boy (this, 
that boy) is here alone. 

Ta holka je pryc; the girl (that girl) 
is gone. 

To devee je doma sainotno, that 

girl is at home alone. 
Proc tu neni bratr? why is the 

brother (her brother) not here? 
On neni doma, on je pryc; he is not 

at home, he is gone. 
Dcera neni zde doeela sam 4na,the 

daughter is not here all alone • 
Matka je zde take; the mother (her 

mother) is here, too. 
Je nekdo doma? is somebody at 

home ? 

Neni; no. 

Dues jsou vsichni pryc, to-day they 
are all gone. 



44 



Part 11. 



A kde jsou] and where are they? 
Nekde pryc, somewhere away. 

Prave jsein tu sama (fern.); I am 
here just alone. 



Proc jste tu samotnal (fern.) why 
are you here alone? 

Protoze otec i matka jsou pryc, be- 
cause both father and mother are 

gone. 



LESSON IX. 



Byljsem bill sem , I have 

(byla, f. billd " (. been; 

bylo, n.) Mile " \ I was 

byl jsi bill s , thou hast 

(abbr.) byl's, m. bills [ been; 

byla's, f. bildss ) thou wast 

he (she, it) 

byl (a, o) bill (a, o) ± has been; 

he (she, it) 
was 



byli jsme billy sme i we have 

fhvlv. f i 



tt>yly, f 
byla, n.) 



been; 
( we were 



Nebyljsem tie-bill 

sem 



I have not 

been; 

I was not 



, ,. • x 7 -7/ .- ( youhavebeen; 
byli jste billy stey y 0U W e re 

byli (y,a) hilly{y,a) \ tbeyhavebeen; 

J W7 I they were 



Nebylijsme ne billy i we have not 

sme < been; 

( Yie were not 



etc. 



Kde jsem byli gde \ where have I 

sem bill - been? 

J where was I? 



Edejsmebyin<7^( where have we 

sme billy?- 1 , been? 

( where were we? 



etc. 

Miti, to have: mam, I have: 

mel jsein, m'yell sem, ) 

mela jsem, myellct sgm, ) 

meli jsme* m'yelli sme, we have had; we had; 

and so forth /using mel, meli in place of byl, bylU 



I have had; I had' 



Lesson 9. 



45 



Note 1. There is in Bohemian no such formal difference between 
the perfect and imperfect tense as in English: 1 hate been; I teas. 

Note 2. There is a distinction of gender in the past tense, which 
does not exist in English. I have been, I was, is used in all cases. In 
Bohemian however, when a man speaks, he says: byl jsem, bill s8m; 
when a woman speaks, she says: byla jsem, billa sem. And this rule 
covers every ve*b in the language. For instance, a man says: 



jedl jsem, 
sedl jsem, 
sel jsem, 
sil jsem, 
videl jsem, 



yffll sgm, 
sed'l sem, 
shell sem, 
skill sem, 
vijtfel se r m, 



I ate; I have eaten; 

I sat down; I have sat down; 

I went; I have gone; 

I sewed; i have sewn; 

i saw; I have seen. 



A woman says: 



sla jsein, 
sila jsem, 

viftela sem; 



slila sem; 
shillft sem; 



jedla jsem, ytidla s&m; 

sedlajsem, sgdla sem; 

videla jsem, 

In the third person of the past tense we say in English: 

he was, he has been; she was, she has been; it teas it has been; 

In Bohemian we must say: on byl, ona byla, ono bylo, according 
to gender. This rule holds good in the conjugation of eveiy verb. 

For in tance: 

Jedl, yed'l, he has eaten; he ate; 
jedla, y edict, she has eaten; she ate; 
jedlo, yedld, it has eaten; it ate; 

In the plural number the distinction of sex is simply grammatical 
and perfectly useless; in the ordinary spoken language there is none what- 
ever. In grammatical theory 



sel, shell, he has gone; he went; 
sla, shift, she has gone; she went. 
slo, shlo, it has gone; it went. 



byli jsme, 
byly jsme, 
byla jsme, 



byli jste, 
byly jste, 
byla jste, 



byli, 
byla, 



is masculine; 
is feminine; 
is neutre. 



46 



Part 11. 



But in the living tongue, or at least in ordinary conversation, we 
hear in all three genders: 

bylijsine, billi sme; bylijste, billi ste; byli, billi. 

There is no difference of pronunciation betwen byli and byly; 
and this orthographical distinction as well as the form by la in the third 
p rson neutre are only maintained by the pedantry of theoretical gramma- 
rians, opposing changes which a living tongue has actually undergone and 
which always tend in the direction of practical simplicity. That artificial 
and useless distinction of gender is found in writing, but not in- conver- 
sation. 

Note 3. The form of the second person plural as given above 
(byli jste 9 billi sie) is of course used when several persons are meant or 
spoken to; but when employing vy 5 you, in addressing a single person, 
we leave the main verb in the singular, whereas in English it is put in the 
plural, as if several persons were addressed: byl jste, bill sie, jom have 
been, you were, (meaning only one person). And so in all Bohemian 
verbs; for instance: 

jedli jste ? yed'li ste, you have eaten, you ate, (meaning several persons); 
jedl j*te 9 yed'l ste, you have eaten, you ate, (meaning one person, ad- 
dressed yy 9 you). 



Kano rano in the morning vcera fcJierd. yesterday 

v poledne f poledne ■ at noon rcera vecer, fcherd veeer, last even- 

veeer vecher in the evening irig; la&t night 

venku venM outside, zima zima 

out of doors | oba oba 

Exercises, 



cold 
both 



Byl jsem doma, 



I was at home. 



Byl jsem stale doma, I have been 
at home all the time. 



Byl jsi doma£ (abbreviated: byl's 
domaS) hast thou been at home? 
wast thou at home? 



Lesson 10. 



47 



Ne, nebyl jsem doma; no, I was 

not at home. 
Ale bratr byl doma, but brother 

was at home. 
Kde jsi byl? (abbreviated: kde's byl, 

gdess bilf where hast thou been? 

where wast thou? 
Kde jste byl? Kde jste by la? (fern.) 

(when addressing one person) 

where have you been? where 

were you? 
Byl jsem pryc, I was away. 

By la jsem pryc, (fern.) I was away. 
Byli jsine prave pryc, we were 

just gone. 
Bylijsme vsichni pryc, we were 

all gone; we have ail been away. 
Kde byl otee? where was father? 
Byl yenkii, he was ont of doors. 
A matka? and mother? 

Matka byla take prye, mother also 

was gone. 
Oba byli pryc, they were both gone. 
Zadny nebyl doma, nobody was 

at home (literally: nobody was 

not at home.) 
Ysichni byli pryc, all w re gone 



Kano bylijsme doma a v paledne 
pryc; in the morning we were at 
home and at noon ve ?rere gone. 

Byli jste vecer doma? (addressing 
one person: byl jste vecer doma?) 
Were you at home in the evening? 

Nebyli jsme doma, we were not at 
home. 

Nebyl jsem doma, I was not at home. 

Proc jsi nebyl doma? why wast 
thou not at home? 

Proc jste nebyl doma? why were 
you not at home ? 

Kdo byl doma? who was at home? 

Bratr asestrabyliobadoma, broth- 
er and sister were both at home. 

Proc nebyli venku? why were they 
not out of do rs? 

Proto ze bylo zima, because it was 
cold. 

Nebylo zima vcera vecer, it was 

not cold last evening. 
Ze nebylo? wasn't it? 

Ba bylo! oh yes, it was! 

Vcera bylo zima, yesterday it was 
cold. 
Nebylo tuze, it was not very. 



LESSON X. 



It will doubtless ba self-evident to the student, that the past tense 
in the preceding lesson may at pleasure be con ected with the personal 
pronoun, as is the rule in English. 



43 



Part II. 



{Instead of:) 
byl jsem, I have been 

byl jsi, thou hast been 



byl, a, o, 
byli jsme, 
bylijste, 
byli, y,a, 



he v sh*», it) has been 

we have been 

you have been 

he (she, it) has been 



(we can say:) 
ja jsem byl, yd sem Ml 

tyjsibyl, ty si bill 

(abbrev. ty's byl, tyss bill) 
on (ona, ono) byl, a, o, on bill 

iny jsme byli, me sme billy 

vyjstebyli, tee sU billy 

oni byli, oni billy 



The sense is not changed thereby, only more emphasis is laid on 
the subject. 

Then again, in the first person of the second form, both singular 
and plural, the auxiliary jsem, jsme is commonly left out. 



(Instead of:) 






(we can say:) 


ja jsem byl, 


yd sem fyill 


ja byl, 


I have been; I was; 


my jsme byli, 


me sme billy 


my byli, 


we have been; we were; 


ja jsem mel, 


yd sem m'yell 


ja mel, 


I have had; I had; 


my jsme meli, 


me sme m'yelli 


mymeli, 


we have had; we had; 


ja jsem Sel, 


yd sem shell 


ja sel, 


I have 


gone; I went; 


my jsme sli, 


me sm$ shli 


my sli, 


we have 
at my 


gone; we went; 


u me iim'yg 


by me, 


with me, 


house (or place) 


u tebe titebe 


by thee, 


with thee, 




at thy house 


n neho UueJiq \ 
u nej uney S 
n ni ilnee 


by him, 
by her, 


with him, 
with her, 




at his house 
at her house 


u nas tinass 


by us, 


with us, 




at our house 


u vas uvdss 


by you, 


with you, 




at your house 


u nich ilmkh 


by them, 


with them, 




at their house 


rodice ro&icM 


parents 


cely den 


tselee den 


all day 


domu domu 


home 


az 


ash 


till, until 


n ic n ez nits n&sh 


nothing but 


pak 


pak 


then 



Lesson 10 



49 



Exercises. 



Ja byl doma, I was at home. 

Byl jsem doma cely den, I was at 

home all day. 
Byl jsem pofcid doma, I have been 

at home all the time. 
Byl otec doma* was father at home? 
Ano, byl; yes, he was. 

A kdy byl doma? and when was he 

at home? 
Skoro cely den, nearly all clay. 

Ja sel domu rano, I went home in 

the morning. 
Kdy sestra sla domu] when did 

sister go home ? 
Ona sla domuvecer, she went home 

in the evening. 
Nesla domu az vecer, she didn't go 

home till evening. 
Byl stryc doma? was uncle at home? 
Kebyl; he was not. 

Byl's u neho? wast thou at his 

house ? 
Byl jste u nehoS were you at his 

house 9 
Ano, byl jsem tarn; yes, I was there. 
Sestra byla zde, sister was here. 
Byla u me, she was at my house 
Byla take u vas] was she also at 

your house? 
Byla tarn v poledne, she was there 

at noon. 



Teta u nas nebyla, aunt was not at 

our house. 
Ale jeji hoeh tarn byl, but her boy 

was there. 
My byli vcera u ni, we were at her 

house yesterday. 

Rodiee byli veera rano doma, our 

parents were at home yesterday 
morning. 

Pak sli prye, then they went awa}^. 

A my jsme sli taky pryc, and we 

went awa}^ too. 
Byl nekdo u nieli? was anybody at 

their house ? 
Zadny u nich nebyl, nobody was 

at their house. 
Y poledne nekdo tarn byl, ale sel 

prycj at noon somebody was 

there, but went away. 
Ja mel dues maso a pivo, I had to- 
day meat and beer. 
Sestra inela maso a chleba, sister 

had meat and bread. 
Ten maly lioch nemel nie, that 

little boy had nothiDg. 
Proc nemel nic? why did we have 

notlrng? 
^emeli jsme nie pro nelio, we had 

'nothing for him. 
Byl zde ten elilapee? was that boy 

here? 



50 



Part IL 



Byl tu 9 lie was here. 

Cornell what did he have? 

Mc neinel; he had nothing 

Byl zde poMd? has he been here all 

the time? 
Alio, byl tu stale? yes, he has been 
. here all the ime. 
Kdy sel prycl when did he go away? 
Sel vecer, he went in the evening. 
Sel sain! did he go alone? 



Docela sain, all alone. 

Meli jste (lues vinoS have you had 

wine to-day? 
Ne, my jsme meli pivoj no, we had 

beer. 

A eo oni meli! and what did they 

have? 
Take pivo; beer, also. 

My nemeli nic, we had nothing. 
Ale pranicS not a thing! 





buclu Y 


LESSON. XI. 


budeme \ 






I shall be 


biuleme 


we shall be 


Bndn 


" will be 


bud em 


budern S 


we will be 


budes 


bUdesh, 


thou will be 


budete 


budete 


you will be 


bude 


bude he (she, it) will be 


budou 


bildoU 


they will be 




neb 

neb ) 
nebo ) 


iidu nebiidu, I shall (will) i 


lot be; etc. 
snad 




neb 


or 


snad 


perhaps 


nebo 




sotva 


sotva 


hardly 


brzo 
brzy 


br-zo \ 
hr-ze S 


soon 


zitra 
zejtra 


zeetrd ) 
zeytra S 


to-morrow 


lined 


lined presently, right away 


letos 


letos 


this year 


az 
kdyz 


ash \ 
gdiz j 


when 


dobre 


dobrsM j- 


well, right, it is 
well, all right. 



delati dW« tV to do 

platiti plafi-ti to pay 

kiipoyati ktipova-tii to buy; to be 

buying; 



prodiivati proddrfi-Vi to sell; to be 

selling; 
chtiti khtee-ti to want. 



Lesson 11. 



51 



Note 1. English verbs in the infinitive have various endings; 
to do, to pay, to sell, to speak, to converse, to understand, etc. 

Bohemian verbs invariably end in ti. However, in ordinary dis 
course the final i is nearly always dropped, and very often it is also omit- 
ted in spelling; the preceding t in such cases should indeed be written 
and pronounced f; but it generally retains its common hard sound: 



delat 
platit 



tfelat 
platit 



to do 

to pay 



kupovat 
prodavat 



kupovat 
pro hitat 



to buy 

to sell 



elitit 



JM'eet 



to want. 



Note 2. Biidu, budes, etc., connected as an auxiliary with the 

infinitive of another verb forms the future tense of this verb: 

-j T i / , m i biule kupovat he will buy 



bndu dela-ti 
w delat 
budes platit 



I shall (will) do 



thou wilt pay 



biideme prtdavat we shall (will) buy 
budete elitit you will want 



budou clititi they will want. 



Zde jsem, here I am. 

Uzjstetrii are you here already? 
Je zde taky bratri is brother also 

here? 
Neni, ale bude tu lined; he is not, 

but he will be here presently. 
To bude dobfe, that will be all right. 
Kdy zde bude oieel when will fath 

er be here ? 
Dues sotva, hardly to-day. 

Snad zejtra, perhaps to-morrow. 



Proc tu bude] why will he be here? 
Kupovat obili a seno, to buy grain 

and hay. 
Budete mit letos vino? will you have 

wine this year? 
Nebudeme mit zadne vino, we shall 

have no wine. 
Co budou u vas prodavat? what will 

they sell at your place? 
Xebudoii nic prodavat, they will 

sell nothing. 



Mate cerstve* maslo? have you Nemame zadne, we have none, 
fresh butter? I Ale blldeme mit ze j tra> but wc sLall 

Bi^sin?maine, to-day we have not. j have (some) to-morrow. 
*) See lesson VI. note 2. 



52 



Part 11. 



Co budete delat does veceii what 

will you do this evening? 
Nebudu nic delat, I shall do nothing. 
A prod? and why? 



Nemam co delat, I have nothing 

to do. 
Az bude zase prace, budu delat; 

when there will be work again, I 
shall work. 



LESSON XII. 



Mfti 
mitO 



meeti 
meet 



to have 



chtiti 
chtiti) 



kMeeti 
khteet 



to want 



chci Tchtsi 

chees khtsesli 
chce khtsti 



I want cliceme klitseme we want 

thou wantst chcete khtsete you want 

he wants chteji kMe-yee they want 

cbteljsem-) kMelsem I wanted | cliteli jsme kJiVeli smi we wanted 

budu chtiti 3 ) budu kMeeVi ) 

" chtit " khUet S 



budeme chtiti 
" chtit 



budVme khteeti \ 
" kltfeet S 



I shall (will) want 
we shall (will) want 



Note 1. L regular verbs in the Bohemian language are far less 
numerous than in English. There is not a full dozen of them, whereas 
in English we find nearly two hundred. On the other hand, regular verbs 
have only one conjugation in English, whereas in Bohemian there are 
several conjugations, as we shall see in due time. 

Chtiti and mfti are irregular verbs. 



1) See Lesson XI. Nole 1. 

2) See Lesson IX. Chtel simply takes the place of byl. 

3) See Lesson X I. Note 2. 



Lesson 12 



53 



Od 


od since, from 


pro 


pro for 


vice 


veetsti more 


jeste 


7 « ) still, more, 


trochn 


trokhu some, somewhat 


spolu 


spoilt together 


dlouho 


dlouho long 




) already long 


uz davno 


fish davno )r (a long time 




already) 


na prodej 


ndprodey for sale 


novy, a, e, 


ndvee new 


stary, a, e. 


stdree old 


dfivi, 


drshee-vee wood 


stavivo 


stavivo lumber 


initi hlad 


meeti hlad to be hungry 



nuz 
vidlicka 

jidlo 



7100Z 

vidlichka 



knife 
fork 



ycedld \ someihin % ioeR[: 
' victuals; meal 



jist(jisti) yeest 
krajet (i) lerayet 
mluvit (i) mluvit 
dat (i) ddt 
dejte mi 
kfiii 



deyte me 
kun 



kone*) kone 



am 

asi 
se, s 
opravdu 
muz 



am 



to eat 

to cut 

to speak 

to give 

give me 

horse 

of the horse; 

for the " 

not one; not 

even; neither 



assi about, 

86 

opravdu 
mooz 



probably 

with 

truly, really 

man 



Exercises. 



Mate penizel have you money? 

Mam asi dollar, I have about a dol- 
lar. 

Nic vice I nothing more ? 

Alii cent, not a cent. 

Co s dollaremS what (can you do) 
with a dollar? 

Alia, zde je jeste pul dollaru; ah, 
here is half a dollar more. 

Bude to dost? will that be enough? 

Sotva, hardly. 

Ani to nebude dost, even that will 
not be enough. 

Ja mam hlad (literally: 1 have 
hunger), I am hungry. 



Clici neco jist, I want something 

to eat. 
Mate nejake jidlo I have you some- 
thing to eat? 
Tu mate maso, here you have 

(some; meat. 
Dejte mi nuz, give me a knife. 

Zde mate niiz a tu je vidlicka; lice 

you have a knife and here is a fork. 
Nozein nmzete dobre krajet, with 

the knife you can cut well. 
Tu je kim a vuz, here is a horse 

and a wagon. 
Yy mate zde kone; } r ou have a horse 

here . 



*) The plural of the noun kun is also kone, kone (the horses). 



54 



Part 11 



Ano ? jsem tu s kouem; yes, I am 

here with the horse. 
To je cto^ry kuii, that is a good 

horse. 
Tuze dobryj a take neni na proclej; 

very good; and he is not for sale. 
Mate noyy yuz? have }^ou a HlW 

wagon ? 
I ne; to je stary vfiz$ o no; that is 

an old wagon. 
Ale jako novyj but (it looks) like a 

new one. 
OpravduS really? 

Co mate na voze (ve voze)1 what 

i are }^ou got in the wagon? 
Drivij wood. 

Stavivo 9 • lumber. 

Troclm oblli je tain, some grain is 

in there. 

Budete neco kupovati? will you buy 

something (will you make some 
purchases?) 

Kone pro syna a vuz pro stryce, a 

horse for m}' son and a wagon for 
my uncle. 



Chci dati synovi dobry pot all. I 

w nt to give my son a good 

team. 
Chtel jsem to uz darno; I wanted 

(io do it long ago. 
On je zde se strycem, he is here 

with uncle. 
Jsou tu spoln, they are here to- 
gether. 
Jak dloulio jsou tu? how long are 

they here? 
Cd yecera, since evening. 

A jak davno vy jste tu? and Low 

long are you here? 
Od poiedne, since noon. 

Tarn ten muz ma kone na prodej, 

that man there has a horse to sell. 
Clicete videt tolio (toho) iiiuzeS do 

3'ou want to see that man. 
Chci mluvit s tim (sHim) liiuzcin; I 

want to speak with that man. 
Je na koni, he is on horseback. 
Bobre ze je tu s tim konem; it is 

well he is here with that horse. 
Je to velky kuii; it is a big horse . 



Note 2. In the English language the noun remains nearly un- 
changed in all its relations, there being only a slight change in thegeniiive 
or possessive case: brother, brother's, (of the brother); but this form of 
the possessive case is being more and more limited. The relations of one 
person or thing to another are expressed by separate words, called pre- 
positions: of a brother; to a brother; with a brother. 

In Bohemian these relations are expressed by changes in the termi- 
nation of the noun, which process is called declension: bratr, brother; 
— bratra, of a brother; bratru, to a brother; bratrem, with a brother. 



Lesson 12. 



This is a heavy encumbrance which the Bohemian language shares 
with the German and Latin. The declension of the nouns is followed hy 
that of the adjectives joined to the nouns, which are subject to com spend- 
ing changes in their terminations. Pronouns also have declensions, and 
these continue to exist even in the English tongue. 

Note 3. The declension of Bohemian nouns varies according to 
their gender and the termination of their nominative; there is, besides, a 
slight variation between animate and inanimate nouns of the masculine 
gender. 

The following table will bring before the student's eyes the differ- 
ent changes of the termination of Bohemian masculine nouns, in the 
singular, omitting the vocative case. A glance over the same now and 
then may assist him to become more rapidly familiar with the different 
endings and their signification in English: but only frequent use in common 
sentences during the further progress of these lessons will make them 
handy to him. 

Inanimate nouns: 



Dollar, vuz dolar, 
- dollar u, vozu dolar it, 



dollarem, vozem dolar em, 

Animate nouns: 
Syn, muz syn, 

syna, muze syna, 

synu, muzi synu, 

— ovi, — ovi synovi, 

synem, nmzem syn em, 



I'ooz the dollar, the wagon; 

voztl of the dollar, the dollar's; of the wa- 
gon, the wagon's; (v dollaru, in the 
dollar; ve voze, in the wagon; etc.) 

vozem (or s dollarem, s vozem), with the dol- 
lar, with the wagon. 

mooz the son, the man; 

i of the son; the son's: of the man, 
mooze -\ the man's; also in the accusative: 

' the son, the man); 
moozi ( to the son, to the man; (v synu, v 
moozovi ( synovi, in the son; etc.) 

moozem (or se synem, s mnzem), with the 
son, with the man. 



56 



Part 1L 



VOZH, 

kone, 
noze, 



-e of the wagon; 
of the horse; 
of the knife; 



Note 4. It will be observed that the letter u in the nominative 
ease of a monosyllable changes into o in the inflected cases: 

vuz 9 the wagon; 

kirn, the hors^; 

nuz, the knife; 
Nfiz and similar nouns (masculine inanimate and ending in a soft 
consonant) are declined just like muz; only in the dative and locative 
case we cannot use the long form like niuzovi, v muzovi (to the man, in 
the man), but must always employ only the short form: uozi, v nozi, 
nozi, vvozi (to the knife, in the knife); and the accusative agrees with 
the nominative: imz— nuz. 

Note 5. Prepositions consisting 'f a single consonant (v, s, k, 
simply abbreviations of ve 9 se, ke 9 — in, with, to) are always join* d 
in pronunciation to the succeeding syllable; hence we write: v synu, 
s konem; and pronounce vsyiiu (or fsinti , skofiem; in the son, with the 
horse. 

It may hardly be necessary to mention that the locative case does 
not always appear with the preposition v or ve, but employs also differ- 



ent other prepositions. For instance: ve 
on the wagon; o voze, about the wagon. 



voze, in the wagon; na voze, 



LESSON XIII. 



Museti mitseti*) \ 

muset [-must, to have to 
musiti mtisifi ) 

miisini museem 
musis museesli 
musi mil see 
iiiusime museemg 
musite mtiseete 
musi onugee ) 
museji muse-yee S 



I must 


thou must 


he must 


we must 


you must 


they must 



jiti 


yeeMi 




yeet 


jdu 


dit 


jdes 


desh 


jde 


de 


jdeme 


deme 


jdete 


dete 


jdou 


doil 



to go, to come, 

I go 

thou goest 

he goes 

we go 

you go 

they go 



(* The lett t s has the sanie sharp sound as in must, 



Lesson 18. 



iiniset platit to have to pay 

foudu niuset oudu muset, I shall 

have to; I shall 

be obliged. 

liiusel jseni musell sem I was o- 

bliged 

inusel musell he was obliged 

muset to have to go, to be 

obliged to go 

seljsem shell sem I have gone; 

I went 



sel shell he has gone; 

he went 
pfijdii p&ydti, (coloquially 

piidii) I shall go 
pfijdes, pujde, pujdenie, pfljdete, 
piijdou; ptiydesh, piiy&e, ptiy- 
dgme, pay dele, puydou; collo- 
quially: pudesli, pude, pudeme, 
piidete, pUdoti); 
jdi <F& go (thou) 

jdete uV£ go (you) 



Note 1. All Bohemian verbs in the infinitive (as stated in Lesson 
XI. Note 1) end in ti ? which becomes a simple t in ordinary discourse: 

delati, to do, to n ake; platiti, to pay; kupovati, to buy, to be buying: 
prodavati, to sell, to be selling; museti, mus h . 

Note 2. Leaving out ti and putting 1 in its place (la for the 
feminine, lo for the neutre gender), we get the past tense of every regular 
verb, using the auxiliary jsem, jsi in the first and second person singular, 
jsme, jste in the first and second person plural, and changing 1 into li in 
the plural (feminine ly, neutre la, — of no account in ordinary con- 
versation); in the third person singular and plural no auxiliary is used: 



delal 


tfeltil 


he made; 


he has made; 


delali 


delali 


they made; 


they have made; 


delal jsem 


flelal sem 


I made: 


I have made; 


delal jsi 


ftelcd si 


thou madest; 


thou hast made; 


delali jsme 


ftelali sine 


we made; 


we have made; 


delali jste 


Relali ste 


you made; 


you have made; 


platil 


platil 


he paid; 


he has paid; 


kupoval 


kupovtd 


he was buying; 


he has been buying; 


prodaval 


prodaval 


he was selling; 


he has been selling: 


musel 


m usell 


he had to; 


he was obliged. 



58 



Part II. 



Ho 

ven 
venkii 



lib 

ven 
venkii 



liim, it; of it; 
) out 

> out of doors 
) they say; 
i it is said 



our, ours 

of our 

well; right 



pry pree 

(colloq. prej)prey 
iias ? m. ndsh 

nasi, f. ndsliee 

dobre dobrshe 

tuze dobre tooze dobrshe very well 
casne didssne early 

nejaky, a, e, iieydkee \ 
(colloq. nakej ndkey S 
poliromade pd-hromatfe) together 
iiajednou ndyednoU S at once 
in, farther 
let him be, let 



some 



dal 
at' 



dal 

dv 



,po 

do 



pb 

do 



her be, let it be 

after 

tc, before 



zeiia 
sluzka 
zeme, f. 
snidane, f. 
obed, m. 
vecere, f. 
kost', f . 
kus, m. 
odev, m. 
oblek, m. 
kabat, m. 
kalhoty, pi. 
vesta, f. 
klobouk, m. 
boty, pi. 
skoda 
liotov. 
ke 



r, a, o, 



zena 

slUshkd 

zemye 

sneedane 

ob-yed 

vecherscJie 

kost 

ktlss 

o&'ef 

oblek 

kabdt 

kalhoty 

vesta 

klobotik 

botty 

slik odd 

hotof 

ke 



woman 

servant girl 

land, earth 

breakfast 

dinner 

supper 

bone 

piece 

clothing 

suit of clothes 

coat 

pants 

vest 

hat 

boots 

pity 

ready 

to 



podivat se potfeevdt se to take a look 


delati (Seldti, d'eldt 


to make 


spati 


spati, spat to sleep 


mysliin my.sleem 


I think 


st&tf 


stdti, st it to stand 


konpiti koiipit 


to buy 


cekati 
videti 


cJiek&XH, cliekat to wait 
vitfeWvitfet to see 


kiipovati ktlpdvdt 


to be buying 


divati se 


(See vat se ' to look, to be 


prodati prdddt 


to sell 




looking 


prodavati proddvdt 


to be selling 



Exercises. 



Musiiii jit ven. I must go out. 

Pujdu se podivat ven, I shall go and 

look out. 
Je nekdo venku? Is somebody out 

of doors? 



Kdo je venku? Who is out of doors? 
Nejaka zena je tarn. Some woman 

is there. 
Co dice ta zena? What does that 

wonuai want? 



Lesson 13. 



dice videti dcern. She wants to see 
(her) daughter. 

Je to matka nasi sluzky. It is tlie 
mother ol our servant girl. 

At 7 jde dah Let her rome in, 

Proc uejde daH Why doesn't she 
come in? 

Clice neeo jistS Does she want any- 
thing to eat? 

Dejte zene jist a pit. Give that wo- 
man to eat and to drink. 

Maso na kosti a pivo. Meat on the 
bone and beer 

Az bnde obed. When dinner is 
(shall be) ready. 

Bude zde spatH Will she sleep here ? 

Ja my slim , I think so. 

Dobreteda. Very well, then, 

Musi spati se sluzkou. She must 
sleep with the servant girl. 



Chei neeo koupit. I want to buy 

something. 
Chei si neeo koupit. I mant to buy 

me something. 
Co si chcete koupit; What do you 

want to buy (yourself)? 
My slim ze nejaky odev. I think 

(that) some clothing. 



Holka ma mnoho prace. The girl 
has much to do. 

Bude sotva dovecera*)hotova. She 
will hardly be clone before even- 
ing. 

My si ini ze bude s praei hotova. I 
think she will be done with the 
work. 

Fo vecefi iiemiisi delat nic. After 
supper she need not do anything. 

Af je rec* re brzy hotova. Let sup- 
per be soon ready. 

Bude zde ta zenskake snidanl? Will 
that woman be here to breakfast? 

Myslim ze bude. I think (that) she 
will. 

Budeme miti snidani brzy rano. 
We shall have bivakfast soon in 
the morning. 

Alio, easne rano. Yes, early in the 
morning. 



Kabat, kalkoty, vestu, klobouk. A 

coat, fa pair of)pants. avest,ahat. 
Suad take boty. Perhaps also (a 

pair of) boots. 
Cely oblek. A whole suit. 

Fravda, bude dobre koupit oblek. 

True, it will be -wel to buy a 

suit. 



Lz jdu. I am going already. 

Jdete takyl Are you g ing, too? 
My taky jdeme. We are going, too. 
Oni vsichni jdou.They are all going. 



Myslim ze sestra pujde taky. I 

think that sister will go, too. 
Ano, piijde s teton. Yes, she will go 

with auntie. 



♦) Do vecera, instead of do veceru. — Vecer has the same endings in the 

singular as the animate noun syn, excepting -ovi in the dative and locative. 



60 



Part It 



Piijdeme vsichni pohromade. We 

will all go together. 
Jdi se podivat zdali jsou hotove. Go 

(thou and see if they are ready. 
My zde nebudeme stat a cekat. We 

shall not stand here and wait. 



Jdete se tarn zase podivat. Go (you) 

there and see again. 
Uzjdou; tu jsou. They are coming 

already; here they are. 
Pujdou vsichni uajedoou. They will 

all go together. 



Ten dum chci prodat. That house 

I want to sell. 
A proc toS And why ? 

Je maly; musim ho prodat. It is 

small, I must sell it. 
Myslim ze je trocliu maly. I think 

it is somewhat small. 
Ten stary dinn byl dost velky. The 

old house was large enough. 



Skoda ze museli sine ho prodat. It 

is a pity we had to sell it. 
Nas novy dum nebude na prodej. 

Our new house will not be for sale. 
Neni dobre prodavat noyy dum. It 

is not well to sell ( % to be selling) 

a new house. 
Budeme mit u domu kus zeme. We 

shall have by (our) house a piece 

of land. 



Not 


e 3. r 


the vocatrv 


e case, 


1. Zena 


zena 


zeny 


zeny, 


zenu 


zenti 


zene 


zene 


zenou 


zenott, 


2. Zeme 


zemyg 


zemi 


zemi 


zemi 


zemee 


3. Kost' 


kost 


kosti 


kosVl 



kosti 



The changes of endings of feminine nouns, exceptiug 
e case, are shown in the following exhibit: 

the woman; 
of the woman; 
the woman, (accusative); 
to the woman, (v zene, in the woman, etc.); 
(or se zenou) with the woman. 

the earth, of the earth; 

to the earth, (v zemi, in the earth, etc.); 

(or se zemi) with the earth; 

the bone; 

of the bone, to the bone, (v kosti fkostii, in the 

bone, etc.); 
kostee (or s kosti skosfee) with the bone. 



f 



Lesson 13. 61 

Nouns ending in e (like riize rooze, the rose) agree with zeme. 

Nouns ending in ka change the hard consonant k into c ts, when 
the final a changes into e : 

matka, sluzka, mdtkd, slits7ika, the mother, the servant girl. 

ma tee, sluzce, mdts#, sliishtsg, to the mother, to the servant girl. 

Nouns ending in stf, like kosf, are always of the feminine gender. 

Note 4. The verb jiti is irregular. Its future tense is formed 
by the prefix pu 9 and not by the auxiliary budu. The formation of the 
future by means of prefixes occurs quite often, as will be seen hereafter. 

Note 5. The verbs prodavati, kupovati (to be selling, to be 
buying) are in fact reiterative forms of prodati (to sell, to make a sale) 
and koupiti (to buy, to make a purchase). 

Conmoon indefinite verbs, denoting a continuous action, may, as a 
rule, be changed into reiteratives, denoting a repeated action, by insert- 
ing va before the final syllable ti for the final t) and lengthening the 
preceding vowel, if it be short. For instance: 

delati, to make; delavati, d'eldvdtH or fteldvat, to use to make, 

to be in the habit of making. 
pldfeevat, to use to pay; 
spdvat, to use to sleep; 
yeeddvdt, to use to eat; (irregular verb). 

Note 6. In English, verbs are sometimes formed by prefixes 
joined to other verbs, to vary their signification; for instance: 

to deck, — to bedeck I ^o judge — to prejudge I to sell — to undersell 
to grow — to outgrow l to stand — to withstand I to turn — to overturn. 

The same rule finds application in Bohemian in a much higher 
degree. Prefixes may be joined to most of the verbs in order to modify 
or change their meaning; and it is astonishing how many new verbs are 
sometimes derived from the original verb by that process. As an example, 
let us take the verb jiti, to go: 



platiti, 


to pay; 


plativati, 


spati, 


to sleej ; 


spavati, 


jisti, 


to eat; 


jidavati. 



62 



Part II 



dojiti. 


do-yeeti, 


najiti, 


nd-yeeti, 


liadejiti, 


nade-yeefli, 


obejiti, 


obe-yeefi, 


odejiti, 


ode-yeeti, 


pojiti, 


po-yeeti, 


potlpjiti, 


pode-yeefi, 


prejiti, 


prshe-yeefi, 


predejiti, 


vr suede- yeeVi, 


prijiti, 


prshfcyeefi, 


projiti, 


pro-yeefi, 


rozejiti se 


i 5 rdze-yeefi se, 


iijiti, 


u-yeeti, 


vejiti, 


ve-yeefi, 


vyjitb 


vy-yeeVi, 


zajiti, 


Z'1-yeeti, 


zajiti si, 


za yeeti si, 



to go (get, reaeh)some where; to make an errand 

to find; 

to gain, to get ahead, to head off; 

to go around; 

to go away, to leave; 

to perish, to die; 

to deceive, to cheat; 

to pass over, to pass by; 

to come before, to get a 1 ead, to anticipate; 

to come; 

to pass through; 

to part, to disperse; 

to escape; 

to go in, to come in; 

to go out, to come out; 

to go down, to set, to pass behind; 

to go out of one's way. 



This shows the immense adaptability of the Bohemian verb, and 
certainly looks somewhat perplexing at first sight; but it is only necessary 
to fix in one's mind the meaning of a dozen of prefixes, which occur in all 
such cases, in order to have a key to the whole system. The same is true 
in English; a knowledge of the signification of the prefixes used in con- 
nection with verbs explains tin- modified meaning. Verb's formed by 
prefixes are in most cases contained separately in Bohemian dictionaries, 
tte same as in English. 



Note 7. An indefinite verb like jiti, to go, denotes a continuous 
action. When a new verb is formed by means of a prefix, it is definite, 
denoting a completed action: dojiti, to go (get, reach) somewhere; 
najiti, to find; etc. The present form of these verbs denotes, in fact, a 
future action: dojdii; I shall go or get somewhere; najdn, I shall find. 
Hence it is actually the future tense, there being no present, and the 



Lesson 14. 



63 



auxiliary Inulu can never be used. Such compound verbs Lave therefore 
only a past with the auxiliary jsem, and a simple future: 



doseljsem, do shell sem, I went (got, 

reached) somewhere; 

naseljsem, nashellsem, I found; 



dojdn, doydit I shall go (get, reach) 



najdn, 71 a yd it 



somewhere; 
I shall find. 



LESSON XIY. 



Slovo, n. 
horko, n. 
teplo, n. 
chladno, n. 
blato, n. 



slovo word 

Jwrko heat; hot 

teplo warmth; warm 



khlddno cool 

Mato mud 

mesto, n. m yes -to city 

psenice, f. pshe-nitse wheat 

pole, n. pole field 

poupe, n. poupye bud 

(lite, n. fleet e child 

den, m. den day 

noe, f. nots night 

tyden, m. teeden week 

odpoledne odpoledne afternoon 
pfilnoc, f. poolnots midnight 

dues v noei dness vnotsi to-night 
zapad slmicvzdpad sluntse sunset 
cesta, f. tsestd way, road 

radost rddost pleasure 

les less forest, timber 



vidim vifleem 

prseti p e rs7ieti 

prsi p e rs7iee 



I see 
to rain 
it rains 



teprv tep e rf only, not before 

vedle xedle beside, next to 

nebe, n. nebe heaven, sky 

slunce, n. sluntse svn 

mesic, m. mye-seets moon, month 
pocasi, n poehasee weather 

znamem, n. zndmen.ee sign 

desf, m. desht ra'n 

*tin 9 m. steen shade, shadow 
yitr, m. vee-t e r 
pekny, a, e 9 pygk-nee 
jasny, a, e, ydss-nee 



liezky 

zle 

posud 

okolo 

11a 

s tim 

za 



Jtessky 

zle 

posud 
okolo 
ntt 

steem 
za 



zase ? zas zasse, zass 




wind 

nic i! , fine 

cb ar, bright 

nice 

bad, badly 

till now, stil 

about 

on, in 

with that 

behind, beyond 

again 

at, on. 



syititi 
sviti 
uz neiii 



sweetit 
sweet ee 
tish neyn.ee 



to shine 

shines 

is no more 



64 



Part II 



dej mu (ley mil give ( hou) him 

dejte mu deyte mti give (you) him 



choditi khoftit to walk 

chodim khofteem I walk 

chodi kfootfee he (she, it) walks 

Notel. Prseti 9 prset, p e rs7ietH, p e rshet; to rain; vitr, veet e r; 
e is silent and placed there simply to elucidate the pronunciation. See 
Sec 4. Part I. 

Exercises. 



Ycera byl spatny den. Yesterday 

was a bad day 
Dues je kezky. To-day is nice. 

Opravdu, je pekne pocasi. Truly, 

it is fine weather. 
My slim ze bade tak cely den. I 

think it will be so all day. 
Bude teplo eely den. It will be 

warm all day. 
Odpoledne bude horko. 1 a the after- 
noon it will be hot. 
Bad jsem yenku za tepla. I like to 

be out when (it is) warm. 
Y horku nerad jdu do mesta. In the 

heat I do not like to go to town, 
Ja take ne. Neither do I. 



Je nebe jasnel Is. the sky clear? 
Bylo, ale uz neni. It was, but is no 

more. 
Yidiiu na nebi znameni deste. I see 

in the sky a sign of rain. 
Ale slunce jeste sviti. But the sun 

is still shining. 
Po slunce zapadu bude snad prset. 

After sunset perhaps it will rain. 
Je silny vitr. There is astrongwind. 



Nebude tak zle s tim horkem. It 

won't be so bad with the heat. 

Cesta je pekna. The road is fine. 

Neni zadne blato. There is no mud. 

Ycera bylo jeste dost blata. Yester- 
day there was still enough mud. 

Nerad chodim v blate. I do not like 
to walk in mud. 

Nas hoch rad chodi blatem. Our 
boy likes to walk through mud. 

To snad kazde dite. Perhaps every 
child (likes that). 

To je radost ditete. That is a child's 

pleasure. 

Ano, to dela radost diteti. Yes, it 

makes pleasure to a child. 



Je skoro chladno ve stiuu. It is al- 
most cool in the shade. 

Na slunci je dosud horko. In the 
sun it is still hot. 

Dnes v noci sviti mesic. To-night 
the moon shines. 

Teprv o pulnoci. Only at (i. e. not 
before) midnight. 

Ano, okolo pulnoci. Yes, about 
midnight. 



Lesson 14. 



65 



Zde je nas duin. Here is our house. 

Yedle doimi je stodola. Beside the 
house there is a barn. 

Za stodolou mame pole. Behind the 
barn we have a field. 

Na torn poli je psenice. On that 
field there is wheat. 

Za tiin polem mame kus lesa. Be- 
yond that field we have a piece of 
timber. 

Je to dobry kus lesa. It is a good 
piece of timber. 



Pak je'zase kus pole sobilim. Then 

there is again a piece of a grain- 

fi< Id, {literally, of a field with 

grain). 
Jdete na pole. Go to (on) the field. 
Jdi s tim ditetem. Go (thou) with 

the child. 
Dej diteti poupe z ruze. Give (thou) 

the child a rose bud, (literally: a 

bud from the rose). 
Otec je na poli. The father is in the 

field , 



Note 2. The following little scheme shows the changes of the 
endings of netttrenown^ which in the nominative always endino, e, e ori: 

sloyo, sidvd 

slova, 

slovu, 

poupe, 



poupete, 



the word; 

of the word; 

sldvti to the word; 

potipyg, the bud; 

potipyet&, of the bud; 



veslovu, ve ^) intheword ^ 
"store, v**ldvy*\* l0 ™> 



slovem 



the word); 

sldvem, (or se slovem) by 

or with the word. 



pole, pott, the field; of the field; 

poli, poli, to the field; (v poli, 

in the field; etc.) 

znameni, znmnenee, the sign; of 

the sign; (ve znameni, 

in thesigj; etc.); 



poupeti, poupyeti, to the bud; (v 

poupeti, in the bud, etc ) 

poupetem, poUpyetem (or s poupe- 

tem) with the bud. 

polem, polem, (or s polem) with 

the field. 



znameuim, zname-jieem (or se zna- 
menim), with the sign. 



66 



Part 11. 
LESSON XT. 



Jeden 


yS.len 


jedna, f . 


ygdna 


dva 


died 


dve, f . & n 


dwy& 


tfi 


trshi 


ctyry 


slitiri 


pet 


pytt 


sest 


sh#st 


sedm 


sedtim 


osm 


os&rn 


devet 


dev-yet 


deset 


desset 


oba, m. 


obti 


obe, f . & n 


. obyti 


par 


par 


nekolik 


nekolik 


in n olio 


mnolio 


mnolioli 


mnoho-li 


kolik 


kolik 


asi tak 


asi tak 


tolik 


tolik so i 


k, ke. ku, 


k8, kit 


i 


e 


s, se, 


s# 


Mluviti 


mliXmt 


niluvil*) 


mlilvil 


utratiti 


titrafit 



a good deal 

how muci 

how many 

about 

ny, so much 

to, unto 

oh! well 

with 



one 


muj, m. 


mooy 


two 


moji, pi. 
myck, pi. 


moye 
meekh 


three 
four 


myin, pi. 
mymi, pi. 

ty 


meem 
meemi 

ty 


five 


k tern 


Mem 


six 

seven 

eight 

nine 

ten 


tech 
z tech 


Vekh ; 
sVekJi 


v tech 
od nas 


ftiekh 

od neiss 


both 


jaky, a, e 


y ydkee 




tamhle 


tamlg 


some, a few 


lined 


lintid 



a sice 

mozna 

dokonce 



a sitsg 



my, mine 

my, mine, pi. 

of my 

to my 

with my 

those 

to those 

those, from 

those 

in those 

from us, from 

our place 

what, what kind 

there, over there 

right away 

that is, namely 






moznd perhaps, possibly 
dokontsg perhaps even 



jeste neco^ yesMe fi e t so anything 

else? 
uejmin neymeen at least, least of all 
mu, jemu, mti, y&mil, to him 

v, ve, v& in 

from, of 



z, ze 



*8 



to speak 

spoke 

to spend 



utratil titraHil 
prodati proddt 
prodal prodal 



spent 

to sell 

sold 



*) See Lesson XIII. Note 2, 







Lesson 15. 




67 


koupiti 


kotipit 


to buy 


hospoda, f 


Tto sp odd 


saloon, tavern 


koupil 


kotipil 


bought 


inouka, f. 


moitkd 


flour 


koupim 


Jcoilpeem 


I shall buy 


cena, f. 


tsend 


price, value 


rozumeti 


roztimyet 


to understand 


podpora, f 


podpord 


support 


rozumel 


roztim'yell 


understood 


drobne, pi. 


drobne 


change 


rozumim 


roztimeem 


understand 


vyber. m. 


veeb-yer 


choice 


jezditi 


yezftit to drive, to ride 


tucet, m. 


tUtset 


dozen 


jezdil 


yeztfil 


drove, rode 


doinu 


domti 


home 


jezdini 


yezfteem 


I drive, I ride 


na venku 


nd venktl 


in the country 


ziiam 


zndm I know, I am ac- 


spokojen 


spokoyen 


satisfied 






quainted 


muzete 


m"ozete 


you can, you 


vim to 


veem to 


I know it 






may 


dela 


fteld 


makes 


pocitejrae 


poclieeteyme let us count 


clovek, m 


. cldo-vyek 


man 


sto, 


std 


a hundred 


pan 


pan 


gentleman 


vie, vice 


veets, veetse more 


farina, f. 


farmd 


farm 


stoji 


stoyee 


costs 



Exercises. 



Tady jsme zas. Here we are again . 
Jaky pekny den! What a nice day! 
Mate jeste penize? Have you still 

(some) a oney? 
I jeste neco mam. Well, I have still 

something. 
Mnoho-li asi mate? About how 

much have you? 
Ne mnoho. Not much. 

Mam jeste dva dollary. I have still 

two dollars. 
Ja taky mam par dollaru. I also 

have a few dollars. 
Kolik dollaru? How many dollars ? 
Asi tak ctyry dollary. About four 

dollars. 



No change? 
I have also 



Zadne drobne? 
Mam take par centu. 

a few cents. 
Utratil jsem mnoho. I have spent 

a good deal. 
Jak mnoho asi! About how much? 
Nejinin pet nebo sest dollaru. At 

least five or six dollars. 
Ja take utratil nekolik dollaru. I 

also spent a ftw dollars. 
Tic nez ja? Mofe than I? 

Mozna asi sedm dollaru. Perhaps 

about seven dollars. 
Nebo dokonce osm. Or perhaps 

even eight, 



Part II. 



K dollarum pocitejme cas. To the 

dollars let us count the time. 
Ten ma taky cenu v dollarech. It 

also has a price (value) in dollars. 



Co stoji ten vuz? How much is that 

wagon? {literally: what costs that 

wagon?) 
Sto dollaru. A hundred dollars- 
Za sto dollaru mfizete koupit dva 

vozy. For a hundred dollars you 

can buy two wagons. 



Zde je muj syn. Here is my son. 
Oba moji synove jsou tu. Both my 

sons are here. 
Ano, myslim ze jsou. Yes, I think 

(that) they are. 
Jedeii z mych synu prave sel ven. 

One of my sons has just gone out # 
Dejte myin synuin obed; a sice 

lined. Give (to) my sons a dinner; 

I mean right away. 
Ano, dame paniini dobry obed. 

Yes, we shall give to the gentle- 
men a good dinner. 

Koupil jsem mouku. I bought 

(some) flour. 
Chcete koupit jeste neeo? Do you 

want to buy anything dse? 
Pujdu a koupim dva noze. I shall 

go and buy two knives. 
Ja pujdu taky a koupim tucetnozu. 

I shall go, too, and buy a dozen 

knives. 



To dela mnolio. That makes much. 
Devet nebo deset dollaru je pryc. 

Nine or ten dollars are gone. 



Dost mo^na. Very likely. 

J a rozumim vozum. I understand 

wagons. 
Je velky rozdil ve vozech. There is 

a great difference in wagons. 
Ja jezdim s vozy uz davno. 1 drive 

wagons a long time already. 



Y synech (mych) mam nyni podpo- 

ru. In my sons I have now a 
support. 

To je dobre. That is well # 

Jsem spokojen se syny. I am satis- 
fied with (my) sons. 

Jsme vsichni na farme. We are all 
on the farm. 

Synove jsou radi na farme. My 
sons like it on the farm. 

Jsme vsichni radi na venku. We 
all like it in the country. 



Ale k nozum take vidlicky. But to 

the knives also forks. 
Tamhle maji velky vyber v nozicli. 

Over there they have a large 
choice in knives. 
Ano, vim to; maji tuze dobre noze. 

Yes, I know it: they have very 
good knives. 
Mate pravdu. You are right (literal- 
ly: you have right), 



Lesson 14. 



69 



Tamhle v hospode jsou tri muzi. 

Over there in the saloon there are 

three men. 
Znain ty maze. I know those men. 
Jeden z tech muzu je od uas. One 

of those men is from our place. 
Prodal jsem mu koue. I sold (to) 

him a horse. 
Jaky je to clovek? What kind of a 

man is that? 



Je dobry muz. He is a good man. 
Jdete k tern muziim. Go to those 

men. 
Fiijdu, clici mluvit s temi muzi. I 

will go; I want to speak with those 
men. 
My slim ze ti muzove piijdou brzy 
domii. I think that those men 
will soon go home. 



Note 1. The formation of the plural of masculine inanimate and 
animate nouns, and the changes of their endings in diiferent cases, are seen 
in the following table: 



dollar, dollar, the dollar; viiz, 



the wagon; sju, syn, the son; 



dollary 

vozy 

syni 
— ove 
muzi 
ove 



dollary 

vozy 

syni 
syndve 
raoozi 
moozove 



muz, ?nooz, the man; 
the dollars 
the wagons 

the sons 



the men; 



dollaru dolldroo 

uv dollar oof 

vozu vozoo ) 

— uv -/ f 

synu synoo ) 

uv -/ ) 

muzu milzoo ) 
uv / i 



•of 



the dollars 

of the wagons 

of the sons 

of the men 



Remakk. The long termination ove 
belongs to animate nouns; only in 
poetic language or solemn expres- 
sions does it sometimes appear con- 
nected with inanimates. — 
In the accusative or objective ca e 
animate nouns have syny, muze; 
Mam syny zdf*, I have my sons here; 
vidim ty muze, I see those men. — 
S dollary, s vozy, se syuy, s inuzij 
sdolldry, svozy, se syny, s moozi, 
with the dollars, with the wagons, 
with the sons, with the men. 

Remark. Both animate and inani" 
mate nouns use the long termination 
uv, — but never in ordinary dis- 
course and seldom in the spoken 
language generally. 



70 Par. II. 



dollarum dvllarum to the dollars 
Yoziiiii vozoom to the wagons 

v dollareeh vdollarekh ia the dollars 
ve vozech ve vozelch in the wagons 
v synech vsynekh in the sons 
v muzich vmuzeekh in the men. 



synum synoom to the sons 
muzum mtizoom to the men; 

Remark. Also with other preposi- 
tions: o dollarech, about the dol- 
lars: po dollarech, after the d liars 
or dollar by dollar); etc. 



Note 2. The prepositions k, s, v> z, consisting of a single 
consonant, are simply abbreviations of ke, ku, se, ve, ze, as before ex- 
plained. Their use is almost abitrary. in cases where they can easily be 
connected and pronounced with the succeeding syllable; hence they are 
nearly always used when the following word begins with a vowel or with 
a consonant followed by a vowel: v obleku, vo-btt-ku, in the suit of 
clothes; v dollarech, vdol-la-relch, in the dollars; v synech, v*y-'e~k7i, in 
the sons; — s oblekem, so-ble-kem, with the suit of clothes; s dollarem, 

sdol-la-rem, with the doll -ir; s inuzem, smoo-zem, with the man; 

k obleku, ko-ble-ku, ti the suit of cloth s; k vozu, k o-zU, to the 
wagon; etc. 

We can n ever say v vozu, s synem, k koni (in the wagon, with 
the son, to the horse), because it could not be pronounced; the letter e 
has to be retained and it is ridiculous to leave it out in writing as a silent 
letter, a« it can never be silent. We speak and write: ve vozu (or ve voze), 
ve vozu (coze), in the wagon; se synem, se synSm, with the son (or with 
my son); ke koni, ke koni, to the horse. 

On the other hand, the long form ke, ku, ve, ze may, nearly al- 
ways be employed, when the following word begins with a consonant; 
we can say and write ve dollarech, ve synech; -« ut it is not customary. 
The sound of v connects easily with every other consonant without the 
help of an e. However, the short prepositions k, s, z are being limited 
in their use and the proper long form ke, ku, se, ze is en ployed wher- 
ever practicable. 

Note 3. The letters h, ch, k, r are called hard consonants 
"par excellence". When they occur in a masculine animate noun, or 



Lesson 16. 



71 



in its ultimate syllable, they are changed or softened in the nominative 
plural after the following manner: 



h changes into z 

ch " " s 

The following examples will explain it: 



changes into 



soudruh, sotidrtih, (soMriikh), a comrade; soudruzi, soitdriizi t comrades; 
hocli, hdkh, a boy; hosi, ho-she. boys: 

kluk, kliik, a boy, an urchin; kluci, kltitsi, boys, urchins ; 

bratr, brat e r, a brother; bratri, br&t-rshi, brothers; 

But whenever the long form of the nominative plural (ove) is em- 
ployed, the hard consonant remains unchanged: soudruhove, the com- 
rades; bratrove, the brothers. In the other cases (excepting the vocative, 
which is like the nominative: o soudruzi! o comrades!), the hard con- 
sonant also retains its place: soudruhu, hochu, klukii, bratrfl, of the 
comrades (boys, brothers); soiidmhum, and so forth. 



LESSON XYI. 



Libi se mi leebee s8 me I like it, (him, 




her, etc) 


n£sti 


nesffi to bring, to yield 


nesou 


nessoti they bring, they 




yield {or pay) 


prines 


prshi-nets bring (thou) 


pfinesu 


prshi-nessU I shall bring 


vede se 


vgdg sg thrives 


citam 


cheetdm I read (i. e. I use 




to read) 


sednu 


sednit I sit down 


bavim se 


baveem sg I amuse myself 



dejte deytS 

posazim posdzeem 

povida poveedd 

letos letoss 

v loni vloni 



give, put 

I shall set out 

says 

this year 

last year 

kodne 7iodne j much, many 
(the same as mnoho) * a good deal 

treba trsU-bd I it needs, need- 

) ed, necessary 

i treba e trsM-bd I don't care 

vseho druhu vs7i8hd drtiJiti of all 

kinds 
krajina, f. krayinti country 



72 



Part II. 



soused, m. 
uzitek, m 
kukurice, f 
korna, f. 
brambory, 
oves, m. 
jeemen, m 
sklizen 9 f. 
slad, 
trh, ra. 

u cesty 



soUsed 
f&itek 
kukUrsJiifs^ 
kornd 

pi. brdnbory 
ovess 
ygchmen 

sklizen 
sldd 
t e rh . 



neighbor 
profit 



s 



ii ts&sty 



potatoes 

oats 

barley 

crop 
malt 
market 
[by the road 
) near the road 



sainy, a, e sdmee nothing but 

urodny, a, e oo-rodnee fertile 

obzvlaste ob-zvlds/tfe I cs P eciall y 
> particularly 

zvlastni zvldsht-fiee special, 

particular 

zpatky spdtke back 



puda, f. 


poodd 


land, soil 


prairie, f. 


prairig 


prairie 


balmo, n. 


bdhnd 


swamp 


fezuik, m. 


rsh&z-neek 


butcher 


kniha, f . 


knihd 


book 


knihovna,f. knihdvnd 


library 


miloTnik,m. mildv-neek 


lover 


zaliba, f. 


zdlibd 


pleasure 


rfize, f. 


rooze 


rose 


pivonka, f 


pivonka 


peony 


okno, n. 


okno 


window 


poklad, m. 


pokldd 


treasure 



kdykoli gdi-koli whenever 

jeste jeden yesJitie yMen one more, 

another 
pred prshM before 

bez b$z or bess without 

za zd beyond, behind 



Exercises. 



Zde se mi libi. I like it here 

Zde je pekna krajina. This is (here 

is) a nice countiy. 
Kazdy to povida. Everybody says so. 
My mame zde farmu. We have a 

farm here. 
Stryc je nas soused. Uncle is our 

neighbor. 
On ma zde dve farmy. He has two 

farms here. 



Ma velky uzitek z tech farem? Has 

he a large profit from those farms ? 
Myslim ze ma, I think (that) he 

has. 
Myslim ze nesou mu hodne. I think 

(that) they yield (i. e. pay) him a 

good deal. 
Y loni mel mnoho sklizne (skltz-ne, 

of the c ) vseho druhu. Last year 

he had a large crop of all kinds. 



Lesson 16. 



73 



Je to tuze lirodna farina. It is a 

very fertile farm. 

Mel mnoho sena, pseniee, kukuri- 
ce i brambor. He had a great 
deal of hay, wheat, corn and 
potatoes. 

Letos bude miti take oves, jecmen 
a 2ito. This year he will also 
have oats, barley and rye. 

Jecmen na slad ma vidycky (dycky 
dit-ski) dobry trh. Barley for 
malt has always a good market. 



Knihy jsou poklad. Books are a 

treasure. 
Rad citam knihy. I like to read 

books. 

Obzvlaste kdyz jsem doma. Espe- 
cially when I am at home. 

Jste teda milovoik knih. You are 
then a lover of books. 

Tojeprayda. That is true. 

Mate mnoho knib? Have you many 
books? 

Ma kniliovna je velika My library 
is large. 



Mate r&ze pred oknem. You have 
roses before the window. 

Maine tarn hodne rflzi. We have 
many roses there. 

K ruzun dejte piironky. To the 
roses put peonies. 



Na farmach zde jecmen vede se do- 

bre. On the farms here barley 
thrives well. 

Za farmami u cesty je kus spatne 
pudy. Beyond the farms by the 
road there is a piece of bad land. 

Ja myslel, ze je to lirodna prairie. 

I thought (that) it was a f( rtile 
prairie. 

Neni; je to skoro same bahno. It is 

not; it is almost nothing but 
swamp. 



Jake knihy mate? What books 

have you? 
Mam knihy vseho druhu. I have 

books of all kinds. 
Sednu ke knihamkdykolimam cas. 

I sit down to the books whenever 

I have time. 
Teda mate zalibu veknihach. Then 

you have (you find) pleasure in 

books. 
Ano, tuze rad bavim se s knihami. 

Yes, I like very much to amuse 

myself wih books. 



Y rfizich mam zvlastni zalibu. In 

roses I have (I take) particular 
pleasure. 
Posazim jeste jeden zahon ruzemi. 
I shall plant another bed with 
roses. 



74 



Part 11. 



Byl jsem u feznika. I was at the 

butcher's. 
Koupil jsem maso od reznika. I 

bought (some) meat from the but- 
cher. 

Tu je to maso* Here is that meat. 

To je sama kost. That is nothing 
but bone. 

Jsou tu nejake kosti. There are 

some bones here. 
Ano, kosti je dost. Yes, there are 

bones enough. 



K tern kostim tfeba vice masa. To 

the bones (besides the b.) we need 

more meat. 
ft a tech kostech neni homnoho. On 

these bones there is not much of it. 
Co s kostmil What (can we do) with 

the bones? 
Nechceme tolik kosti. We do not 

want so many bones. 
Pf ines maso bez kosti. Bring meat 

without bones. 
Pujdu zpatky a pf inesu ho. I shall 

go back and bring it. 



Note 1. The formation of the plural of feminine nouns, and the 
changes of their endings in different cases, are shown in the following table: 

cena, tsend, the price; ruze. rooz&, the rose; kost', host, the bone; 
ceny tstiny the prices 



remark. When two consonants 
terminate the noun iu the genitive, 
an e is interpolated: farmy. the 
farms ; farem (instead of farm), of the 
farms; matky, the mothers; matek 
instead of matk). of the mothers. 



ruze 


rooz8 the 


roses 


kosti 


kosVi the bones; 


cen 


tsen 


of the prices 


rfizi 


roozee 


of the roses 


kosti 


kosfee 


of the bones: 


cenam 


tstindm 


to the prices 


ruzim 


roozeem 


to the roses 


kostem 


kostem 


to the bones; 



v cenach ftsti-ndkh in the prices 
v rflzich vroo-zeekh in the roses 
Y kostech fkds-tSkh in the bones; 



remark. Also with other preposi- 
tions: o cenach, about prices; pfi 
cenach, at the prices; etc. 



Lesson 17. 



75 



cenami tsgn&mi with the prices 
ruzemi roozemi with the roses 
kostmi kostmi with the bones. 



remark. Usually with the preposi- 
tion s (with): s cenami, stse-ndmi; 
s ruzemi, sroo-zemi; s kostmi, 

skosi-mi. 





ram 


LESSON XTII. 


bohdts-tc 




Yam 


to you 


bohactvi, n. 


°e rich ess 


jim 


yim 


to them 


stesti, n. 


sMess-ti 


happiness, 


mi, me 


me, my 8 


to me 




luck, 


good fortune 


moje, me moy$, me 


mine, my 


moudrost, f 


moudrost 


wisdom 


nase 


nas7i8 


our, ours 


vaha, f. 


valid 


weight 


vase 


vash8 


. your, yours 


poupe, n. 


poupye 


bud 


s temi 


sVemi 


with those 


poupata 


poupata 


buds 


tohle 


tohle 


this here 


plot, m. 


plot 


fence 


tamty 


tarn ty those over there 


obtiz, f. 


ob teez 


trouble 


tuze 


tooze 


very much 


mylka, f. 


meelkd 


mistake 


blize 


bleeze 


nearer 


mate pray du 


mate prdi 


du you are 


nikoli 


nikoli 


no, not at all 




right (literally: you 


kolem 


kolem 


round 






have right' 


pojd'ine 


j) oft me 


let us go 


neni treba 


nem trshe-bd it is not 


jde 


d8 


ccmes 






necessary 


hled'te 


hlefttg 


see, look 


obaleny, a, ( 


» obdlenee 


covered 


vidim 


rifteem 


I see 


drateny, a, c 


drd-tenee 


of wire 


vidite 


mfteetti 


you see 


liluboky, a, e Mubokee 


deep, pro- 


znam 


znam 


I know 






found. 


znate 


znatti 


you know 


zdravy, a, e 


zdrdvee health}-, well' 


pridam 


prshi dam 


I shall add 






sound 
gir 


feknu 


rshtk nti 


I shall tell 


devce 


ftef-clie 


slyset 


slishet 


to heai 


devcata 


ftef-clidtd 


girls 


postaci 


postd-chee 


is sufficient 


dobfe 


dobrshe ^ 


ell, all right 


roste 


roste 


grows 


slovem 


slovem 


in a word 



76 



Part 11. 



Exercises. 



Ja vam neco reknu. I will tell you 

something. 
Bohactvi neni stesti. Riches are not 

happiness. 
To jsou slova inoudrosti. These are 

words of wisdom. 
Znate vahu tech slovl Do you know 

the weight of those words? 
K tern sloYum nic vice neni tf eba. 

To those words nothing more is 

needed. 



Tam ty ruze uz maji poupata. The 

roses over there already have buds. 
Ano, maji mnoho poupat. Yes, they 

have many buds. 
Letos jsou obaleny poupaty. This 

year they are covered with^buds. 
Y loni byly skoro bez poupat. Last 

year they were almost without 

buds. 
Pojd'me blize k tern poupatum. Let 

us go nearer to those buds. 
Yidim neco na tech poupatech. I 

see something on the buds. 
To neni nic. That is nothing. 

Mate pravdu; poupata jsou zdrava. 

You are right; the buds are sound. 
Ano, jsou; yes, they are. 



Hled'te! See! 

Ty pole co vidite jsou moje. The 

fields you see are mine. 



Y tech slovech je hluboka pravda. 

In those words there is a profound 

truth. 
Chcete slyseti vice? Do you want 

to hear more? 
Mkoli; ta slova postaci. Not at all; 

those words suffice. 
Jsem spokojen s temi slovy. I am 

satisfied with ihose words. 
Slovem: mate pravdu! In a word: 

you are right! 



Aha, zde je moje devce! Ah, here 

is my girl ! 
Jsou vase devcata zdrava? Are your 

girls well? 
Obe nase devcata jsou zdrava. Both 

our girls are well. 
Prines devceti poupe. Bring (thou) 

to the girl a bud. 
Jsou zde dve devcata. There are 

two girls here. 
Prineste jim nekolik poupat. Bring 

(you to) them some buds. 
Tady jde s temi poupaty. Here he 

comes with the buds. 
Tn je par poupat. Here are some 

buds. 
Dobfe. All right. 



Kolem tech poli je novy plot. A- 

round those fields there is a new 
fence. 



Lesson 17 



77 



Je to drateny plot. It is a wire fence. 
K tern polim je dobra cesta. To 

those fields there is a good road. 
Co bude na tech policM What will 

there be on those fields? 
Na tech polich bude obili a kuknri- 

ce. On those fields there will be 
grain and corn. 

Co je tohle? What is this here ? 

Nejaka znameni. Some signs. 

To jsou moje znameni. These are 

my signs. 
Ja neco pridam k tern znamenim. 

I shall add something to those 

signs. 



Jste spokojen s terni polemic Are 

you satisfied with those fields? 
Jsem tuze spokojen. I am very 

much satisfied. 
Ysechno dobf e roste na tech polich. 

Everything grows well on those 
fields. 

Nenimylkav tech znamenich! Is 

there no mistake in those signs? 

S temi znamenimi je nekdy obtiz. 
With those signs there is some- 
times trouble. 

Pravda, je nekdy obtiz. True, there 
is sometimes trouble. 



Note. The formation of the plural of neutre nouns, and the 
changes of their endings in different cases, will appear from the following 
table: 



SlOYO 


slovo 


the word 


pole 


poW 


the field 


ponpe 


poilpyg 


the bud 


znameni 


znam&riee 


the sign; 


slova 


sWvd 


the words 


pole 


- poU 


the fields 


poupata 


poupata 


the buds 


znameni 


znameiiee 


the sigos; 


slov 


slof 


of the words 


poli 


pdlee 


of the fields 


poupat 


poilpdt 


of the buds 


znameni 


znamSnee 


of the signs; 


slovum 


slovoom 


to the words 


polim 


pdleem 


to the fields 


poupatum 


poitpdtoom to the buds 


znamenim 


i zndm^neem to the signs; 


ve slovech 


v$ slovekli 


in the words 


REMARK. 


Also with 


other prepo- 


v poupatech fpoupdtH 


h in the buds 


sitions: o 


polich, about the fields; 


v polich 


fpoleekh 


in the fields 


na polich, 


on the fielc 


s. 


ve znamenich v# zname~fieekh in the 












signs; 


• 







Part 11. 



slovy slovy with the words 

poiipaty poUpdty with the buds 
poli (-emi) poli(-emi) with the fields 
znameiiinii zndrneneemi with the 

signs. 



remark. Also with the preposition 
se, s: se slovy, se sldvy; s poiipaty, 
spoUpdty; s polemi, spolgmi; se zna- 
niMiimi, s&znamgneemi. — Instead of 
polemi, the short forms polmi and 
poli {polmi, polli) are also used. 



LESSON XVIII. 



Mrak, m. 


mrdk 


cloud 


mracek,m 


. mrd-cluk 


little cloud 


zena 


zena 


wife 


mile*), f. 


meeJM 


mile 


hodina*),f, Iwftina 


hour, o'clock 


jizda, f. 


ye zdd 


drive, ride 


k veceru 


kwecheru toward evening 


za svetla 


zd swyet-ld 


by daylight 


tma 


tma dark, darkness 


pozde 


poztfe 


late 


dobra! 


dobra 


very well ! 


krasny, a 


,e krdssneee 


beautiful 


s 11 ami 


s ndmi 


with us 


brzy 


b e r-zy 


soon 


po-svem 


po svem 


after one's 
business 


jeste 


yes7ite 


still, yet. 



ja pravil 
jafku 

jeti 
pojedem 

pojed'me 

vyjeti, 



yd pravil I said 

yd-rshkU I said, I say 
(like the colloq. "says I".) 
yetii, yet to drive, to ride 
pdygdem we shall drive, 
we shall ride 
poyeftme let us drive, 
let us ride 
ve-yeVi, ve-yet to drive 
out, to ride out, to start 
Yjieli^meve-yelh ' smg we started 
vratime se vrdteemg se we shall re- 
turn, we shall come back 
vratil mi vratil me he returned 
to me (something); 
piijcene penize pitycMne pefieezg 
the money loaned; 

*) JediiR, dve, tri, ctyry mile, yednd, dwyg, trshi, sJdiri meeW, 
one, two, three, four miles; pet mil, py$t mill, five miles: sest mil, 

sh est mill, six miles; and so forth. 

Jedna hodina, yednd lioftind, one hour, one o'clock; dve, tri, 
ctyry hodiny, dwyg, trshi, shtiri hotfiny, two, three, four hours; two, 
three, four o'clock; pet hodin, pyet lioftin, five hours; five o'clock; sest 
hodin , sliest hoftin, bix hours, s x o'clock; — and so forth. 



Lesson 18. 



79 



Exercises. 



Ycera byl krasny den; — nebe bylo 
jasn£,— ani mracku nikde. 

Jiirku, zeno! dnes pojedem do me- 

sta. 
Ano, poje(Fme! pravila zena; — je 

den tak krasny! 
Maine deset mil do mesta. 

Brzy po snidani vyjeli jsme; — by- 
lo prave osm hodin. 

Soused pan Rohan byl s nanii. 

J a pravil: sousede, jak brzy bude- 

me ve meste? 
Y deset hodin jsme tarn! pravil 

pan Rohan. 
A fcyli jsme, 
Je to as dye hodiny jizdy, kdyz 

cesta je dobra. 
Ye meste soused §el kupovat neco 

a my take sli po svem. 

Pfijcil jsem mn pet dollaru. 
Jarku, sousede! kdy se vratimel 

Myslim pozde odpoledne, nebo k 
veeeru; — to bude dost easu. 

Dobra; vratime se asi v sedm ho- 
din vecer, — jeste za svetla. 

Ale bylo u2 tma, kdyz jsme se vra- 
tili. 



Yesterday was a beautiful day; — 

the sky was clear, — not a cloud 

anywhere. 
I said: wife, to-day we will drive to 

town. 
Yes, let us drive! said (my) wife; — 

the day is so beautiful! 
It is ten miles to town {literally: we 

have ten miles to town). 
Soon after breakfast we drove out 

(we started); — it was just eight 

o'clock. 
(Our) neighbor Mr. Rohan was 

with us. 
I said: neighbor, how soon shall we 

be in the city? 
At ten o'clock we are there! said 

Mr. Rohan. 
And we were. 
It is about a two hour's ride, when 

the road is good. 
In the city, the neighbor went to buy 

something, and we also went after 

our business. 
I loaned (to) him five dollars. 
I said: neighbor, when sball we re- 
turn? 
I think late in the afternoon or to- 
wards evening; — that will be 

time enough. 
Very well; we shall return about 

seven o'clock in the evening. — 

still by daylight. 
But it was already dark, when we 
returned. 



80 Part it 



Soused sel domu a vr&tii mi pujce- 
he penize* 



The neighbor went hohie and re- 
turned to me the money I loaned 
him. 



Note 1. The noua inracek is a diminutive of mrak. In Eng- 
lish only a few nouns have their proper diminutives; for instance: man, 
manikin; eagle, eaglet; river, rivulet; goose, gosling. 

In Bohemian diminutives are exceedingly numerous; and very 
often a noun has two, sometimes three diminutives, differing in degree. 
For example: 

dum ? m. dum", a hous -■; domek, ddm$k, a small house; domecek, dd- 

m8chek, a very small house. 
hochj hokh, a boy; hosik, libslieek, a small boy; hosicek, hoshee- 

chek, a very small boy. 
ruka, f. rtikd, a hand; rucka, rUclikd, a small hand; rucicka, rti- 

chic7i-ka, a very small hand. 
oko, n, dkd, an eye; ocko, och-kti, a small eye; ocicko, 8c7iich*kd, 

a very small eye. 

Diminutives, however, are often used simply as expressions of fond- 
ness and endearment, apart from any relation of size or degree. 

Note 2. The genitive or possessive case of mr&cek is mracku, 
not mraceku. All nouns ending in ek drop the letter e, in their de. 
clension. They are all of the masculine gender (as observed in Lesson I, 
Note 5), and the animate have ka« the inanimate ku in the genitive: 

ptacek, ptdchek, (colloq. ftdchek), a small bird; ptacka, ptdchkd 

(ftdcJika), a small bird's; 
svatekj swdtek, a holiday; svatku, swat-kit, a holiday's. 

Note 3. Reflexive verbs in English are followed by reflexive pro- 
nouns; for instance: to forswear one's self; I foreswore myself; he for- 
swore liimself; they forswore themselves; etc. 



Lesson IS. 



81 



In fiohemian, the r.flexive pronoun is always se, without any 
Variation. But many verbs, which are reflexive in Bohemian, are not so 
in English; and vice versa. 

Vratiti se, vrdtit s& (to return, to come back), is a reflexive verb; 
we sa\ : vratini se, vrdVeem s&, I shall return; vratime se, vrdVeeme se, 
we shall return; vratite se, vrdteetti se, you will return: vrati se, yrafjee 
&8, they will return. 

Note 4. In the foregoing exercis s, sousede, zeno, are the voca- 
tive cases of soused (neighbor), £ena (wife). The noun is put in the 
vocative case, when the person or thing is addressed: O Lord! o heavens! 

In Bohemian, the vocative case in the singular is very often, in the 
plural always like the nominative, as will be seen from the following 
comparison: 





N omin ati ve . 




Vocative 




soused, 


soused. 


the neighbor 


sousede! 


sousede 


o neighbor! 


muz, 


mooz, 


the man 


muzi! 


moozi, 


o man! 


zena, 


zena, 


the woman 


zeno! 


zmd, 


o woman! 


kost, f. 


kdst, 


the bone 


kosti! 


kdsti, 


o bone ! 


ruze, i 


rooz&, 


the rose 


ruze! 


rooze 


o rose! 


slovo, n. 


sldvd, 


the word 


slovo! 


sldvo, 


o word! 


pole, n. 


pdle, 


the field 


pole! 


pdW, 


o field! 


znameni 


, zndmenee, 


the sign 


znameni! 


zndmenee, 


o sigu ! 


In 


the plural number, the nominative and 


vocative always agree 




sousedi*), 


soUse&'i, the neighbors; o neighbors! 




muzi (-ove), 


moozi, the men; 


o men! 






zeny, 


. %&ny, the women; 


o women! 






kosti, 


kosti, the bones; 


o bones! 






ruze, 


tootlS, the roses; 


o roses! 






slova, 


slova, the words; 


o words! 






pole, 


pbU, the fields; 


o fields! 






znameni, 


znam&Tiee, t 


he signs; 


o signs! 





*) Sousede, soUsede, is the proper grammatical form, this noun 
forming an exception: but sousedi is the common usage. 



82 Fart 11 

Note 5. The Latin noun has six cases; the Bohemian noun has 
six cases corresponding perfectly with the Latin, and an additional case 
called "instrumental", because it denotes by whom, with whom or through 
whom (by means of what or through what) something happens or is done: 
muzem, s muzem, by the man, with the man; dollarem, s dollarem, 
with the dollar. 

The nature of the six cases of the Bohemian noun apart from the 
vocative will appear more distinctly by stating the questions to which 
they respond. 

The nominative case, of course, responds to the question kdol col gdd, 
tsd; who? what? 

dollar, muz, zena, slovo; the dollar, the man, the woman, the word. — 
dollary, muzi, zeny, slova; the dollars, the men, the women, the words. 

The genitive or possessive case responds to the question ci, cehol chee, 
ch#hd; whose? of what? 

dollaru, muze, zeny, sloya; of the dollar; the man's, the woman's, of 
the word; — dollar li (-uv), muzu (-uv), zen, slov; of the dollars, 
the men's, the women's, of the words. 

The dative case responds to the question koniul cemul kdmit, cMmti; 
to whom? to what? 

dollaru, muzi, zene, slovu; to the dollar, to the man, to the woman, 
to the word; — dollariun, muzum, zen am, slovum; to the dollars; to 
the men, to the women, to the words. 

The accusative or objective case responds to the question koho \ col 
kdhd, tsd; whom? what? 

dollar, muze, zenu, slovo; the dollar, the man, the woman, 
the word; — dollary, muze, zeny, slova; the dollars, the men, the 
women, the words. 

Tbe locative case responds to the question v koml v ceml (na kom! na 
ceml--o koml o ceml), fkdm, fclitm; in whom? in what? (on 
whom — what? about whom — what?) 
v dollaru, v muzi, v zen6, ve slovu (-e); in the dollar, in the man, 



Lesson 19. 83 

in the womaa, in the word; — v dollarech, v muzich, v zenach, ve 
slovech; in the dollars, in the men, in the women, in the words. 

The instrumental case respo ds to the question kym? cimS — s kyml 
s cim? keem, cheem, skeem, sclteem; by whom? by what? with whom? 
with what? 

dollarem, muzem, zenou, slovem; with the dollar, with the man, 
with the woman, with the word; — dollary, imizi, zenami, sloyy; 
with the dollars, with the men, with the women, with the words. 



LESSON XIX. 



Pan 

pan 

pani 

clovek 

Karel 

Anna 

Marie 

dceruska 

hosik 

sousedka 

vdova 

vdovec 

domov,m. ddmof 

rok, m. rdk 

leta 



pan Mr (mister) 

pan gentleman 

pdjieee Mrs. 'missis) ; 1 ady 
chlovySk man; one; 

kdr ell Charles 

ana Anna 

marit Mary 

tsertishka little daughter 
hdsheek little boy 

soUsedka female neighbor 
vdtiva widow 

vdo-v8ts widower 

home 
year 
leta 



chetnee 
pilny, a, e pillnee 
poslusny, a, bposltislinee obedient 

jeste tri yeslite irshi \ three other 
) three more 

usazen tissazen settled 

jmennje se mentiyg sg is called 

v skutku fskut-kU \ indeed, in 

opravdu opravdti ) fact, really 

ma byt ma beet ought to be 

mate r&d mats rdd you like 

*) Die leta, dwyZUta, two year»; tri leta, trsliileta, three years ; 
ctyry leta, shtiri leta, four years; pet let, pytt let, five years; sest let,' 
sMst let, six years; sedin let, sUum let, seven years; and so forth. 



let let f y ears *> 

n£k\oimost)f.ndkldnnost inclination 
nekolik nekolik several, some, 

a few 



blizky, a, e 



bleeskee 
hodny, a, e liodnee 
jiny, a, e ye-nee 
letny, a, e letnee 
bohaty. a, e bohatee 
chudy, a, e khtidee 
poetivy, a, e pots-twee 
mlady, a, e mladee 
cetny, a, e 



near 

nice* good 

another 

aged 

rich 

poor 

honest 

young 

numerous 

industrious 



84 



Part 11, 



Mate to rad'2 mate to rddf do you 

like it? 

mam vzdycky rad, mam dit-ski rdd, 

I always like; 

davno, ddvnd, a long time; 

jak davno, yak ddvnd liow long; 



nesklame se, nessldamg s8, will not 
be disappointed; 
jednani, yed-ndm, I deal; 

jedmi, yed-nd, deals; 

vas, Tds7i, your, yours; 

jeji, yfyee, her, hers 



Exercises. 



Tak zde je vas domov! 

Kdo je vas soused^ 

Pan Hodan je miij soused. 

On je nas blizky soused. 

Je pan Hodan liodny muz I 

Ano, je liodny muz; a pan! Hoda- 

nova je hod mi zena. 
Maji deti* 

Maji jednu dcerusku. 
Jak se jmenuje? 
Myslim ze jmenuje se Marie; je to 

hodne dite. 
Jiny soused nas je pan Braun. 

Jak davno je zde usazen? 

Je zde usazen asi rok nebo dye 

leta. 
Je pan Brauu bohaty? 
Neni; on je chudy clovek. 
Je chudy a tuze poctivy. 
Je letny muzl 
Ne ? pan Braun je mlady muz a pa- 

ni Braunova je mlada zena. 
Ale rodina je uz cetna. 
Maji nekolik deti. 



So here is your home ! 

Who is your neighbor? 

Mr. Hodan is my neighbor. 

He is our near neighbor. 

Is Mr. Hodan a nice man- 
Yes, he is a nice man; and. Mrs. 
Hodan is a nice woman. 

Have they children ? 

They have one little daughter. 

What is her name? 

I think she is called Mary; she is a 
nice child. 

Another neighbor of ours is Mr. 
Brow r n. 

How long is he (has he been) set- 
tled here? 

He has been settled here about a 
year or two (years). 

Is Mr. Br w T n rich? 

He is not; he is a poor man. 

He is poor and very honest. 

Is he an aged man? 

No; Mr. Brown is a young man, and 
Mrs. Brow 7 n is a young woman. 

But the family is already numerous. 

They have several children. 



Lesson 10. 



85 



Karel je asi deset let a pak maji 

jeste tri deti. 
Karel je poslusny a pilny hocli. 

Anna je take poslnsna a pilna. 

Je ji asi osm let. 

Dite ma byt poslnsne a pilne. 

Ano, ma byt; ale nekdy neni. 

Ydova Borosova je take naseblizka 

sonsedka. 
Jeji bratr, pan Blocli, je take 

vdovcc. 



Teda mate rad pan a Hodana? {pana 

hodana), — accusative ). 
Mam vzdycky rad hodneho mnze, a 

hodnou zenn take. 
K hodnemu mnzi a k hodne zene 

in a me vzdy naklonnost. 
A je take pravda, ze vhodnem mn- 
zi a v hodne zene se clovek nikdy 

nesklame. 
S hodnym mnzem a hodnon zenou 

kazdy rad jedna. 
Tez rad jednam s hodnym ditetem. 
Pana Brauna hosik je v skutku 

hodne dite. 



Charles is about ten years, and then 
they have three more children. 

Charles is an obelient and indus- 
trious boy. 

Anna is also obedient and indus- 
trious. 

Phe is {literally : it is to her) about 
eight years. 

A child should be obedient and in- 
dustrious. 

Yes, it ought to be; but sometimes 
it is not. 

The widow Borosh is also our near 
neighbor. 

Her brother, Mr. Bloch, is also a 
widower. 



So you like Mr. Hodan? 

I always like a nice man, and a ni e 

woman too. 
Toward a nice man and a nice wo- 
man we always have an inclination. 
And it is also true, that in a good 

man and in a good Avoman one is 

never disappointed. 
With a nice man and a nice woman 

everybt dy likes to deal. 
I also like to dea' w T ith a nice child. 
Mr. Brown's little boy is really a 

good child. 



N o t e 1. In Lesson VI. Note 2, it was explained that the termina- 
nation of adjectives changes according to the gender of the nouns which 
they qualif}^: 



part II. 



hodny muz, 
hodna zena, 
hodne dite, 



hodnee mooz, a nice man; 

hodna zena, a nice woman; 

hodne fleete, a nice child (in ordinary 

discourse hodny dite, like the masculine). 



Adjectives, also, are declined and agree in number and case with 
the nouns. The changes of termination in the singular number appear in 
the following table: 



hodny muz, 
hodne dite, 
hodneho muze, 
" ditete, 



hodnee mooz, 
hodne beetle, 
hodneho moozti, 
fleet etg, 



a nice man; 
a nice child; 
of a nice man, 
of a nice child; 



remark. The accusative or objective agrees with the possessive in the 
masculine, and with the nominative in the neutre gender: 
vidim hodneho muze, vifleem hodneho mo oz^, I see a nice man; 
vidim hodne dite, vifleem hodne fleete, I see a nice child. 



hodnemu muzi, 
" diteti, 
v hodnem muzi, 
" " diteti, 



hodnemu moozi, to a nice man, 

" fleet eti, to a nice child; 

vhodnem moozi, in a nice man, 

" fleet eti, in a nice child; 



s hodnym muzem, shodneem moozem, with a nice man, 
" " ditetem, " fleet etem, with a nice child. 



hodna zena, 


hodna zena, 


a nice woman; 


hodne zeny, 


hodne zeny, 


of a nice woman; 


L L v v 

1 k zene, 


* ' zene, 


to a nice woman; 


v " zene, 


v " 


in a nice woman; 


hodnou zenu, 


liodnott zenU, 


a nice woman (accusative); 


s hodnou zenou, 


shodnoU zenoti, 


with a nice woman. 



Lesson 19. 87 

Note 2. In commoD discourse no distinction whatever is made 
between the masculine and neutre gender, and the terminal y does not 
change. We hear: 

hodny muz, hodny dite; a nice man, a nice child 

hodnyho niuze, hodnyho ditete; of a nice man, of a nice child 

hodny mil muzi, hodny mu diteti; to a nice man, to a nice child 

hodnyho muze, hodny dite; ((accusative); a nice man, a nice child 

v hodnym muzi, v hodnym diteti; in a nice man, in a nice child 

s hodnym muzem, s hodnym ditetem; with a nice man, with a nice child. 

In the feminine gender, we hear:hodnazena, hodnou zenu (accus.), 
s hodnou zenou; but in the other cases: 

hodny zeny, of a good woman; 
hodny zene, to a good woman; 
v hodny zene, in a good woman ; 

The ordinary usage of the people evidently rejects all artificial, and 
unnecessary grammatical distinction, always tending to simplicity; and 
it will be noticed that there is much more consistency in this common 
rule as applied to the declension of aejectives, when we come to treat 
of their plural number. 

S ote 3. In Bohemian, the adjective may be placed either before 
or after the noun, according to the speaker's pleasure; 

pan Hodan je hodny muz; ) 

\ Mr. Hodan is a nice man; 
pan Hodan je muz hodny; ) 

je to letny muz; ) 

v he is (literally, it is) an aged man. 

je to muss letny; ) 

It is usually placed after the noun when the speaker wishes to lay 
particular stress upon the adjective (hodny, letny) qualifying the noun. 



Part II. 



LESSOR XX. 



Sousedstvo, n. sousedstvti neighbor- 
hood 
cely, a, e tselee whole, all 

mily, a, e millee pleasant, pleas- 
ing, dear 
prijemno, f . prshee-y found agreea- 
ble, pleasant 
ne liodnee naughty 

bidlet to live, to reside 
fshe } everything, 

fshekh-no ) all 

fshdk but 

fshdk yS but there is 
it he re are) 
nad over 

neni uad neni nad there is nothing 
better than . . . ; 

nothing like ; 

velmi very 

yikh of them 

nam to us 

ram to you 



nehodny 
bydleti 

vse 

vseclmo 
vsak 
vsak je 

nad 



velmi 
jick 
nam 
vam 



vejde veyd# enters, calls 

rad vejde rdd veydg, likes to call 

rad promluvi, rdd promlttvee, likes 

to talk (to have a chat) 



ma rad 
ma rada 
doufam 
ba prave 

ba veru 

v poradku 

dobra vule 
na stesti 



md rdd 
md rddd 
dotifdm 
ba prdvyg 



he likes 

she likes 

I hope 

that is so; 

to be sure; 

ba vy8ru certainly; no 

doubt of it; 

fpo-r shad-kit right; 

all right; 

dobra voold good will 

na sMesfi, happily, 

fortunately; 

je na to cas, y$ na to chdss, there is 

time for it. 

&ene?z<r»^f isn ' titSo?isitnot? 
> are they not? 

to vis td veesli thou knowest 

to vite to teett you know 



remark. When standing alone and used as a rejoinder, to vis and to 
vite signify; of course, to be sure. 



Lesson 20. 



Exercises. 



Myslim ze vsichni vasi sousedejsou 

hodni. 
Pravda; cele sousedstvo je hodne. 

Pak je pf ijemno bydleti zde. 
Opravdu, velmi* pf ijemno. 
A jake je sousedstvo vase? 

My take mame par hodnych sou- 

sedii. 
Mysliin ze je vam to take mile. 

Je nam to tuze mile. 
Clovek rad vejde k hodnym sou- 
sedum. 

Kazdy ma rad hodne sousedy. 

Ba prave; a v hodnych sousedech 

vzdycky (dit-ski) ma podporu. 
Kdyz je na to cas, clovek rad pro- 
mluvi s hodnymi sousedy. 
Neni nad hodne sousedy! 



Ma zena je zde velmi spokojena. 
Yase sousedky jsou vsechny hodne, 

ie ne? 
Nase sousedky jsou hodne. 
To vite, ze mezi hodnymi soused - 

kami je dobra vule. 
Neni nad dobrou vuli v sousedstvu. 

To vite. 

Kdy2 sousede take maji hodne deti, 
vsechno je v pofadku. 



I think that all your neighbors are 

nice. 
True; the whole neighborhood is 

nice. 
Then it is agreeable to live here. 
Truly, very agreeable. 
And what kind is your neighbor- 
hood? 
We also have some nice neighbors 

(i e. some of the nice neighbors). 
I think (that) it is also agreeable to 

you. 
It is very agreeable to us. 
O^e likes to call on nice neighbors; 

{literally:) one likes to enter to 

nice neighbors). 
Everybody likes good neighbors. 
To be sure; and in good neighbors 

one always has (finds) a support. 
When there is time for it, one likes 

tohave a chat with good neighbors. 
There isnothinglike good neighbors! 



My vs ife is very much satisfied here. 
Your female neighbors are all nice, 

are they not? 
Our female neighbors are nice. 
You know that among nice female 

neighbors there is good will. 
There is nothing like good will in a 

.neighborhood. 
Of course (i. e. you know). 
When the neighbors also have nice 

children, everything is all right. 



90 



Part II. 



Maine opravdu mnoko hodnych 
deti v sousedstvu. 

Vsak je take nekolik nehodnych. 

Don fain ze neni jich mnoho. 

Na stesti neni jich inuoho. 

Je jich jen par; ale je to dost. 

Ba veru. 



We have indeed many nice children 

in the neighborhood (i. e. many 

of the nice children)*). 
But there are also a few naughty 

(ones). 
I hope (that) there are not many of 

them. 
Fortunately there are n t many of 

them. 
There are only a few; but it is 

enough. 
No doubt of it. 



Note 1. In the plural, the masculine gender of an adjective 
changes the terminal y into an i ; 

hodny muz, hodnee mooz, a nice man; hodnimuzi, hodnee moozi, nice men. 

The feminine gender changes the terminal a into an e : 
hodna zena, hodna zena, a nice woman; hodne zeny, hodnd zeny, nice 

women. 

The neutre gender changes the terminal e into an a : 

hodne decko, hodne tfet-sko, a nice child; hodna decka, hodnd &'et-ska, 

nice children. 
Dite, tfeefe, (child,) follows the feminine in the plural: hodne deti, hodne 

d'eti, nice children. 
Note 2. Adjectives containing in their last syllable the hard con- 
sonants h, ch, k, r, change these consonants in the plural of the mas- 
culine animate gender into z, s, c, f, in the same manner as stated in 
Lesson XV. Note 3. For example: 



*) Mnoho, malo, par, kolik, nekolik, (many, few, a few, how 
many, some, as well as all numbers after "four" (see foot-notes in Les- 
sons XVIII and XIX) govern the genitive or possessive case; hence the 
noun, or pronoun, adjective, which follows them, must always appear in 
that case. 



Lesson 20. 01 

dlouhy had, dloUhee had, a long snake; dlouzi hadi, dlotizee hdtfi, long 

snakes; 
hlnchy muz 9 hlukhee mooz, a deaf man; hlusi muzi, MUshee moozi, deaf 

men; 
velky hoch, velkeehokh, a big boy; velci hosi, veltsee ho-shi, big boys; 
dobry soused, dobree so-Used, a good neighbor; dobri sousedi, dobr-shee 

soUsetfi, good neighbors. 

Note 3. The following table presents a complete view of the 
plural number of adjectives ending in y (a, e). 

The nominative and accusative cases: 

hodni muzi (accus. hodne innze), hodnee moobi, hodne mooze, nice 

men; 
hodne zeny, hodne z&ny, nice women; 
liodna decka, hodnd ftetska, nice children. 
The genitive or possessive case : 

hodnych miizu, zeii, decek, hodneelch moozoo, zen, fletsek, of the 

nice men, women, children. 
The dative case : 

hoduyin muz fun, zenam, deckiim, hodneem moozoom, zenam $et- 
skoom, to the nice men, women, children. 
The locative case: 

o hodnych muzich, zenach, deckach, o hodneekh moozeekh, zenakh, 
Retskdkh, about the nice men, women, children. 
The instrumental case: 

s hodnymi muzi, zenaini, decky, shodneemi moozi, zendmi, d'etski, 

with the nice men, women, children. 

Note 4. In common discourse, however, the grammatical dis- 
tinction of gender in the nominative plural of this class of« adjectives is 
treated as perfectly useless, which in fact it is. The Bohemian language, 
as it lives in the daily intercourse of millions, employs the masculine 
singular form of the adjective in all three genders of the plural, recogniz- 
ing only one form of declension : 



92 



Part 11 



hodny muzi, kodny zeny, hodny deti (or decka); the nice men, women, 

children; 
liodnych inuzu, zen, deti; of the nice men, women, children: 

and so forth. 



LESSON XXI. 




Souseduv^ m. sotisedoof 
sousedova, f sotisedovd 
sousedoyo, n. sousedovo 
sousedovi, pi. soUseddvi 
bratriiv, m. brdtroof, the brother's 
piny, a, e pi -nee full 

novy; a, e novee new 

falesny, a, e fdleslinee false 

co novehoS tsd novehd, what is 
the news? 
noviny, pi. noviny new^, news- 
paper 
tiskarna, f . tiskarna printing office 
list list, paper, sheet, leaf 

hlas, m. lilass voice 

sloupec, m. sloupets column 

sloupce sloUp-ts& columns 

cisti, cheestii, dieest, to read 

cteme chteme we read 

vtom, m&n.ftom ) . q that 

y te, f . fit ) 

proto proto hence, therefore 
proto ale prece, proto dttprsM-ts$, 
in spite of that, notwith- 
standing that 



deimi denee daily 

tydenni teed&nee weekly 

dennik, m. deneek, daily paper 
tydennik, m. teedeneek weekly " 



dnesni 
veer ej si 
posledni 
volba, f. 
zprava, f. 



dnesh-nee today's 

fcMreyshee yesterday's 
pdslednee la9t 

volba election 

sprdva advice 

den co den, den tsd den, day by day 
co, neco tsd, netsd something 
brzo kotovi, b e rzo hotdvi, soon done 
prinesl prshi-nessl he brought 
dopadnouti, dopddnotit, to come 
out, to result 
podivej se, potfeevey se, look thou) 
podivejte se, potfeeveytg s8, look 

(you) 
pokazde, pokdzde every time 
tez tez ' also 

yeriti, vye-r7iiti, vye-rs7iit, to be- 
lieve 
nesmite nVsmeett you must not 
pracovati pratsovdt to work 

pracuje prdtsiiyg work 



Lesson 21. 



93 



Exercises. 



Kdo to byl* 

To byl sousedfiv syn. 

Prinesl necol 

Prinesl nam noviny. 

Sousedovy noviny 2 

Ano, sousedovy noviny. 

Jsou to denni nebo tydenni noviny? 

Je to dennik. 

Jaky je to dennik I 

Je to Dentil Hlas. 

Bratruv hocli pracuje v te tiskar- 

ne, niyslim. 
Ano, a sousedova dcera tez. 

Bratrova dcera chce tam pracovat 

tez. 
A Hodanova Marie take. 



Je to dnesni list? 

Je dnesni; ale sousedfiv Jan take 

prinesl vcerejsi list. 
Co je noveho! Podivej se do dnesni- 

ho listu. 
Ye dnesnim listu nenimnoho nove- 

lio; — jen neco o posledni volbe. 

Jak dopadla posledni volbal 
Hned to budu eisti. 
Budeme brzy hotovi s dnesnim 
listem. 



Denni listy vzdycky (dit-ski) maji 

neco noveho. 
Pravda, v dennicli listech je pc- 

kazde co cisti* 



Who was it? 

That was (our) neighbor's son. 

Has he brought something? 

He brought (to) us a newspaper. 

Our neighbor's newspaper? 

Yes, our neighbor's paper. 

Is it a daily or a weekly newspaper? 

It is a daily. 

What daily is it ? 

It is the Daily Voice. 

My brother's boy works in that 

printing-office, I think. 
Yes, and (our) neighbor's daughter 

also. 
My brother's daughter wants to 

work there Uso. 
And Mary Hodan too. 



Is it to-day's paper? 

It is to-day's; but (neighbor's) John 

also brought yesterday's paper. 
What is the news? Look (thou) into 

to-day's paper. 
In tc-day's paper there is not much 

news; only something about the 

last election. 
How did the last election come out? 
I shall read it right away. 
We shall soon be done with to-day's 

paper. 



Daily papers always have some- 
thing new. 

1 o be sure, in daily papers there is 
every time something to read. 



94 



Part 11. 



Ale nesmite vzdy vefiti denniin 

listum. 
S dennimi listy je to tak : sloupce 

musi byti pine den co den. 
Proto jsou nekdy falesne zpra^y v 

dennich listech. 
Proto ale prece radi cteme denni 

listy. 
Cteme nekolik dennich listu {genit. 

case, — "of the daily papers"). 



But you must not always believe 
the daily papers. 

With the daily papers it is so; the 
columns must be full day by day. 

Hence there are sometimes false ad- 
vices in daily papers. 

In spite of that we like to read the 
daily papers. 

We read several daily papers. 



Note 1. Adjectives ending in i, like denni, dnesni, posledni, 
vcerejsi, have the same termination in all genders and both numbers; and 
in the singular of the feminine gender they remain unchanged in all cases: 
in the masculine and neutre gender the genitive case is characterized by 
the termination iho, the dative by imu, the locative arid instrumental 
by im, — corresponding with eho, emu, em & ym of the main order of 
adjectives. 

In the plural, their declension is the same in all three genders, show- 
ing the termination ich in the genitive and locative, im in the dative, 
and imi in the instrumental case. 

Note 2. There is also a class of adjectives derived from nouns 
denoting persons or animals, by means of the suffixes uv, ova, ovo, 
according to gender. They are called "possessive adjectives", and their 
sense is rendered in English by the "possessive case" of the noun : 



souseduv syn, 
sousedova dcera, 
sousedovo dite, 
sousedovi synove, 



soUsedoof syn, 
soUsedovd tsera, 
sauseddvd tfeefe, 
soitseddvi syndve, 



the neighbor's son; 
the neighbor's daughter; 
the neighbor's child; 
the neighbor's sons; 
the neighbor's daughters 
(children). 

From feminine nouns they are derived by the suffixes in, ina ? ino 
(iny in the plural, in colloquial usage). 



sousedovy dcery (deti), soitseddvi tsgry (dVtV), 



Lesson 21. 



95 



zenin klobouk, Mm klobotik, the woman's (or wife's) bonnet; 

zeniny saty, zeniny shdty, the woman's (or wife's) clothes or dress. 

Grammatically, these adjectives have their own mode of declension; 
but colloquially, they are declined just like adjectives of the main order : 
hodny, a, e. 

N o t e 3. A few more examples of such possessive adjectives as 
are commonly in use, in connection with nouns of different gender, will 
make the student sufficiently familiar with them: 



Otec, oiUs, the father : 
otcftv klobouk, m. 
otcova cepice, f . 
otcovo misto, n. 



otsoof klobotik, 
dtsova chepitsg, 
dtsovo meesto, 



Matka. mdtkd, the mother: 

mate in pokoj, m. mdtchin pokoy, 
matcina stolice, f . mdtchind stolitsg, 
matcino slovo, n. mdtchind slovd, 

Sestra, sestrd the sister : 



sestfin sal, m. 
sestrina taska, f. 
sestfiiio piano, 

Hoch, hokh, the boy : 
hochuv mic, m. 
hochova mapa, f . 
hochovo pero, n. 

Holka, holkd, the girl : 
holcin kufr, m. 
holcina postel, f . 
holclno pradlo, n. 



sest-rshin shawl, 
sest-rshina tdshkd, 
sest-rshino piano, 

hokhoof meech, 
htikhovd mapa, 
hdkJwvti perd, 

holchin ktiff e r, 
holchina postell, 
holchinti pradlo, 



the father's hat; 
the father's cap; 
the father's place; 

the mother's room; 
the mother's chair; 
the mother's word. 

the sister's sha*l; 
the sister's satchel; 
the sister's piano. 

the boy's ball; 
the boy's map; 
the boy's pen; 

the girl's ttunk; 
the girl's bed; 
the girl's linen, 



96 



Part II. 



remark. It will be noticed that in the derivatives from feminine 
nouns ending in ka, ra, the hard consonants k 5 r, change into the soft 
consonants c, r: matka, matcin; sestra, sestrin. 



LESSON XXII. 



Mlady, a, e mlddee young 

mladsi mldd-shee younger 

nejmladsi ney-mldd- slice youngest 
stary, a, e stdree old 

starsi, stdr-shee older 

nejstarsi ney-stdr- sliee eldest 
bohatsi bohdt-shee richer 

nejbohatsi ney -bohdt-shee richest 
cliudsi khUd-shee poorer 

nejchudsi ney-khM-shee poorest 
nejposlednejsi ney-posled-neyshee 
last of all, the very last 
jak se jmenuje? yak se meniiye, 
what is his name? 
bud' jak bud', butf yak bM\ be it 
as it may; uo matter how it is; 
neni-li pravda? neyni-li prdvda, 
isn't it so? 
je-li mozua! yelli moznd, is it pos- 
sible! 
ja myslel^ yd mis-lel, I thought 
oni mysli, oni mislee, they think 
bydlite, bidleetg you live (reside) 
znamy, a, e zndmee, known; 
pul let a, pool letd, half a year; 



pritel, m. prshee-tel friend 

obcliod, m. ob-hkdd business 

obchodnik, m. ob-khod-neek mer- 
chant, business man; 
kram, m. krdm store 

sklad, m. skidd warehouse 

zbozi, n. zbozee goods, stock 

of goods; 
zelezny, a, e* zeleznee, of iron; 

zelezne zbofci, zeUzni zbozee, hard- 
ware; 
konkurent, m. conctirent, compet- 
itor; 
lidi, lide, fe<K, lide, people 

jeden z (ze), yeden z (ze), one of 
jeho ye ho his 

zatim zMeem ) on tne contrary 
naopak nd-opdk ) 

mezi m 8zi among 

pfes prsh&s over, across 

skoupy, a, e skoitpee miserly 

stedry, a 5 e* shUedree liberal 

patfi pdtrshee belongs. 

(used as a noun* acquaintance; 

ze vsech, c 'z& fshtkh, of all. 



Lesson 22. 



97 



Exercises. 



Jsem rad ze jste tu. 

Yy bydlite teda vB.? 

Ano; uz pfes rok. 

Ja mam pfitele*) v B. 

Je bohaty obchodnik; — ma veliky 

sklad — a kram piny zbozi na 

Washington nlici. 
Jaky ma obchod? 
Zelezne zbozi. (Obchod v zeleznem 

zbozi). 
Jak se jmenujel 
Jmennje se Josef Baldwin; — znate 

ho! 
Znam ho; — je bohaty, — ale jeho 

konkurent p. Adams je bohatsi, 

— a pan Fleming je nejbohatsi. 
Bud' jak bud", pan Baldwin patri 

mezi nejbohatsi obchodniky ve 

meste B. 
Ano, jest jeden z nejbohatsich ob- 

chodniku, — to je pravda. 
Ale neni pravda, ze je skonpy; — 

naopak, on je tuze stedry. 

Jeho soused pfes ulici, pan Wild, 
je take muj znamy; — myslim ze 
je posud chudy muz. 

Ano, je pry chudsi nez lidi mysli; 



— vsak neni ten 
chodnik ve meste. 



nejchudsi ob- 



I am glad that you are here. 

You live, then, in B.? 

Yes; already over a year; 

I have a friend in B. 

He is a rich merchant; — he has a 
large warehouse — and a store full 
of goods on Washington street. 

What business has he? 

Hardware. (A hardware business). 

What is his name ? 

His name is Joseph Baldwin; — do 
you know him? 

I know him; — he is rich, — but his 
competitor Mr. Adams is richer,— 
and Mr. Fleming is the richest. 

Be it as it may, Mr. Baldwin be- 
longs among the richest business 
men in the city of B. 

Yes, he is one of the richest mer- 
chants,— that is true; 

But it is not true, that he is miserly; 
— on the contrary, — he is very 
liberal. 

His neighbor across the street, Mr. 
Wild, is also my acquaintance; — I 
think that he is still a poor man. 

Yes, he is said to be poorer than 
people think; — but he is not the 
poorest business man in town. 



*) The noun pfitel is somewhat irregular in its declension: pfite- 
le, prshee-tel8, in the genitive and accusative case (of a friend: a friend); 
pfiteli, the dative, also the vocative (to a friend; friend!). The plural is 
pfatele, prs7id-1ele, the friends; pfatel, prshd-tel, of the friends. 



Part 11. 



Yas Robert je klerkem*), neni-li 

prayda? 
Alio, je**) klerkem uz piil leta. 



My slim ze Robert bude dobry ob- 
chodnik(or dobrym obcliodniken^. 

Robert je pilny lioch, — ale Frank 
je pilnejsi, — a Edward je nej- 
pilnejsi ze vsech. 

Xeni Frank stars! nez Robert? 

Ne; Robert je stars! a Edward je 
nej stars!. 

Je-li mozna! — J a myslel, ze Ro- 
bert je mladsi nez Frank, — a 
Frank zatim je nej mladsi. 



Your Robert is a clerk, is he not? 



Yes, lie has been a clerk for half-a- 
year. 

I think that Robert will be a good 
business man. 

Robert is an industrious boy, — but 
Frank is more industrious, — and 
Edward is the most industrious of 
all. 

Is not Frank older than Robert? 

No, Robert is older, and Edward is 
the oldest. 

Is it possible!- I thought that Rob- 
ert was younger than Frank, — 
and Frank, on the contraiy, is 
the youngest. 

*) The noun klerk is here used in the instrumental case, answer- 
ing the question cim je? cheem y8, what is he? 

This is a common c nstruction. — We may ask: Co je yas syn? 
what is your son? — The answer would be: On je klerk, he is a clerk. 

We may also ask: Cim je vas syn? (which, in English, is identical 
with the first question;) the answer would be: On je klerkem, he is a clerk. 
In a similar manner we say in Bohemian, using the instrumental case : 
Jsem farmer em, I am a farmer; 
on je farmerem, he is a farmer; 
on je obchodnikem, he is a merchant; 
je generalein, he is a general; etc. 

**) Je, on je, on jest, he is, the simple present tense of byti, to 
be, is also used in Bohemian for the perfect tense he has been. (See 
Lesson IX. Note 1.) Similarly we say; 

jsem tn rok, I have been here a year; 

ja jsem tn rok, " " " " " ': 

jsem farmerem deset let, I have been a farmer for ten years; 

jsme doma tyden, we have been at homea week; etc, 



Lesson 22. 



99 



Mate tak£ deer y % 

Mam deem; je jeste mladsi nez 

hoch Frank. 
To je nejposlednejsi dite. 
To je ina cela rodina. 



Have you also daughters? 
I have a daughter; she is still young- 
er than the boy Frank. 
That is the very last child. 
That is my whole family. 



Note 1. In the English language, the comparative degree of ad- 
jectives is formed either by adding er, or by placing more before them, 
young, younger; industrious, more industrious. 

The superlative degree is formed either by adding est (st), or by 
placing most before the .adjective: youngest; most industrious. 

In Bohemian, the comparative degree is formed by adding si or 
ejsi (sometimes ejsi) in place of tbe final y (a, e): 

mlady, a, e mladee, young; mladsi, mlMshee, younger; 

pilny, a, e pillnee, iudustrious: piln-ejsi, p^/ii^s^, more industrious. 

The superlative degree is always formed by prefixing nej, ney, to 
the comparative degree: 

nej-mladsi, neymladshee, youngest; 

nej-pilnejsi, neypilljieysJiee, most industrious. 

Note 2. Some adjectives, in Bohemian as well as in English 
have an irregular comparison. The most common of them are the fol- 
lowing: 



dobry, 


dobree, 


good; 


lepsi, 


lepshee, 


better; 


ziy. 


zlee, 


bad; 


horsi, 


Jiorshee, 


worse; 


maly, 


mdlee, 


small; 


mensi, 


menshee, 


smaller; 


velky, 


velkee, 


large; 


vetsi, 


vyVtsliee, 


larger; 


dlouhy, 


dloithee, 


long; 


delsi, 


delsJiee, 


longer; 


vysoky, 


visokee. 


high; 


vyssi, 


vishee, 


higher; 


hluboky, 


Jilubokee, 


deep; 


hlubsi, 


Tilubshee, 


deeper; 


siroky, 


shirokee, 


wide ; 


sirsi, 


shirshee, 


wider; 


daleky, 


dfilefcee, 


far; 


dalsi. 


dalshee. 


farther; 



100 



Fart II. 



blizky, 


bleeskee, near; 


blizsi, 


blishee, 


nearer; 


hezky, 


hesskee, pretty, (nice); 


liezci, 


7iess-chee, 


prettier; 


lehky, 


lehkee, light; 


lelici, 


Wi-chee, 


lighter; 


mekky, 


rnytikee, soft; 


mekci, 


myek-chee, 


softer. 



The superlative is formed without exception by prefixing nej to 
the comparative. 



LESSON XXIII. 



Ja jel, 

cekal, 

pravil, 

vesel, 

psala, 



milujem se, 
postavim si, 



yd yell, I rode, I went; 
chekdl, (he> waited; 
prdvil, (he) said; 

veshell went in; 

psala, (she) wrote; 
iievidel jsem, ntivitfel sem, I did not 

see; 
miluyem se, we love 
each other; 
posttiveem si, I shall 
build for myself; 
at? to stoji, at! td stoyee, let it cost; 
rka, rshka, saying; 

rekl jsem, rsMkl sem, I said, I told; 
I have said (told); 
mluvil jsem, mltivil sem, I have 
spoken; I spoke; 
slysel jsem, slishell sem; I have 
heard; I heard; 
sednouti si, sednotit si, -i to sit down ; 
tazati se, that s8 } to ask, to in- 
quire; 



room 



domov, m. ddmdf, a home; 

obydli, n. obidlee, dwelling; 

svetnice, f. swyttmtse \ 
sednice, f. sednitse S 
loznice, f loz-fiits&, bedroom; 
draha, f. dr aha, road, railroad; 
po draze, pd 1 drdze, by railroad; 
nadrazi, n. nddra-zee, depot; 

pohodli, n. pdhodlee, comfort; 

pohodlny, a, e pdhod e lnee, com- 
fortable; 
svagrova, shwagrovd, sister-in-law; 
ditko, n. fteetko, child, baby; 
nemoc, f. nhnots, '■ sickness; 
vselico, fshelliiso, different thing-; 
dlouho, dlouhd, long, a long time; 
onelidy, on$li-de, the other day; 
zdriiVj a, o, zdrdv, well, healihy; 
unaven, a, o, unaven, tired; 

takovy, a, e, tdkovee, such; 

vedle, ve-dle, next to; side by side; 
veruj vy#t% indeed; 



Lesson 23. 



101 



ziistati, zoostat, to stay, to remain; 
svlekui se, svlekm se, undress! 
lehl jsem si, W-hlsem si, Hay down; 

se, sebe, s&, sebg, oneself; myself 



pro pro for. 

napred, ndprs7i eel, first, ahead; 



thyself, 
ourselves, 

si, sobe, si, sdbye, to oneself: to myself, etc. etc. 
sebou, sgboti, by or with oneself; etc. etc. 

Exercises. 



himself, herself, itself; 
3^ourselves, themselves; 



Ja jel*) onehdy do Chicago; — 
mam tarn bratra; — clitel jsem ho 
videt, — tez jelio obydli; — on ce- 
ka! na me v nadrazi. — Ja prijel 
po draze C. & NW. 

Pravilmi: "Bad te vidim, bra- 
tre! - Cekal jsem tebe; — ukazu 
ti muj domov. — Dame tobe nasi 
nejvetsi loznici. 

Musis ziistati n me aspoil tyden; 
— tak teda p jd" se mnou." 

Rekl jsem mu, ze ja take rad 
ho vidim. — Jsi zdrarl tazal jsem 
se ho. 

"Ano, jsem tuze zdrav", pra- 
vil on; "in a zena je take zdrava 

*) Jeti, yet'i (commonly yet), to ride, to go by railroad or other- 
wise. Ja j*em jel, yd sem yell, I rode, I went, — I have gone; ja 
jel, yd yell, is the past tense with the auxiliary jsem left out, as 
explained in Lesson X. The same applies to ja prijel, yd prshi-yell 
I came (by train or other means of conveyance). From the verb jeti, 
yeVi, (or yet) to ride, or to go by some conveyance, about as many new 
verbs can be derived by prefixes as from jiti, yeeVi, (or yeet) to go See 
Lesson XIII, Note 6. 



I went the other day to Chicago; 
— I have a brother there; — I wanted 
to see him,— also his dwelling; — he 
waited fcr me at the depot. — I came 
by the C. & NW. railroad. 

He said to me: "I am glad to see 
thee, brother! — I have been expect- 
ing thee; — I will show to thee my 
horn \— We shall give (to) thee our 
largest bedroom. 

Thou must stay with me (i. e. at 
my house) at least a week; — so, 
then, come with me." 

I told him that I also was glad to 
see him?— Are you well? I asked 
him. 

"Yes, I am very well", said he; 
"my wife is also well and the baby 



102 



Part It 



a ditko je take zdravo. — Jsme 
spokojeni a milujem se." 

A vera, na nem nevidel jsem 
zadnou nemoc. — Svagrova psala 
pravdu o nem, ze je zdrav. 

§el jsem s nim. — Za pul hodi- 
ny byli jsme u neho. — J& sel na- 
pred, on za mnoii. — Jeho zena 
tez rada me videla; — 011a take 
me cekala. 

Prinesl jsem ji vselico; — neco 
pro iii, neco pro jeji ditko. — Mlu- 
vil jsem s ni dlouho o vselicem, — 
a sly sel jsem od ni mnoho nove- 
ho. — Ono bylo skoro v§ecko nove 
pro me. 

Myslil jsem si: Maji pekny dum ? 

— pohodlny domov. — Tolik sve- 
tiiic! — J a si postavim takovy dum; 

— malou lozniei pro sebe a dve ve- 
like loznice pro rodinu. — Posta- 
vim sobe tez vedle pisarnu. 

At 7 to stoji neco; — postavim to 
pro s be. Anebo koupim si pe- 
kny diim. 

Sedl jsem si na sofa, rka: Jsem 
unaven ! 

"Udelej si pohodli, — svlekni 
se, "— pravil bratr. 

Jd se svlekl a lehl jsem si. 



is well, too. — We are contented and 
we love each other." 

And indeed, on him I didn't see 
any sickness.— Sister-in-law wrote 
the truth about him that he was well. 

I went with him. - In half an hour 
we were at his house. --I went in first, 
he (followed) after me. — His wife 
also was glad to see me; — she also 
expected me. 

I brought to her different things; 
— something for her, something fur 
her baby. — I spoke with her long a- 
bout different things,— and I heard 
from her many news. — It was near- 
ly all news to me. 

I thought to myself: They have 
a nice house,— a comfortable home. 
— So many rooms!— I shall build me 
such a house; — a small bedroom for 
myself, and two large bedrooms for 
the family. — I shall build myself 
also next to it an office. 

Let it cost something; — I shall 
build it for myself. — Or, I shall buy 
me a nice house. 

I sat down on the sofa, saying: I 
am tired! 

"Make thyself comfortable, — un- 
dress (thystlf)," — said my brother. 

I undressed and lay (my self ) down. 



Note 1. The personal pronouns ja, ty, on (ona, ono), show 
the following variation : 



Lesson °2S. 



103 



Ja, 

me, 

mi, nine, 

se mnou, 

on, ono, 

ho, 

jeho, 



yd, I; ty, te, thou; 

m^, me; te tebe, t'#, tebg, thee; 

me, rrme, to me; ti, tobe, t'«, £#6y#, to thee; 

s& mnoti, with me; s tebou, stebotl, with thee; 

dn, dno, he it; 

ho, him it; 

ythti, his, its; 

mu, jemu, neoiu, mil, ygmU, nemit, 

to him, to it; 

in him, in it; 

v neni, vndm, io him, in it; 

s nim, snim, with him, with it; 

Note 2. Adjectives sometimes take an indefinite form: 
on je zdrav, on y$ zdrdv, he is well (or healthy); 
ona je zdrava, ona ye zdrdvd, she is well; 
onojezdravo, ond y$ zdrdvd, it is well; 

but when placed before a noun, the adjective must always have its definite 
form: zdravy muz, zdrdvee mooz, a healthy man; zdrava zena, zdrdvd 
iena, a healthy woman; zdrave dite, zdrave fteetie, a healthy child. 

The followi g indefinite adjectives are of common occurence: 



ona, 
jeji, 



v ni, 

s ni, 



ona, 
ye, yee, 
yfyee, . 



vw.ee, 
snee, 



she; 

her, to her; 

her, hers; 



in her; 
with her. 



nemocen, 


ntimotsen, 


instead of 


nemocny, 


n&motsnee, 


sick; 


mrtev, 


m e rtev, 


a a 


mrtvy, 


m e rlvee, 


dead; 


star, 


star, 


it (( 


stary, 


stdree, 


old; 


mocen, 


mdtsen. 


tk it 


mocny, 


mots nee, 


capable; 


znam, 


znam, 


a a 


znamy, 


zndmee, 


known; 


vesel, 


ve-sell, 


a a 


vesely, 


vesselee, 


cheerful; 


prav, 


prav, 


it ti 


prayy, 


prdvee, 


just; 


bos, 


bds, 


a .< 


bosy, 


bosee, 


barefoot, 



Adjectives ending in vy and ny frequently take the indefinite 
form in the nominative case, changing their termination into v and en 
(va, na in the feminine, vo, no in the neutre gender). 



104 



Part II. 



Note 3. As observed in Note 2. Lesson XIII, the past tense of 
regular Bohemian verbs is formed from the infinitive by an 1 in place of 
the usual termination ti : 

jeti, yeVi or yet, to ride; jel, yell, rode; 

cekati, cliekat, to wait; cekal, chekal, waited; 

mluviti, mltivit, to speak; mluvil, mltivil, spoke; 

But some verbs ending in outi show a slight deviation from this 
rule, changing outi into ul 9 and having besides a short form of the past 
tense, in which the letter 1 is substituted for the whole termination 
nouti, being attached immediately to the stem of the verb : 

lehnouti, leh-noUMi (or leh-notit), to lie down; lehniil, lehl, Uh-ntil, 

U-ld, lay down! 

sednouti, sednotlt, to sit down, sednul, sedl, sedntil, sedl, sat down; 

svleknouti, svlek-nout, to undress; svleknul, svlekl, svleknUl, svlekl, un- 
dressed. 

The verb svleknouti has also an irregular form of the infinitive : 
svleci, svlet-si. In common conversation we hear sliknout, slikl, sle- 

ceny, sleeknoitt, (to undress), sleekl, sWchSnee (undressed, — as past 
participle and adjective). 



LESSON XXIY. 



At' jde, &V d$, . let him (her, it) 
come, or go; 
zustanem, zoostdnem, we shall stay; 
z fist an, zoostdn, stay (thou); 
ukaz, tikash, show (thou), let see; 
pf ijeti, prsJd-yet, to come (by rail- 
way, etc); 
prijedenij prslii-yMem, we shall 
come (by some conveyance); 



to je skoda, td y& s7ikofd, that is a 

pity; 
pohosteni, n. 'polib'steviee, hospi- 
tality; 
navsteva, f. ndfshVeva, visit; 
casto, cMstd, often; 
bud' nebo, &#d' . . . nebd, either . . or ; 
iieinam co, nemdm tsd, I have no- 
thing (to ); 



Lesson . 



105 



libi se mi, leebee s8 me, I like it 

(him, her); it pleases me; 

bude se jim libit, budh se yim leebit, 

they will like it ; it will please them ; 

bude jim mile, bud^ yim mile, it will 

please them; 

doufam, doufam, I hope; 

v Chicago*), f Chicago, in Chicago; 



prijedou, prsM-y#doil, they will 

come; 
povidal jsem, poveeddl sera, I said, 



slibiti, 

tajiti, 

ukryvati, 

nemuzem, 



sleebit, t > promise; 

tdyit, to hide; 

tikreevat, to cover up: 
to hide, to conceal; 
nemoozem, we can not; 



Exercises. 



My zustanein v Chicago, — pra- 
vil bratr; — pro nas je to dobre 
misto; — ukaz n&m lepsi! — Atf ro- 
dina jde sem, — a zustan zde s 
iiiimi. 

J& pravil : Yy mate zde pekny 
domov; — libi se mi u vas; — my- 
slim ze casto prijedem k yam, — 



We shall stay in Chicago, — sal i 
(my) brother: — for us it is a good 
place; — show (to) us a better one! 

— Let (your) family come here. — 
and stay here with us. 

I said: You have here a nice house ; 

— I like it here (i. e. at your house, 
with you, — u vas); — I think that we 



*) If we insist upon declining Chicago like a Bohemian noun o 1 
the neutre gender (ending in o), we should say in the locative case; v Chi- 
cagu, fchicagu. However, this is rather an exception among the Bohe- 
mians in America, names of places of foreign origin being usually left un- 
changed, the same as in English This may not exactly satisfy unyielding 
grammarians but it is a rule dictated by common sense, the inflection of 
such proper names being not only useless, but in many cases perfectly ab- 
surd, and often impossible. Hence we say: do Milwaukee, v Milwaukee, 
za Milwaukee (to Milwaukee, in M., beyond M); do Kewaunee, do 
Spring Yalley, do Dubuque, do Des Moines, etc To attempt an in- 
flection of such names, according to the rules of some declension of Bo- 
hemian nouns, would be an intolerable absurdity. The name of Chicago, 
indeed, yields easily to the Bohemian declension, and hence it is now and 
then declined, the same is true of some other names. There are also a 
few names of places well known throughout the world, which are always 
declined in Bohemian, presenting no difficulty to such a process; such 
are for instance: New York, — v New Yorku, do New Yorku, za New 
Yorkem (in New York, to N. Y., beyond N. Y.); Boston, — v Bostonu, 
do Bostonu, za Bostonem; Washington, do Washingtonu; and some 
others. — These names are masculine by force of their termination. 



106 



Part 11. 



bud' ja, nebo jeden z nas. 
zustati s rami nemuzein. 
domov je na venku. 



Ale 

Nas 



shall often come to you, — either I, 
or one of us. — But to stay with you 
we can not. — Our home is in the 
country. 

They both said: That is a pity! 

I asked them, when they would 
come to us on a visit; — I said, that 
we shomld give (to) them also a nice 
room; — that they will like it at our 
place (u nas , — as I like it at their 
house (u nich). 

They promised to come on a visit. 
— I hope that hospitality from us 
will be pleasing to them, as it is 
pleasing to me from them. 

That day I spoke with them a long 
time; — 1 have nothing to hide from 
them; — I have nothing to conceal. — 
So we spoke, until there was no 
thing further to speak about. 
Note. The personal pronouns my, yy, oni (ony f., ona, n.) 
show the following variation, which has already become somewhat fami- 
liar to the student from the preceding lessons : 



Oni oba pravili: Toje Skoda! 

Tazal jsem se jich, kdy prijedou 
k nam na navstevu;— povidal jseni, 
ze dame jim take hezkou svetnicij 

— ze se jim bade libit u nas, — ja- 
ko se nine libi u nich. 

Slibili prijeti na navsteru. — 
Doufam ze pohosteni od nas bude 
mile jim, jako je mile nine od 
nich. 

Ten den mlnvil jsem s nimi dlou- 
lio; — nemam co tajiti pred nimi; 

— nemam co nkryvati. — Tak mlu- 
vili jsme, az nebylo uz co mlnviti. 



my, me, 


we; vy, 


ve, you; 


nas, nas, 




us; vas, 


vas, you; 


nam, nam, 


to 


us; vam, 


vam, to you; 


s nami, sndmi, 


with 


us; s vami, 


svdmi, ' with you; 


oni, (ony, ona 


,) tint, (one, ona), they; 




jich, 


yikh, 


of them, them; 


jim? 


yim, 


to them; 




je, 


yd, 


them: 




v nich, 


vmkh, 


in them, (o nich, 


about them; od nich, 
from them; etc;) 


s nimi, 


smme, 


with them; (za nimi, behind or after 








them, etc.) 



Lesson 25. 



107 



LESSON XXY. 



Stati, stdVi (stdt), to stand; to 

cost; 
stojf, stoyee, stands; costs; 

stal, stdl, stood; cost.; 

niluvi, mluvee, speaks; 

pfijcil, pttychil, (colloquially : 

puchil, lent, loaned, 
snasi se, sndshee s#, agrees; 

simil se, smdl s#, he laughed; 
podivej se, potfeevey sg, look (thou): 
podivejte se, potfeeveytV s8, look 

(you); 
sejde se, seydg s%, (he, she, it) will 

meet; 



tisic, m. Hiseets, 
stat, m. stdt, 
f. ootsta, 



thousand; 
state; 
respect; 



licta, 

roz\}rsLYl&2L)f.roz-prdfkd ) talk, con : 
hfoor, ^ersation, 



hovor, m. 
zoubek, m 



neco, 
nez, 
rozen, a, o 



) discourse; 
little tooth; 

some ; 

than; 



horn 



zotibek, 

iietsd, 

nes7i, 

rdzen 

narozen, a, o ndrdzen 

prave jako, prdvyti yakd, same as; 

nebyla u nas, nebilla iindss, she was 

not at our house; she 

has not been to see us. 



len ) 



Exercises. 



Mujbratrje posud mlady; — je 
ml ad si nez ja. — Ja jsem o dve leta 
stars! nez on. 

Dum m£ho bratra stoji tepry rok; 
— stal pet tisic*) dollar (i; — sou- 
sed pujcil neco penez memo bra- 
tru. 

On md rad meho bratra; — on 
mluvi o mem bratru s lictou. — S 
mym bratrem kazdy se snasi dobre. 



My brother is still young; — he is 
younger than I. — I am (by) two 
years older than he. 

The house of my brother stands 
only a year; — it c >st five thousand 
dollars: — the neighbor loaned some 
money to my brother. 

He likes my brother: — he speaks 
of my brother with respect. — With 
my brother everybody agrees well 



*) Jeden tisic, y#den Viseets, one thousand; dva,tri, ctyry tisice, 

died, trshi, shtiri Viseetsti, two, three, four thousand; pet tisic, pyU tV- 
seets, five thousand; sest tisic, sMst Mseets, six thousand; and so forth, 



108 



Part 11. 



Moje svagrova je ze statu Indi- 
ana*), — rozena v Terre Hautej — 
ma zena je z Ohio. 

Moji svagrove**) libi se y Chica- 
go tuze; — m£ zene libi se vice na 
veiiku. 

Kozpravka neb hovor s moji sva- 
gprovon jest mily, — velmi mily, — 
prav& jako s moji zenou. — Kevim 
kdy sejde se s mou zenou zas; — 
nebyla u nas davno. 

Podivejte se na moje ditko, — 
ma uz zoubek! — pravila svagrova 
a smala se. — Hosik take smal se 
na me. — To je me dobre ditko! 
pravila matka. 

Note 1. The so-called possessive pronoun muj, muy (my, mine\ 
takes in the feminine gender the form moje, ma, and in the ne litre 
gender moje, me. Hence we say: muj bratr, my brother; moje sestra, 
or ma sestra, my sister; moje dite or me dite, my child — The vari- 
ation of this pronoun is shown in the following table: 



My sister-in-law is from the state 
of Indiana, — born in Terre Haute; 
my wife is from Ohio. 

My sister-in law likes it in Chica- 
go very much: — iry wife likes it 
more in the country. 

A conversation or discourse with 
my sister-in-law is pleasant, — very 
pleasant,— the same as with my wife. 
— I don't know when she will meet 
(with) my wife again;— she has not 
been to see us a long time 

Look at my baby, -he has already 
a tooth!— said my sister-in-law and 
laughed. — The little boy also smiled 
at me. — That is my good baby! said 
(his) mother. 



muj, m. muy, 
meho, mehd; 
memu, memti; 
v mem, vmem; 
s mym, smeem; 



moje, ma, f. 
moji, me, 
moji, me, 
v moji, v me, 
s moji, s mou, 



moye, 
moyee, 



ma; 
me; 



v " v " ; 

smoyee, smote, 



my, mine; 
of my; 
to my; 
in my; 
with m}r; 



*) Or Indiany. Se foot-note in Lesson XXIV. 

**) Moji svagrove, me zene, is the dative case, responding to the 
question komid (to whom?i Komn se libi? to whom is it, pleasing? (whom 
does it please?) — Libi se me svargove; — libi se me zene; - - it pleases 
'to) my sister-in-law; it pleases (to) my wife. 



Lesson 25. 



109 



The neutre gender inoje, me, shows in the other cases the same 
variation as the masculine mfij, excepting the accusative tor objective) 
and the vocative case, which are like the nominative: to je me dite, this 
is my child; vidim me dite, I see my child; 6 me dite! oh my child! 

N o te 2. The possessive pronoun tviij, m., twUy (tvoje or tva, f., 
ticoyg, twd; tvoje or tve, n., twe., thy, thine, — agrees in its declension 
perfectly with muj (moje, ma, me). 

The same is true of the possessive pronoun svfij, (svoje, sva, f . ; 
svoje, sve, n), sictiy, (sicoye~, swd, sice), which means "one's own", but 
frequently stands for muj, tvfij, jeho, jeji (my, thy, his, her), nas, vas, 
jTch (our, your, their). 



Moji lide, moye lide, my folks; 
pud a, f. pooda, ground, soil; 
krov, m. krof, roof; 

pribuzny, dprsJiee-btlznee, relative, 
kinsman, relation; 
vlastni, vldst-nee, own; 

st'asten, shVdsten, happy: 

nazpet, naspyet, back; 

spccham, spyg-khdm, I hasten, I 

hurry; 



radsi jsem, rdcld sem, I like better 

to be; 

wejradsi jsem, nejracln sem, I like 

best to be; 

nerad jsem, nerdd sem, I do not 

like to be; 

sejdu se, seydu s#, I meet; 

kolem sebe, kolem seb8, around me 

(him, her, us, etc.) 



Exercises. 



Mi pratele*) v Chicagu vsiclmi 
radi me videli; — skoda ze moji 
lide iiebyli se union. 

Nerad jsein pryc od mycli lidi; — 
pokazde specham nazpet k mym li- 
dem. 

Rad vidim sve pratele; — rad se 
sejdu se svymi pribuznymi — ale 



My friends in Chicago all liked 
(were glad) to see me; — it is a pity 
that my folks were not with me. 

I do not like to be away from my 
folks; — eveiy time I hasten back 
to my folks. 

I like to see my friends; —I like to 
meet (with) my relatives; — but i like 



*) See foot-note in Lesson XXII. 



110 



Part II. 



better to be at home.— 1 ruly, I like 
best to be at home with my folks. 
I like best to see around me my 
folks. — I am happy with my folks 
in my own home, — on my own 
ground, — under my own roof. 



radsi jsein doma. — Opravdu, nej- 
radsi jsem doma s mymi lidmi. 

flejradsi vidim kolein sebe sve 
lidi. — Jsem stfasten se svymi lid- 
mi ve svem vlastnim doinove, — na 
sve ylastni pude,— pod svyin vlast- 
nim krovem. 

Note 2. The plural of muj m. moje or ma f., and moje or 
men., is as follows : moji, mi, moye, mee, m 

moje, me, moyg, me, f. * 

moje, ma, moy8, md, n. 
In common discourse moje, me is used in the neutre as well as in 
the feminine gender. In English, we invariably employ my and mine. 

In the plural number the following variation takes place : 

moji, mi: moje m^. moyi, mee; moyg, me; —my, mine; 
mych, meekh, of my (od mych, from my; v inych, in my; etc.), of mine; 
m j in, meem, to my. to mine; 

s mymi, smeeme, with my, with mine; (za mymi, after or behind mine, etc.) 
The plural of tvuj m., tvoje, tvaf., tvoje, tve n. (thy, thine) is 
perfectly analogous: tvoji, # tvi m., twoji, ticee; tvoje, tv6 f. & n. 
twoyS, twl (thy, thine); tvych, ticeekh, of thine; tvym, tiveem, to thine; 
s tvymi, sttceemi, with thine. 



LESSON XXYI. 



Zdklad, m. zdkldd, foundation; 
kolik svetnic, kdlik swygt-mts, how 
many rooms; 
kuchyne, f. Mkhine, kitchen 

sklep, m. sklep, cellar 



zahrada, f. zd7irad&, garden 

zahradka,f. zdhrddka, small garden 
strom, m. strom, tree 

stromy, pi. stromy, 
stromovi, n. stromdvee, 



,,\ 



trees 







Lesson 26. 




111 


patro, n. 


pdtro, 


story 


ovoce, n. 


ovotsg, 


fruit 


studne, f. 


studne, 


well 


ovocne, 


tivotsne,, 


fruit-bearing 


cistern a, f. 


tsisternd, 


cistern 


nesou, 


tiesoti, 


they bear 


a It a n, m. 


dltdn, 


bower 


mrva, f. 


m e rvd, 


manure 


plot, m. 


. plot, 


fence 


v lete, 


vleVe, 


in summer 


docela, 


dots eld, 


quite 


v zime, 


vzimyg, 


in winter 


uplne, 


oop e lne, 


perfectly 


z jara, 


zydrd, 


in the spring 


drive, drsliee-v8 (or drsheev)) } be- 
prve, p e rv8, ) fore 


puda, f . 
akr, m. 


poodd, 
dk e r, 


land 
acre 


je-lipravda$ yelli prdvdd 


I isn't it 


zbytek, m. 


zby-tek, 


remainder 


ze ne? 


ze n&? 


S BO? 


je, jest, y$, yest, there is, there are; 








pouze, 


poiize, 


only. 






EXEE 


CISES. 







Yas dfim je novy, je-li pravda? 
Ano, nas dum je docela novy. 
Zaklad naseho domu je dobry. 

Ten velky lot patfi k vasemu do- 
mu, ze ne? 

Ten lot patri k nasemu domu; — 
je to zbytek akru pudy co jsme 
meli drive. 

Co je ve vasem dome? kolik 
svetnic mate? 

Y nasem dome je kuchyne, pet 
svetnic a dobry sklep, — studeiiy 
v lete, teply v zime. 

Doufam ze jste spokojeni s va- 
sim domem (or se svym domem). 

Ano, jsme liplne spokojeni s na- 
sim domem. 

Yas dum ma dve patra, ze ne? 

Ne; pouze jedno patro. 



Your house is new, isn't it? 

Yes, our house is quite new. 

The foundation of our house is 
good. 

That large lot belongs to your 
hous^, does it not? 

That lot belongs to our house; — 
it is a remainder of the acre of land 
(what) we had before. 

What is in your house ? how many 
rooms have you? 

In our house there is a kitchen, 
five rooms and a good cellar, — cold 
in summer, warm in winter. 

I hope that you are satisfied with 
your house. 

Yes, we are perfectly sati.-fied 
w T ith our house. 

Your house has two stoiies, hasn't 
it? 

No; only one story. 



112 



Fart II 



Myslim ze mate u vaseho domu 
malou zahradu a za vasim domem 
studni, tez eisternu. 

Ano, nase misto je pekne; — na 
nasi zahrade mame altan; — kolem 
nasi zahrady je vysoky plot. — Je 
to prijemna zahradka. 



Nasi lide inaji nidi stroniovi*). 
—Nase stromy jsou ovocne.— Z ja- 
ra davame**) mrvu k nasi in ovoc- 
nyin stromum.— Rad sedam**)s na- 
simi lidmi ve stinn nasich stromu. 



I think that you have by your 
house a small garden and back of 
your house a well, also a cistern. 

Yes, our place is nice; — in our 
garden we have a bower; — around 
our garden there is a high fence. — 
It is a pleasant little garden. 



Our folks like trees. — Our trees 
are fruit-bearing. — In the spring 
we put manure to our fruit-trees. 
— I like to sit with our folks in the 
shadow of our trees. 



Note 1. The possessive pronoun nas, (nase, f. and n.) shows 
the following variation : 

{Masculine and neutre gender.) 

nas, m. nase, n ndsli, nasM, our, (ours), 



naseho, ndsMhd, 

nasemu, nasMmu, 

v nasem, vnash&n, 

(Feminine gender.) 

nase, nasM, 

nasi, nashi, 



of our; our (in the accus. or objective case); 

to our; 

in our, (o nasem, about our; etc); 



nasi. 



our, ours; 

our (in the accus. or objective case); 
ndshee, of our, to our; (v nasi, in our' s nasi, with our; etc.) 



*) Stromovi, stromdvee, is a collective noun and means trees 
(stromy) in general. 

**) Dati, ddfli, to give: davati, ddvdfi, to give repeatedly, to use 
to give: davaine, davdmg, we use to give; we are giving. See Lesson XIII, 
Note 5. — Sedeti, setfetH, to sit; sedatfi, seddti, to sit repeatedly, to 
use to sit; sedam, I use to sit. 



Lesson 27. 



113 



(Plural of all genders.) 

nasi, m. nase, f. & n. nashi, nashS, 

nasich, nashikh, 

nasi m, ndshim, 

s nasimi, snashimi, 



Li", ours; 

of our; (v nasich, in our; etc ) 
to our; 
with our: (za nasinii, beyond or back of our; etc.) 



Note 2. The pronoun vas (vase, f. and n.) is perfectly analogous 
with nas in its declension. (Instrumental case m. & n. gender singular, 
omitted above : s nasim, s vasim, sndsheem, svdsheem, with ours, with 
yours.) 

The English words their and theirs are both expressed by jich, — 
in common discourse nearly always jejicli; yikh, y&yikh. This is in fact 
the genitive of the personal pronoun oni (ony, ona), they, and naturally 
remains unchanged. For instance: 

Jich dfim, jich domy, or jejich dum, jejicli doiny; yikh dum, ddmi; 

y&yikh dum, ddmi; their house, their houses. 
Ten dum jest jejich, ten dum yest ytiyikh, that house is theirs. — Ty do- 
my jsou jejich, ty ddmi sotc yfyikh, those houses are theirs. 



LESSON XXYII. 



The student is already somewhat acquainted with the indicative pro- 
nouns ten, ta, to, this or that; plural: ti, ty, ta, Vi, ty, td, these or 
those (in common discourse ty for all genders). Hence, in a short prac- 
tical review of their variations he will only meet old acquaintances. 



Lide, 



tide ) 
Mi ) 



lidi, 

stayeti, 

staveni, stav&jiee, 

zdeny dum, zftenee dum 

cihelny dum, tsihelnee dum 

stfecha, strshg-khd, 



people 

to build 
building 
) brick 
) house 
roof 



kuzelna, Mielna, bowling-alley; 
zabava, zabava, amusement; 
bydli, bidlee, lives; they live; 

co bydli, tsd bidlee, who lives 
(lit. what lives); 
nic nechybi, nits n8khibee, nothing 
is wanting. 



114 



Part 11. 



sindel, shindell, shingle 

ucitel, tichitell, teacher 

pokojny, a, e ? pdkoynee, quiet 
prazny, a, e, praznee, vacant 
jiste, yisti8, surely, certainly; 



muze, 7nooz8, can, may; 

byti za dobre, beeti za dobre, to be 
on good terms; 
na pravo, napravd, to the right; 
na leyo 9 na I8vd, to the left. 



Exercises. 



Ten dfim je veru pekny; — je to 
zdeny dflm. 

Strecha toho domu je ze sindele, 
neni? 

My slim ze je. — >ic nechybi to- 
mu domu; — jest prijemno bydleti 
y torn dome; — s tim domem kazdy 
muze byti spokojen. 



Ta zahrada ma velkou cenu. — 
Y te zahrade je mnoho ovocneho 
stromovi. 

Tu zahradu mam radsi nez park. 
— Mame take kuzelnu v te zahra- 
de, pro nasi (or pro svou) zabavu. 

To misto s tim stavenim a s tou 
zahradou ma vysokoti cenu. 



That house is indeed nice; -- it is 
a brick house. 

The roof of that house is of shin- 
gle (i. e. covered with shingles), is it 
not? 

I think it is.— Nothing is wanting 
to that house; — it is agreeable to 
live in that house; — with that house 
everybody can be satisfied. 



That garden has a large value. — 
In that garden there are many fruit- 
trees. 

That garden I like better than a 
park.— We have also a bowling- alley 
in that garden, for our amusement. 

That place with the building and 
garden has a high value. 



Ti lide co bydli vedle nas, jsou 
pokojni sousede;— zadny z tech li- 
di neni zly; — - se vsemi temi lidmi 
jsme za dobre. 

Yidel jsem doktora jiti k tern li- 
dem na pravo od nas;— jiste nekdo 
ie nemoceu. 



The people who live next to us, 
are quiet neighbors; — nobody (not 
one) of those people is bad; — with all 
those people we are oh good terms. 

I saw the doctor go to those peo- 
ple to the right of us;— surely some- 
body is sick. 



Lesson 27. 



115 



Kdo jsou ti lide na levoS — Na 
levo od nas bydli ucitel, pan Stan- 
ton, se svou (i. e. s jeho) rodinon. 

Ty loty za nami jsou prazne; — 
ale budou pry stavet na tech lo- 
tech. 

Kolik tech lotu je? — Myslini ze 
je sest tech lotii. 



Who are those people to the left? 

— To the left of us lives a teacher, 
Mr. Stanton, with his family. 

Those lots back of us are vacant, 

— but, it is said, they will build on 
those lots. 

How many of those lots are there ■ 
— I think that there are s xof those 
lots. 



Note 1. The variation of the indicative pronouns employed in 
the foregoing is shown to be as follows : 



ten, m. to, n. Un, td, this, that 
toho, Wid, of this, of that 

toinu, tdmti, to this, to that 

vtoin, ftdm, in this, in that 

(o torn, about that; etc). 
s tim, sfeem, with this, with 

that; (za tim, beyond that; etc. 



ta, f. ta, this, that; 

tu, tit, this, that (accus. 

or objec. case); 

te, U, to this, to that; vt£, in 

that; o te, about that, etc. 

S ton, stou, with this, with that; 

za ton, behind that; etc. 



Plural: 
ti, ty, ta, 
tfcch, 



tern, 
s temi, 



these, those; 
Vekh, of those ; v tech, 
fVekh, in those; etc. 
Mem, to those; 

sVemi, with those; 

za temi, behind those; etc. 



These indicative pronouns often occur in a compound form: tento, 
tato, toto, aiways meaning "this one"; in the plural: tito, tyto, tato, 
"these ones". Their inflection remains the same, with the suffix to at- 
tached to the original pronoun in every case: tohoto, to this one; toma- 
to, of this one; and so forth. 



116 



Part 11. 



Note 2. The numeral jeden (f. and n. jedna, jedno), yMen, 

yMnd, yMno, one, — agrees perfectly with ten, (ta, to) in its inflection: 

jeden clovek tarn byl, one man was there; 
videl jsem jen jednoho (accus. or objective case) I saw only one; 
dal jsem to jednomu z nick (znikJi)), I gave it to one of them; 
v jednom z nick se roejlim*), in one of them I am mistaken; 
sel jsem s jednim z nick, I went with one of them. 

Jedna zenaje zde, one woman is here; — vidimjedmi zenu, I see one 
woman; — main to odjedne z nick, I have it from one of 
- them f.j; — mluvil jsem s jednou, I spoke with one (f.). 



LESSON XXYIII. 



Sem, s8m, hither, here; 

sain, sdm, alone; 

cekate, chekdt&, you expect, you 
await (or you wait); 
necekam, ngchekdm, I do not ex- 
pect; 
Ze prijde, ^jprsJiiy-cU, that he will 
(or would) come ; 
na uliei, nd Ulitsi y on the street, 
ze jsteS z# st8? you say you are ? 
ze s nikymS z# snikeem, (literally: 
that with nobody?) you 
say with nobody? 

*) Mejliti se, myliti se, meylit 



lek, m. 


Ulc, 


medicine; 


lakev, f. 


Idhev, 


bottle; 


v lakvi, 


vldh-vi, 


in the bottle; 


d&vka, s. 


ddfkd, 


dose; 



po davkack, pd ddfkdk7i, in doses; 
nastuzen, nastuzen, having a cold; 
jste nastuzen, sUndstuzen, you have 

a cold; 
nastuzeni, n. ndstUzenee, a cold; 
kasel, m. kdshell, cough; 

dati yinu, ddfi mnii, to charge to; 
to blame (for); 
mysliti, myslitt, to think; 

', meelit s&, to be mistaken; mej- 



lim se, meyleem s#, I am mistaken. — Zinejliti se, zmyliti se, zmeylit s&, 
zmeelit s&, to make a mistake; zmejlil jsem se, zmeylil sem sg, I made a 
mistake. 





Lesson 28. 117 


neotevru. 


ngo-tev-rii, I shall not 


mazati se, mazdtii s#, to rub oneself; 




open; 


uzivat, Hzeevdt, to take medicine, 


jindy> 


yindy, before ; at other 


'otherwise; to use); 




times; 


mazat se, mtizctt s8, to rub one's 


tohle, 


ttihlti, this here: 


self. 




Exercises. 



Myslim ze nekdo jde sem; 
je to* 

Nevim; — koho cek&teS 



kdo 



Nec-k&m nikoho; — dries chci 
byti sam; nechci videti nikoho. 

Konm poslal jste to pozv&ni£ — 
Nikomu. 

kom myslil jste vcera, ze pri- 
jdeS— nikom. . 

S kym mluvil jste dnes rano na 
olicil— S n iky in. 

Ze s nikym? — Ty se mejlite. — 
Yidel jsem vas stati s uekym na 
nlici. 

Pravda; ale dnes neeekam ni- 
koho.— Je nekdo zde; opravduS 

1 ne; zadny tu neni. — Nevidim 
zadneho a neotevru zadnemu. — 
J a vim, ze dnes nechcete mluvit se 
zadny in. 



I think that somebody is coming 
here; who is it? 

I do n^t know: — whom do you 
expect? 

I do not expect anybody; — to- 
day I want to be alone; — I do not 
want to see anybody. 

To whom did you send that in- 
vitation? — To nobody. 

Of whom did you think yesterday, 
that he would come? — Of nobody. 

With whom did you speak this 
morning on the street? — With no- 
body. 

Ycu say, with nobody?— You are 
mistaken.— I saw you standing with 
somebody on the street. 

That is true; but to day I do not 
expect anybody. — Is somebody 
here, really? 

O no; nobody is here. -- I do not 
spe anybody, and I shall not open to 
anybody. — I know that to-day you 
do not want to speak with anybody. 



118 



Part II. 



Zde neco mate ; — co to je2 

Toje lek. 
Jste nemocenS 
Mam nastuzeni a zly ka§el. 
Ze jste nastuzeni — od celio to 
ie2 
Nevim cemu dati vinu. 

K cemu je ten lek] 
Budu ho uzivat po davkaeh. 
A co je v torn? — V cemS — Y te 
male lahvi. — To je liniment. 

Co s tim budete delat? - S cim? 
S tim linimentem. 

Tim se budu mazat. 

Cim jste se jindy mazal? — Ni- 
cim. 



Here you have something; — what 
is it? 

That is medicine. 

Are you sick? 

I have a cold and a bad cough. 

You say you have a cold?— what 
is it from? 

I do not know, to what I should 
charge it. 

What is that medicine for? 

I shall take it in doses. 

And what is in that?— In what? — 
In that small bottle. — That is a 
liniment. 

What will you do with that? — 
With what?— With that liniment. 

With that I shall rub mj T self. 

With what did you rub yourself 
before?— With nothing. 



Note. The student is, by this time, quite familiar with the inter- 
rogative pronouns kdo, co, gdo, tsd, (who, what). This lesson is de- 
signed simply to serve as a review of their variation, already shown in 
Note 5, Lesson XVIII. 



Kdo, co, 
koho, ceho, 



gdd, tsd, who, what; 

kd7w. cMhd, whose, whom; of what; od koho, (ceho), 

from whom (what;) 
koinu, cemu, kd?nit, c7i&mii, to whom, to what; k cemu, kcMmu, what for; 
v kom, v cem, fkom, fcliem, in whocn, in what; o kom, o cem, about 

whom (what); etc. 
kym, cim, keem, cJieem, by whom, by what; s kym, s cim, with 

whom, with what, 



Lesson £9. 



119 



LESSON XXIX. 



Cislo, n. cheeslo, number 

povera, f. povygrd, superstition 
u stolu, tistolic, at \pr by) the table 



roku, 
po roce, 

vsecko, 
nynejsi, 
sousedni, 
spolecne, 

pres, 
pred, 
teda, 



rokit t in the year 

po rot 88, after a year 
in a year 
fshetsko, everything, all 
nyney 'shee, present 

sousednee, neighboring 
spolec7ifie, jointly 

together 
prsh8s, over 

prshM, before, ago 
tMd, therefore 

o to vice, o to veetsg. so much more 
pouby, a, e. potihee, pure, mere 
nest'astny, a, e nesMdstnee, un- 
lucky, unfortunate; 



Jedenact, 

dvanact, 

trinact, 

ctrnact, 

patnact, 

sestnact, 

sedmnact, 

osmnact, 



yMendtst, 

dwdndtst, 

trshindtst, 

sht e rndtst, 

pdtndtst, 

s7i8stndtst. 

sedtimndtst, 

osUmndtst, 



eleven 

twelve 

thirteen 

fourteen 

fifteen 

sixteen 

seventeen 

eighteen 



zdalo se, zddlo s8, it seemed; 
stehovat se, ste7iovdt s8, to move: 
vystehovat se ? vy-sVehovdt s8, to emi- 
grate ; 
prestehoyat se ? prs7i8-sUe7iovdt s&, to 

remove ; 

usdftit s$, 

otitd ) 

otsild ) 

otdmtud, 

kolik ye, 



nsadit se, 
odtud 
odsud, 
od taint ml ? 
kolik je, 



vam je, 
ze je, 

topryje, 



. to settle; 

from here, 

from there: 

from there; 

how maoy 

are; how much is; 

vdm y8, you are; 

z# y#, (that) there is, 

(that) there were; 

to pree y$, that is said 

to be. 



ctyryeet, 

padesat, 

sedesat, 

sedmdesat, 

osmdesat, 

devadesat, 

stojeden, 



s7itiritset, 

pddgsdt, 

sMdesdt, 

sedtimdtfsdt, 

osumdgsdt, 

d8vdd8sdt, 



forty 

fifty 

sixty 

seventy 

eighty 

ninety 



sto yeden, one hundred 
and one 



120 



Part 11. 



devatenact, d8vdt&ndtsf, nineteen 
dvacet, dwdtset, twenty 

dvacet jeden, dwdtset yMe* , twenty- 
one 
dvacet dva, dicdtset dim, twenty two 
tficet, trshitset, thirty 

tricet jeden, trshitset y Hen, thirty 

one 
tficet dva, trshitset died, thirty two 



tisic, fiseets, a thousand 

tisic jedno sto, Viseets yednd std, 
one thousand one hundred; 
tisic pet set, Viseets pyU set, one 
thousand five hundred; 
dva tisice, died Viseetsg, two thou- 
sand; 
tfi tisice, trshi Viseetsg, three thou- 
sand; 
ctyry tisice, shtiri fiseetstf, four 
thousand; 
pet tisic, pytt Viseets, five thou- 
sand; etc. 
tisic osm set devadesat, Viseets ositm 
set d8vdd&sdt, one thousand 
eight hundred and ninety; 
mi lion, million, a million; 

dva milliony, dwdmillitiny, two mil- 
lions; 
tfi miliony, trshi millitiny, three 
millions; 



sto dva, std dwd, one hundred 

and one 
sto dvacet, std dicdtset, one hundred 
and twenty 
dve ste, dwyg sVe, two hundred 
tfi sta, trshi std, three.hundred 
ctyry sta, shtiri std, four hundred 
pet set, pyU set, five hundred 
sest set, shest set, six hundr d; etc. 



ctyry miliony, shtiri millitiny, four 
millions; 
pet milionu, pytit milltdnoo, five mil- 
lions; 
sest milionu, shest millitinoo, six 
millions; etc. 

Jednotka, yMnotkd, a unit; 

dvojka, dwoykd, a two; the' fig- 
ure two; 
trojka, troykd, a three; 

ctyrka, ctverka, shtirkd, shtwerka, 

a four; 
petka, pyUkd, a five, 

desitka, dS-seetkd, a ten ; 

dvacitka, dwdtseetkd. a twenty; 
tficitka, trshitseetkd, a thirty; 
ctyry citka, shtiritseetkd, a forty; 
padesatka, pddgsdtkd, a fifty; etc. 
stovka, stofkd, a hundred; 

tisicovka, XHseetsofkd, a thousand. 



Lesson 29. 
Exercises. 



121 



Kolik je nas u stolu? — Je nas 
dvanact. -- To je dobfe; ja myslel 
ze je nas tfinact a to pry je ne- 
stfastne cislo. 

I j to je pouha povera! 



Kolik akru ma vase farma? — 
Sto sedesat akru. — A farma vase- 
ho otee? — Otec ma tri ctyrycitky; 
ja mam o ctyrycet akrii vice. 

Moje farma stala o tisic dollaru 
vice, nezli farma otcova. 

Oba mate dobre fanny; — obe 
farmy jsou dobre. — To jsou dve 
p&kne farmy. 

Jaka je asi nynejsi cena tech 
dvou fareml — Asi devet tisic dol- 
laru. 

Nam dvoum*) tak£ patri osmde- 
satka lesa v sousednim townshipu. 

Yam oboum*)? — Ano, nam 
dvoum*) spolecne. 

Kdy jste se tu usadili? 

Otec usadil se tu pf ed ctyrmi le- 
ty; — ja te2; stryc pfed dvouma*) 
nebo tremi lety. 



How many are we at the table? — 
There are twelve of us. — That is 
right; I thought there were thirteen 
of us, and that is said to be an un- 
lucky number. 

O, that is a mere superstition. 



How many ac^es has your farm? — 
One hundred and sixty acres. — And 
the farm of your father? — Father 
has three forties; I have forty acres 
more. 

My farm cost one thousand dol- 
lars more than my father's farm. 

Both of you have good farms; — 
both farms are good. — Those are 
two nice farms. 

What is about the present price of 
those two farms? — About nine thou- 
sand dollars. 

To us two also belongs an eighty 
of forest in the neighboring town- 
ship. 

To both of you?— Yes, to us two 
jointly. 

When did you settle here? 

Father settled here four years 
ago; — I also; uncle two or three 
years ago. 



*) In ordinary discourse always : dvoum, oboum, dwoum, oboum, to 
the two, to both; pfed dvou ma, pfed obouma, prshgd dicoiima, pr she'd 
oboumd, before two, before both. — The precise grammatical form is: 
dvema, obema, dwygma, obyZma; pfed dveina, pfed obema. 



122 



Part 11. 



Nam tfem zdalo se, ze musime 
bydleti pohroniade. 

My vystekovali se z Evropy 2 ) do 
AWriky 2 ), — usadili se v Ohio, — 
po roce pf istehovali jsine se do sta- 
tu Illinois, odtud po dvou nebo 
tfech letecli do Kebrasky 2 ), a od- 
tud po peti letech do Eansasu. 



To us three it seemed that we 
must live together. 

We emigrated from Europe to A- 
meriea, — settled in Ohio, — after a 
year we removed to the state of Illi- 
nois, from there after two or three 
years to Nebraska, and from there 
after five years to Kansas. 



Kdy jste narozen? — Roku tisic 
osm set padesat dva. — Teda je 
vain tf icet osm let. 

Jak stary je vas otec? - Miij otec 
je pf es sedesat; muj stryc je sko- 
ro sedmdesat let star; — je o pet 
let stars! nez muj otec, 

Ja jsem jen o rok stars! nez ma 
sestra a o tf i leta stars! nez muj 
bratr. 



When were you (''are you") born? 
— la the year one thousand eight 
hundred fifty»two. — Then you are 
thirt}^ eight years. 

How old is your father? — My 
father is over sixty; — my uncle is 
nearly seventy years old;— he is five 
years older than my father. 

I am only one year older than my 
sist< r and three years older than my 
brother. 



Note 1. We have seen that the numeral jeden is declined (Note 
2, Lesson XXVII ».- The same is true of the numerals dva, tfi, ctyry 
and oba. The feminine and neutre gender of dva and oba is dve, obej 
but the inflected cases are the same in all three genders. Ctyry is used in 
the feminine and neutre gender, and in connection with inanimate nouns 
of the masculine gender: ctyry zeny, ctyry deti, ctyry domy (four 
women, four children, four houses); whereas the masculine inanimate use 
ctyfi; for instance: ctyfi muzi, ctyfi hosi (four men, four boys). Collo- 
quially, however, ctyry is used without any discrimination. 



2 ) Evropa, Amerika, Svropa, amerika; z Evropy do Ameriky, 
zgvropy dd ameriky, from Europe to America. Nebraska, do Nebrasky, 
to Nebraska. Kansas, do Kansasu, to Kansas. — Evropa, Amerika, 

Nebraska, are feminine, Kansas is masculine, by reason of their termina- 
tion. See also foot-note in Lesson XXIY. 



Lesson 29. 123 

The variation of these numerals is set forth in the following expose* 
dva, oba m., dve, obe, (f. & n.) dwd, obd, dwye, oby8, two, both; 
dvou, obou, dwoti, oboti, of two, of both; 

dvema, obema, (colloq. dvoum, oboum), dicy&ma, oby&ma, (dicoum, obotlm), 

to two, to both; se dvema, s obema, (se dvouma, 

s obouma) with two, with both; etc. 



tii 5 ctyi'i (ctyry), trshi, stirshi (s7uiri), three, four; 
tfij trech; ctyr, ctyrech; trshee, trsliekh, slitir, slitirekh; of three, of 
four; ve tfech, ve ctyrech, in three, in four; etc. 
tfem, ctyrem, Irshem, slitir em, to three, to four; 

se tf emi, se ctyrmi, stitrsliZmi, s% slttirmi (colloq. se trema, se ctyrma, 

with three, with four. 

Note 2. The adverbial numerals once, twice, three times, four 
times, etc., are formed in Bohemian by adding the suffix krat to the 
cardinal number: jedenkrat, dvakrat, trikrat, ctyrykrat, etc. 

In place of jedenkrat, yMenkrat, (once), the shorter form jednou, 
yMnoti, is generally employed: 

Kolikrat jste tarn byH how many times have you been there? — 
Jen jediiou; only once. 

Kolikrat se to stalol how many times has it happened? Myslim 
ie dvakrat; I think (that) twice. 

Note 3. The ordinal numbers are as follows: 



prvni, 


p e rvnee, 


first 


sesty, 


shgstee, 


sixth 


druhy, 


drtihee, 


second 


sedinyj 


sedmee, 


seventh 


treti, 


trsMXiee, 


third 


osmy, 


osmee, 


eighth 


ctvrty, 


shtv e rtee, 


fourth 


devaty, 


d&vdtee, 


ninth 


paty, 


pdtee, 


fifth 


desaty, 


dessdtee, 


tenth 



124 



Part II. 



From eleven to nineteen they are formed by appending y to the 
cardinal num er (corresponding with the English th): jedenacty, yMe- 
natstee, eleventh; etc. 

Bvaeet, tricet, ctyryeet have dvacaty, tricaty, etyrycaty, dwtitsd- 

ty, trshitsdtee, shtiritsdtee (twentienth, thirtieth, fourtieth). The rest of 
the tens are regular: padesaty, pddgsdtee, fiftieth, etc. — Sty, stee, one 
hundredth; tisici, flseetsee, one thousandth. 

Dvacaty prvui, twenty first; dvacaty druhy, tw-enty second; etc. 
Both tens and units take the ordinal form. 

There is also a distinction of gender, the feminine terminating in a 
and the neutre in e (in place of the masculine y), corresponding exactly 
with the adjectives: dobry, a, e (see Note 2, Lesson VI;. 

Hence we say: druhy muz, druha zena, druhe dite, the second 
man, the second woman, the second child; 

The plural form druzi, druhe, druzee, drtihe, means "the others". 

Prvni, treti, have the same termination in every gender, like ad- 
jectives ending in i. (See Note 1, Lesson XXI. 

Ordinal numbers are declined like adjectives of a correcponding 
termination: prvniho muze, of the first man; druheho due, of the 
second day (or: on the next day); druhe zeny, of the second woman (or 
wife); druheho ditete, of the second child; druheinu, to the second; 
v druhem, in the second; s druhy m, with the second. 

Note 4. The adverbs formed from cardinal numbers hy means 
of the suffix fold, denoting multiplication, are in Bohemian called special 
numerals and formed as follows: 



dvoji, 


dwoyee, 


twofold 


patery, 


patVree, 


fivefold 


troji, 


troyee, 


threefold 


sestery, 


shest&ree, 


sixfold 


ctvery, 


shttcgree, 


fourfold 


sedmery, 


sedmeree, 


sevenfold; 



and so forth, always appending ery to the cardinal number (in the f» m- 
inine gender era, in the neutre ere). 



Lesson SO. 



125 



From these there is derived a distinct class of multiplicative numer- 
als by changing ery into ero and appending nasobny (which in English 
also means fold), only the first three forming an exception: 



dyojnasobny, dieoy-ndsobnee, 

trojnasobny, troy-ndsobnee, 

ctvernasobny, shwer-ndsobnee, 

pateronasobiiy, pdtero-ndsobnee, 



twofold 

threefold 

fourfold 



(double); 

(treble); 

(quadruple); 



fivefold (quintuple): etc. 



LESSON XXX. 



Ysecek, fuMtsek, m. ) a \\ i 

V ? eC , ta ' v f f fJ f '/;, S whole) 
vsecko, \se,fs/i etsko fshe, n . ; 

prodej, m. prodtiy, sale 

vJVYO&efom.veeprodfy, selling out; 
zasoba, f; zdsobd, stock 

latka, f. Idtkd, stuff 

latka na saty, Idtkd nd shdte, dress- 
goods; 
znainka, f. zndmkd, label 

kupec, m. ktipets, buyer, purchaser, 
(kupci, pi. kiiptsi) 
odkupirik, m. odkujmeek, customer 
vec, f. vytts, thing, article; 

vydelek, m. veetfelek, profit 

vule, f. vooi8, will 

zaklad, m. zdkldd, foundation 
zakladni, zdklddnee, fundamental 
kamen, m. kdmen, stone 

zanmitek, m zdrmutek, sorrow 



siliiy, silnee, strong 

silne, silhe, strongly 

silneji, silneyi, more strongly 
nejsilneji, neysilneyi, most strongly 



pekne, 

kluboky, 

hluboko, 

hluboce, 

velice, 



py^kne, 

liltibokee, 

MUbdkd 

hlilbots^ 

velitsti, 



nicely 
deep 

deeply 



gri atly 

hezky, hesskee, nice, pretty, fine; 
hezky, hesske, nicely, prettily, finely 
cesky, chesskee, Bohemian 

cesky, (sidv.^ehesske, " 

po cesku, po chesskU, in Bohemian 
anglicky, (adv.), dnglitske, English 
fraiicouzsky, frdntsouske, French 
spanelsky, shpdnelski, Spanish 
nemecky, Tiemetske, German 

pozde, poztfe, late 



pozdejt 



poztfeyi, 



later 



126 



Fart II. 



psati, psdVi, psdt, to write 

uciti se 9 tichit s8, to learn 

vyprodan, a, o, veproddn, a, d, sold 

out 
kladli jsme, kladli sm8, we were 

laying; 
polozili jsine, polozili sm#, we lad; 



daljsem, ddl s#m, I gave, I put; 

rucfm (za), riicheem I warrant; 

dojat, doydt, moved 

trapilo*), trdpild, it grieved 
zbylo*), zbyld, remained, was left 
zemfel, 
val, 



zemrshel, 
vdl, 



died 
blew 



Exercises. 



Mel jsem vyprodej. — Muj kram 
je vsecek vyprodan; — vsecka za- 
soba je vyprodana; — prodal jsem 
vsecko zbozi lacino. — Vyprodal 
jsem vsecko za kotove. 

Ze vseho zbozi zbylo jen neco hit- 
ky na saty. 

Ke vsemu zbozi dal jsem ceny; — 
znamky byly na vsem. — Jsem ted' 
hotov se vsim. 

Ysichni kupci, doufam, budou 
spokojeni; - vsecky veci byly do- 
bre; — na vsech vecech mel jsem 
jen maly vydelek. 

Ysem svym odkupnikum rucim 
za zbozi; — chci miti se vsemi do- 
brou vuli. 



I had a selling out. — My store is 
all sold out; — the whole stock is 
sold out; — I sold all goods cheap- 
ly. — I sold out every thing for 
cash. 

Of all the goods there only re- 
mained some dress goods. 

To all the goods I put (i. e. at- 
tached) prices ;— labels were on every 
thing. — I have now done with everj r - 
thing. 

AH the buyers, I hope, will be sa- 
tisfied; — all articles were good; — 
on all articles I had only a small 
profit. 

To all my customers I warrant 
my goods; — I want to have with 
all a good will. 



*) Trapiti, trdpffli (trdpit) y to grieve, to trouble, 
trapil, a, o, (he, she, it) grieved, troubled, etc. 

Zbyti, zbeeVi, (zbeet), to remain, to be left; 
zbyl, a, o, (he, she, it) remained, was left; 
zbylo ? there remained. — >*ee Note 2, Lesson IX, 



to torment: 



Les/ion 



127 



Dnes je liezky den. — Alio, dues 
je hezky;— slunce svitibezky. 

Doufam ze zilra bude take pekny 
den a ze slunce bude pekne svitit. 

Ycera byl silny vitr. — Rano vi- 
tr val silne, odpoledue jeste silneji 
a nejsilneji k veceru. 



Yas dum ma liluboky zaklad. — 
Ano,polozili jsme zaklady hluboko. 

Kdyz jsme kladli zakladni ka- 
inen, nas hosik zemrel a byl js m 
hluboce dojat. 

Byl to veliky zarmutek; — tra- 
pilo nas to velice. 

Kolik let mu bylo?*) — Bylo mu 
dvanact let. 

Mluvil anglicky i cesky, — take 
psal po anglicku i po cesku. 

Pozdeji chtel uciti se tez fran- 
couzsky, spanelsky i nemecky, — 
aspoii cisti a psati trocliu. 



To-day is a fine day.— Yes,'o-day 
it is nice;— the sun is shining nicely. 

I hope that to-morrow will be also 
a nice day, and that she sun will 
shine nicely. 

Yesterday there was a strong 
wind. — In the morning the wind 
blew strongly, in the afternoon 
more strongly yet, and most strong- 
ly toward evening. 

Your house has a deep foundation . 
— Yes, we laid the foundations deep. 

When we were laying the founda- 
tion stone, our little boy died, and 
I was deeply moved. 

It was a great sorrow;— it grieved 
us greatly. 

How old was he? — He was twelve 
years 

He spoke English and Bohemian. 
— He also wrote in English and in 
Bohemian. 

Later he wanted to learn also 
French, Spanish and German, — at 
least to read and write a little. 



Note 1. Grammarians call vsecek (all) an indefinite numeral; it 
also takes the form of vseehen or vsecken (femininine, vsechna ? vseckna, 
neutre, vsechno, vseckno). The plural is vsickni, vsecky, vsecka, vsitskni, 

vshgtski, vsMtskd. In common discourse vseeky or vseci is used in the 
plural in all three genders. 



*) Kolik let mu bylo! (literally: how many years was it to him?) 
the same as: jak byl star I how old was he? Bylo mu ? the same as byl ? 
he was. 



128 Part 11. 

This numeral is also declined and plesents the following variation 
of form : 

Singular : 

vseho, m. & n fsh8hd, (vsi, f. fshee) of all (of the whole, of everything); 

vseinu, fshgmti; to all; ve vsein, v$ fshSm, in all; se vsfm, s& fsheem, 

with all. 
Plural: 

vsech, fsMkh, of all; ve vsech, rtifshtkh, in all; vsem, fshVm, to all; 

se vsemi, sVfshtmi with all. 

Note 2. Adverbs (qualifying verbs) are often derived from ad- 
jectives, qualifying nouns. This rule obtains in Bohemian as well as in 
English. 

Such adverbs are formed in English by adding ly to the adjective : 
strong, strongly; nice nicely. In Bohemian, the terminal y of the ad- 
jective is changed into an e : 

silny, silne; pekny, pekne. 

In some cases, however, the final y changes into an o, or the final 
syllable ky into ce: hluboky, hluboko, hluboce, deep, deeply; veliky, 
velice, great, greatly. In a few cases the formation of adverbs is wholly 
irregular : dobry, good; dobre, well. 

Som- times the long y simply changes into a short y : hezky, 
hezky, nice, nicely. This is generally the case, when the adjective is 
derived from the name of a nation : anglicky narod, the English nation; 
mluvim anglicky, 1 speak English; — cesky jazyk, the Bohemian tongue; 
mluyim cesky, / speak Bohemian. In these cases we can also use the 
form: po an g lick u, po cesku. 

In common discourse, the distinction between such adjectives and 
adverbs as hezky — hezky, cesky — cesky, etc., is obliterated, their 
pronunciation being the same. 

Note 3. Many adverbs of quality have a comparison, like ad- 
jectives, in order to express various degrees of quality. In regular com- 



Lesson SO. 129 

parison, the second degree is formed by adding ji to the adverb, and 
the third degree by prefixing nejto the second degree : silne, strongly; 
silneji, more strongly; nejsilneji, most strongly. Some adverb3 have 
an irregular comparison, which must be learned and remembered. The 
following are mostly in use : 

dobfe, dobrshe, well; lepe, lepti, better; nejlepe, neylepe, best 
lip, leep, " ; nejlip, neyleep, " 

zle 9 %18, badly; luire, lioorshg, worse; nejliure 9 neyhoorshti, worst 
hur, hoorsh, " ; nejliur, neyhoorsh, " 

brzo, b e rz8, soon; drive, drsheeve. sooner; nejdfire, neydrsheevg, soonest 

driv, drsheef, " ; nejdriv, ney drsheef, " 

dl»uho, dloMd, long; dele, del8, longer; iiejdele, neydeU, longest 

dyl 5 deel, " ; nejdyl, neydeel, " 

blizko, bleesko, near; blize, bleez&, nearer; iiejblize, neybleeze, nearest 

bliz, bleez, " ; nejbliz, neybleez, 

daleko, daltikd, far; dal, ddl, farther; riejdal, neyddl, farthest 

vjsoko, vysdJcd, high; vyse, veesM, higher; n^jvyse, neyveesh?, highest 

hluboko, 7Mbdkd, deep, deeply; hloub, hloiib, deeper; nejliloub, neyhlotib 

deepest 

snadno, snadnti, easily; snaz, sndz, more easily; nejsnaz, neysndz, most 

easily 

miiolio, mnd7id, much, vie, vice, veets, *eets&, more; nejvic, nejvice, ney- 

veets, neyveetsg, most 

malo, maid, little; mene, mifi, mme, mem, less; nejiiiene, nejmin, ney 

mme, neymeen, least 

draho, draze, drdhti, drdzg, dear, dearly; draze, drdz#, dearer; nejdraze, 

neydrdz8, dearest. 



130 



Part II 



LESSON XXXI.*) 



ftesti (or nesti), to carry, to bear, is a verb denoting a continuous 
action. 

By means of prefixes numerous other verbs are derived from it (see 
Note 6, Lesson XIII), denoting a finite or finished action, or a solitary 
act of that nature : 



pronesti, pro nest, 



prinesti, prshinesfi, or prshinest, to bring, to fetch; 
prenesti, prshS-nest, to cany over, to transplace; 
nanesti, ndnest, to bring a heap; to pile on; 
odnesti, ddnest, to carry away; to take away; 

donesti, donesf, to carry to a place; to carry to somebody; 

podnesti, podnest, to carry under; 

prednesti, prslied-nest, to carry before; (hence: to lay before, to submit, 

to deliver;) 

to carry through; pronesti se, to grow heavy, to 
tire out (said of a burden which is carried); 

to carry round; to scatter or spread; to deliver; 

to carry off, to kidnap; (also: to be able to carry); 

to carry out; 

to carry behind, away, i. e. out of sight; (also: to 
enter in a book or list). 

*) We bespeak the student's particular attention for this Lesson, 
designed as a systematic but easy and popular introduction to a complete 
mastery of the Bohemian verb, which is the most important and the most 
complicated part of the language. To a great extent, this introduction 
will not appear as a review of what has already been learned about the 
verb in the preceding lessons, and hence will be the more readily mastered 
by the student. There being only a few hundred verbs used in the ordina- 
ry intercourse of any language, their acquisition for practical every-day 
purposes is, after all, only a matter of a few weeks' application. 



roznesti, 


roznest. 


unesti, 


tin est, 


vynesti, 


vinest, 


zanesti, 


zanest, 



Lesson 31. • 131 

As before observed, the meaning of these derivatives becomes in 
most cases self-evident, when we bear in mind tV e signification of the 
prefixes, which constantly recur in this process of formation of new verbs: 

do, do, to; pre, prs7i#, over; pod, pod, under; 

od, dd, from, off; pri, prshi, to, by, at; nad, ntid, over, up, above; 

na, na, on; pred, prslied, before; pro, prd, through; 

ye, v#, in; ob, ob \ round, roz, roz, apart, asunder; 

vy 9 vy, out; o, o S about; za 5 s#, behind, away, into 5 

The prefix za very often denotes a solitary action or rudden mani- 
festation; for example : 

peti, zpivati, pytiti, speevaVi, to sing; zapeti, zazpivati, zdpyet, zaspee- 

vdt, to sing a song. 

zvoniti, zwtinit, to ring; zazvoniti, zdztcdnit, to give a ring; to pull the 

bell once. 

The prefix u denotes: 1. an action separating a part from the 
whole: seknouti, seknoiffii, to make a cut; useknouti, itseknouti, to cut 
off; — 2. a diminutive, momentary, or solitary action : Sklebiti se, shklg- 
biX!i s#, to frown; - usklebiti se 9 to make a frown; 3. a progressive destruc- 
tion or disappearance: paliti, pdlifi, to burn; upaliti, to burn up. 
to burn at the stake; — 4. a completion or carrying out of something: 
delati, dWtY, to do, to make, to work: ndelati, to make or finish some- 
thing; to do a certain act. 

These are the main modifications due to the prt fix u, connected 
with verbs; there are, besides, two or three minor or incidental ones, 
which it is not necessary to mention. 



The principal parts of a Bohemian verb, from which the entire con- 
jugation may easily be formed by means of the proper endings, are the 
following: 



The infinitive: nesti, to carry; 

the present indicative : nesu, I carry ; 



the perfect indicative :nesl, carried; 
the imperative: nes, carry (thou), 



132 



Part II 



nesl*) jsem, nesslsem, I carried, 
nesl jsi, nessl si, thou carriedst, 
nesl, nessl, he carried, 

nesli**) jsme,nmfc' sm$, we carried, 
nesli jste, nessli st%, you carried, 
nesli, nessli, they carried: 

carry (thou), 

him (her, it) carry, 

let us carry, 

carry (you), 

let them carry. 

Note 1 . The future tense of nesti is usualty not formed by means 
of the auxiliary byti (to be) in connection with the infinitive: budu nesti, 
budes nesti, etc. ; but by means of the prefix po, connected with the 
present tense: ponesu, pdnessii, I shall carry; poneseS, pdnessesh, thou 
wilt carry; and so forth. 

The derivatives mentioned above, formed by means of prefixes, have 
in fact no present, but only a past and a simple future tense; for example: 

prinesti, to bring; pf inesl jsem, I brought; prinesu, I shall bring; — 
odnesti, to carry away; oduesl jsem, I carried away; odnesu, I shall 
carry away. (See Notes 4 and 7, Lesson XIII.) 



Nesu, 
neses, 


nessU, 

nessesh, 


I carry, 
thou earnest, 


nese, 
neseme, 


nessg, (he 
nessfonk, 


she, it) carries, 
we carry, 


nesete, 


nessUV, 


you carry, 


nesou, 


nessoti, 


they carry; 




nes, 

at' nese, 
nesme, 
neste, 
at' nesou. 


ness, 

at' nes8#, U 
nessmg, 
nesstti, 
, at' nessoti, 



*) Feminine nesla, nessld; neutre neslo; — see Note 2, Lesson IX. 
— Ja jsem nesl, ja nesl, I carried; tyjsinesl, tys nesl, tuou carriedst; 
vy jste nesli, you carried. See Lesson X. 

As already mentioned in Note 1, Lesson IX, the distinction between 
the perfect tense, so difficult and puzzling for the student of the English 
language, does not exist in Bohemian. Nesl jsem means both / carried 
and I have carried; it also means I did carry and I was carrying, — 
when the latter relates to a separate action. 

Likewise the present, nesu, means not only 1 carry, but also: I 
am carrying, I do carry; or, if used interrogatively: nesu? do I carry 1 

The same observations apply to all other verbs, there being only 
one form of the present tense, and of the past tense, in Bohemian. 
**) Feminine nesly; neutre nesla; see Note 2, Lesson IX, 



Lesson 31. 



133 



The verbs lezii, I crawl; vezu, I carry; jedu, I ride; kvetu, I 
blossom; rostu, I grow, — and seme others, usually form their future in 
the same way as nesu, I carry. Hence we do not say biidu lezti, etc: 

but we say : 

polezu, pottzti, I shall crawl; povezu, povgzii, I shall carry; pojedu, 
poy&dti, I shall ride; pokvetu, pokicetti, I shall blossom; porostu, po- 
rostti, I shall grow. 

In the sequel we shall give the j r'neipal parts of every verb, from which the stu 
dent can form the whole conjugation without any difficulty. There being a slight ir- 
regularity in the formation of the present tense from the infinitive in some cases, this 
course will obviate any confusion which might arise therefrom, for a beginner. 



plesti se, p. s8, to be mistaken, 

confused; etc.**) 

masti, mdsty, to confuse; 

masti se, masti s#, to be mistaken; 



mesti, 


mestii, to sweep; 


klasti, 


kldstH, to lay; 


krasti, 


krdsfji, to steal; 


p&sti, 


pdsfi, to herd, to tend, 




to pasture. 


p&sti se, 


p. s#, to graze, to browse; 



Yezti, vtetii, vezt*), to carry (in a 

vehicle); 
vezti se, vteffl s#, to ride; 

vesti, vessti, to lead; 

lezti, Ztef*, to crawl, to climb; 
kvesti, kwesfi, to blossom; 

cisti, cheesti. to read; 

riisti, roosVi \ 
rosti, rosti ) 
plesti, plessti, to twist, to knit; 
to confuse, to mix up; 

vezu, vfcit, I carry; vezljsem, v8zl sem, I carried, or I have carried; 

vez, v£z, carry (thou/**); 

*) See Note 1, Lesson XI. 

**) This and many other verbs have a variety of significations, which 
cannot here be explained. We refer the student to the Dictionary of the 
Bohemian and English languages, by Charles Jonas, second edition. 

***) The reflexive form of a verb is conjugated in the same way as the 
ordinary form, with se added: vezu se, I ride; vezl jsem se, I rode; 
povezu se, I shall ride; vez se, ride (thou)! 

The student is already well aw r are that negation is always expressed 
by the prefix ne, which stands for the English do not, does not, did not; 
nevezu, I do not carry; nevezljsem, I did not carry; nepovezu, I shall 
not carry; nevez! do not carry! 



134 



Part IL 



vedu, 


ve~du, 


I lead; 


lezu, 


tezu, 


I crawl; 


kvete, 


kweti, 


it blooms 


ctu, 


chtiL, 


I read; 


rostu, 


rostu, 


I grow; 


pletu, 


pletil, 


I kail; 



inatu, mdtU, I confuse; 



metu, 
kladu, 
kradu, 
pasu, 



melti, I sweep; 
klddU, I lay; 
kradu, I steal; 
paste, I herd; 



vedl sem, v8dl s$m, I led; ved', ve$, lead; 
lezljsem, Uzl sem, I crawled; lez, lez, crawl; 
kvetl, kicgtl, it bloomed; kief, kw$t\ bloom: 
cetljsem, ch&tl sem, I read; cti, clffl, read; 
rostljsein, rostl sem, I grew; rest', rost\ grow; 
(pletu se, I get mixed up, etc.); pletl jsem, I knit- 
ted; plet', plet, knit; 
mall jsem. mdtl sem, I confused; mat', mat!, con- 
fuse; 

nietl jsem, metl sem, I swept; met', met, sweep; 
kladl $$em,klddl sem, I laid; klad'^^d', lay; 
kradl }$em,krddl sem, I stole; krad J , A,tc d', steal; 
pasljsem, pdsl sem, I herded: pas, pas, herd. 



Pasak, m. pdssdk, 



the cowboy, 

the herdsman; 

dobytek, m. ddbytek, the cattle 

chodnik, m. klwdneek, th sidewalk 

zlodej, m. 



cerv, m. 
jabloii, m. 
ptaci, pi. 
dejepis, m. 
cestopis,ni. 



stado, n. 
ovce, f . s 
sotva, 
snadno, 
iiikam, 



zloftey, the thh f 

cherf, the worm 

ydblbu, the apple tree 
ptdtsi, the birds 

(Keyepis, the history 
tsestdpis, the book of 
tray t Is; 
stado, the herd 

pi. ofts#, the sheep 
sotted, harcity, scarcely; 
snddtid, tasily 

nikdm, nowhtre 



datum, n. datum., 

skola, f. aJikold, 

novela, f. novella 

roman, m. rdmdn 

zem, f. zem 

podlaha, f. podldhd 

pastva, pdstwd, 

ruka, f. ruled, 

noha, f. ndhd, 



the date 
the school 

the novel 

the floor 

the pasture 

the hand 

the foot 

the milk 



mleko, n. mlekd, 
zeleniny, f. pi. z&tttmny, the vege- 
tables; 
zamesti, zdmetti, to sweep up; 
doeisti, ddcheesfi, to finish reading; 
muze, moozg, he (she, it) can 

Z2Lh&Ynf)2i,e,zdbdvnee, entertaining. 



Lesson 31. 



135 



Co nesesl (co to nesesS) 

Kesu obed pro otce*). 

Co vezete na trh? — Yezu trochu 
obili. 

Co veze vas soused? — On veze 
brain bory. 

Kani vedete toho chlapce*)2 — Ve- 
da ho do skoly. — Ze skoly pove- 
du ho zas domu. 

Kelez na strom! — J a nelezu. — 
Nelezl jsein nikam. — Tidel jsem 
te lezti. 

Co to zde lezeS — Cervi zde lezou. 

Ysecko kvete. — Stromy uz kve- 
tou. — Loni nas jablon kvetl 
krasnej— nevim jak pokvete le- 
tos. 

Co to ctesS — Ja ctu zabavnou kni- 
hu; — a co vy 6tete$ — Dejepis 
Spojenych Statu**). 



Exercises. 

What doest thou carry? (what is it 
thou carriest?) 

I carry dinner for my father. 

What do you carry to market? - I 
carry some grain. 

What does your neighbor carry ? — 
He carries potatoes. 

Where do you lead (or "take") that 
hoy? — I lead him to school. — 
From school I shall lead him home 
again. 

Do not climb (on) the tree! — I do not 
(climb). — I did not climb any- 
where. — I have seen thee climb. 

What is that crawling here? — 
Worms are crawling here. 

Everything blossoms. — The trees 
are blooming already. — Last year 
our appletree blossomed beauli 
fully: — I don't know how it will 
bloom this year. 
What is it thou readest?— I read an 
entertaining book; — and what do 
you read? — A history of the U- 
nited States. 



*) The rule stated in Note 2, Lesson XVIII, applies also to nouns 
ending in ec (declined like muz), the vowel e being dropped in the in- 
flected cases: otec 9 otets, the father (or "my father",; otce, dts&, of the 
father; pro otce, for the father; otcove, otsdve, the fathers; — chlapec, 
khldpets, the boy; chlapce, khldptse, of the boy (or "the boy", in the ob- 
jective case). 

** Spojene Staty, spoytine stdty, the United States: Spojenych 
Statu, spoyZneekh stdtoo, of the United States; ve Spojenych Statech, v& 

apoyZneekh stdtech, in the United States. 



136 



Part J I. 



Y6era £etl jsem roman; — vecer 
jsem ho docetlj — zitra budu ci- 
sti nejaky cestopis. 

Kdyz je teplo, vsecko roste rychle. 

— Ty zeleniny rostou rychle; — 

po desti porostou jeste rychleji. 

Ja casto se pletu v datum. — £lo- 
vek snadno se pletej — ja tak£ 
casto se niatu. 

Zamet' kram. — Zametl jsem ho 
\\%; — ehodnik zametu hued. 

Ptaci nyni kladou vejee. 

Zlodej krade kde muze. — Zlodeji 

kradou vse. 
Pasak pase stadp. -- Dobytek se 

pase. — Ovce se pasou. 

Rad pasu kravy, kde je dobra 
pastva. 



Yesterday I read a novel; — in the 

evening I finished reading it; — 

to-morrow I shall read some book 

of travels. 
When it is warm, everything grows 

fast. — Those vegetables grow fast; 

— after a rain they will gro^v still 

faster. 
I am often mistaken in the date. — 

One is easily mistaken; — I also 

am frequently mistaken. 
Sweep the store. — I have swept it 

already; — the sidewalk I shall 

sweep presently. 
The birds now lay eggs. 
The thief steals where he can. — 

Thieves steal everything. 
The cowboy tends the herd. — The 

cattle are grazing — The sheep are 

browsing. 
I like to pasture cows where there 

is a good pasture. 



Biti, 


beeti, 


to beat, to strike; 


kryti, kreeti, 


to cover 


piti, 


peeti, 


to drink; 


triti, tr sheet i, 


to rub 


liti, 


leeti, 


to pour; 


priti se, pr sheet i s#, < 


to dispute 


siti, 
seti, 


seeti, 
seVi, 


!■ to sow, to seed; 


§iti, sheeti, 
ziti, zeett, 


to sew 
to live*) 


myti, 


meeti, 


to wash; 







*) Notes 1 and 2, Lesson XIII, explain that in common dis- 
course the final i of the infinitive is nearly always dropped. Con- 
sequently we hear: beet, instead of beetH; peet, instead of peeti; and so 
forth. Myti is often pronounced meyt, kryti — kreyt. (See Note 3, Les- 
son VI.) — There is no difference of pronunciation between biti (to beat), 
and byti (to be), except when the latter is vulgarly pronounced beyt. 



Lesson 31. 137 

biju (or biji), biyti, I beat; biljsem, bill sem, I beat (have braten): 

bij, biy or be, beat (thou); 
piju (or piji), piyft, I drink; piljsem, pill sem, I drank; pij, piy 

(or pee), drink; 
ijn or leju, UyUorleyu, I pour: lil jsem, HI sem, I pound; lij or 

lej, Hy, ley, pour; 
siju or seju, siyu, seyU, I sow; siljsem, sil sem, I sowed; sej, sey, sow; 
myju*), miyu, I wash; myljsem, mill sem, I washed; myj, miy, wash; 
kryju, kriyH, I cover; kryljsem, kr ill sem, I covered; kryj, kriy, cover; 
tni*), trie, I rub; tf el jsem, trshell sem, I rubbed; tri, trshi, rub; 

pru se*), pru s#, I dispute; pf el jsem se, pr shell sem s%, I disputed; pfi se, 

prshisg, dispute; 
siju, slie-yu, I sew; sil jsem, shil sem, I sewed; sij, sliiy (or she\ sew; 
2iju, &iy&, I live; biljsem, ^il sem, I lived; zij, ziy, (or zi), live; 

Note 2. The paradigm of the present indicative of biti would be: 
biju, bije£, bije, bijeme, bijete, bijou (I beat, thou beatest, he beats, 
we beat, you beat, they heat). In the written language, the forms biji 
and biji ibiye, biyee) are frequently employed in the first person singular 
and third person plural, in place of biju, bijou (biyic, biy oil), which are 
always used in conversation. The same is true of the other verbs of this 
class. 

Exercises. 



Proc bije§ to ditel — Nebij ho! — 

Ja ho nebiju. 
Hodiny**) bijou deset, — Vz bilo 

deset. 



Why do you beat that child? — Do 
not beat him! — I do not beat him. 

The clock strikes ten. — It has al- 
ready struck ten. 



*) Colloquially also meju, kreju, tfu, pru se, meyti, kreyti, trshu, 
prsM sV; mej, krej, mey, krey, (do) wash, (do) cover. 

**) Hodiny (the clock) is a plural noun; the following verb must 
therefore be put in the plural: bijou or biji (they strike). 



138 



ran 11. 



Co pips? — Piju pivo; — co vy pi- 
jete? — Pijeme vino; — deti pi- 
jou vodu. — Rano vsiclmi pili 
jsme mleko. 

Lijeme mleko do kavy. 

Sluzka myje zem. — Kryjeme pod- 

lahu kobercem. 
Lil jsem liniment na ruku a trel 

jsem noliu. 
Seju psenici; — soused sil jecmen. 

- Sejeme casne. — Cojste vy se- 

lil — Nicjestej — budeme siti 

ores. 



What doest thou drink? — I drink 
beer;— what do you drink? — We 
drink wine; — the children drink 
water. — la the morning we all 
drank milk. 

We pour milk in coffee. 

The servant-girl washes the floor. — 
We cover the floor with a carpet. 

I poured the liniment on (my) hand 
and rubbed (my) foot. 

I sow wheat;— (my) neighbor sowed 
barley. — We sow early. — What 
have you sowed? — Nothing as 
yc t;- we shall sow oats. 



Note 3. All verbs consisting of a simple root or 
stem, to which the termination tl is directly attached, be- 
long to the first conjugation. 

They may be divided in two leading classes, slighty diverging in 
their inflection, but following the same general principle, as shown in the 
preceding two groups of examples; namely, 1. those terminating gener- 
ally in sti, and 2. those terminating generally in iti : 

1. nesti, to carry (nes in the root or stem); — nesn, neses> nese ? I carry, 

thou carriest, he carries; neseme, nesete, nesou, we carry, 
you carry, they carry; — nesl jsem, I carried; — nes, carry; 

2. piti ? to drink (pi is the root or stem); — piju, PU^s, pije, I drink, 

thou drinkest, he drinks; pijeme, pijete, pijou, we drink, you 
drink, they drink; — pil jsem, I drank; — pij, drink. 

Note 4. A few exceptional verbs of this conjugation, with the 
grammatical termination of ci (but popularly cti) in their infinitive, show 
a slight deviation from the above paradigms. For instance: 



Lesson 32. 139 

peci, petsi, to bake; — peku, peces, pece, peceme, pecete, pekoii, 

p8kii, pgcles7i, p#c7i#, p8ch8m8, pZchStS, ptikoii (I bake, thou 
bakest, he bakes, we bake, you bake, they bake ; pekl jsem, 
pekl sem, I baked; pec, p&c7i, bake; 

teci, tetsi, to flow; tece, tekou, tekl, tec, UcM, Wcou, tekl, tech (it 
flows, they flow, it flowed, flow). 

But colloquially, the forms pecu, pecon, tecon (I bake, they bake, 
they flow) are used in place of pekn, pekou, tekou. 



LESSON XXXII. 



Minouti, minoUHi, to pass by; — minu, minil, I pass by; (mines, mine, 
minesh, min$, thou passest by, he passes by; mineme, minete, 

minou, minemg, minetZ, minoti, we, you, they pass by ; — 
minul*) jsem, minUlsem, I passed by or I have passed by; min, 
ra/fi, pass (thou) by. 

liynouti, hynoilti, to perish (or rather: to be perishing ; — kynii, 7iynu, 
I am perishing; liynul jsem, I was perishing; hyn, 7iyn, perish. 

zdvilmouti, zdwi7inouf!i, to pick up, to raise; — zdrihnu, zdwihnit**), I 
shall pick up; I shall raise; zdvihnul jsem also zdvihl jsem, 

like the first conjugation), zdwi7inul sem {zdvcihl sem), I picked 
up, I rais°d; zdvihni, zdwiJmi, pick up, raise. 

kopnouti, kopnoiiti, to kick; — kopnu**), I shall kick; kopnul jsem (also 
kopljsem), kopnul sem, I kicked; kopni, kojmi, kick. 



Dalka, f . ddlkti, the distance 

planina, f pldmnd, the plain 



oseni, n. ossenee, growing crops; 
takto, Wctd, in this way; 



*) Feminine minula, minulti; neutre minulo, minuld; — see Note 
2, Lesson IX. 

**) The present tense having a future meaning, zdvihnu, kopnn, is 
in fact the simple future tense of these verbs. See Note 7, Li sson XIII. 



140 



Part 11. 



hruska, f. hrUslika, the poar 

jablko, n. yablkd, (colloq. yabkd), 

the apple 

suclio, n, stikhd, drought (as an 

adverb: dry); 



ne£, 
hledeti, 
pes, m. 



nesh, before; 

hleftet, to look; 

pess, the dog; psa, psa, 

of the dog, the dog 

(obj. case). 



Exercises. 



Nez liodina mine, budu zde,— pra- 

vil. 
Hodina minula,— dve hodiny mi- 

nuly, pet hodin minulo (i. e. it 

passed), — den minul, — a nebyl 

zde, 
Az mineme ten les, budeme videti 

vice. 
Jak brzy minnli jste les? 
Minnli jsme ho za hodinu; — pak 

videli jsme celou planinu. 
Ti lide nas brzy minou*). — Mines 

mnoho lidi (Uftee, gen. case). 

Je sucho; — vsecko hyne; — oseni 
hyne; — zeleniny hynou. 

Bylo sncho a vsecko hynulo. 

Takto vsecko bnde hynonti* 

Zdvihni to jablko. — U2 jsem ho 
zdvihnul (or zdvihl).— Zdvihnula 
(or zdvihla) jsem dve jablka a 
hruSku. 



Before an hour passes by, I shall be 

here, — he said. 
An he ur passed, —two hours passed, 

— five hours passed, — the day 
passed by, — and he was not 
here. 

When we pass that forest, we shall 

see more. 
How soon did you pass the forest? 
We passed it in an hour; — then 

we saw the whole plain. 
Those people will soon pass us. — 

Thou wilt pass many people. 
It is dry; — everything is perishing; 

— the crops are perishing; — the 
veg tables are perishing. 

There was a drought, and every- 
thing was perishing! 

In this way everything will be per- 
ishing 

Pick up that apple. — I have picked 
it up already. — I picked up 
(fern, j two apples and a pear. 



*) It is s lf-evident that this present tense of the verb minouti also 
has a future meaning, denoting an action which is expected to take place. 



Lesson 32. 



141 



Zdvihli jsine se a hledeli do dalky. 

— Zdvihni se! — Zdvihnete se! 

— Zdvihnete ruku (plural ruce, 
rtitstf). 

Kopui toho psa! — Kopnul jsem ho 
trochu. 



We raised ourselves and looked into 
the distance — Raise thyself! — 
Raise yourself! — Raise your hand 
(your hands). 

Kick that dog! — I kicked him a 
little. 



Note 1. The root or stem of the verb mittOUti 
is mm, to which the termination Olltl is attached. All 
Terbs ending in Ollti belong to the second conjugation. 

Some of the verbs of this class are derived from adjectives, and their 
imperative is always formed like that of zdvihnouti : zdvihni. For 
example : 

bled-y, bledee, pale; bled- nouti, blednouXH, to grow pale; (blednu, I grow 

pale: blednul jsem, I grew pale; bledni, do grow pale); 

bohat-y, bohatee, rich; bohat-nouti, bolidtnouti, to grow rich; 

chud-nouti, khudnoutH, to grow poor; 

mladnouti, middnotiXH, to grow young; 

star-nouti, stdrnouffl, to grow old; 

slab-nouti, sldbnoiiti, to grow weak; 

mek-nouti, mySJcnotiM, to grow soft; 

tvrd-nouti, tvrdnotitii, to grow hard. 



chud-y, khtidee, poor; 
mlad-y, mlddee, young; 
star-y, stdree, old; 

slab-y, sldbee, weak; 
niek-ky, mygkee, soft; 
tvrd-y, tw e rdee, hard; 



Yideti, 


mtfeffi, 


sedfcti, 


seil'eVi, . 


bezeti, 


byffietii, 


drzeti, 


cl e rzetH, 


mlceti, 


m ''Ichefti, 


horeti. 


JiorsM^i, 


pr§eti 9 


p e rshe J i!i, 



to see; 

to sit; 

to run, to go 

hurriedly 

to hold 

to be silent 

to burn 

to rain 



slyseti, slishHH, to hear; 

slu§eti ? slus7iHH, to fit, to become; 
stydeti se, stifled s&, to be ashamed; 
umeti, timyffii, to know; can; 

rozumeti, rozumygfH, to understand; 
hazeti, hdzeHi, to throw (con- 
tinually); 
porouceti, porotichefi, to command. 



142 



Fart II.. 



Yidiin, xiffeem, I sec; — vidis, vidi, viffeesh, vitfee, thou seest, lie 

sees;vidiine, vidite, vidi, (colloq. also videji) vifteemg, mffeeU, 

vi&'ee, colloq. vitfeyee, we (you, they) see; — yidel jsem, viffel 

sem, I saw, or I have seen; viz, see (being an irregular imper.). 

sedim, seffeem, I sit; sedeljsein, seftel sem, I sat; sod', sit. 

b§zim, bySzeem, I run; bezel jsem, byezel sem, Iran; bez, byffi, run; 

drill]], d e r%eem I hold; drzel jsem, d e rzelse?n, I held; dr2, d e rz, hold; 

mlcim, m e lcheem, I am silent, nilcel jsem, m e lchel sem, I was silent; 

mlc, m e lch, be silent; 
hori, horshee, it burns; korel, liorsliel, burned; hor, liorsh, burn; 

prsi, £> e rshee, it rains; prselo, £> e rsli$lo, it rained; prs, p Vs/i, rain; 

slysim, slisheem, I hear; slysel jseni, slishel sem; I heard; slys, *ZwA, 

hear; 
slusi, sltishee, it fits; sluselo, slusMld, it fitted. 

stydiui se, stiff eem s8, I arn ashamed; stydel jsem se, stiff el sem s8, I was 

ashamed; styd' se, shame on thee! 
uinim, timee.n, I know, lean; unieljsem, timyUl sem, I knew; 

uniej, iimygy, know; 
rozumiin, rozitmeem, I understand; rozumel jsem, rozUmygll sem, I un- 
derstood; rozumej, rozitmytiy, understand; 
liaziin, hdzeem, I throw (I am throwing); hazel jsem, hazel sem I was 

throwing; hazej, hdzey, throw; 
poroucim, poroucheem, I commanl; poroucel jseni, poroUehel sem, I com- 
manded; poroucej, porouchey, command. 



Vlak, m. 
oprate, f . pi. 
povyk, m. 
jazyk, m. 
p radio, n. 
sdty, pi. 
kameni, n. 



vlak, the train; 

oprdUe, the lines; 

pdvik, the cry; 

ydzik, the tongue; 
prddld, the linen; 

shdty, suit of clothes; 
kdmen.ee, stones (col- 
lectively); 



pevnS, pevne, tightly, fast: 

silne, silne, strongly, hard; 

vyborne, veeborne, very well, ex- 
cellently 
spinavy, &, e shpindvee, dirty 

jiny, a, e yinee-, other, different 
zapomnel jseni, zdpom-nel sem, I 

forgot; 



Lesson 82. 



143 



pfed tim, prshed teem, before that; 

za nej, za ney, for him, of him, 

(for it, of it); 



hrati, 
uz ne, 



hr&XH, 
tis7i ng, 



to play ; 
not any more. 



Yidis neco? — Co vidi§? — Xevidim 
nic*). 

Yidite dobf e? — Auo, vidim vsecko. 

— Oni to vidi dobre. 

Yideli jsme vlak; — videli jste ho 

take? 
Nevideli jsme ho; — deti ho videly. 

Zde budeine videti vsecko. — Nasi 

prated budou yideti nas hned. 
Kdo tu sedif— To jsem ja. — Proc 

tu sedisS — Bez ven; — bezte oba 

ven. 
Sedeli jste porad; — vecer budete 

sedeti zas. 
Drz kone a mlc. — Drzte oprate a 

mlcte. — Driite pevneS — Drzi- 

ine pevne. 

Oni nas slysi.— Zadny nas neslysi. 

— Ta holka nas slysela. — Sly&e- 
li nas. 

Prsi; slysim to; — Slysite dest'2 

Seprsi jeste; ale bnde pr§eti. — 
Ycera pr§elo silne; — pred tim 
neprselo uz davno. 



Doest thou see something? — What 
doest thou see? — I do not see any- 
thing. 

Do you (or can you) see well? yes, 
I can see all. — They see it well. 

We have seen a train; — have you 
seen it too? 

We have not seen it; — the children 
saw it. 

Here we shall see all. — Our friends 
will see us immediately. 

Who sits here?— It is I. — Why doest 
thou sit here?— Run out; — go out 
both (of you). 

You have been sitting all the time; 
—in the evening}^ou will sit again. 

Hold (thou) the horse and keep still. 
— Hold (you) the lines and keep 
still. — Do you hold fast? — We 
hold fast. 

They hear us. — Nobody hears us.— 
That girl has heard us. — They 
have heard us. 

It rains; I hear it. — Do you hear the 
rain? 

It does not rain yet; but it will rain 
— Yesterday it rained hard; — be- 
fore that it had not rained for a 
long time. 

*) There is a double negation in Bohemian, similar to the vulgar 
English way of speaking: 1 don't see nothing, See Note 1, Lesson V. 



144 



Part II. 



Ty saty slusi vam vyborne. 

Ten klobouk mi neslusij stydim se 

za nej. 
Nestyd' se; slusi ti dobf e dost. 

Tve pradlo je spinave; nestydis se? 

Styd' se! 
UiniS cesky] - Ano ja uinim cesky. 

Umite anglicky I— Trochu. 
Umite nemecky] — Umel jsem do- 
bre; ale zaponmel jsem trochu. 

Umis hrati na piano] — Neiimini. 

— Umite zpivati? — Neuniim. 

Na§e deti umeji cesky a anglicky, 

— a zadny jiny jazyk. 
Rozumeji nemeckyl — Nerozume- 

Hazej kameni za plot. — Neliazej 
kameni na cestu. 

Hazejte ty pytle dolu. — Nehdzejte 

tak rychle. 
Hazeli jsme dfivi na liromadu. — 

a budeme hazeti zas. — Otec to 

porouci. 
Hazeji ty hosi kameni] — Nehaze- 

ji. — Uz neliazej i. 

Uz davno nehazeji. 



That suitof clothes fits you very well. 
That hat does not fit me; I am a- 

shamed of it. 
Do not be ashamed; it fits thee well 

enough. 
Thy linen is dirty; art thou not a- 

shamed?— Shame on you! 
Doest thou know Bohemian? — Yes, 

I know Bohemian. 
Do you know English? — A little. 
Do you know German? — I knew it 

well: but I have forgotten it some- 
what. 
Doest thou know how to play on 

the piano? — I do not. — Can you 

sing? — I can not. 
Our children know Bohemian and 

English, — and no other tongue. 
Do they understand German? — 

They do not (understand). 
Throw (thou) the stones behind the 

fence. — Do not throw the stones 

on the road. 
Throw (you) the sacks down. — 

Don't throw so fast. 
We have been throwing the wood . 

on a heap, — and we shall throw 

again. — Father commands it. 
Are those boys throwing stones? — 

They are not. — They are not 

throwing any more. 
They have not been throwing for a 

long time (i e. they stoppedthrow- 
ing long since). 



Lesson 33. 



145 



Note 2. The root or stem of the verb videti is vid, 

to which the termination ctl is attached. All verbs ending 
in eti or Cti belong to the third conjugation. 

The root of the verb is the usual form of the imperative: bez, run 
(thou); sed', sit; drz, hold; etc; — The third person singular and plural 
of the present tense are alike: vidi, he (she, it) sees; vidi, they see. But 
in colloquial usage it commonly takes the longer form: videji, se- 
deji (they see, they sit). 

In some cases the imperative is formed by cutting off the terminal 
ti arid adding j : umeti, — uinej, know; liazeti, — hazej, throw; etc. 
These verbs always use the long form in the third person plural : unii, 
he (she, it) knows; umeji, iimygyee, they know, — Mzeji, Mtzfyee, they 
throw. 



LESSON XXXIII. 



Ciniti, 


cJiimMy to do; 


souditi, 


soitiHiHi, 




to judge; 


choditi, 


JchoftiXU, to walk; to go 


plat it U 


plaViVi, 


to 


pay; to rule, 




(frequently). 




prevail, be in force; 


mluviti, 


mltivifi, to speak, to tell; 


svititi, 


sweefiti, 




to shine; 


v&fiti, 


vytirshWi, to believe; 


buditi, 


btiftiti, 




to wake; 


uciti, 


tichifi, to teach; 


blazniti, 


Mdznift, 




to fool; to be 


ufiti se, 


tichffli s$, to learn (i. e. to 








crazy; 



teach one's self); 



modliti se, modlitH s#, to pray. 



Cinini, 



chineem, I do; — cini§, chmeesh, thou doest; cini, chinee, he 
(she, it) does; cinime, cinite, cini (colloquially also cineji) 
chmeemg, chineetV, chinee or chineyee we, you, they do; — ci- 
nil jsem, cliiml sem, I did, or I have done; cin, do (thou); 

cinte, chifite, do (you); 

chodim, k7io$eem, I walk;chodil jsem, kho&Hl sem, I walked; cliod', walk; 



146 



Part 11. 



mluvim, mltiveem, I speak; mluvil jsem, mlUvil sent, I spoke; mluv, mltif, 

speak; 
verim, vygrsheem, I believe; veriljsem, vyVrshil sem,'I believed; ver, 

believe; 

ucim, ticheem, I teach: ucil jsem, ticliil sem y I taught; ui 9 teach; 

uciin se, ticheem s#, I learn; ucil jsem se, tichil sem s$ } I learned; uc se, 

learn; 

soudim, soUtfeem, I judge; soiulil jsem, soMU sem y I judged: sud', sM\ 

judge; 

platim, platieem, I pay; platil jsem, pl&tiilsem, I paid; plat', pay; 

svitim, sweet 1 eem, I shine (I light); svitil jsem, sweeHU sem, I shined 

(lighted); svit', shine (light); 

budim, btifteem, I wake; budiljsem, bii&Hlsem, I waked; bud', wake; 

blaznim, bldzneem, I am crazy; blaznil jsem. bldznil sem, I was crazy; 

blazui, bldzm, be crazy ; 

modlim se, modleem s#, I pray; modlil jsem se, I prayed; modli se, pray. 



ucitelka, f . ticMtdkd, 

zak, m. zak, 

soudce, m. soiitsg, 

zakon, m. zdkon, 

kostel, m. hostel, 

lampa, f . Idmpd, 



the teacher; 


kresliti, 


kressliVi, 


to draw; 


a female 

teacher: 

the scholar; 

the judge; 


zivy, a, e 
nahlas, 
pilne, 
prave, 


zlvee, 
ndhlds, 
pilnS, 
prdvyV, 


living; 

aloud; 

, diligently; 

rightly; 


the law; 


krive, 


krshivyg, 


wrongly; 


the church; 


podle, 


ptidW, 


according to; 


the lamp: 


drive, 


drsheevg, 


formerlj T . 



*) Ucitel, the teacher; ucitele, tichitelW, of the teacher; uciteli, 
tichiteili, to the teacher; (plural) uciteli, ticMtelle, the teachers; — like 
pritel, prated (see foot-note on page 97). 



Lesson 83. 



147 



Exercises. 



Cin dobre a budes st'asten. 

Co jsi ucinil? Keucinil jsem nic. 

— On to ucinil. 
Cblapec chodi do skoly; — obe deti 

chodi do skoly. 
Chodite casto do mestaS — Drive 

ctaodil jsem tarn casto; — nyni 

tarn n echo dim. 
Proc nechodite? — Nemam cas. 

Mluv naklas; ja te neslysiin. 
Mluvil jsi s ucitelemS — Nemluvil; 
ale mluvil jsem s ucitelkou. 

Yen ti ucitell — On vzdy mi veri, 
protoze mluvim pravdu. — To 
rad slysim. 

Ucitel uci nas mluviti pravdu. — 
Ucil nas tomu vzdycky. 

Uc se pihie. — U£te se dobre. — 
Ucme se spolecne. 

Co se ucis*)S — Zemepis. — Co vy 
se ucitel — Kresliti. — Kreslite 
dobre. — Zak kreslil peknS. 

Soudil jsem kf ive. — Yy jste sou- 
dili prave. — Soudce soudil po- 
dle zakona. 



Do good and thou shalt be happy. 

What hast thou done? — I have not 
done anything — He has done it. 

The boy goes to school. — both 
children go to school. 

Do you often go to town? — Former- 
ly I went there often; — now I do 
not go there. 

Why do you not go? — I have no 
time. 

Speak loud; I do not hear thee. 

Hast thou spoken with the teacher? 
— I have not (spoken); but I spoke 
with the lady teacher. 

Does the teacher believe you? — He 
always believes me,because I speak 
the truth. — I like to hear that. 

The teacher teaches us to speak the 
trmh. — He has taught us that 
always. 

Learn (thou) diligently.— Learn (you) 
well. — Let us learn together. 

What doest thou learn? — Geogra- 
phy — What is it you learn ? —To 
draw. — You draw well. — The 
scholar drew nicely, 

I judged wrong. — You judged 
right. — The judge judged ac- 
cording to law. 



*) _ This is the colloquial expression. In the written language, uciti 
and uciti se govern the dative case, responding to the question ceniuS 
(See page 82). Hence we should write: cemu se ucisl what doest thou 
learn? cemu ucite? what do you teach? And the answer would be: ze- 
niepisu. 



148 



Part 11. 



Zakon plati, vzdy platil a musi vzdy 

platit. 
Budil jsem kazd£ rano celou ro- 

dinu casne. 
Myslim ze blaznis. — Ten clovek 

blazni. — Neblaziri! — Blaznil 

jsi$ — Ba blaznil jsem! 

Mesf c jeste sviti; svitil celou noc. 

— Ta lampa sviti spatnej vcera 

svitila dobf e. 
Modli se! — Modleme se! — Lide 

modli se v kestele. — Knez mo- 

dlil se za zive*) i za mrtve. 



The law rules, always ruled, and: 

must always rule. 
I waked up every morning the whole 

family early. 
I think that thou art crazy. — That 

man is crazy. — Don't be crazy! 

Wast thou crazy ? — Surely, I was 

crazy ! 
Themoonstillshines;ithasbeenshin- 

ing all night. — That lamp shines 

badly; yesterday it shined well. 
Pray! — Let us pray! — People pray 

in church. — The priest prayed for 

the living and for the dead. 



Note I. The root or stem of the verb Ciniti is Cin, 

to which the termination lti is attached. All verbs ending 
in lti belong to the fourth conjugation. 

The root of the verb is the common form of the imperative: cin, do; 
ckod', walk; mluv, speak; etc. In some cases, however, only the final ti 
is thrown off to form the imperative: blazni, be crazy; modli se, pray. 

Note 2. The verbs bydliti, mysliti, musiti (to resida, to think, 
must) are also written bydleti, mysleti, museti, and in popular language 
this form is always employed. This does not materially modify ther in- 
flection, as the third and fourth conjugation are essentially almost iden- 
tical. For instance : 



*) Zivy, living; plural: £ivi, in the objective case Zive. These dis- 
tinctions, however, disappear in common discourse. 1 his adjective also 
has an indefinite or short form (see Note 2, Lesson XXIII) : zlv, a, o, 
For instance; je posud ziv, he is still living; matka je ziva, the mother is 
living; dite je zivo, the child is living. The expression ziv a zdrav, pro- 
nounced iif a zdr&f, is frequently heard. 



Lesson 34. 



1-19 



(Third conjugation) 
sedeti, setfefi, to sit 
sedim, setfeem, I sit 

sedel jsem, seflel sem, I sat 

sed', setf, sit (thou) 

feudu sedeti* bMu sefttHi I shall sit 



(Fourth conjugation) 
ciniti, chifiiiH, to do 
cinim, climeem, I do 

ciniljsem, chinil sem, I did 

cin, cJiin, do (thou) 

budu ciniti* budti c7iiniti,l shall do. 



The above three verbs, in colloquial discourse, always take in the 
third person plural the form: bydleji, liiysleji* miiseji, bidlgyee, misUyee, 
mus&yee (they reside, they think, they must); whereas the proper gram- 
ma 1 ical form is like the third person singular : bydli, mysli, mn si* 



LESSON XXXIY. 



beham, 
cekam, 
del&m. 



prodati, prodati, to sell; 

prodavati*)* proddvafU, to be sell- 
ing; 
povidati, poveeddVi, to say, to tell; 
trestati* trestaW, to punish; 

znati, zndtii, to know; 

ptati se* ptatisti, to ask, to inquire; 
plovati, plovati, to swim. 

, thou callest; Tola, he (-ihe, it) calls; 
volame, volate, volaji, voldmti, voldtg, voldyee, we, you, they 
call; — volal jsem, volal sem, I called; volej, voley, call (thou); 
volejte* voleyW, call (you); 

byghdm. I run; behaljsem, by glial sem, I was running; bez, 

by#&, run; 
chekdm, I wait; cekal jsem, chek&l sem, I waited; eekej, chekey, 

wait; 
Reldm, I do, I make; delal jsem, tfeldl sem, I did, I made; delej, 

fteley, do, make; 



Yolati* 


voltiffl, 


to call; 


behati. 


byghtiti, 


to run (about); 


cekati. 


chek&ti, 


to wait; 


d£lati* 


dWatV, 


to do, to make, to 
work; 


liledati, 


hWdati, 


to seek, to look 
for; 


doiifati, 


dotifati 


to hope; 


Yolain, 


voldm, 


I call; volas, voids 



*) Reiterative form of prodati; see Note 5, Lesson XIII. 



150 



Part II. 



hledam, liUddm, I seek; hledal jsem, MMal sent, I sought; hledej, hU- 

dey, seek; 
doufam, dotifdm, I hope; doufal jsem, doufal sem, I hoped; doufej, 

doiifey, hope; 

prodam, I shall sell (having a future meaning; see Note 7, Lesson XIV; 

prodaljsem, proddl se?n, Isold; prodej, prodey, sell; 

prodavam, I am selling: prodava! jseni, proddvdl sem. I was selling: pro- 

davej, proddvey, sell; 
poyidam, poveeddm, I say; poyidaljsem, p-veeddl sem, I said; povidej, 

poveedey, tell; 
trestain (also tresci, treslsi), I punish; trestaljsem, trestdl sem, I pun- 
ished; trestej, trestey, punish; 
zmim, I know; znaljsem, zndl sem, I knew; znej, zney, know; 
ptam se, I ask; ptal jsem se, ptdl sem s$, I asked; ptej se, ptey s#, ask. 



flower 



Kvetina, f . kwygfiinti ) 
kvitko, n. kweetko ) 
kytka, f. kitkd, bouquet; 

majetek, m. may tick, property; 

na pf esrok, nd prsMsrok, next year 
pred lety, prshed lety, years ago; 
druzi, druzee, the others; 

nashi, our folks; 



nasi, 



spatfiti, -spairsliXH, to see {or to 

meet); 
vedeti, vy&defH, to know; 

poslusny, a, e poslushnee, obedient; 
neposlusny, disobedient; 

tento (f. tato, n. to to), tentd, this 
one, this here. 



Koho volasl 



Tolas mbl 

jsi Yolal? 
Yolam hocha; kde je? — Beha ven 

ku; vsechny dfeti behaji renku 



Volal jsem tej kde's (abbrev. of 
kdejsi/ hjU 



Exercises. 
Koho 



Doest thou call me? — Whomdoest 

thou call ?— Whom didst thou call ? 
I call the boy; where is he? — He is 

running outside (i. e. out of doors); 

— all the children are running out- 

s de. 
I called thee; where hast thou 

been? 



Lesson 8 4. 



151 



Behaljsem na zahrade; — cekal 
jsem a£ me budete volati. 

Co jsi delal na zahrade? — Nedelal 
jsem nic; hledaljsem kvetiny. 

Je tarn mnoho kvetin? — Ano. 
Co druzi delal i na zahrade? — Hle- 
dali kvetiny se mnon. 

Hledej pekne kvetiny a delej kyt- 

ky. — Jdete*) oba, ty a Karel, 

a hledejte kvitka. 
Doufam ze napresrok bndeme zivi 

a zdravi. — Doufejme! 
Donfal jsem spatfiti vas zde. — 

Ysichni donfali sme sejiti se s va- 

mi. 
Prodam svuj majetek. — Prodejte 

ho brzy. — Miij bratr prodal svuj 

majetek lacino. 
Nasi prodali farmu a povidaji ze 

pujdou do mesta. 

Povidal jsem mu, ze mam dum na 
prodej. — Prodavam vsecko co 
mam. 

Ten to majetek neni na prodej. — 
Kdo to povidaH — Kdo vain to 
povidaH 

Kazdy to povida. — YSichni to po- 
vidaji. 

Zna§ me? — Zuam tfc dobfej— znal 
jsem te u£ pf ed lety. 



I was running in the garden, — I was 
waiting until you would call me. 

What w^ast thou doing in the gar- 
den? — I was not doing any thing; 
— I was looking for flowers. 

Are there many flowers there ?— Yes. 

What have the others been doing in 
the garden ? — They were looking 
for flowers with me. 

Look for nice flowers, and make bou- 
quets. — Go both of you, — thou 
and Charles, and look for flowers. 

I hope that next year we shall be a- 
live and well. — Let us hope! 

I hoped to see (or meet) you here. — 
We all hoped to meet you. 

I shall sell my property. — S 11 it 

soon. — My brother sold his prop- 
erty cheap. 
Our folks have sold the farm, and 

they say that they will go to the 

city. 
I told him that I had a house for 

sale. — I am selling everything 

I have. 
This property is not for sale. — 

Who said so? — Who told you 

so? 
Everybody says so. — They all 

say s >. 
Doest thou know me?— I know thee 

well; — I knew you already years 

ago. 



*) The infinitive is jiti, yeeVi, to go; See Lesson XIII. 



152 



Part II 



Kazdy mfc zna; — vsichni me 

znaji. 
Znate meho otce2 — Neznain ho. 

— Znal jste mou matku? — Ne- 

znal jsem ji. 
Proc se ptasl — Ptam se, protoze 

chci vedeti.*) 
Ptate se po me? — Ptal jsem se 

kde bjdlite; — povidali mi, ze 

prodal jste STuj dum. - Mepro- 

dal jsem lio jeste. 
fleptain se co ucitel povidal; ja to 

vim. 
YedM jsem, ze chlapec je neposlus- 

ny; — vite ze musel jsem tresta- 

ti ho. 
To vime. — Ysichni vime, ze tres- 

tal jste ho easto. 



Everybody knows me; — they all 
know me. 

Do you know my father?- I do not 
know him. — Did you know my 
mother? — I did not kn^w her. 

Why doest thou ask?— I ask because 
I want to know. 

Do you ask for me? — I asked where 
you lived; — they told me that you 
had sold your house.— I have not 
sold it yet. 

I do not ask what the teacher said; 
I know it. 

I knew that the boy was disobedi- 
ent; — you know that I was oblig- 
ed to punish him. 

We know that. — We all know that 
you punished him often. 



Note I. The root or stem of the verb VOlati isVOl, 

to which the termination <ltl is attached. Verbs ending in 

ati belong to the fifth conjugation. 

Note 2. Pome verbs ending in ati form their present like the 

verbs of the first conjugation ending in iti, (biti, to beat; Mju, bijes, 

bije, etc.); for example: 

hrati, hrdfi, to play: hraju*), hrajeS, hraje, hrtiyti, lirdyesh, hrtiyg, 
I play, thou playest, he plays; hrajeme, lirajete, hrajou**) lira- 
yem8, hrdyeU, lirdyoU we, j^ou, they play; — lira! jsem, hrdl 
sem, I played; hraj, hrdy, play. 

*) Yedeti (to know) is one of the thoroughly irregular verbs: vim, 
vis\ yi, veem, veesh, vee, I know, thou knowest, he (she, it) knows; vime, 
vite, vedi, veemg, veet#, vytftee, we, you, they know; — vSdel jsem, vygtfel 
sem, I knew; vez, vyfa, know thou; vezte, vy&zte, know you. 

**) Hraji, hraji, (I play, they play) are considered the pure gram- 
matical forms of the first person singular and third person plural; but 
liraju, lirajou, are ex- lusively used in the popular language. 



158 

However, this verb also follows the rule of the fifth conjugation iti 
the present tense: liram, hras, liraj hrame, hrate, kraji (I play, thou 
playest, he plays; we, you, they play). 

A few verbs modify the letter a in the present tense: 

Hfati, hrsMW, to warm; — hreju (or hfeji) hfejes, hfeje; hrejeme, hie- 

jete, krejou (or hreji); I warm, thou warmest, he warms; etc. 

— hfaljseni, hrshdl sem, I warmed; hrej, hrshey, warm; 
pfati, prsMtH, to wish; — preju (or preji), I wish ; pral jsem, I wished; 

prej, wish; 
smati se, smdti s?, to laugh; — smeju se (or smeji se), smygyti s8, 1 laugh; 

smal jsem se, smdl sem s$, I laughed; smej se, smygy s2, laugh. 

Note 3. There are some verbs essentially belonging to this con- 
jugation, which show a considerable deviation in the present tense and 
imperative. Tbe following are most frequently met with: 

brati, to take, — beru, beres, bere, bereme, berete, berou, berti, beresh, 

berg, bergm$, ber8tg,-beroti, (I take, thou takest, etc,; bral jsem, 

brill sem, I took; ber, take; 
prati, to wash; — peru, peril, I wash; pral jsem, prdl sem, I washed; 

per, wash; 
psati, to write ; — pisu, peeshti, I write; psal jsem, psdl sem, I wrote; 

pi§, pish, write; 
kazati, to preach (or to command); — ka£u, kdlti, I preach; kazal jsem, 

I preached; ka£, preach; 
tazati se, to ask; — tazu se, tabu sg, I ask; ta/al jsem se, tdzdl sem s8, 

I asked; ta2 se, ask; 
plakati, to weep; — plaeu, pldc7itc, (but also plakam,) I vs eep;plakal jsem, 

plakal sem, I wept; plac, plach, weep. 
skakati, to jump; — skacu, skdehu, (but also skakam), I jump; skakal 

jsem, skdkdl sem, I was jumping; skakej, skdkey, jump; 
stonati, to be sick; — stiiiiu, stoonu, (but also s ton am; stdndm), I am sick; 

stune§, stoonesh, thou art sick; stune, stoofig, he is sick, etc. ; 

stonej, stdney, be sick. 



154 



Part 11. 
LESSON XXXY. 



Milovati, mildvaVi, to love; 

dekovati, d'ekdvaVi, to thank; 

litovati, UtdvdXH, to be sony, to 

regret ; 
jmeno\$itijme?idvat r i, to name, to 

call; 
jnienovati se, m s&, to be called; 
kupovati, ktipdvdfl, to be buying; 



pracovati, prdtsdvdtii, towoik 
radovati se, raddvath sg, to rejoice 
opakovati, dpdkdvdti, to repeat 
pamatovati, pdmdtdvdti, to remem- 
ber; 
l)0{\\*oro\&ii,2iddpordvat r i, to sup- 
port, to assist; 
ztravovati, strdvdvdVi, to board. 



Miliiju (or miluji*) milUyu; I love; milujes, milUyesh, thou lovest; milu- 
je, miluyg, he (she, it) loves; milnjeme, milujete, iniliijou (or 

miluji*) militygmg, miluyUg, mil&yoti, we, you, they love; — 
miloval jsem, mildvdl sem, I loved; uiiluj, miluy, love, milujte, 
miluy tg, love (you); 

dekuju (or dekuji), tfeJcuyu, I thank; dekoval jsem, flekdvdl sem, I thank- 
ed; dekuj, ftekuy. thank; 

lituju (or lituji), lituyu, I regret; litoval jsem, litdvdl sem, I regretted; 
lituj, Uttiy, regret; 

jmenuju (or jmenuji), menuyU, I nam ; jmenoval jsem, mend M sem, I 
named; jmenuj, mendy, name; 

jmenuju se, mentiyti sd, I am called; jmenoval jsem se, mendvdl sem sd, 
I was called; jmenuj se, menuy se, call yourself; 

kupiiju (or kupuji), kUpuyti, I am buying; kupoval jsem,* kUpdvdl sent, 
I was buying; kupuj, kupuy, buy (or rather: keep buying). 



*) Miluju, milujou (I love, they love) is always used in ordinary 
conversation: miluji, miluji, miltiyi, miltlyee, (I love, they love) prevails 
in the written language, being considered the proper grammatical f^rm. 
This applies to all verbs of this conjugation: dekuju, dekujou, or dekuji, 
dekuji (I thank, th-ythan*); lituju, lit ujou, or lituji, lituji (I regret, 
they regret); etc. 



Lesson 35. 



155 



pracuju (or pracuji*, prdtsuytt, I work; pracoval jsem, prdtsovdl sem, I 

worked; pracuj, prdtstcy, work; 
raduju se (or raduji se), rddtiyU s&, I rejoice; radoval jsein se, rdddvdl 

sem s&, I rejoiced; raduj se, rddity sg, rejoice; 
opakuju (or opakuji), opdkUyu, I repeat;* opakoval jsem, opdkovdl sem, 

I repeated; opakuj, dpdkuy, repeat; 
pamatuju (or pamatuji), pdmdtUyti, I remember; pamatoval jsem, pdmd- 

tdvdl sem, I remembered; pamatuj, pdmdtUy, remember; 
podporuju (or podporuji), pddporuyU, I support; podporoval jsem, pdd- 

pordvdl sem, I supported; podporuj, ptidportiy, support; 
zalnju (or zaluji), zdltiyti, I complain; zaloval jsem, zildvdl sem, I com- 

plaiued; zaluj, zdlUy, complaiu. 

Bull*), m. booh, 



God; 

blizni**) m. bleeznee,the fellow man, 
(neighbor); 
kral, krdl, the king; 

kralovua, krdldcnd, the queen; 
zebrak, m. zSbrdk, the beggar; 
kamarad,m.Mmar<id, the comrade; 
objevitel,m.0&##-wW, the discov- 
erer; 
svet, m. sicygt, the world; 

zeme, f. zemyg, the country, the 

earth ; 
vlast, f. vldst, one's country; 
davati, ddvdf!i,to give, to offer; 

zivot, m. zivot, life; 

yalka, f. vdlkd, war; 



osud, m osUd, fate; 

vychovaui, n. vykhovdnee, education ; 
dil, m. d'eel, a part; 

vydelek, m. veeftelek, earnings, wa- 
ges, profit; 
ktery, a, e kteree or keree, which, 
what, who; 

i t w 7 j all together; 

vespolek, vespdlek, ] & _ 

r ( one another ; 

nazpamet, ndspdmyU, by heart; 

z pameti, spdmyeti, from memory ; 

svoboduy, &, e swdbodnee, free; 

single ; 

Rimane, rshimdne, the Romans; 

Yaclav, vdtsldv, Venceslaus, 

Wencel. 



*) Bull, Boha, Bohu, s Bohem {booh, bdhd, bdhti, sbtihem), God 
of God (God's), to God, with God. 

** Nouns having the termination of adjectives are declined like ad- 
jectives of tin corresponding termination. Hence we decline: blizui, — 
blizuiho, of (our) fellow man or neighbor; blizuimu. to 'our) neighbor; 
s bliznim, with (our) neighbor. See Note 1, Lesson XXL 



156 



Part 11. 



Miluj blizniho svelio*). 

se vespolek. 
Milujes rodice svel — Miluju je 

velmi. 
Matka miluje sve dite. — DpU ini- 

luji matku svou. 
Washington miloval svou vlast. — 

Rimane* milovali valku. 
Co kupujes? — Kupuji obili. — Co 

kupoval jsi onehdy? — Kupoval 

jsem par koni. 

Kdo kupoval tento dum] — Nasi 

kupovali ten dunij — davali za 

nej dva tisice. 
Chces neco jisti? — Nechci nic, 

dekuju. 
Dal jsem zebraku pet eentu a on 

d&koval mi. 
Dekujme Bohu, ie jsme zdravi. — 

Dekuj svemu osudu, ze jsi rozen 

ve svobodne zemi. 
Dekuj te rodicum za dobre vycho- 

vani. 
Lituju ze musim prye. — Litoval 

jsem, ze musil jsem odejiti. Zu- 

stan zde, povidali vsichni, nebo 

budes litovati. 



Exercises. 
Milujte Love thy neighbor. 



Love (you) 
one another. 

D>est thou love thy parents. — I 
love them greatly. 

The mother loves her child. — The 
children love their mother. 

Washington loved his country; — 
The Romans loved war. 

What art thou buying? — I am buy- 
ing grain. — What wert thou buy- 
ing the other day?— I was buying 
a pair of horses. 

Who has been buying this h use?— 
Our folks were buying that house ; 
—they offered for it two thousand. 

Doest thou want something to eat ? — 
I do not want any thing, thank you. 

I gave to) the beggar five cents and 
he thanked me. 

Let us thank God that we are healthy. 
— Thank thy fate that thou wast 
born in a free country. 

Thank (your) parents for a good 
education. 

I am sorry that I must (go) away. — 
I was sorry that I had to leave.— 
Stay here, they all said, or thou 
wilt be sorry. 



*; Tnis is the objective case, responding to koho? whom? It agrees 
with the possessive case; see Remark on page 86. 



Lesson 35. 



157 



Jak se jmenujesl — Jmeniiju se 
Yaclav Zeman. — A jak vy se 
jmenujeteS — Ja se jineiiiijn 
Stanek. Jmenuj mi pet dilii 
sveta. 

Jak se jmenovalobjevitel Ameriky? 

— Kristof Kolumbus. 

Jak se jmenoval kral, ktery ho 
podporoval? — ■ Ferdinand. — A 
kralovna2 — Isabella* 

Pracuj pilne a bndes radovati se 
nad vydelkem. 

R&d pracujesS — Ano, ale muj ka- 
marad nerad pracnje; — on po- 
Md zaluje, ze musi pracovati. 

Pracovali jsme cely den. 

Ueitel zaloval mi, ze jsi neposlns- 
ny; — opaknju, ze mnsis byti po- 
slnsny; - pamatuj si to! 

Pamatuj co se ucis; — pamatn- 
jes si to? — Pamatuju to dobre; 

— ucim se to nazpamet. 
Pamatujme na chudej — podpo- 

rujme je. — Pamatujto ze zivot 
jest kr&tky. 



What is thy name 9 — My name is 
WencelZemao.— And what is your 
name? My name is Stanek. — 
Name (to me) the five parts of the 
world. 

What was the name of the discoverer 
of America? — Christopher Co- 
lumbus. 

What was the name of the king who 
assisted him? — Ferdinand. — And 
of the queen? — Isabella. 

Work diligently, and thou wilt re- 
joice over (thy) earnings, 

Doest thou like to work? — Yes; but 
my comrade does not like to work ; 
— he always complains that he 
must work. 

We worked (or have been working) 
all day. 

The teacher complained to me that 
thou art disobedient; — I repeat 
that thou must be obedient;— re- 
member that! 

Remember what thou learnest; — 
doest thou remember it? — I re- 
member it well ;-I learn it by heart. 

Let us remember the poor; — let us 
support them — Remember (you) 
that life is short. 



Note. The root or stem of the verb milovati is 
mil, to which the termination OVati is attached. Yerbs 
ending in Ovati (when the termination is attached to the 
root) belong to the sixth conjugation. 



158 



Part 11. 



LESSON XXXYI. 



(Ja) bych bikh 
(ty) bys bis 
(on) by bi 

(my) bychom bikhdm 
bysme bismti 

biste 
bi 



(vy) byste 
(oni) by 



I should 

thou wouldst 

he would 

/■ we should 

you would 
they would 



Byl*) bych bill bikh I shouM be 
byl bys billbisthou wouldst be 

byl by bill bi he would be; 

etc. 

Byl bych byl, ) I should have 

byl bych by val, J been; 

byl bys by val, thou wouldst have 

been; etc. 



Nesl bych, 
minul bych, 
videl bych, 
cinil bych, 
volal bych, 



n^sslbikh, I should 
(or "would") carry; 
mintil bikh, 1 should 
pass 
viftel bikh, I should 
see 
chinil bikh, I should 
do 
vdldl bikh, I should 
call 
miloval bych, mildvdl bikh, t should 

love 



Abych (ja) dbikh that I should 
abys (ty) dbis that thou shouldst 
aby (on) dbi that he should; etc. 

Kdybych gdibikh if I should 

kdybys gdibis if thou wouldst 

kdyby gdibi if he would (or 

simply "if). 

Abych byl dbikh bill that I should be 

abys byl dbis bill that thou 

shouldst be 

aby byl dbi bill that he should be ; etc. 



Kdybjch byl, 
kdybys byl, 
kdyby byl, 



if I were, 

if thou wert, 

if he were; etc. 



nesli bychom (or bysme) nessli bi- 
khdm, we should (or "would")carry 
minuli bychom, minilli bikhom, we 
should pass 
videli bychom, vitfeli bikhdm, we 
should see 
cinili bychom, chinili bikhdm, we 
should do 
volali bychom, vdlali bikhdm, we 
should call 
inilovali bychom, milovdli bikhdm, 
we should love. 



*) In the feminine gender byla bych, byla bys, byla by; third 
person neutre: bylo by, it would be. See Lesson JX. 



Lesson 26. 



159 



Byl bych nesl, I should have carried, 
bylbychminul, I should havepassed. 
byl bych vid&l, I should hav seen; 



Kdyby, gdibi, if 

kterykoli, ktgreekoli, whichever, any 
kdoz (same as kdo), gddz, who 

ei, cili, chi, chilli, or 

fici, rsheetsi, to say, to tell 

fekni, rshekni, say, tell (thou) 
reknete, rsMkvieU, say, tell (you) 
tezky,a, e Veshkee, heavy, hard 



byl bych cini!, I should have done ; 
byl bych yolal, 1 should have called. 
byl bych miloval, I should have 

loved^ 

knfr, m. kvff e r, the trunk 

kosik, m. kosheek, the basket 

list, m. list, the letter 

vodopad, m. voddpdd, a waterfall 
krajina, f. krayina, a section of 

country 
pocasi, u. pticliassee, the weather 
stekati, sht'ekaVi, to bark. 



Exercises. 



Nesl bych ten kufr, kdyby nebyl 

tak tezky. 
Byl bych nesl ten kufr, kdybyste 

byli chteli. 
My bysme nesli kosik a vy byste 

nesli pytel. 
Cetl bys tu knihu2 Cetl bych ji 

rad, kdybych ji mel. 
My bychom (or my bysme) nidi cetli 

dnesni noviny. 
Ktere noviny byste radi cetli? — 

Kter^koliv. 
Byli bychom (or byli bysme) cetli 

ten list, ale byl tuze dlouhy. 
Pil bych pivo, kdybych ho mel. — 

Pil byste*) cajl— Kepil bych nic. 



1 would carry that trunk, if it were 

not so heavy. 
I should have carried that trunk, if 

you had wanted it. 
We should carry the basket, and you 

would carry the sack. 
Wouldst thou read that book? — I 

would like to read it, if I had it. 
We should like to real today's 

newspaper. 
What newspaper would you like to 

read? — Any newspaper. 
We should have read that letter,but 

it was too long. 
I should drink beer, if I had it. — 

Would you drink tea? — I would 

not drink anything. 

*) Speaking to one person and using the second person plural: vy, 
you; speaking to several persons, we should say: pili byste (would you 
drink), 



160 



Part 11 



Kdyby b) lo pekne, sil bych psenici. 

Kdyby pes stekal, kopnul bych ho, 

Yidel bych rad vodopad Niagara. 

Na cestfc do Iowy videli bysme reku 
Mississippi. 

Kdybyste prijeli k nam, videli by- 
ste hezkou krajinu. 

Kdybych vedel, jake' poeasi bude, 
f ekl bych vain. 

Chodil bych k tobe, kdybys chtel. 



On by chodil k Yam casto. — Proc 
by nechodil? — Jen at' chodi! 



- Yeril byste 
Neveril bych 



Yeril bys tomu? 

ze nemam cas? 

to**). - 
Yerili by nam? — My slim ze verili 

by vam to. 
Prodal bych rad muj obchod. — 

T&fcko byste prodal nyni. 
Litoval bych, kdybyste prodal ten 

obchod. — Ja bych nelitoval nic. 

Je cas ? abych sel. — Rekni mu 
aby sel. 

Chci abys prisel brzy. — Chci aby- 

ste odesli. 
Chcete abych to koupilS 



If it were nice*), I should sow wheat. 
If the dog barked, I should kick him. 
I should like to see the Niagara Falls. 
On (our) way to Iowa we should see 

the river Mississippi. 
If you would come to us, you would 

see a nice country. 
If I knew what kind of weather it 

will be, I should tell you. 
I should come to thee (i. e. "come 

to see thee often" ,if thou wouldst 

wish it. 
He would come to you often. — Why 

should he not come? — Do let him 

come ! 
Wouldst thou believe it? — Would 

you believe that I have no lime? 

— I should not believe it. 
Would they believe us?-I think that 

they would believe you (it). 
I would like to sell my business. — 

You womld find it hard to sell now. 
I should be sorry, if you would sell 

that business. — I should not be 

sorry at all. 
It is time that I should go.— Tell him 

to go or to come (i.e. tell him that 

he should go). 
I want thee to come soon. — I want 

you to leave. 
Do you want me to buy that? 



* That is, "if the weather were nice". 

**) Yeriti to (accus. case), \efiti torau (dative case); both are used 
with equal propriety. 



Lesson 36, 



161 



Kdybys byl zde byval, byl bys videl 

vselico. 
Kdybych tarn by!, bylo by dobre.— 

Kdybych tarn byl by val, byl bych 

rad. 



If thouhadst been here, thou wouldst 
have seen different things. 

If I were there, it would be well. -If 
I had been there,! should be glad. 



Note 1. The English conjunctions if, whether, ussd to intro- 
duce a conditional sentence, are expressed in Bohemian by the suffix li, 
or by jestli, zdali, pakli, yestli, zdali, pakli: 



Jsein-li, 
jestli jsem, 
zdali jsem, 



sem-li ) if I am, 
yestli sem \ whether I 
am; 



Hf i 

! i was, 



zdali sem * 

byl-li jsem, Ulli sem 

jestli jsem byl, yestli sem bill 
zdali jsem byl, zdali sem bill) have 
pakli jsem byl, pdkli sem bill ) beeu - 
budu-li bildu-li ) if I shall 

jestli budu, yestli budti ) be; etc. 



nesu-li, nessu-li 

jest-li ne$u,yestli ness 



u ) 



I carry; 



jsme-3i, smg-li n if I am, 

jestli jsme, yestli smg (. whether 

zdali jsine, zdtili smg) we are; 

byli-Iijsme, billi-li sm8 J 'if we 

testWXsmzhiluyestlismgbilli ) were, 

if we 
zdali jsme hyli^zali sm& billi \ have 

pakli jsme byli, ptikli ' smtibili ) been; 
budeme-li, bM8m8-li ) if we 

jestli budeme, yestli btid#m# r sh all 

' be;etc 
nesl-li jsein, nesslli sem ) if I 
jestli jsem nesl, yestli sem nessl r car- 

) ried 



Arci (ze), 


artsi ) of course, 
ofsh&m ) to be sure; 


smeti, 


smyffii, to be allowed, 


oy§em (ze). 






to dare; 


itikam, 


mkdm, nowhere; 


smim-li, 


smeemli, 


if I may; 


nikdo jiny, 


nigdd yinee,no one else; 


vite-li, 


veet&li, 


if you know; 


ani my, 


am me, not even we, 


slibiti, 


sleebiti, 


to promise; 




neither we; 


pov&deti, 


povyffieHi 


', to tell; 


za£ je, 


zdch y#> what is it worth ; 


pov&z, 


povy&z, 


tell (thou); 


zacjsou, 


zdch soil, what are they 


utratiti, 


Mr at' if! i, 


to spend; 




worth; 


vziti si, 


vzeeffl si, 


to take (to 


mouka, f. 


mouka, the flour; 






one's self); 


tuna, f. 


tiiiid, a ton; 


rezmu si, 


vgzmii si, 


I shall take 


prijeti 


prshiytiW, to arrive (by 
some conveyance); 






(to myself). 



1G2 



Part 11. 



Note 2. The pronoun si has the same meaning as sobe, sobye, 
"to one's self", for one's self". It often accompanies verbs, denoting 
the closest relation between the subject and its predicate, somewhat after 
the manner of reflexive verbs (connected with se, the same as sebe, one's 
self*. For instance: 

Yziti means simply "to take"; vziti si meani "to take to one's 
•self",— to take for one's own use or exclusive possession. — Yziti kytku, 
to take a flower; vziti si kytku, to take (and keep for one's self) a flower. 
— Vziti si zemi, to take to one's self a wife; vzal si zenu, he took unto 
himself a wife. 

Yezmi si penize, take (to thyself) money, or the money; vezmete 
si piva, take (yourself) some beer; vezmeme si vina, let us take (ourselves) 
some wine. 

Koupim klobouk, I shall buy a hat; koupimsi klobouk, I shall buy 
(myself) a hat,— I shall buy me a hat; klip si klobouk, buy (thyself) a hat. 

Bej udelat obraz, (d8y uftelat obraz), let ( hou) a picture be made; 
order a picture to be made; d-j si udelat obraz, let a picture be made for 
thyself. — Dejte udelat saty, have a suit of clothes made; dejte si udelat 
saty, have a suit of clothes made for yourself. 

Note 3. The finite verb vziti (to take) has only a past and future 
tense, — the continuous verb brati (to take) supplying the present: beru, 
I take. See Note 3 on page 153. 

Yzal jsem, vzal jsi, vzal, I took, thou tookest, he took; veznni, 
vezmes, vezme, I shall take, thou wilt take, he will take; vezmi, vezmete, 
take (thou, you). 

Iq common discourse we often hear vemu, vemes, veme, vemit, v8- 
mesh, vem&, in place of vezmu, vezmes, veznie; and vem, vemte, v#m, 
v#mt#, in place of vezmi, vezmete. 



Exercises. 



Ptate se, jsem-li rMl — Ovsem ze 

jsem rad. 
Ptal jsem se, jsou-li nasi zde.— Ar- 

ci ze jsou, — pravilpan Hronek. 



You ask if I am glad? — Of course 

I am glad. 
I asked if our folks were here. — Of 

course they are, — said Mr. Hro-* 

nek. 



Lesson 36. 



163 



Rad byck vedel, jestli sestra pri- 

jela. 
Rada bjch vedela (f .), zdali bratr 

prijel. 
Rad bych slysel, je-li inuj syn ziv 

nebo mrtev. 
Co myslite, bude prsetS — Kdo2vi, 

bude-li prset cili nebude. 
Myslite-li ze bude prset, nepujdu 

nikam. 
Chci vedet ma-li peiiize; — neina- 

li, at' odejde. 
Dam-li mu penize, utrati je. —Da- 
me- li mu dollar, bude spokojen. 

— Date-li mi neco, budu rad. 

Podivam se, zdali je otec doma. — 

Povez mi pak, je-li doma nebo 

neni. 
Povezte mi, musim-li jiti domu 

nebo ne. -- At' povi ti, musis-li 

jiti do skoly. 
Povezte mi, smim-li vziti si ruzi. 

— Smisj ale nikdo jiny nesmi. 
Vezmi si tu kytku. — Ja nesmim. 

Proc nesmi§? — Nesmis-li ty, ne- 
smim ja. 
Nesmi- li nikdo, nesmime ani my. 

Nevim smime*li, nebo nesmime. 

To nesmi§ delat! — Jestli nesmim, 

teda nebiidu. 
Otec slibil mi dollar, fcudu-li hod- 



I should like to know, if sister lias 
arrived. 

I should like to know if brother has 
arrived. 

I should like to hear whether my 
son is alive or dead. 

What do you think, will it rain? — 

Who knows if it will rain or not. 

If you think that it will rain, I shall 
not go anywhere. 

I want to know if he has money; — 
if he has not, let him go away. 

If I give him money, he spends it. — 
If we give him a dollar, he will be 
satisfied. — If you give me some- 
thing, I shall be glad. 

I shall see if father is at home. — Tell 
me then if he is at home or not. 

Tell me whether I must go home or 

not. — Let him tell thee, whether 

thou must go to school. 
Tell me if I may take arose.— Thou 

mayest; but nobody else may. 
Take that flower. — I dare not (I 

must not). 
Why must thou not?— If thou must 

not, I must not. 
If nobody is allowed, then we too 

are not allowed. 
I don't kuow whether we may or 

not. 
Thou must not do that! — If I must 

not, than I shall not. 
Father promised me a dollar if lam 

(i. e. shall be) good. 



164 



Part II 



Jestli ti ho slibil, da ti ho. 

Povezte mi, yite-li zac je tuna se- 
na. — Yite-li pak, zac jsou pra- 
sata? 

Znate-li pak me? — Yite-li*) pak, 
ze jsem zde davno? 



If he has promised it (to thee), he 

will give it to thee. 
Tell me if you know what is a ton of 

hay worth. — Do you know what 

hogs are worth? 
Do you know me? — Do you know 

that I have been here a long time ? 



Note 4.. The present participle being varies in Bohemian accord- 
iDg to gender and number: 

jsa, sa,m. — jsouc, souts, f. and n. — jsouee, *##&#, pi. of all three genders. 

Th'5 past, having been, is rendered thus: 

byv, bif y m. — byvsi, bifshi, f. and n. — bytse, bifsM, pi. of all three 

genders. 

The following models will amply suffice for the verbs of all conjuga- 
tions : 

liesa nesstiy m. carrying sede setfe, m. sitting 

nesouc nessouts, f. & n. " 



nesouce nessouts&, pi. 

pije piy#, m. 

pijic piyeets, f. & n, 

pijice piyeetsSy pi. 

miluje milluySy m. 

milujic milluyeets, f . & n. 

milujice milltiyeetsti, pi. 



drinking 



loving 



sede setfe, m. 
sedic, scfteets, f. & n. 
sedice, setfeetsg, pi. 



calling 



volaje, volayg, m. 

volajic, volayeets, pi . 

volajice, volayeetse, pi. 

piv pif, m. having drank 

pivsi pifshi, f. & n. " 

pivse pifsM, pi. 



sedev, sffief, having sat; volar, voltif, having called; etc. 



*) We may ask, for instance : vite zac je mouka? "do you know 
what flour is worth ?" But if w T e ask : vite-li pak zac je mouka? or zdali 
pakvite, zac j« inouka] there is a peculiar emphasis in the question, as if 
we say in English : "I wonder if you know what flour is worth?" — Zna- 
te me? "do you know me?" Znate-li pak mM or zdali pak me znate? 
"I wonder if you know T me!" 



Lesson 37. 165 

Videti, "to see", is irregular, forming its partic. like nesti : vida ra. Ti- 
douc f. & n., vidouce, pi. (vida, vidotits, vidoUtsg), seeing. 

These participles occur in the written language and sometimes in 
solemn discourse, but are never used in ordinary conversation. Expressions 
may be greatly shortened and made incisive by their use; for instance : 

"As he was going away from here, he fell down", — may be trans- 
lated into Bohemian: Jda odsud, upadl. In common discourse, however, 
people would say: Kdyz sel odsud, upadl (or upadnul.*) 

A verbal adjective is formed in Bohemian by adding an i to the pres- 
ent participle (f. and n.). jsouci, sotitsee, being; nesoucf, nessoutsee, car- 
rying; pijici, piyeetsee, drinking; volajici, v»layeetsee, calling; miliijici, 
milluyeetsee, loving. — They are rarely employed in common conversa- 
tion, but frequently in writing: 

Muz nesouci kufr minul me; a man carrying a trunk passed me. — 
Rodiee milujici sve deti jsou starostlivi o ne; parents loving their 
children are anxious about them. 



LESSON XXXVII. 



The passive verb. In English the "past participle" is also the 
passive participle, employed to form the "passive voice" or passive verb- 
phrases : I am carried; I was carried; I shall be carried. 

In Bohemian there is a special "passive participle", ending in n 'na 
in the feminine, no is the neutre gender, — ni, ny, na in the plural), by 
which the passive voice of transitive verbs is formed : 

J sem nesen, sem nesstin (nesena, nessgnaf., neseno, nesstinti n.), I am 
carried; jsme neseni, y, a, sm8 nesseni, we are carried; 

byl jsem nesen, bill sem nessen, I was carried; 

budu nesen, budit nessSh, I shall be carried. 

*; Padnimti, padnoUt'i, to fall; upadnouti, tipadnotiffi, to fall down. 
As repeatedly stated in preceding lessons, the colloquial usage drops the 
final i of the infinitive, and the letter t has its ordinary hard sound : pdd- 
?io tit, UpadnoUt. 



166 Part JL 



Jsem \iden, sera vitfen, I am seen; 
jsem ucen, sem Uchen, I am taught ; 



jsem volan, sem voldn, I am called; 
jsem milovan, sem millovdn, I am 

loved; 



The passive participle of verbs of the first conjugation ending in iti, 
and of verbs of the second conjugation (ending in outi) terminates in it 
and ut; for instance, — biti, minouti (to beat, to pass : 
Jsem bit, sem bit, I am beat (whipped or punished); byl jsem bit, I was 

beat; budu bit, I shall be beat ; 
jsem in in ut, semminUt, lam passed; byl jsem miiiut, I was passed; 
budu ininut, I shall be passed. 

The imperative of the passive voice is expressed in Bohemian by at', 
which is already familiar to the student as an equivalent of the English "let": 
At' jsem nesen, a, o, tit sem nessSn, let me be carried; 

at' jsem bit, a, o, tit sem bit, let me be whipped; 

at' jsem volan, a, o, tit sem volan, let me be called; 

at' jsem milovan, a, o, tit sem millovdn, let me be loved. 

In English the pastor pa-sive participle is often used as an adjective; 
for example: "An invited guest." 

In Bohemian every passive participle may be changed into an ad- 
jective by adding y (and changing a into a in the feminine, o into e in 
the neutre gender-. For instance : 



nesen, a, o : neseiry, a, £, carried 
bit, a, o : bity, a, e, beaten 
minut, a, o : minuty, a, e, passed 



viden, a, o : vidSny, a, &, seen 
volan, a, o : volany, a, £, called 
milovan, a, o : milovany,a,e, loved, 

beloved. 

In the termination an, ana, ano the long vowel a is shortened 
when the participle changes into an adjective : 

vol an m., volana f volano, n. ) „ , 

volany m. volana f. volane, n. f called fas past participle and adjective 

Potential forms. 
The potential mood employing the auxiliary may is formed in Bo- 
hemian by means of the verb moci, motsi (commonly mocti, vulgarly 
moct, mtitst), which has an irregular inflection : 



Lesson 37. 



187 



Mohu, mdhii, I may 

mazes, moozesli, thou may est 

mfize, mooz&, he (she, it) may 

mohl, (a, o) bych, mold, (#, o), Mich, 



I might 
molil bys, mdlil bis, thou migh test 
mohl by, mtihl bi, he might 

Mohu byti nesen, I may be carried 
mohu byti bit, I may be whipped 
mohu byti viden, I may be seen 
mohu byti milovan, I may be loved 



muzenie, 
mo zete, 
mohou, 



moozeme, 

moozttg, 

mtihou, 



we may 

you may 

they may; 



mohli, (y, a) bychom (or bysme x ; 

mohli bisme, we might 
mohli byste, m. bisW, you might 
mohli by, m. bi, they might 

mohl bych byti nesen, I might be 

carried 

I might be 

whipped 

I might be 

seen 

mohl bych byti milovan, I might be 

loved. 

Mohl jsem byti nesen, mohl sera bettii ness8n, I might have been carried; 

mohl jsem byti bit, mdhl sera beetii bit, I might have been whipped. 

Otherwise moci has the meaning of "can" or "to be able": 



mohl bych byti bit, 
mohl bych byti viden, 



Mohu to udelati; — neniohu to u- 

delati; 
mohl jsem to udelati; — nemohl 

jsem to udelati; 
budu moci to udelati; — nebudu 

moci to udelati. 
Muzete prijitil -fleniiizeinepfijiti. 
Mohou choditn— Nemohou choditi. 



I can do it; — I cannot do it; 

I coulddo it (or: I could have done it} : 

— I could not do it; 
I shall be able to do it; — I shall not 

be able to do it; 
Can you c< me? — We cannot come. 
Can they walk ? — They cannot walk. 
In common discourse mohu (I can), and mohou (they can) are dis- 
placed by miizu and muzou, mooztt, raoofioit, making the present tense 
consistent, if not regular. 

Reiterative form. 
The English reiterative form of "used to" is rendered in Bohemian: 
1. — By reiterative verbs derived from simple verbs as explained in Note 



168 



Part 1L 



5, Lesson XIII; for instance: hrati means "to play"; hravati means 
"to play often", to use to play; 



hraljseni tarn; hraval jsem tarn; 
— hrali tarn; hravali tarn. 



I played ihere; I used to play there; 
— they played there; they used to 
play there. 

2; — By verbs having in themselves a reiterative meaning; for instance : 
pfiehazeti, prs7iik7idzgfi, means "to come often" (also "to be coming"); 
dochazeti, ddkhdzffii, means "to go often somewhere", to make frequent 
calls, (also "to be on the decline"); 



on priehazi k nam; on pf ichazel k 
nam; — my dochazeli k neniu; 
budeme dochazeti k nemu. 



he often comes to us; he used to 
come to us; — we used to go to 
him; we shall often go to him. 



LESSON XXXYIII. 



English participles may be used substantively, or changed into 
nouns; for instance : 

speaking, — the speaking; sitting, — the sitting; calling, — the calling. 

In Bohemian, nouns are derived from verbs in two different ways, 
illustrated by the following examples : 



biti, 
piti, 
§iti, 
ziti, 



beeVi, 
peeti, 
slieeti, 
zeeVi, 



bod-nouti, bodnoiWi, 



1. 
to beat; — biti, 
to drink; — piti, 
to sew; — §iti, 

to 
to 



live; — ziti, 
stab; — bod-nuti, 



bifee, 

piVee, 

shiVee, 

zifee, 

bodnHVee, 



hyn-outi, hynouti, to be perishing; — hyn-uti, hintiVee, 



the beating: 
the drinking; 
the sewing' 
the living; 
the stabbing, 
a stab; 
the perishing; 



kop-nouti, kopnoilVi, to kick; — kop-nuti, kopniWee, the kicking, a kick 



nes-ti, 


nesstii, 


pas-ti, 


pdsf! i, 


vid-eti, 


vitfeiH, 


slys-eti, 


slisMtii, 


mluv-iti, 


mluvifi, 


volati, 


volath, 


miloy-ati, 


; milovatii, 



Lesson 38. 169 

2. 
to carry; — nes-eni, nessenee, the carrying; 

to herd; -- pas- eni, pdssenee, the herding; 

to see; — vid-eni, vitfenee, the seeing; the vision; 
to hear; — sly§-eni, sUs7igjiee, the hearing; 

to speak; — mluv-eni, mlttve^nee, the speaking; 

to call; — vol-ani, voldfiee, the calling or call; 
to "love; — milov-ani, mildwifiee, the loving. 

The simple rules of derivation are apparent from the above list. 

1. Verbs terminating in iti (forming a subdivision of the first con- 
jugation; No f e 3, p. 138;) are changed into nouns by a simple transfer of 
the long i ; piti, to drink, — piti, the drinking. 

2. Verbs ending in outi (which belong to the second conjugation) 
become nouns by a change of its termination into uti : bodnouti, to 
stab, (bodnu, I shall stab), — bodnuti, the stabbing, or "a stab". 

3. Verbs ending in feti, eti, iti (which form the third and fourth 
conjugations) become nouns by changing their termination into eni or 
enf : videti, to see, — yideni, the seeing, or "the vision"; mluviti, to 
speak, — mluveni, the speaking. 

4. Verbs ending in ati (which form the fifth and sixth conjuga- 
tions) become nouns by changing that termination into ani : Yolati, to 
call, — volani, the calling, or "the call". 

When the long vowel a occurs in the root of a simple verb, it is 
shortened in the process of deriving a noun : 

pasti, pdssUi, to herd (or "to pasture",; pas-eni, pftsstinee, the herding; 
psa-ti, psdM, to write; psa-ni, psanee, the writing. 

In some cases the derivation of nouns from verbs of the first con- 
jugation is somewhat irregular, the same as the formation of the tenses 
for instance : 



170 



Part 11. 



cisti, checstii, to read; (ctu, ctes, cte, chttl, tfitesh, cht8, I read, thou 
readest, he reads); — cte-ni, cJUenee, the reading; 

plesti, plesXH, to twist; (pletu, pletes, plete, I twist, thou twistest, he 
twists); — plete-ni ? pletenee, the twisting; 

khisti, IdasXH, to lay; (kladu, klades, klade, I lay, thou layest, he lays); 

— klade-ni, klddgfiee, the laying; 
masti, mdsVi, to confuse (to mix up); mate, he confuses; — mateni, 

matinee, the confusion or mixing up; 
mesti, mestfi, to sweep; — mete 9 he sweeps; — meteni^m^nee, the sweeping; 
vesti, vessW, to lead; vede, he leads; — vedeni, vgdtiiiee, the leadiDg. 



LESSON XXXIX. 



Verbs classified. 

1. — As before observed (in Lesson XXXT) nesti, "to carry" or "to 
be carrying", is a verb denoting a continuous action. 

2. — By means of prefixes other verbi are derived therefrom, which 
denote a limited or finished action and are called finite verbs; for 
example : 

donesti, ddnessW, to carry somewhere or to somebody ; 
pfinesti, prsMnessHli, to bring, to fetch. 

3. — Many continous verbs have a corresponding form denoting 
a repeated or reiterated action; for instance : 



nositi, nossifl, to carry repeatedly ; 
voziti, voziVi, 

voditi, votftVi to lead repeatedly; 
citati, cheetdVi, to read repeatedly; 
pa sat i, pdssaVi,to herd repeatedly; 
litati, leetciti, to fly repeatedly; 
jezditi, yeztfffii, to ride repeatedly. 
There are, besides, reiterative verbs derived in the manner explained 
in Note 5, page 61, and denoting so to say a customary action; for instance: 



nesti, ?iessti, to carry; 

vezti, vezfl, to carry (in a vehicle 

to lead 
to read 
to herd 
to fly 
to ride 



vesti, 


vessti. 


cisti, 


cheesVi, 


pasti, 


pdsstii, 


leteti, 


umi, 


jeti, 


yefi, 



Lesson 39. 



m 



nosi- va-ti ? nosseerd^i, to use to carry, 
YOzi-\2L't\)Vozeevai!i, to use to cany, 

YO&i*ya-t\)V oft eevaVi, to use to lead, 
Ht&'TSL'tijCheeedvdVh to use to read. 
pasa-va-ti 9 p<i$safl«tV, to use to herd, 
lita-ya-ti, leetdvaVi, to use to fly. 
jez&i'YSL'ti,yeztfeevdf!i,to use to ride. 



As a rule they terminate in iti, belonging to the fourth conjugation. For 
instance : skociti, skdchiXH, to jump, to leap, — that is to make a jump 
or leap. 

From these are derived finite verbs in the same manner as from con- 
tinuous verbs (1.), namely by prefixes. For instance : 



nositi, 


to carry repeatedly, 


vozitf, 


to carry repeatedly (in a 




(vehicle), 


voditi, 


to lead repeatedly, 


citati, 


to read repeatedly, 


pasati, 


to herd repeatedly, 


litati, 


to fly repeatedly, 


jezditi, 


to ride reveatedly; 


4. - 


— Ceri ain verbs denote an 



krociti 9 to make a step, 



skociti, 


to jump, 


stf eliti, to shoot (once), 


strciti, 


to push, 


pustiti, 


to let go, 


chytiti, 


to catch, 


chybiti, 


to err, 



zakrociti, e&krtichifli, 



to step between, to in- 
terfere ; 
to jump out or up; 
to shoot dead; 
to push out; 
to let out, 
to catch up, to snatch; 
to commit an error. 



vyskociti, mskdchifi, 

zastfeliti, zcistrsheliXH, 

yystrditi, vist e rcMti, 

vypustiti, vipitsViVi, 

yachytiti, zakMVffii, 

pochybiti, ptikhibiti, 
Note 1. Such is the general classification of Bohemian verbs in re- 
gard to the duration of the action or process they denote. But for practi- 
cal purposes it is sufficient to distinguish two great classes of verbs,namt ly: 

1. Continuvus verbs, denoting a continued or repeated action. 
This class comprises the simple verbs of all conjugations except some end- 
ing in outi and iti. For instance: nesti, to carry; plouti, to float; videti, 
to see; ciniti, to do; volati, to call; milovati, to love. 

2. Finite verbs, denoting a finished or momentary action or pro- 
cess. This class comprises many verbs of the second and fourth conjuga" 



172 



Part 11. 



tions, ending in outi and itij for instance: minouti, to pass; bodnouti, to 
stab.; skociti, to leap; streliti, to shoot (to discharge a shot). 

Most of the verb" derived from others by prefixes alsobeloDg to this 
class; for example: yyskociti, to jump up; donesti, to carry somewhere ; 
pominouti^ to pass over; uvideti, to catch a sight; uciniti, to do a certain 
act; zavolati, to call out or up; poaiilovati, to fondle a little. 

The finite verbs have in fact only a past and a future tense, and no 
present, because their present form denotes afvture action: 



donesu, I shall carry somewhere; 

in in u, I shall pass; 

udelam, I shall make; 

zavolam, I shall call ; 

pomiluju (or pomiluji) I shall fondle; 



iividim, I shall see; 
ucinim, I shall do; 
skocfm, I shall jump; 
Yyskocinij I shall jump up; 
strelim, I shall shoot. 



LESSON XI. 



Every language has peculiar ways or modes of expression, which 
cannot betakenliterally; or translated closely into another language. They 
are called idiomatic expressions or idioms. Many of them are of frequent 
occurence in ordinary intercourse. 

The student will naturally desire to know the Bohemian equivalents 
of such English expressions as are in constant use in common conversa- 
tion. He will find most of them in the following list, the English ex- 
pression always preceding in Bohemian, in order to facilitate their study. 
The beginner should. often peruse these phrases until he has a perfect com- 
mand of them, or — to use an English idiom — until "he has them at his 
fingers' ends." 



All along, 
all over, 
all is over, 
all in all, 
all one, 
all the same, 



venkoncem, veskrze, 

vsude, 

je po vsem, 

vubec, 

Yse jedno, 



venkdnts&m, vesk e rz8; 

vslitid8; 

y8 pofshbm; 

voobets; 

fsh8 yednd; 



Lesson 40. 



173 



all ths time, 
all the better, 
all hollow, 
all of a sudden, 
along-side, 
af far as lean, 
as far as possible, 
as far as I am concerned 
as far as that is con- 
cerned, 
at any rate, 
at all events, 
at last, 
at length, 
at once, 
all at once, 
at large, 

Be it as it may, 

be perfectly easy, 
by and by, 
by the bye, 
by the way, 
by day, 
by night, 
by the day, 
by the week, 
by the piece, 
by all means, 

Call for me, 

can it be possible? 

can't do it ! 



staie, pofad, 

tim lip, 

na dobro, 

najednou, z nenadani, 

vedle, 

pokud mohu, 

pokud mozna, 

co se me tyce, 

co se toho tyce, 



[bud'jakbud', 

[konectie, 

Mined, najednou, 
vubec, celkem, 

bud' jak bud', at' je 

jakkoli; 
bud'te bez starosti, 
hnedle, znenahla, 

f minio to, 

> apropos, 
za dne, 
v noci, 
na den, 
na tyden, 
od kusu, 
na vsechen spusob, 

stavte se pro me, 
je-limoznal 
nejde to ! 



stdlti, f'drshdd; 

teem leep; 

n& ddbrd; 

ndyednoii, zngnadani; 

v#d%; 

pdkild moliti; 

pokUd mozna; 

tsd s& my$ teecM; 

tsd s8 tdhd teecM; 

bud 1 yctk bit ft; 
kdnedin^; 

hn8d, nayednoti; 

voobets, tselkem. 

bit ft yak bit ft; &t y8 

yakkoli; 
bufttg bestdrdstH; 
hnedW, znenahla; 
mimo td, 
apropo, 
za dn8; 
v?iotsi; 
na den; 
na teeden; 
dd kusu; 
na fshtikhen spoosob. 

staft& s$ pro my 8; 
yelli mozna? 
n&ydti ttif 



174 



Fart II. 



come on, 
come along, 
come and see us, 



J pojd' ! pojd'te ! 
piijd'te nas navstivit, 



poyft, poyftte*); 

pr shift td nas nafsMee- 
vit. 



Don't you hear ■ 
don't you see? 
don't you know it? 
don't mention it! 
dear me ! 
day and night, 
day by day, 
do as you please, 
drop me a line. 



coz neslysite? 
eo£ nevidite? 
co2 to neviteS 
to nestoji za rec, 
o jemine ! 
ve dne v noci, 
den co dee, 
delejte jak myslite, 
piste mi par radek, 



tsdsh ndslisheetdf 
tsdsh ndvifteetdf 
tsdsli td ndveetef 
td nestoyee za rshdch; 
o ydmind; 
v8 dn$ vnotsi; 
den tsd den; 
ftdleytd yak misleetd; 
pishtd me par rshdddk. 



Excuse me ! 

• very now and then, 

Farewell ! 

Good-bye ! 

get up ! 

got out ! 

got ready ! 

give me a rest ! 

go ahead ! 

go on ! 

Help yourself ! 

h<re anl there, 

hurry up ! 

he is good at it ! 



odpust'te ! 
kaMou chvili, 

{• s bohem— na zdar ! 

zliurii !— ystante ! 
yen !- pojd'te veil ! 
pripravte se ! 
dejte mi pokoj ! 

jjendal! 



posluzte si ! vemte si ! 

racte ! 
sem tarn, 
honem ! 
on to nmi ! on to zna ! 



odptistd! 
kaMou khioeeli; 

sbdhem ! — net zdar ! 

zhoorti f—fstdntdf 
ven /—pdfttd ven ! 
prshiprdftd s$ ! 
deytd me pdkoy ! 

yen ddl ! 



poslushtd si ! vemtd si ! 

rachtd ! 
sem tarn, 
hdnem ! 
tin td itmee I tin td zndf 



*) Colloquially pdft, pdfttd, (thou, you) come on. — I pojd'te uz! 
i pofttd ilsh! come on, now! do come along! 



Lesson 40. 



175 



he is good for nothing; 

he is on the lookout; 

he is well off; 

he means no harm; 

he took a hint; 

he keeps out of sight; 

he has a head of his 

own; 
how do you do ? 
how are you ? 



neni k nicemu; 

on cilia; 

on se ma dobre; 

on to zle nemysli, 

dovtipil se; 

on se strani; 

on ma vlastni hlavn; 

I jak se mate I 



neyfvi kniclidmu; 

dn cheeJid; 

dn sd ma ddbrslie; 

dn td zld nemislee; 

dd/Veepil sd; 

dn sd strdnee; 

dn ma vlastfiee IddvU; 



yak sd matt? 



I am glad of it ! 

I bet, — I guess, 

I don't care; 

I have a mind, 

I made up my mind, 

I can't afford it; 

I can't stand it (mean- 
ing: I hate it); 

I can do without it; 

I have taken a fancy 
to it; 

I have no hand in it; 

I had some words with 
him; 

I had rather 
I would sooner 

I am no match for him; 
I am very anxious; 

I am sorry for it: 

I will make him do it; 



to me tesi ! 

vsadim se, — myslim, 

nedbain; to je mi jeduo; 

hodlam, 

odhodlal jsem se, 

nejsem sto; 

neinohu to vystat (vy- 

stati); 
mohu byt bez tolio; 
zalibilo se mi to; 

11 em am s tim co delat; 
mel jsem s nim hadku; 



radeji bych 



ja s neho nejsem; 
mam starost;*) — tuze 

rad bych**) 
lituju toho; 
ja ho donutim; 



td myd tidshee / 
fsafteem sd, — m-isleem, 
nedbam; to ydmiyedno 
liodldm, 

ddhbdlat sem sd, 
neysem std; 
ndmdhu tomstdt; 

mdhti beet bes tdlid; 
zaleebild sd mi td; 

ndmdm steem tsd tfelat; 
my ell sem smm liddku; 



rdftdy bikh 

yd sneho neysem; 
mam starost; — tooze 

rad bikh; 
lituyu tolid; 
yd M ddniiUeem; 



*) When it means an anxiety, care or suspense about something. 
**) When it means an impatience to do or to know something. 



176 



Part IT. 



I will see you paid; 

I am in no hurry; 

I must be off: 

I think much of him; 

if you please; 

indeed; 

it is all over; 

it is of no use; 



it is none of your busi- 
ness; 

it is your turn ; 

it is a bargain; 

it is a pity; 

it grew iato a habit; 

it wears well (of a dress 
or stuff); 

Keep still! 

keep in line ! 

Let it go: — let go ! 

let me alone; 

let me in; 

let me know; 

look here; 

look out! 

Mind you; 

No doubt;— no mat'er; 

no matter how it is; 

no matter who it is; 

never mind; 



postaram se o va§ plat; 

nemain na spech; 

musim pryc; 

ja si ho moc vazim; 

prosiin; — racte; 

opravdn; — skutecne; 

je po vsem; 

neni to nic platn£ 
{meaning; it will do 
no good); — neni to 
k nicemu {meaning: 
it is of no service); 

vain po torn nic neni; 

ted' je na vas; 
zustane pri torn; 
to je &koda; 
stalo se zvykem; 
dobre se nese; 



Ticho!— Bud'te zticha! 

do rady! 

nechte to byt; -pust'te; 

neclite me; 

pust'te me tarn; 

dejte mi vedet; 

hled'te; 

pozor! 

pamatujte; 

zajiste; — nicnedela; 
at' je to jakkoli; 
at' je to kdokoli; 
nie nedela; — co na 
torn; 



postaram sti o vdsh pldt; 
ndmdm n& spydkh; 
mitseem prich; 
yd si lid mots vazeem; 
proseem; — rachtd; 
opravdti; sktttechnd; 
yd pofshem; 
neyni td nits platne; — 
neyni td knichdmU; 



vdm pd tdm nits neyni; 

tetf yd nd vdss; 
zoostdnd prshitdm; 
td yd shkdda; 
stalo sd zwikem; 
dobrslid sd nessd; 



tHkhdf—butftd sMkM! 

do r shady! 

nekhtd td beet! — pitstdf 

nekhtd myd; 

pUstd my 8 tdm; 

deytd mi vyM'&t; 

hlefltd; 

pdzorf 

pdmdtuytd; 
zdyisU; nits ndftdla; 
df yd td ydckdli; 
at yd td gddkoli; 
nits ndftdld; — tsd nd 
tdm; 



Lesson 40. 



177 



not yet; — not at all; 

now and then; 
now we are even; 

Of course; 
on a sudden; 
on purpose; 
on the contrary; 
on the wingi 
once for all; 
one by one; 

Piece by piece; 
plenty time ! 
Send me word; 
served him right ! 

Take care ! 

the more the better; 

the other day; 

the time is up; 

that's it! — that will 
do; 

that's right ! 

that is out of my way: 

they like to show off; 

to be short about it; 

to be sure ! 

to call and see, (to pay 
a visit); 

to find fault; 

to get rid (of some- 
thing ; 

to give a blowing; 

to come about; 

to no purpose; 



jeste ne, - dokonce ne; 

casein, — clmleini; 
ted' jsme kvit; 

ovsein;— to se rozumi; 

nahle;— z nenadani; 

sclivalne; — naschval. 

naopak; 

v letu; 

jediiou na vzdy; 

po jednom; — jeden za 

drukyni; 
po kusu; 
dost casu! 
zkazte nii; 
dobfe tak ! 

pozor! — dejte pozor! 

cim vie tim lip; 

onekdy; 

cas prosel; 

to je to! — to je dost; 

to dostaci; 
to je dobre! 
to je mi z ruky; 
radi se ukaznji; 
kratee receno; 
zajiste! 
navstivit; 

vytykat; 
zbavit se (ceho); 

vymluvit, 
stati se, 
zbytecne, 



yesliUti nd; — ddkontsd 

nd; 
chdssem; — Jchiceelemi 
te&' smd kicit; 

ofshdm; — td sd roz Umee; 

ndhld; zndndddm; 

skhwdlud; ndskhwdl; 

ndopdk; 

vletti; 

yednoil nd tidy; 

pd yddnom; —ydden zd 

drUheem; 
pd kUsU; 
dost chdssuf 
skdsJitd me; 
dobrshd tak! 

pdzorf — deytd pdzorf 

clteem veeis teem leep; 

dndhdy; 

chdss proshell; 

td yd td; — td yd dost; 

td ddstdchee; 

td yd dobrshd! 

td yd me z rttky; 

rdiXi sd ukdzdyee; 

krdtsd rshdehdnd; 

zdyiste! 

ndfsMeevit; 

vyteekdt; 
zbdvit sd; 

vymltivit; 
I stdV i sd; 
I zbytddtne; 



178 



Part U. 



Well?— Very well, 
well to do, well off; 
what of that? — what 

does it matter? 
what is the matter? 

what is the question? 

what is the matter with 

you? 
what next? 
what will become of 

us? 
we had better go; 
we had better go and 

see; 

You are right; 
you are wrong, 
you are mistaken; 
you are late; 
you are safe; 
you are gone up! 
you are welcome to it; 

year by year; 

you must not find fault; 

you ought to be glad ; 

— you ought to be 

gone; 



nuze?-dobre; 

zamozny, 

co na torn? co z toho? 

co se deje? (i. e. what 

is happening)? 
oc se jedna? oc bezi? 

co je vain? 

co dale? 

co z nas bude? co se s 

11 a mi stand 
abysme radeji sli; 
abysme se radeji podi- 

vali (i. e. sli podivat); 



ntiz8? — dbbrsM; 

zdmolnee; 

tso ndtomf tsd stohdf 

tsd se tfeyd? 



mate pravdu; 

I mejlite se; 
jdete pozde; 
jste v torn dobre; 
s vami je konec! 
venite si to; — pi'eju 

vain to; 
rok co rok; 
nesmite delat vycitky; 
mel byste byt (or byti) 

rad;— mel byste byt 

pryc; 



belt sd yedndt — dch by 8-. 

lee* 
tsd y8 v&m? 

tso ddUf 

tsd zndss biidg? tsd sd 

sndmi stand? 
abysmd raftdy shli; 
cibysmd sd r&ftdy po- 

fteev&li; 

matd pravdU; 

meyletd sd; 

ddtd pozftd; 
st d J 'torn ddbrshd; 
svdmi yd kdnets! 
vemtd si td; — prslidyii 

vdm td; 
rdk tsd rdk; 
nesmeeU 'ftelat veeehitky 
m'yell bystd.beet rdd; — 

m 'yell by ste~ beet prich. 



F^ART III. 



Bohemian conversation. 



Note 1. la the following conversations we shall invariably ob- 
S( rve the common rule of politeness, which requires the use of the person- 
al pronoun vy (you) in addressing another person. Hence all verbs em- 
ployed in the same will appear in the second person plural (for instance: 
jste, m&te, (you are,you have), and not in the second person singular jsi*), 
m&§, (thou art, thou hast), which is properly confined to familiar or very 
intimate intercourse, as fully set forth in Section 9, Part I; otherwise the 
use of the second person singular (ty, thou) is out of place and in fact 
vulgar, although freely indulged in by some ill-informed or ill-bred persons 
among the Bohemians in America. 

Throughout these conversations we give the Bohemian pronuncia- 
tion in full**). It is true that the student, having advanced so far, may be 
supposed to be able to pronounce every word and to read Bohemian with- 
out difficulty; but the pronouncing column will nevertheless continue 
to be an aid, especially welcome in such cases as may appear to be some- 
what obscure and doubtful. 



*) In common discourse we frequently hear ty jses, ty s8sh,'m place 
oftyjsi. — TyjseSvelky, ty s8sh velkee, thou art tall. — Jses rad (in- 
stead of jsi rdd)l sSsh rddf art thou glad? — Jses zdrav ? sesh zdrdff (f. 
jse§ zdr£va$ sesh zdrav&f art thou well? — Jses" hotov? sesh hotoff (f. 
jse§ hotova? s8sh hdtom?) art thou ready? 

**) The rules given in Sections 2 and 4, Parti, are supposed to have 
been thoroughly digested and practiced by the student,as well as the forty 
introductory lessons contained in Part II. Unless that is dene, it will 
be useless and disappointing to proceed with this eminently practical part 
of our Bohemian Course. 



180 



Part 111. 



In regard to the pronunciation of Bohemian infinitives (for instance: 
miti, to have; ciniti, to do; delati, to make) we again remind the student 
of the explanation given in Note 1, Lesson XI. In the pronouncing col- 
umn of these conversations we shall as a rule follow the colloquial custom 
of dropping the final i, to simplify matters and to present the sentences 
as they are generally heard in actual intercourse. 

The student will always bear in mind that Bohem'an orthography 
and pronunciation are on the whole governed by the rule which appears to 
be the ideal of many would-be reformers of English orthography, namely: 

A sound for every letter and a letter for every sound, and no silent 
letters. — 

In regard to capital letters the rules in Bohemian are the same as in 
English, excepting that adjectives derived from names of nations or coun- 
tries are not written with a capital letter; for example: English,Bohemian, 
European, anglicky, cesky, evropsky {dnglitskee, cheskee, Vvropskee). 



Bohemian i^xid. English. 

CESTINA a AN G LI 6 IN A. 



The Bohemian lan- 
guage ;— the Bohemi- 
an tongue. 

Do you know Bohemi- 
an? — do you speak 
Bohemian? 

Yes,I speak Bohemian 
well. 

Do you speak English ? 

Perfectly; — a little; — 
not much. 

Do you understand 
English? — I do. 



Ceska fee; 
jazyk. 



cesky 



Umite cesky I — mlu- 
vite cesky S 

Alio, mliivim cesky 

dobfe. 
Mluvite auglicky? 
Dokonale; — trochu; 

— ne mnoho. 
Roznmite anglicky] — 

Rozumim. 



cliesskd f&Mch;- 
kee ydzyk. 



■ chess - 



umeetti chesskef — mltt- 
veeU cliessket 

and, mluveem cliesske 

ddbrsliti. 
mluveetV tinglitske? 
dtikdnalg; — trokhU; — 

n8 mntiliti. 
rozumeetti dnglitske? — 

rozumeem. 



Bohemian and English. 



181 



Id America everybody 
has to know English. 

I am learning English. 

Do you learn Bohemi- 
an? 

I want to learn Bohe- 
mian. 

I want to kriow'(i. e. to 
acquire) Bohemian. 

I would like to learn 
Bohemian. 

I would like to know 
Bohemian. 

I must learn (i. e. ac- 
quire) Bohemian. 

Yes, do learn Bohemian 

I am learning Bohemi- 
au. 

How long have you 
been learning-*) Bo- 
hemian? 

I have been learning 
Bohemian since last 
year. 

How long did you learn 
English? 

I learned (or: I was 
learning) English one 
year. 



Y Americe kazdy ma u- 

meti*) anglicky. 
Ucim se anglicky. 
Ucite se cesky 2 

Chci se uciti cesky. 

Chci umeti cesky. 

Had bych ucil se ces- 
ky. 
Rad bych umel cesky. 

Musim se nauciti ces- 
ky. 
Ano, naucte se cesky. 
Ucim se cesky. 

Jak dlouho ucite se 
eeskji 

Ucim se cesky od lon- 
ska. 

Jak dlouho ucil jste se 

anglicky? 
Uciljsem se anglicky 

rok. 



vdmeritsti kazdee ma it- 

myet dnglitske. 
■itcheem s£ dnglitske. 
ticlieete* s8 ohesskef 

khtsi s$ uchit chesske. 

klit si Umyet chesske. 

rad bikh Uchil s& chess- 
ke. 

rdd bikh Umyell chess- 
ke. 

mUseem s& ndUchit 
chesske . 

ano, ndUchte s8 chesske 

itcheem s$ chesske. 

yak dloithd ucheetti se~ 
chesske? 

iicheem s8 chesske od 
lonska. 

yak dlouhd Uchil st% s$ 

dnglitske? 
uchil sem s8 dnglitske 

rdk. 



*) Miti (to have) often in connection with another verb signifies 
obligation or necessity, the same as in English: Mam umeti, I have to 
know, I am obliged or expected to know: mam jiti, I have to go; — ma 
umeti, he has to know ; kazdy ma umeti, everybody has to know. 

**) The present tense in Bohemian is also used for the English per- 
fect tense: (jak dlouho) ucite se, — (how long) have you been learning. 
See second foot-note on page 98. 



182 



Part III. 



I learaed (i. e. acquir- 
ed) English in one 
year. 

To learn English is not 
difficult. 

Neither is Bohemian. 

How soon shall I learn 
Bohemian? 

If you w ill be {or if you 
are) diligent,you will 
learn it soon. 

About tow soon? 

Jn a few months. 

I have been learning 
Bohemian only two 
months, and already 
1 kuow a good deal. 

I am getting along well. 

Already 1 understand 
nearly all. 

It is not difficult; — it 
is easy 

Only plenty of exercise ! 
then you make good 
progress. 

Do you understand Bo- 
hemian ? 

I understand a little. 
1 understand already a 

good deal. 
I understand already 

nearly all. 
Do you understand 

Gr rman? 



yauciljseiM se angli- 
cky za rok. 

Nauciti se anglicky ne- 

ni tezke. 
Cesky take ne. 
Jak brzo nau&im se 

cesky? 
Budete-li pilny, na- 

ucite se brzo. 

Jak brzo asi? 

Za par mesicu. 

Ueim se cesky teprv 

dva mesice, a uz u- 

mim hezky. 

Jde to dobre.*) 

Uz rozumiin skoro vse- 

cko. 
fteui to tezke; — je to 

lehke. 
Jen hodne cviku! pak 

to jde*)! 

Rozumite cesky? 

Rozuinim trochu. 
Rozumim uz hodne. 

Rozumim uz linedle 

vsecko. 
Rozumite nemecky? 



ndiichil sem s& dnglitske 
zd rdk. 

ndUchit s8 dnglitske 

neyni tSshke. 
chesske take n8. 
ydk b e rzo ndticheem s8 

chesSke? 
bud&tti li pilnee, ndU- 

cheetV s& b e rzti. 

ydk b e rzd dsi? 
za par mygseetsoo. 
ucheem s& chesske tep e rf 

died my&seets8, a tish 

umeem hesske. 

d8 to dobrshti. 
ttsh rozumeem skorti 
fshHskd. 

neyni to teshke; — y& 
to lehke. 

yen 7iodn^ tswikti! pak 

t& at! 

roztimeetV chesske? 

rozumeem trokhit. 
rozUmeem ilsli 7iodfi8. 

rozumeem tish hnedlV 

fshUsko. 
rozumeetg n^metskef 



*) Jde to dobre; literally: it goes well. Pak to jde;- then it goes. 



Bohemian and English. 



183 



I do not.— I understand 
a little bit. 

Do you know (how) to 
write Bohemian? 

Not yet; but I shall 
learn) it. 

I shall know (it) soon. 

1 must know both to 
read and to write Bo- 
hemian. 

You will learn that 
easily. 

I expect to learn it in 
hnlf a year. 

Why does not John 
learn English? 

He is going to learn;— 
he must learn it well. 

When will he com- 
mence to learn? 

Shortly. 

My neighbor's boy 
speaks English per- 
fectly and under- 
stands also Latin. 

Annie is learning to 
read and write Bohe- 
mian. 

Have you a Bohemian 
newspaper? — lend 
me it. 

Lend me a Bohemian 
book. 

What book? — Any 
book. 



Nerozumim. — Rozu- 

mim neco malo. 
Umite psati po cesku! 

Jeste ne; ale budu se 

uciti. 
Budu umeti brzo. 
Mu si m umeti cisti i 

psati po cesku. 

To se naucite snadno. 

H odium se to nauciti 

za pul leta. 
Proc se Jan neuci an- 

glicky! 
On se bude uciti ;— mu- 

si se nauciti dobf e. 
Kdy se zacne uciti! 

Co nevidet. 
Souseduv hoch mluyi 

anglicky dokonale a 

rozumi take latin - 

sky. 
Anna uei se cesky cisti 

a psati. 

Mate ceske noyiny! — 
pujcte mi je. 

Pujcte mi ceskou kni- 

hu. 
Jakou! — Jakoukoli. 



nfo'oz&meem — rozti- 

meem fijftsd maid, 
umeete psit pd chesskU? 

yesMe n%; al$ bttdu se 

ilchit. 
btidtl timySt b e rzd. 
museem timyet cheest i 

psdt pd chesskU. 

td s£ nducheete" snadno. 

hodldm s8 to nduchit za 

pool leta. 
proch $8 yan nSUchee 

dnglitske? 
on se btid& tic hit; — mti- 

see s8 nauchit dobrshg . 
gdy se zdchne Uchitf 

tsd n8viiX8t. 

sousedoof hokh mltivee 

dnglitske dokonalg a 

rozttmee take ldf!i?i- 

ske. 
and lichee s8 chesske 

cheest a psdt. 

mat$ chesske novinyf — 
pUchU me y&. 

puc7it8me chesskoUkni- 

hu. 
ydkouf — ydkoukoli. 



184 



Part 111. 



This is Bohemian, is it 

not? 
What is it in English? 

— Tell me it in En- 
glish. 

How is it in English? 

I don't know how to 
pronounce it. 

How is it in Bohemian ? 

How do you call it in 
Bohemian ? - how in 
English? 

Speak Bohemian; — 
speak Bohemian with 
me;— speak only Bo- 
hemian. 

Speak as you wish. 

Do you like to speak 
Bohemian? — Why 
do you not speak 
English? 

Because I cannot;— be- 
cause I know it only 
a little. — Do speak; 
3^ou will get along. 

Speak English or Bo- 
hemian, as you please ; 

— I understand both ; 
You speak Bohemian 

very well. 
Speak slowly, that I 
may understand you;*) 



Tohleje cesky, neuil 

Co je to po anglicku? 

— Povezte mi to po 

anglicku. 
Jak je to po anglieku? 
Nevim jak to vyslovi- 

ti. 
Jak je to po cesku? 
Jak se to jmenuje ces- 

ky? — jak anglicky] 

Mluvte £esky: mluv- 
te se innou cesky; — 
mluvte jenom cesky. 

Mluvte jak clieete. 
Mluvite rad cesky 2 — 

Proc nemluvite an- 

glicky? 

Protoze neumim; — 
protoze nmim jen 
male— Jen mluvte, 
pujde to. 

Mluvte anglicky nebo 
cesky, jak clieete; — 
rozumim oboji. 

Yy mluvite cesky tuze 
dobre. 

Mluvte pomalu, abych 
vani rozumel. 



to hid yd chesske, neyfiif 

tsd yd td pd anglitshuf 

— Povydztd me td pd 
dnglitskU. 

yak yd td pd anglitshuf 
ndveem yak td visldvit. 

yak yd td pd chesskuf 
yak sd td menilyd chess- 
kef — yak anglitskef 

mlilftd chesske; — mlilf- 
td sd mnoti chesske; — 
mlilftd ydnom chess- 
ke. 

mlilftd yak khtsdtd. 

mluveetd rad chesskef 

— prdch ndmluveetd 
anglitskef 

protdid ndUmeem; — 
protdid itmeem yen 
maid, — yen mlilftd, 
pUdd td. 

mlUftd anglitske ndbd 
chesske, yak khtsdtd; 

— rozumeem dbdyee. 
ve mluveetd chesske toozd 

dobrshd. 
mlilftd pomalu, dbikh 
vam rozUmyell. 



*) Abych, abys, aby, that I should, th^t thou shouldst, that he 
should (see Lesson XXXVI), also signifies: "that I may, that thoumayest, 
that he (she, it) may". Hence we translate: abycli rozumel, that I may 
understand;— abych rozumel vam, or abych vam rozumel, "that I may 
understand you". 

Concerning the freedom of transposition of words in Bohemian sen- 
tences see Note 2, Lesson VI. 



Bohemian and Enqlish. 



185 



Did you understand 
me? — I did not; re- 
peat it slowly. 

Do not speak so fast; 
I should not under- 
stand you. 

Do you know what I 
said? could you un- 
derstand? 

I could understand a 
little;— now I under- 
stood well. 

When you don't under- 
stand, tell me; — I 
want to teach you. 

I am glad of that; — if 
you will teach me, I 
shall soon know. 

In a quarter of a year 
I shall understand all. 

Do I pronounce it 
right? — did I pro- 
nounce it right ? 

You have a good pro- 
nunciation; — you 
pronounce every- 
thing right. 

That was not right; see 
here; — I will pro- 
nounce it slowly. 

Is that right? 

Once again ! 

That's it; — now it was 
right; first-rate. 

Very well! you make 
quick progress. 



Rozumel jste mi?— Ne- 
rozumel; opakujte 
to pomalu. 

Nemluvte tak rychle; 
ja byck vamne rozu- 
mel. 

Yite co jsem povidal ? 
— porozumel jste % 

Porozumel jsem tros- 
ku; -ted" jsem rozu- 
mel dobre. 

Kdy£ nerozumite, re- 
knete mi; — jd chci 
vas uciti. 

To jsem rad; — budete- 
li me uciti, budu br- 
zo umeti. 

Za ctvrt leta budu vse- 
mu rozumeti. 

Yyslovuju to dobre? — 
yyslovil jsem to do- 
bre? 

Mate dobrou vyslov- 
nost; — vysloyiijete 
vsecko dobre. 

To nebylo dobre; dej- 
te pozor; — ja to vy- 
slovim pomalu. 

Je to dobre ? 

JestS jednou ! 

Tak;- ted' to bylo do- 
bre; tuze dobre. 

Yy borne! — delate ry- 
chly pokrok. 



rozUmyell stg met — n&- 
rozumyell; -dpakuytg 
td pomdlu. 

ngmliiftd tdkrikhlg: yd 
bikh mm ndrozUmyell. 

TeeU tsd sem poveedal? 
— pdrozUmyell stdf 

pdrozilmyell sem trosh- 

ku; — tgtf sem roztl 

myell ddbrsM. 
gdi% ngroz Umee td, rsMk- 

netd me; — yd khUi 

vds ticliit. 
td sem rdd; — bUddtd-li 

myd UcliitfiUdU b e rzd 

umyU 

za shtw e rt leta bud it 

fshdmil rozdmyet 
vislovuyU td dobrshdf — 

vislovil sem td dd- 

brshdf 
mate ddbroti veesldv- 

nost; — visloviiyetd 

fshHskd ddbrshti. 

td ntbilld ddbrshd; dey- 

tti pdzor; — yd to vi- 

sloveem pomalU. 
ydtd dohrsUf 
yesMd yednoU! 
tak; — m td Mild dd- 

brshd; toozd ddbrshd. 
veeborudf — fteldtd rikh- 

lee pdkrok. 



18*5 



Part 111. 



I wish I had more op- 
portunity to speak 
Bohemian. 



Rad bych liiel vicepfi- 
lezitosti mluviti ce- 
sky. 



Slovo, n. slovo, the word 

slovnik, m. slovneek, the dictionary 

slovnicek, m.*) slovneeehek, the vo- 
cabulary 

vysloviti, vislovit, to pronounce 

vyslovim, vislovim, I shall pro- 
nounce 

vyslovovati, vislovdvat, to be pro- 
nouncing; 

vyslovuju (or vyslovuji), vislovuyu 
I am pronouncing; 

vyslovnost, f. veeslovnost, the pro- 
nunciation; 

cestina, f. chesMind, the Bohemian 
language; 

ail glioma, f. dnglic •hind, the English 
language; 

pokrok, m. pokrok, progress; 

pfilezitost, f. prsheelffiitost, oppor- 
tunity; 

rad bych mel, rdd Mkh m'yell, I 
wish I had (or: I would like 
to have); 

hezky, hesske > d deal . 

hodne, hodne, ) 

neco malo, netso mcilo, a little bit; 



rdd fyikh m'pett veets# 

prsheelezitosti mlitvit 

chesske. 
Vocabulary. 

uciti se, uchit sS, to learn, to be 
learning; 

neuciti se, netichit s#, not to learn. 
nauciti se, natichit s#, to learn or 

acquire (something); 
rozumeti, rozUmyet, to understand; 
rozmnim, rozumeem, I understand 
porozumeti, ptirozumyet, to under- 
stand; or ''to catch the meaning": 

ziciiouti, ztiehnoUt, ) to begin, to 
zaeiti, zdcheet, ) commence; 
zacne, zdchn&, will commence; 
pujciti, puychiti, (colloquially: pit- 

chit), to lend; 
pujcte mi,. piicht& me, lend me;. 
pov&zte mi, po-vyezt8 me, tt 11 me. 
jak se jmemije, yak s8 meniiy8,how 

is — he, she, it — called. 
tezky, a, £, teshkee, difficult, hard; 



rychly, a, e, rikhlee ) fftgt< 
rychle, adv. rikhU S 
pomaliu pomtUU, slowly; 
lmedle, hnedlti, nearly, (also "soon", 

'quick"); 
co nevidet, tso nVvitfet, in no time, 
shortly ; 



*) Slovnicek is simply a diminutive o* slovnik, meaning 
or short dictionary". Bee Mote 1, Lesson XvHI. 



'a little 



Greetings and compliments. 



187 



trosku, (same as trochu), trdshkil, 

a little; 
snadny, &, 6, snadnee, easy. 
snadno, snadnd, easily; 



dokonaly, a, e, dokonalee, perfect. 
dokonale*), dokondlV, perfectly; 
vybornj^.e,^^) flrstrate 
vyborne, adv. veeborn8 ) 



Greeiiqgs and. compliments, 

. POZDRAVYA POKLONY. 



Good morning, Sir! 
(gentlemen, — Mad- 
am, — Miss — ladies). 

Good afternoon, Mr. 

Brown ! 
Good evening, Mrs. 

Brown ! 
My compliments! 
Good night, doctor! 



Good bye ! - 
Farewell! 



•Farewell! 



Dobr^jitro**), pane! 
(panove, — panicko, 
— slecno, — damy). 

Dobre odpoledne, pane 

Braune!***) 
Dobry vecer, paui 

Brannova! 
Ma licta ! 
Dobron noc, pane dok- 

toreM! 
S bohem !— INa zdar ! 
Mejte se dobre ! 



dobrSye-tro, pane! (pd- 
nooe, — pdnichkd, — 
sttchno, — damy, — 
sl&hny). 

dobre odpoWdn8, pang 
Broicng! 

ddbree tZclier, paui 
Browndvdf 

md ootstd! 

dobroti nots, pang dok- 

ior$! 
sboliem!—nd zdar! 
mygy-tg s& ddbrsliti! 



*) See Note 2, Lesson XXX, about the derivation of adverbs from 
adjectives. In this case, as well as in some others, the final y changes into 
a simple e: dokonaly, — dokonale. 

Mostly it changes into an e: vyborny, — vyborne ; and sometimes 
into an o: snadny, — snadno. This, however, is rather optional, as we 
may equally say: snadne, snadnd, (easily). 

**) In common conversation very -often abbreviated: dobrytro ! 
ddbritro! 

***) It is proper to use the vocative case in addressing a person; but 
in ordinary discourse the proper name is generally left in the nominative: 
dobr£ jitro, pane Braun ! 

4 ) We cannot say in English "Mr. doctor", two titles in this case 
being incompatible; but it is customary in Bohemian to say: pane dokto- 
re, pane professore, or (in common parlance) pane doktor, pane pro- 
fessor, leaving the title in the nominative case. "Mr. editor", — pane 
redaktore, pan8 red&ktorg, — is an analogous expression in English. 



188 



Pari 111. 



Good luck to you! 

I wish you good luck! 
I wish you Godspeed! 
A happy journey! 
A happy return! 
To driuk one's health. 
Your health! 

How do you do? How 

are you? 
How are you getting 

along? 
Very well, thank you. 
How is everything 

with you? 
Tolerably well. 
How is your health? 
Are you well? Are you 

in good health? 
I am pretty well, thank 

you. 
I am all right. 
I feel very well. 
I am perfectly w T ell. 
And how are you ? 
I am also well, thank 

you. 
You are looking well. 
I am very well; I can- 
not complain. 
How is your wife (your 

lady)? 
She is well, thank you. 
How is your family? 
They are all well. 



Na zdar vam ! 

\ Preju vam slesti! 

St'astnou cestu ! 
St'astny navrat ! 
Piti na zdravi. 
ft a vase zdravi ! 



Jak se mate? 

Jak se vam vede? 

Tuze dobre. dekuju. 
Jak se vede? 

Projde to. — Ujde to. 
Jak vam zdravi slouzil 
Jste zdrav? 

Je mi dost dobfe, de- 
kuju. 
Mam se hezky. 
Je mi tuze dobre. 
Jsem docela zdrav. 
A jak vy se mate? 
Taky dobre, dekuju. 

Yypadate dobre. 
Mam se vyborne; ne- 

mohu stezovat. 
Jak se ma vase zena 

(va§e pani)? 
Dobre, dekuju. 
Jak se ma vase rodina? 
Jsou vsichni zdravi. 



n& zdar vam! 

prs7i8ytt vam shVesVif* 

s7itidstno ft tsfctii! 

shtidstnee navrat! 

peeti na zdrav ee. 

I na vds7i8 zdrdvee! 

yah s8 mdt8f 

yak s8 vam v8d8f 

tooz8 ddbrshe, ft 87c Uy U . 
yak s 8 v8d8? 

proyd8 id, — Hyde td. 
yak vam zdrav eeslot&ee? 
st 8 zdrdf? 

y8 me dost ddbrs7i8, ft8- 

kuyti. 
mam s8 hesske. 
ye me tooz8 ddbrs7i8. 
sem dots 8 la zdrdf. 
a yak ve s8 mdt8f 
take ddbrsh8, ft 8k ay ti. 

vipdddt8 dobrs7i8. 
mam s8veeborne; nemd- 

7iU stezovat. 
yak s8 md vas7i8 iena 

(pafii)? 
ddbrs7i8, ft8kayU. 
yak s8md vds7i8roftlndf 
soUfshikhm zdravi. 



G reelings and comp Urn ents. 



189 



I am glad of it. 

I am glad to hear it. 

That is right. 

I am very glad to see 

you (or: to meet you). 
I have not seen you for 

a long time. 
I would like to see you 

often. 



To me te§i. 

To rad slysim. 

Toje dofore. 

Jsem tuze rad ze vas 

vidim. 
ftevidSl jsem vas uz 

davno. 
Rad bych videl vas £a- 

sto. 



td my 8 Vdshee. 

td rad slisheem. 

td yd ddbrshd. 

sem toozd rad %# vdss 

vifteem. 
nevifKel sem vdss ush 

ddvnd. 
rad bikh via" el vdss 

chdsstb 4 . 



My regards! 

Greet him (her, them)! 
— Give him my re- 
gards. 

Give (him, etc.) my best 
regards ! 

My best regards! 

Give my regards to all. 

Remember me to your 
wife. — My best re 
spects to your wife. 

My best regards to your 
wife ! 

My compliments to 
your sister! 

Good bye! 

My best respects! 



Ze pozdravuju! 
Pozdravujte ho (ji 9 
je)! 

Yyrid'te me pozdrave- 

ni. 
Pekne pozdraveni! 
Pozdravujte ode inne 

vsecky! 
Mou lictu vagi choti! 



Pekne pozdraveni 

manzelce! 
Mou poklonu vasi se- 

stfe! 
Poroucim se2 
Pekn£ poruceni! 



id pozdravtiyu! 
pozdravUyte lid (ye, 

yW 

virshifttd mi pozdrdvd- 

pydkne pozdraveni! 
pozdrdvuytd ddd myd 

fslidtske! 
moti ootstu vdshee kho~ 

tv 

pydkne pozdravem 

manleltse! 
moil pokldnu vdshee sd- 

strsM/ 
porouclieem sd! 
pydkne porucliem! 



*) Nouns ending in ni are neutre(see znameni, Note 2, Lesson XIV). 
The final i has the long sound of ee But in common discourse the length 
of the sound is immateiial and it is usually shortened; hence we*represent 
it in these conversations by a simple nh instead of nee. 



190 



Fart III. 



Vocabulary. 



Paiibuh (i. e. Pan Bull) panbooh, 

the Lord Goa; 
jitro, n. same as rano), yitrd, the 

morning; 
pozdrav, m. pozdraf \ greet- 

pozdraveni, n. pozdrdveni ) ing; 
j)ozilrtiwit\,pozdrdvit,to greet (once); 
pozdrayovati, pozdrdvovdt, to greet; 

to send greetings; 



poklona, f. poklond, compliment, 
bow; 

lieta, f. ootsta, respect; 

navrat, m. ndvrdt, return; 

zdravi, n. zdrdvee, health; 

chot', m. & f . khbti, the spouse, hus- 
band or wife; 

stezoyati, stiezovdt„to complain; 

yypadati, vipdddt, to look. 



A call. 

NA VSTE VA. 

Navsti vte ine. — Prijd'- 

te ke ine. 
Prijd'te ke me domu. 
Prijd'te ke me do kra- 

m ii. 
Prijd'te do me pisarny. 

Byl jste u me] 

Byl jsem u vas, ale 
zadny nebyl doma. 

Prijd'ie zas. 

A kdyS-kdykoli. 

Kdy budete doma? 

Zejtra**jiste. 

Kdy me navstivite? 



Give me a call. — Call 

and see me. 
Call at my house. 
Call at my store. 

Call at my office 

Did you call at my 

place ? 
I called at your house, 

but nobody was at 

home. 
Call again. 

And when ? —Any time . 
When will yoju be at 

home. 
To-morrow surely. 
When will you call and 

see me? 

*; ^Colloquially this is still more condensedand sounds like prshi-tS. 

**) Zejtra or zitra (to-morrow), derived from zjitra, zajitra, next 
morning. 



ndfsMiftt my 8. — 
Prshi&te*) k$ my&. 

prshitftti ke myg domic. 

pr shift te ke my&dokrd- 
m u. 

prshiftte dd me peesdr- 
ny. 

bill st& u myef 

bill sem U vdss, dU zdd- 
nee n&bill doma. 

prahiftU zdss 
a gdyf—gdykoli. 
gdy btidStti atimd? 

zeytrd yisV&. 

gdy inyti nafshXHveetS? 



A call. 



191 



I shall give you a call 
to-morrow or day af- 
ter to-morrow. 

Yes, do call; I shall be 
expecting you. 

Somebody is knocking. 

— Some one rings. 
Go and see who that 

is. 
Go and open the door. 
It is some gentleman, 

— some stranger. 
Jt is Mr. Arbes. 
Let him come in. 
Come in! — Walk in! 
Come in, if you please. 
Sit down. 

Take a seat, if you 

please. 
Please take a seat. 
Here is a seat. 
Stay with us to dinner. 
Excuse me, I cannot; 

I have no time. 
Are you in a hurry? 
Yes, I am in a hurry 
Where do you hurry? 
I have an appointment 

with Mr. Coleman. 
Don't be in such a hur- 
ry; wait a little. 
Indeed I cannot;! shall 

soon come again 
Do so, if you please! 
Please, come again. 



Navstivim vas zejtra 
nebo pozejtri. 

Ano, navstivte; budu 

vas ocekavat. 
> ekdo klepa. — Kekdo 

ZYoai. 
Jdete se podivat kdo to 

Jdete otevfiti. 

Je to nejak£ pan, — ne- 

jaky cizinec. 
Je to pan Arbes. 
At' vejde! 
Dale ! 

Yejdete, prosini! 
Sednete si. 
Posad' te se, prosini. 

Racte se posaditi. 
Tad) je zidle. 
Zustante u nas na obed. 
Odpust'te, nemoiiu; 

nemam cas. 
Mate na speck? 
Ano, mam na spech. 
Kam spechatel 
Mam schuzi s panem 

Kolmanem. 
Nespechejte tak; poc- 

kejte trosku. 
Opravdu nemohu; pf i- 

jdu brzo zas. 
Prosini, prijd'te! 
Racte pf ijiti zas. 



ndfsMheem vdss zey- 
trd nebo pozeylrshee. 

and, nafsMiftS; biidu 
vdss och&kdvdt 

negdo klepa. — negdo 
zwonee. 

tfet$ se po&'eevdt gdo to 
y#. 

fteie otevr sheet. 

ye to neydkee pan,— ne- 
ydkee tsizinets. 

ye to pan Arbes. 

diH veydef 

dale! 

veytfete, pro seem f 

sedvieie si. 

posdiRte~ se, proseem. 

rdchte s& posdftit. 
tudy ye %idl#. 
zoo tanleilndssndobyed 
o dp it 1 1#, nemoh u; n e™ 

mam chdss. 
mdt& na spyekhf 
and, mimnd spyekh. 
kdm spyelchdUf 
mam skhoozi spdnem 

Kolmanem. 
nespye~klieyte tdk; poch- 

keyte troshkU. 
oprdvdU nZmdliti; 

prshiydU b e rzd zass 
proseem, prshiftte'! 
rdchte prshiyeet zass. 



192 



Pari 111. 



Drop in, when you 

have tim<\ 
I will come here as 

soon as I have time. 
Good day! 



ztisJctichttf 8em,gdy% ma- 
ts cliass. 

prsliiydii sem, y&kmiW 
btcdit meet chdss. 

porottcheem s&f 



Navsteva, f. ndfs7iVeva } &cdLl],& visit; 
navstiviti, ndfshtecvit, to visit; 
ocekavati, ochtikdvat, to await; 
zaskocitL zdskochit, to drop in; 
porouceti, poroucliet, to command; 
porouceti se, poroticheM se, to take 

leave; 
poroucim se, porouclieem se, good 

day! 
sednouti si, sednoUtsi ) to sit down. 
pOSaditi Se, posdffitse ) totakea place; 



Zaskocte sem, kdjz 

mate cas. 
Prijdn sem, jakmiie 

budu mit cas. 
Poroucim se! 

Vocabulary. 

cizinec, m. tsizineis, a stranger; 
spech, n. spy Skh, the hurry; 
schuze, f. skhoozti, meeting, ap- 
pointment; 
zidlc, f. bidl&, the chair; 
klepati, klepdt, to knock; 
zvoniti, zwonit, to ring; 
otevfiti, otevrsheet, to open; 
odpustiti, odpusfit, to excuse, to 
forgive . 



Day and night. 
I worked all day. 
I did not sleep all night. 
I work day and night. 
We sat up late at night. 

He came late at night. 

and wanted a night's 

lodging. 
The day was clear, the 

night was dark. 
Today, — yesterday. 
This morning, — this 

noon, — th'S evening, 

— this midnight. 



Time. 

6 AS. 
Den a noc. 

Pracovaljsemcely den. 
Nespal jsem celou noc. 
Delam ve dne y noci. 
Sedeli jsme dlouko do 

noci. 
Prisel pozd6 na noc a 

chtel nocleh. 

Den byl jasny; noc by- 
la tmava. 

Dnes, — Ycera. 

Dues rano, — dnes v 
poledne, — dnes ve- 
cer,— dnes o piilnoci. 



den a nots. 

prdtsovdl sem tselee den. 
nespal sem tstiloit nots. 
ffeldm v8 dn& vnotsi. 
stiff eli sm8 dlouhd dd 

notsi. ' 
prsliishell pozffe na 

nots a kht el notsUh- 

den bill ydsnee; nots Mi- 
ld tmdvd. 

dness, — fcherd. 

dnes s rano,— dness fpo- 
leclnti, — dness vMier 
dness o poolnotsi. 



Time. 



193 



This forenoon it rained 
— this after oo n it 
was fine. 

Until evening; — until 
morning. 

In broad day-light. 

To-night he will come 
home . — To-night he 
came home. 

He came last night, — 
last evening, — early 
in the morning,— late 
in the evening, — 
about midnight. 

Evening before last; — 
night before last. 

When was it? — Last 
night. 

When did it happen?— 
Night before last. 

When shall I take that 
medicine? 

In the morning, at noon 
and at bed-time. 

Yesterday was a holi- 
day. — Day before 
yesterday there was 
a fire. 

To-morrow I shall 
leave ; — day after to- 
morrow I shall be in 
St. Louis. 



Nocleh, notsUh, a night's lodging; 

svatek, swdtek, a holiday; 

stati se, stdt s&, to happen, to occur; 



Dues dopoledne prselo; 

— dues odpoledue by 

lo liezky. 
Az do veceraj — a2 do 

rana. 
Za bileko due. 
Dues v noei prijde do- 

nin. — Dues v iioci 

priiel domu. 
PriSel m in ul ou noc. — 

vcera veeer, cas- 

ne rail©,— pozde ve- 

cer, — kolem pul- 

noci. 
Predminuly vecer; — 

predminulou noc. 
Kdy to bylol - Dues 

v noci. 
Kdy se to stalo?— Yce- 

ra v noci. 
Kdy mam uznatH 



dness dopoledngp e rshel- 
W; — dness ddpoltd- 
ne billd lies sky. 

ash do vScherd; — ash 
do rand. 

zd beelehd dn&. 

dness vnotsiprshidS dd- 
mti. — dness vnolsi 
prshi-shell ddmti. 

prshi- shell minUloU nots 
— fcherd v8cher, — 
c 7iassne ran d, —p ozfte 
vticher, — kolem pool- 
not si. 

prshM-minUlee vticher;- 
prshed-minfilo U nots, 

gdy td billo? — dness 
vnotsi. 

gdy sS td staid? — fchti- 
rd vnolsi. 

gdy mam tifreevat? 



Rauo, v poledne a na 


rdnd, fpolednV a 


nd 


noc. 


nots. 




Ycera byl svatek. — 


fcherd bill swdtek. 


— 


Pfedev&rein hore- 


yrshfcU'fcheerem 


ho- 


lo. 


rshSld. 




Zejtra odjedu; — po- 


zeytrd odygdii; — 


po- 


zejtfi budu v St. 


zeytrshee budu v 


St. 


Louis. 


Louis. 





Vocabulary. 

stalo se, staid s8, it happened; 
stane se 9 stdng s#, it will happen; 
stane-li Sfystdng-U s$ y if it happens* 

7 



194 



Part III, 



jisoi^, d, £ 5 ydssnee, bright, clear; 
tmave^ d, £, tmdvee, dark; 
minuly, d, e% mintiUc, past, last; 
predminuty, prsMd-minulee, before 
last; 

This week I am in good 

health; — last week 

I was sick. 
The last two weeks I 

was on the road (i. e. 

traveling). 
Next week I shall again 
1 leave. 
Next week I expect my 

brother. 
In two weeks I shall get 

money; — in five 

weeks I shall be in 

Europe. 
In how many weeks 

will you return ? — I 

shall return in about 

a month. 
In how many months 

shall I see you?— In 

two months; — in five 

months. 
When shall we meet a- 

gain? — In a quarter 



odjeti, ddyet, to leave (by some con- 
veyance); 

uzivati, itieevdt, to take medicine; 
(also "to enjoy"). 



Tento tyden jsem 
zdrdv;-minuly tyden 
byl jseni nemocen. 

Posledni dve nedMe 
byl jsem na eestdch. 

$ ned&e zase odjedu. 

Budouci tyden cekdin 
bratra. 

Za dv& nedele dostanu 
penize; — za pSt ne- 
d£l budu t Evropfc. 

Za kolik nedel se vrd- 
tite? — Vrdtim se 
asi za mesic. 

Za kolik niSsfcu vas 
uvidim? — za dva 
mesicej za pet m&- 
sicn. 

Kdy se sejdeme zas? 
— Za 6tvrt leta,*) za 



tento teed&n sem zdrdf; 

— minulee teed8n bill 

sem nSmotsgn. 
poslednee dwy$ nffielti 

bill sem n& tsestdkh. 

8n#tfel# zdssti odytidti. 

bildoutseeteed^n chekdm 
braird. 

zd dwyti nefteW ddstdnit 
perieeze 4 ; — zd pyU 
neftel bildil v8vropy&. 

zd kolik ned'el sti vrd- 
ieetti? — vrdVeem se 
dsi zd mygseets. 

zd kolik mygseetsoo vdss 
tivifteem? — zd dwd 
mygseetsg; — zd pyU 
myVseetsoo. 

gdy s& seydemg zdss? — 
za shtw e rt letd, — zd 



*) Ordinarily leto, n. means "summer"; but the noun rok, m. (the 
year) has in the plural leta,let: dve leta, two years or "two summers"; pet 
let, five years or "five summers"; etc. See Lesson XIX, and foot-note on 
page 83. 

The same is true of fractions: clvrt leta, shtw~rt letd, a quarter of a 
year; pul leta, pool letd, half a year; ti'i ctvrti leta, trshi shtio e r$i letd, 
three quarters of a year. 

However, we may also say; dvaroky, two years; pet rokfi, five years 
etc. Likewise: ctvrt roku 5 pul roku ? tri ctvrti roku, 



Time 



195 



of a year, — in half a 
year, — in a year. 

I shall be here within a 
year. 

My son has been gone 
five years ; —he writes 
to me once a year 
(once in a year, — 
once y< arly). 

In how many years do 
you expect him? 

In three years, — in six 
years. 

I think he will arrive 
shortly, — speedily, 
— before long. 

In a short time we shall 
see him. — In a short 
while we shall be to- 
gether. 

It is a week since I was 
in New York. 

It is scarcely two weeks 
since father was here. 

It will soon be a year 
since I was in the old 
country. 

It is very near two years 
since I sold the farm. 

This day a year (or: a 
year ago to-day) Otto 
was here ;«f our years 
ago to-day we were 
together at San Fran- 
cisco, 



pul leta, — za rok. 

Bud u zde do dne do 
roka. 

Syn je pry£ pSt let; — 
pise mi jednoii do ro- 
ka (or : jeduou za rok, 

— jednoii rofme). 

Za kolik letho£eka- 

tel 
Za tfi leta, — za sest 

let. 
Myslim ze prijede za 

kratko, — v kratko- 

sti, — za nedlouho. 
Za kratky cas ho mi- 
dline. — Za kratkou 

dobu budeme pohro- 

madfc* 
Je tomu t^den co jsem 

byl v New Yorku. 
Je tomu sotya dv£ ne- 

dele, co zde byl otec. 
Bude tomu brzo rok, 

co jsem byl ve starch 

vlasti. 
Budou tomuhnedle dv£ 

leta, co jsem prodal 

farmu. 
Dnes rok byl zde Otto; 

— dnes £tyry leta 
byli jsme spolu v San 
Franciscu. 



pool leta, — za rok. 

bddu zd8 dd dn& dd 
roka. 

syn y& prich py$t let; — 
peeshg me yednou do 
roka (or: yednoit zd 
rok, — yednoii roch- 
ne). 

zd kolik let hd chek&tt? 

zd trshi leta, — zd sMst 

let. 
misleem Ze prshiyMV zd 

krdtkd, — fkrdtkost'i, 

— zd nedloUhd. 

zd krdtkee clidss htiilvi- 

fteemg, — zdkrdtkoit 

ddbit bitdemg pdhro- 

mdtfe. 
y$ tdmii teedgn tsd sem 

bill v New Tor kit. 
y# tdmit soticd dicyti n#- 

dW tsd zd8 bill otets 
biid8 tdmii b € rzd rdk, 

tsd sem bill v& stdrS 

vldsVi. 
-bitdoit tdmit hnedU dwy# 

letd, tsd sem proddl 

farmit. 
dness rok bill zde Otto; 

— dness shtiry Utd 
billi sm8 spolu fsan ■ 
frdnciscti* 



196 



Part 111. 



To-morrow it will be a 
year since Mary left; 
two years ago yes- 
terday mother died. 

The other week our 
folks were here. 

It is scarcely a week 
since they left; — it is 
just a month since 
they arrived. 

It will shortly be a 
month since it hap- 
pened. 

It is not long since; — 
it was a short time 
since; — it was the 
other day. 

How long is it since 
you have been here? 

Day before yesterday 
it was a year. — It 
was half a year (last) 
Sunday. — It will be 
four months on Mon- 
day. — It will be eight 
months on Tuesday. 

When was it ?-Wednes- 
day a week; — two 
weeks ago on Thurs- 
day; — a week ago 
last Friday; — three 
weeks ago last Satur- 
day. 



Zejtra bude rok co Ma- 
ry odjela; — veer a 
dv& leta matka ze- 
mrela. 

Onen tyden byli tu 
nasi. 

Je tomu sotva tyden co 
odjeli;— je tomn zro- 
vna mSsic, co prije- 
li. 

Hnedle bude mesic co 
se to stalo. 

Je to nedavno; — bylo 
to nedavno; — bylo 
to onehdy. 

Jak davno tomu co 
jste tu$ 

Pfede vcirem inimil 
rok. — Minulo pul 
leta vnedeli. — Bu- 
dou £tyry mesice v 
pond£li. Bude osm 
m£sicu v utery. 

KdytobyloS— Vestre- 
du tyden;— ve 6tvr- 
tek dv$ nedele; — v 
patek minul tyden; 
— v sobotu minuly 
tri nedfcle. 



zeytrd bitdd rok tso Ma- 
ry od-yelld; — fchd- 
rd dwyd leta 1 mdtkd 
zemr sheila. 

onen teeddn billi tU nd- 
shi. 

ye tdmii sotted teeddn 
tso od-yelli; — yd tdmii 
zrovnd mydseets tso 
prshi-yelli. 

hnedld bildd mydseets 
tsd sd td sldld. 

yd to neddvnd; — Mild td 
neddvnd; — billo td 
dnehdy. 

ydk ddvnd tdmii tsd 
std tu? 

prshddd f cheer em minul 
rok. — minuld 'pool ld- 
td vndfteli. — biidoii 
shtiry mydseetsdfpon- 
iXelee. — bildd osUm 
mydseetsoo vooteree. 

gdy td billdt—vd strshd 
duteeddn;—vd shtw e r 
tek dwyd nefteld; — 
fpdtek miniil teeddn; 
fsobdtii miniily trshi 
nefteld, 



Time. 



197 



Before a year passes 
we shall be one an- 
other^ (i. e. man and 
wife). 

Before two years pass 
away, all will be over. 

Will it be long? — It 
won't be long. 

Will it last long? — It 
won't last long. 

It takes long. — It took 
long. — It didn't take 
long.— O yes, it did ! 

How coon will it be?— 
It will be right away. 
— It is done already. 



Ne2 mine rok 
svoji. 



budeme 



leta, 



Nedele, ndtfeld, Sunday 

pondeli, ponftelee, Monday 

utery, ootdree, Tuesday 

streda, strshdda, Wednesday 

ctvrtek, shtio e rtek, Thursday 

patek 5 pdtek, Friday 

sobota, sdbotd, Saturday 

nedavno, ndddvnd, not long since 

jak davno, yak ddv?id, how long 

since 

co, tsd since 

sotva, sotwa, scarcely, hardly 

budouci, btidoutsee ) <. . 

v ,v., ' 7 7 „ [future, next 
prist i ? prsheesh-X!ee ) 

dostati, dostdt, to get, to receive; 



Ne2 minon dv6 

bude po vsem. 
Bude to dlouho?— Ne- 

bude to dlouho. 

Bude to dloulio trvati? 
— Nebude to dlouho 
trvati. 
To trva dlouho. — Tr- 
valo to dlouho. Ne- 
trvalo to dlouho. — 
Ba trvalo i 
Jak brzo to bude ? — 
Bude to lined. — Uz 
je to. 

Vocabulary. 

za kratko, za krdtkd 
v kratkosti, fkrdtkdsVi 
za nedlouho, za nddloil- 
hd 



nesh mind rok, budemd 
%woyi. 



nesh minou dtcyd leta, 
budd pd fshdm. 

budd td dlouhd? — nebu- 
dd td dlouhd. 

bftddtti dloUhd t e rvdt? 
— nebtidd td dlotihd 
t e rvdt. 

td t *rvd dlouhd — t € rvd 
Id td dlotihd.— ndt e r 
vdlo td dlouhd. — ba 
t'rodld! 

yak b e rzd to budd? —bu- 
dd td lined. — Ush yd 
td. 



shortly, 



za kratky cas ? za krdt- ) in a short 

kee chdss ) 
za kratkou dobu, za ) time; 

krdtkoti ddbu ) 
denne, ddne, daily 
tydne, teedne, weekly 
mesiene, my#seechne f monthly 
rocue, rochne, yearly. 
na cestach, nd tsestdkh, (literally : 

"on the roads"), traveling; 
stara vlast, stdrd vldst, the old 

country. 



108 



Part 111. 



Have you a watch ? — 

— I have. 
Does it go right? — It is 

too glow (i. e. it goes 
• late);— it loses; — it is 

(it goes) too fast. 
It is a few minutes too 

late. — It is five min- 
utes too fast. 
It stopped (literally: it 

stands). 
It is not wound up. — 

It was not wousd up. 
Wind up the watch, — 

the clock. 
Is that clock right (lit. 

"does it go right"?)— 

I think it is. 
What o'clock is it (or: 

what time is it? — 

How late is it? 
Don' l you know what 

o'clock it is?— I don't 

know. 
See what o'clock it is. - 

I will see (or look). 
It is one o'clock. — 

It is a quarter past 

one. 



Tlxe lioixr*. 

HODINA. 

Mate hodinkyj — 

Mam. 
Jdou*) dobre? — Jdou 

pozde; - pozdi se;-- 

jdou napred. 

J sou o par minut po- 

zadu. — Jsou o p6t 

minut napred. 
Stoji. — Zustaly sta- 

ti. 
Nejsou natazeny. — 

Nebyly natazeny. 
Natahnete hodinky, — 

hodiny. 
Jdou ty hodiny dobre? 

My slim ze jdou. 



Kolik je hodinl 
je pozde 1 



Jak 



Nevite kolik je hodin] 
^levim. 

Podivejte se kolik je 
hodin. — Podivam se. 

Je jedna hodina. — Je 
£tvrt na dve (or na 
druhou). 



mdU Jiotiiinky? — mam. 

doit dobnhg? — doit 

pozfte; — pozftee s#; 

— doit ndprshed. 

Soil o par minitt pozd- 
dit. — Soil o pyU 
minitt ndprshed. 

stoyee. — zoosidly stdt. 

neysoit natazeny. — n&- 

billy natazeny. 
n&tahnetg hoftinky. — 

hoftiny. 
doit ty ho&iny ddbrsM? 

— mysleem z& doit. 

kolik yg hoftin? — yak 
y$ pozfte? 

n8veet8 kolik y% hoftin? 

— ngveem. 

pofteeveytti s& kolik y$ 
lioftin. — po&'eevdm s& 

y$ yednd hoftind. — y8 
shtw e rt na dwy$ (na 
drithoit). 



*) Hodinky (the watch) and hodiny (the clock) are plural nouns; 
consequently the succeeding verb must appear in the plural form: jdou, 
jsou (they go, they are). This has already been pointed out in a foot-note 
on page 137. -.- Hodina, hodinka, in tae singular, means: 'the hour", 
"the small hour". 



The hour. 



199 



It is half past one. — It 
is a quarter to two, 

It is two o'clock — Is 
it so late already ? — 
"Yes, it is two (o'clock) 
already. 

It is past two o'clock- 
It is rive minutes to 
three. — It is very 
near three o'clock. 

It is past three. — It 
wants ten minutes to 
four. 

At what o'clock shall 
we go? — We shall go 
at a quarter past four . 

That is too soon; we 
shall wait till half past 
four. Very well, then. 

We shall go at five 
o'clock. — All right. 

We started at rive 
o'clock in the after- 
noon. 

Did you come in time? 
— Didn't you come 
late? 

It was time enough; 
there was no hurry. 

We came there a few 
minutes after six. 

We arrived there be- 
fore seven, — after 
seven, — early in the 



Je pul druhe\ — Jsou 
tfi ctvrte na dye (or 
na drukou). 

Jsou dve hodiny. — 
Uzje tak pozde] — 
Alio, uz jsou dve. 

Jsou dve hodiny pry£. 

— Je pet minut do 
treeh. — Jsou hne- 
dle tri hodiny. 

Jsou tri pry£. — Chybi 

deset miuut do £ty- 

rech. 
T kolik hodin pujde- 

me2 — Pujdeme ve 

£tvrt na pet. 
Toje tuze brzo; poc- 

kame do pulpat^.— 

Tak teda. 
Pujdeme v pfct hodin. 

— Treba. 
Yyslijsme o pat£ ho- 
din^ odpoledne. 

Prislijstev eas$— Ne- 
priSlijste pozde? 

Bylo dost easu; nebyl 

zadny spech. 
Prisli jsme tarn par 

minutpo sestet 
Dosli jsme tarn pred 

sedmou,— po sedme, 

— s vecera, — pozde 



ygpool drUhi.-soil trshi 

shtw e rHe na dwyg(n& 

drtihoti). 
soil dwyg ho&'iny —icsh 

y& tak pozfte? — find, 

ush soil dwyti. 

sou dicyg hoftiny prich. 

— y& py$t miniit dd 
trshtikh. — soil hng- 
dl8 trshi hoffiny. 

soil trshi prich. — khibee 
dtiset minilt dd shty- 
rekh. 

f kolik hotfin pUydemt? 
—piiydem8v& shtw e rt 
nd py&t. 

td y$ toozg b *rzd; poch- 
kdmS dd pool pate". — 
tak Udd. 

puydemg fpySt hoftin. 

— trshgbti. 

vishli sm8 ti pdU hofti- 
ne ddpoledn8. 

prshishli st$ fchdssf — 

ngprshishli sU poz- 

$e? 
billd dost chassti; nebill 

iddnee spydkh. 
prshishli sm8 tarn par 

minilt pd sfigstS. 
ddshli sm% tarn prshSd 

sedmoit, — pd sedme', 

— svgchera, — pozfte 



200 



Pari III 



evening, — late in the 
evening — at mid- 
night. 

We got there in an 
hour, - in an hour 
and a half, — in two 
hours,— in five hours. 

We were here just at 
twelve o'clock. 

We were here exactly 
at noon. 

I must be therebetween 
one and two ; — be^ 
tween two and three; 

— between four and 
five. 

We must be there be- 
fore evening, - early 
in the evening, — to- 
wards evening. 

The clock strikes. 
Hear how many (what 

o'clock) it strikes. 
It strikes twelve. 
Did you hear the clock 

strike? 
How many (i. e. what 

o'clock) did it strike? 
It struck one;-it struck 

two ;— it struck three ; 

— it struck five; — it 
struck six , 



ve£er, — o pulnoci. 



Dosli jsme tarn za ho- 
dinu,— za puldruhe 
hodiny, — zadveko- 
diny 9 — za pet hodin. 

Byli jsnie tu zrovnave 
dvanact hodin. 

Byli jsme tu navlas v 

poledne. 
Musini tam byti mezi 

jeduou a druhou; — 

mezi druliou a treti; 

— inezictvrtou a p£- 

toa. 
Musime tam byti pfed 

vecerem, — brzo s 

vecera, — na vecer. 



Hodiny bijou*) 
Slyste kolik bijou! 

Bijou dvanact. 
Slysel jste hodiny biti? 

Kolik bilo* 

Bila jedna;— bily dve; 
— bily tri| — bilo 
pet; — bilo sest. 



vtieher, — o poolnoisi. 



ddshti sm$ tarn za ho$i~ 
nil, — zdpooldrUhe ho - 
j£iny,—zd dwy& homi- 
ny, — za py8t hotfin. 

billi sm& tu zrdvnd v& 
diodndtst hoiXin. 

billi smg tU ndvldss fpo- 
ledn8. 

mil seem tdm beet mezi 
yednotl d dviihou; — 
mezi druhou a trsM- 
Uee, - - m8zi shtw e r- 
toti d pdiou, 

mUseemetdmbeetprshed 
v&eherem, — b rzo 
swgeherd, — nd vech- 
er. 

hoftiny biyou. 
slwhtg kolik biyou! 

biyou diodndtst. 
slishell stfrhoftiny beet? 

kolik billof 

billd yednd; — billy 
dwye; — billy trshi; 
— billo pyZt; — billd 
sMst. 



*) Bijou or biji (they strike), 
page 137. 



See Note 2, and also foot-note on 



Age and dale. 



201 



It has just struck half 
past six. 

It has already struck 
seven. 

It is soon going to strike 
eight. 

I shall wait till half 
past eight. 

I shall wait till nine. 

Let us wait till ten. 

Wait till midnight, or 
until morning. 

I shall wait gladly 

I do not like to wait. 

Waiting is not agreable. 

I do not like long wait- 
ing. 



Prave bilo pul sedme. 
Uz odbilo sedin. 
Hiiedle bude biti osni. 

Budu cekati do pul 
devate\ 

Pockain do deviti. 

Pockejme do desiti. 

Pockejte do pulnoci, 
nebo do rAna. 

ft ad pockam. 

Nerad eekam. 

Cekani neni mile. 

Remain raddlouh^ ce- 
kani. 

Vocabulary. 



prdvyd Mild pool]sedme. 
ush odbillo sedtim. 
hnedld biidd beet osum. 

btidit chekat do pool dd- 
vdte. 

pochkdm dd ddoeeti. 

pochkeymd dd desseeVi- 

pochkeytd dd poolnotsi, 
nebd do rand. 

rdd pochkdm. 

ner&d chekdm. 

chek<ffii ney%:i mile. 

nemdm rdd dloUhe che- 
kdm. 



Hodina, f. hoffind, the hour; 
hodiuka, f. hotfuika, the small hour; 
hodiny, pi. hoftiny, the clock; 
hodinky, pi. hoftinky, the watch; 
l£k, m. Uk, the medicine; 
sp&ch, m. spydkh, the hurry; 
cekani, n. cheMffi, the waiting; 
napred, naprshdd, ahead, before; 



natahnouti, ndtdhnout, to wind up; 
natazeny, natWtidny, wound up; 
cekati, chekat, to wait, to be wait- 
ing; 
cekam, chekdm, I am waiting; 
po£kati, pochkdt, to wait; 
po^kain, poehkdm, I shall wait; 
pozadu, pozddii, behind. 



How old are you? 

I am twenty years — 
I am over twenty. 



Age and date. 

VEKa DATUM. 

Jak jste star? Eolik 

je vam let ? 
Je mi dvacet let. — Je 

mi pfes dvacet. 



yak std star? kolik yd 

vdm let? 
yd me dwdtset let. — yd 

me prshds dwdtset. 



202 



Part III. 



I shall soon be twenty 

five years. 
I am nearly thirty 

years. 
I am already thirty five 

years. 
I was forty years in 

January. 
You are still young. 
I shall be fifty years in 

February. — I am 

getting old. 
That is not a great age. 
You look young. 
You don't look so old. 
You look well for your 

age. 
When were you born ? 

What year? — In what 
year? 

I was born in the year 
1840. — I was born in 
May in the year 1850. 



I was born in the 
month of June 1862. 



The first of August is 
my birth-day. 



Bu&e mi brzo dvacet 

pet let. 
Je mi nialem tricet 

let. 
TJ2 je mi tricet pet let. 

Bylo mi ctyrycet let v 

lednu. 
Jste je§te mlady. 
Bude mi pades&t let y 

unoru. — Stdrnu. 

To neni velk£ st&ri. 
Yypaddte mlady. 
Nevypad&te tak stary. 
Yypadate dobfe na 

svuj vek. 
Kdy jste*) narozen?— 

Kdy jste se narodil? 
Ktery rok ? - V kte- 

rein roce % 
Jseni narozen roku 

1840.— Jsem rozeii 

v maji leta 1850. 



JNarodiljsem se v me- 
sici cervnu 1862. 



Prvniho srpna je muj 
den narozenf. 



bitdti me b e rzd dwdtset 

pyU let. 
y8 mi mdlem trsliitset 

let. 
ush y8 me trsliitset pyU 

let. 
billd me slitiritset let 

vlednti. 
st& yesMe mlddee. 
bud& me pddgsdt let voo- 

norti. — stdrnu. 

td neyni velke stdrshee. 

vypaddtg mlddee. 

n8vypdddt8 tak sturee. 

vypaddtg dtibrsM na 
swiiy vy&k. 

gdy st& ndrdzVn? gdy 
st$ s8 ndroftil? 

kteree rdk? — fkttirem 
rotsti? 

sem nartiz&n rdkiL Vi- 
seets osum set shtiri- 
tset. — sem rdz&n v md- 
yi leta Viseets osum 
set pdd8sdt. 

ndroftil sem s8 vmyg- 
seetsi cliervnil thseets 
ositm set slM&sdt 
dwa. 

p ^rvfieelid s e rpnd y$ 
mtiy den naroz&fii. 



*) In Bohemian the passive participle rozen or narozen is used in 
connection with the present tense : kdy jste rozen 1 kdy jste narozen ? 
"when are you born"? 



Age and date. 



203 



How old is that child? 

It is ten days. — It is 
two weeks (old). 

It is a month (old). — It 
is two months.— It is 
five months. 

It is one year (old). — 
It is two years (old). 
-It is five years (old). 

It will be ayear in Sep- 
tember. It will soon 
be three years. 

It is going on two 
years (it is in its sec- 
ond year). — It is 
going on five years. 

How old is that girl? 

She will be four years 
at Christmas. — She 
will be five years at 
Easter. — She will 
soon be six years. 

Wk at day of the month 
is it?- what date is it? 

To -day is the first,— the 
second, - the fifth. 

What day of the month 
is (i. e. will be) to- 
morrow? 

To-morrow is ("will 
be") the third, — the 
tenth, — the twen- 
tieth. 

What date was yes- 
terday? 



Jak stare je to dite$ 
Je mu deset dui. — 

Jsou mu dve nedele. 
Je mu mesic. — Jsou 

mu dva mesice. — 

Je mu p6t mfesicu. 
Je mu rok.— Jsou mu 

dve leta.— Je mupSt 

let. 
Bude mu rok v zari. — 

Budou mu brzo tfi 

leta. 
Jde mu na druhy rok. 

Jde mu na paty rok. 



Jak star a je ta kolka? 

Budou ji ctyry leta o 
vanocick. — Bude ji 
pet let o velkono- 
cick.~Bude ji hue- 
die §est let. 



jak£ 



Kolikat&iojeS 

je datum? 
Dues je prvniko, dru- 

k£ko, — pat&io. 
KolikateHho bude zej- 

tral 

Zejtra bude tretiko, — 
desat^ko, — dvacat£ - 
ho. 

Kolikat^ko bylo vce- 
ra? 



yak star 6 yd to fteeUe? 
yd mU ddset dnee. — soil 

mil dicyd ndfteld. 
yd mil mydseets. — soil 

mU died mydseetsd. — 

ydmilpydt mydseetsoo. 
yd mu rdk. — soil mil 

aw yd letd. — yd mil 

pydt let. 
budd mil rdk vzdrshee. 

— bUdoil mU b e rzd 

trshi leta. 
dd mU nd drilhee rdk. — 

dd mU nd pdtee rdk. 



ydk stdrd yd ta liolkd? 

bUdoil yee shliry leta d 
vdnotseekJi.—bitdd yee 
pydt let d velkdnot- 

seekh.—bUdd yee lind- 
dld shdst let. 

kolikdteho yd? — yoke 

yd datum? 
dues s yd p e rvfieehd, — 

drilMhd, — pdtehd. 
kolikdtelid bUdd zeytrdf 



zeytrdbUdd trshdXleehd, 
— dessdtehd, — dwa- 
tsdtehd. 

kolikdtelid billd fcherd? 



204 



Part 111. 



Yesterday was the 
twenty-first. 

What day of the moDth 
will be next Sunday ? 
-The twenty-second. 

On what day of the 
month was Frank 
here? - He was here 
on the fifteenth and 
he will come again 
on the twenty-fifth. 

This month?— Yes; he 
will stay here until 
the last. 

On the first I shall re 
ceive new goods. 

When will Mr. Danesh 
pay (his) bill? — Be- 
fore the last. — On the 
first of next month. 

When will the ageut 
arrive? — About the 
ninth. 

When will the time run 
out? When will it 
be due? — About the 
fifteenth. 

That is, about the mid- 
dle of the month. — 
I shall pay towards 
the end of the month. 

Next month I expect 
to be gone. — Before 
two months pass a- 
way, I shall be back. 



Ycera bylo dvacatelio 

prvniho. 
Kolikatelio bud-^ v ne- 

deliS — Dvacat^ko 

druheho. 
Kolikat£ho byl zde 

FrankS-Byl zde pat- 

nact^ho a prijde zas 

na dvacat&io pat£- 

lio. 

Tento m&sic? — Ano, 
zustane tu do posled- 
nlho. 

Na prvniho dostanu 
nov£ zbozi. 

Kdy pan DaneS zapla- 
ti ucet$— Do posled- 
niho. — Na prvniho 
budouci mesic. 

Kdy prijede agents — 
Asi devat^ko. 

Kdy vyjde £as? Kdy vy- 
padne lhiita? — Ko- 
lem patnacteho. 

Teda v polou mfcsice.— 
Zaplatim ke konci 

mesice. 

Na druhy mesic hod* 
lam byti pry£.— Ne2 
nplynou dva in&sice, 
budu nazpet. 



fcherd billd dicdtsatehti 

p e rvneehd. 
kolikdtehb biid8 vnffie- 

lif — dwatsatehd drU- 

hehd. 
kolikdtehd bill zdd 

Frank?- bill zdgpdt- 

ndtstehd d prshidd 

zdss na dwatsatehd 

pdWid. 

tentd mydseetsf — a/no; 

zoostdnd tu dd posled- 

nee7id. 
na p e roneehd ddstdnu 

novS zbolee. 
gdy pan Danesh zdpld- 

tiee oochetf — dd po- 

sledneeho. - na p e, rv- 

Ykeehd budoutsee my 8- 

seets. 
gdy prshiyMd dkentf — 

d d dtvdtehd. 

gdy veedti chassf gdy 
vypddntt lliootd? — ko 
lem pdtndtsteho . 



Udd f polou m\ 
zdpldteem k8 kontsi 
mygseetsd. 

na drUhee mySseets hod- 
lam beetprich- nesh 
Uplinou dwa myd- 
seetsd, budU ndspydt. 



Age and date, 



205 



We shall expect you 
some time in Octo- 
ber; — or in the be- 
ginning of Novem- 
ber; at latest before 
the first of December. 

The fourth of July is a 
national holiday, — 
the day of independ- 
ence. 

Thanksgiving day is u- 
sually in November. 

On new-year's day; — 
before New-year's; — 
after New-year's. 



Budeme yas cekati n£- 
kdy v rijnii; — nebo 
po6atkem listopadu; 
— nejdyl do prvniho 
prosiiice. 

Ctvrty cervenec jest 
narodni svatek, — 
den neodvislosti. 

Den dikuvzdani byva 

v listopadu. 
Na novy rok; — do no- 

velio rokn; — po no- 

v£m roee. 
Vocabulary. 



bud8m8 vdss cliekdt ii6- 
gdy frsheeynu; - ne- 
bd poc7idtkem listopa- 
du;— neydeelddp e rv- 
neeho protintsV. 

shtio e rtee chervenets 
yest ndroduee swdtek, 
— den ngodvislosfi. 

den d'eekiivzddnee beevd 

vlistopadil. 
na noveerdk; — dtinove- 

MrdkU; — pd novem 

rotsS. 



■the. age 



Yek, m. vygk 

stari, n. stdrshee 

starnouti, stdrnout, to grow old; 

naroditi se, nardftit s#, to be born; 

narozenf, n. ndrozdni, the birth; 

po£atek,m. poc7idtek,the beginning; 

Unit a, f . Ihootd, tho given time, the 

term; 
vanoce, pi. vdnots&, Christmas; 
velkonoce, pi. velkonotsti, Easter; 
svatodusni svatky, pi. sioatddits7inee 

sicdtky, Whitsuntide; 



vypadati, vypdddt ) to look, to ap- 
\j\\\i^t\^vyMeezet ) pear; 
vyjitl, viyeet, to go out, to run out; 
uplynouti, tiplynout, to pass away; 
zaplatiti, zdpkWit, to pay up; 
n6kdy, negdy, sometimes; 
V polon, fpoloti, in the middle; 
nazp&t, ndspytt ) bftck 
zpatky, spdtky ) 
neodvislost, f. ngodvisldst, the inde- 
pendence. 



Leden, IMen, Januaiy 
linor, oonor, February 
bfezen, brs7ieze~n, March 
duben, diib#n 
april, dpril 



[ April 



j-May 



kveten, kwyttM 

maj, may 

cerven, c7ierv3n, June 

cervenec, c7ierv&nets, July 

srpeD, s ? rpgn, August 



206 



Part III. 



zari, zdrshee, September 
rijen, rsheeydn, October 



listopad, Kstopdd, November 
prosinec, prosinets, December. 



How is the weather? 

It is fine; — it is beau- 
tiful weather. 

It is clearing up;— it is 
a fine morning; — it 
will be a nice day. 

The heaven is clear. — 
The sun shines, — 
warms (i. e. makes it 
warm), — burns. 

In the sun it is hot. 

It is warm; — it will be 
hot; — there will be a 
great heat to-day. 

Yesterday there was a 
great heat. 

How doesthe thermom- 
eter stand ? — Eighty 
five in the shade. 

The thermometer is 
rising, — is falling. 

What aheat!-I am per- 
spiring; let us go into 
the shade ;-I feel hot. 

What wind is it ?— East 
wind, —West wind, 
South wind, — North 
wind. 

I think there will be a 



Tlie weather. 

POtfASf. 

Jakeje po£asi? 

Je pekne; — je krasne 
pocasi. 

Yybira se; —je kras- 
ne ranoj-bude pek- 
ny den. 

Nebe je jasne\— Slun- 
ce sviti — hreje — 
pali. 

Na slunci je horko. 
Je teplo; — bude hor- 

koj— bude dnes vel- 

ke parno. 
Ycera bylo siln£ ve- 

dro. 
Jak stoji teplomer? — 

Osmdesat pet ve sti- 

nu. 
Teplomer stoupa, — 

klesa. 
To je horko!— Jasepo- 

timjpojd'inedocklad- 

ku. — Je mi horko. 
Jaky je vitr? — Yy- 

chodni, — zapadni 

jizni, — severni. 

Myslim ze bude zniena 



ydke yd pdchdseef 
ydpy&kfie; — yd krdss- 

ne poclidsee. 
vybeerd sd; — yd krdss- 

ne rand; — buddpydk- 

nee den. 
ndbd yd ydsne. — slUntsd 

sweeVee. — hrshdyd, — 

pdlee. 

nd slilntsi yd horkd. 
yd tepid; — bUdd horkd; 

— btcdd dness velke 
parnd. 

fcherd billd silne vddrd. 

yak stoyee tepldmydr? 

— osUmdessdt pydt vd 
steenu. 

tepldmydr stoupa, — kld- 
sd. 

td yd Jwrkd! — yd sd po- 
teem;poftmdddkh lad- 
kit; — ye me horkd. 

ydkee yd veet *r? — vee- 
khodfiee, — zdpddnee, 
■ — yiznee, — sdvernee. 

misleem ie bMd zmyd- 



The Weather. 



207 



change in the weath- 
er; — the wind chang- 
es. — Now it blows 
from the East. 

Very likely there will 
be a change. 

It is dry; we need rain; 
-I wish it would rain ! 
-There is a great deal 
of dust. 

Is it going to rain ? — It 
looks like it; it is get- 
ting cloudy. 

It is cloudy; — the sky 
is clouded; — the sky 
is overcast: — it is 
damp. 

Do you see those dense, 
black clouds ? — They 
bring rain,— a heavy 
rain. 

I think a rainstorm is 
coming, — a heavy 
rainstorm. 

The weather is bad; — 
the weather is nasty; 

— it is wet and mud- 

dy. 

It is very nasty out of 
doors; — it is rainy; 

— too much rain ! 

It sprinkles; — it rains a 
little; — it rains; — it 
pours; — how muddy 
it will be! 



pocasi;— vitrse me- 
ni. — Ted' vane od 
vychodu. 

Dost niozna, ze bude 

zmena. 
Je suchoj potf ebujeme 

de§t\ — E£2 by jen 

pr§elo! — Je moc 

prachu. 
Bude pr§etf — Yypa- 

da to tak; mracf se. 

Je zamraceno;— je pod 
mrakem;— oblolia je 
zatazena, — je vlh- 
ko. 

Vidite ty huste, cerne 
mraky ? — Z toho 
bude deaf, — hodny 
destf. 

My slim ze bude lijak, 
— silny lijak. 



Je spatn£ pocasi; — je 
Skareda povetrnost; 

— je mokro a blati- 
vo. 

Jetam osklive;— je de- 
stivo; — mnoho de- 
§te! 

Erape; — poprchava; 

— prsi? lije se; — 
to bude blata! 



nd pochdsee; — veet r 
se my&iiee. — tffi vdn$ 
od veekhodti. 

dost mdind ie btidti 

zmygnd. 
y$ stlkhd; potrshZbtiyg- 

m$ deshf!. — kei be yen 

p e rsheld! — y8 mots 

prdkhu. 

btid8 p e r$h8t? — vyp&dd 
td tdk; mrdchee s8. 

yg zdmrdchend;- y8 pod 
mrdkem; — obldhd y8 
zdtd%eiid;—yg v e Ihko . 

ve&'eete ty hilsste, cher- 
ne mraky? — stohd 
bUdS deshf, — hodnee 
des7it\ 

misleem z8 btidti Uydk, 
— silnee Uydk. 



yg shpdine pochdsee; — 
yg shkdreddpovygt e r- 
nost; — yg mokrti. 

yg tdm oshklivyg; — yg 

desMivd; — mnohti 

deshtef 
krdpg; — pop e rkhdvd;— 

p e rshee;—liyg sg;-td 

bud 8 bldtd! 



208 



Part III 



It rains in torrents. — It 
feas ceased to rain al- 
ready. 

That was a heavy rain- 
storm, -a cloudburst; 
-it rained in torrents. 

— It caused a flood. 
It is cairn, — no wind, — 

not a leaf is stirring. 

— It is sultry; the air 
is heavy. 

The wind rises; — it is 
windy; — it blows 
hard; — - there is a 
strong wind. 

A storm is brewing; — 
there will be a hurri- 
cane; — a cyclone is 
coming. 

A thunderstorm is com- 
ing. — It lightens. — 
Now there was a flash 
of lightning. — What 
flashes of lightning! 

Do you hear the thun- 
der? — Yes, it thun- 
ders ;the thunder rolls 
from afar; — a thun- 
derstorm is coming 

The thunder roars; — 
tbe lightning has 
struck; it has struck 
somewherej — the 
lightning set fire. 
This is a terrible storm, 



Pr§i jen se lije. — Uz 
^rcstalo prseti. 

To by! prival, — pru- 
tri mra£enj— prselo 
jen se lilo. — Byla z 
toko povoden. 

Je ticho, — bez yfctru, 
— ani se list nehybe. 

— Je dusno; vzduch 
je tezky. 

Dela se vitr;— je vetr- 
rio; — - fouka hodne; 

— je silny vitr. 

Bude z toho boufe; -- 
bude vichricej — cy- 
klon se blizi. 

Talme bourka.— B\f- 
ska se. Ted' se za- 
blesklo.— To je bly- 
skani! 

Slysitelirimatil— Ano, 
liriina — hrom Imci 
z daleka; — bourka 
se blizi. 

Hrom buracf $— hrom 
uliodilj — nekde u- 
li )dilo! — blesk za- 
palil. 

Toje hrozna boufe, — 



p *rshee yen sd liye. - 
Ush prshdstdld p V- 

shm. 

td bill pr«heeval, — proo- 
t e rsh mrdehdn;-p e r- 
shelld yen sd Mild. — 
bttdd stdhd pdvode%. 

yd fikho, — bdz vydtru, - 
a%i sd list ndheebd. — 
yd dtissnd; vzdtikli yd 
Veshkee. 

field sd veet e r; — yd vyd- 
t e 'rnd;-foUkd hodvie; 
— yd silnee veet e i\ 

budd stdhd bourshd; — 
budd vikh-rshitse; — 
tsiklon sd bleefcee. 

t&hnd boursh-kd. — blee- 
skd sd. — tetf sd zdbles- 
kld. — td yd bleeskdnif 



slisheetd lirslieemdtf — 
tindjirslieema;- hrom 
htichee zddlekd;- bou- 
rshkd sd blee&ee. 

hrom bur at see; — hrom 
Uhofiil;—negdd tiho- 
fiild! — blesk zdpdlil. 



td yd hrdznd bourslid,- 



The Weather, 



209 



— an awful thunder- 
storm. -The era hing 
of thunder is inces- 
sant. — Flash after 
flash, one thunder- 
clap after the other. 

That w as athunder-cl« p 
— a thunderbolt from 
a clear sky. 

It hails. — This is a big 
hailstorm. 

It will destroy the crops 
-the hail will destroy 
everything. — The 
hail-storm destroyed 
the crops ;-hailstones 
of an enormous size 
were falling. 

It is foggy; — this morn- 
ing there was a thick 
fog. 

Dew is falling; — there 
is a heavy dew. 

There is a hoary frost, 
— a gray frost. 

It is cold; — it is chilly; 
— it is frosty. 

I feel cold;-I am freez- 
ing. — a cold wind is 
blowing. 

I want to warm my- 
self. — Are you cold? 
Warm yourself. — It 
is warm here, — al- 
most too warm. 



stra§n£ hromobitf.- 
Hrom bije neustale. 
— Blesk zableskem. 
ran a za ranou. 



To byla hromova ra- 
na;— uhodilo z cista 
jasna. 

Padaji kroupy. — To 
je silne krupobiti. 

Potluce; — kroupy 
v§ecko znici. — Po- 
tloukloj — padaly 
kroupy ohromne ve- 
likosti. 



Jest mlkavo;- ratio by- 
la husta mllia. 

Pada rosa; — je silna 

rosa. 
Jejinovatka, — &edy 

mraz. 
Je zima;-je sichravo; 

— je mrazivo. 
Je mi zima; — tnrazi 

me; — fouka stude- 

ny vitr. 
Chci se oltrati. — Je 

vam zitnaS— Ohrejte 

se.— Zde je teplo, — 

a£ moc teplo. 



strdshne hromobitee 
— hrora My 8 nMstdle. 
— blesk za bleskem, 
rand za ranou. 



td Mild hromdvd rand; 
— uhoftild schista ya- 
snd. 

paddy ee kroitpy. — td y8 
silne krUpobiXee. 

potlucM;-krotlpy fsMt- 
sko znichee. — potloii- 
kld; — padaly kroupy 
ohromne v&likostl. 



yest m e, lhdvd;-rdno Ml 
la hUsstd m e lhd. 

pddd rossd; — yti silna 

rossd. 
yg yinovdikd, — sMdee 

mraz. 
y# zima; — y8 sikhrdvo; 

y$ mrdzivd. 
y$ mi zima; — mrdzee 

my8;—foiikd stiid&nee 

veei e r. 
khtsi s& ohrshdt. — y8 

vam zima? ohrshtiytti 

s$. ~zd$ y$ tepid, -ash 

mots tepid. 



210 



Part II. 



It is going to snow; — 
it snows ;-it is snow- 
ing. 

What a snow-storm! — 
a great snow-storm. 

A great deal of snow 
fell; -there are snow- 
drifts. 

How many degrees is 
it ? — It is twenty be- 
low zero; — a severe 
cold. 

The ice is thick; we 
can skate. 

It will grow warmer;— 
it is growing warmer; 
-the wind is shifting; 
— it blows from the 
South. 

The ice breaks; — the 
snow thaws and the 
ice melts. — there is a 
big thaw. 

In the spring the weath- 
er is mild; — in the 
summer it is usually 
hot; — in the fall it is 
cool; — in the winter 
it is cold and it freez- 
es. 

Wisconsin has a hard 
winter; — Louisiana 
has a mild winter. — 
In Texas the winter 
is short and the sum- 
mer long. 



Bude padati snih; — 
pada snih; — snezi. 

To je Venice! - velka 

metelice. 
Napadlo mnoho snehu; 

— jsou zaveje. 

Kolik je stupnu? — Je 
dvacet pod nulou; — 
kruta zima. 

Ledje silny; muzeme 
se klouzati. 

Ono se oteplij-oteplu- 
je se$— vitr se obra- 
ci$— vane od jiku. 



Led puka; — snih taje 
a led se rozpousli;— 
je hodna obleva. 

Z jara je mirn£ poca- 
si; — v lete byva 
horko; — na podzim 
je chladnoj— v zim& 
je zima a mrzne. 



Wisconsin ma tuhon 
zimu; — Louisiana 
ma mirnou zimu. — 
V Texasu je kratka 
zima a dlouh6 leto. 



btidti pdddt sneeh; — pa- 
cta sneeh; — sneftee. 

td y$ vdnitsti! — velkd 

mUellitsV. 
ndpddlo mnohd snehii; 

— sou zdvy&yti. 

kolik y$ stupnoof — y& 
dwdtset podnilllou; — 
krutd zima. 

led y$ silnee; moo&emg 
s$ kloUzdt. 

dnd s 8 oteplee; — oteplu- 
y$ se; — veet e r s& o- 
brdtsee; — vanit od 



led pitkd; — sfieeh tayg 
d led s& rozpousMee; 
y8 hddnd oblgvd. 

zydrd y8 meerne pochd- 
see; — vlefe beevd 
horkti; — na podzim 
y$ khlddnb';— vzimye 
yg zima a m e, rzn%. 



icisconsin ma tUhoil zi- 
mit; — louisiana ma 
meernoii zimit. — fte- 
xasil y# kratka zimd 
d dloUldleW. 



The Weather. 



211 



The summer season is 

warm, — the winter 

season is cold. 
In the winter days are 

short and nights are 

long. 
The day shortens; —the 

day lengthens. 
The night shortens. 



Letni pocasi je tepl£, 
— zimni pocasi je 
student. 

V zime jsou kratke 
dni a dlouhe noci. 

Den se krati; - dne 

pfibyya. 
Noc se krati; (noci u- 

byva). 

Vocabulary. 



letfiee pochasee y8 teple, 
— zim%ee pochasee y$ 
sttidgne. 

vzi?ny^ sou krdtke d&i 
a dlouhe' notsi. 

den se 1 krdVee; — dnti 

prs7iibeevd. 
nots s& krdtee; {notsi u- 



Po£asi,n. pochasee ' ) the 

VO\Mmost,t povytt e rnost ) we e 1 r th " 

doba, f . ddba ) 

nebe, n. n8b$, the heaven 

obloha, f . obldha, the sky 

stin, m sfeen, the shade, the shadow 

chladek,m.&/^a^6&, the shady place 

prach, m. prakh, the dust 

blato, n. bldtd, the mud 

list, m. list, the leaf 

velikost, f. velikost, the greatness 

k£2 by, I would that ; would to 

heaven that ; I wish it 

would ; 



Vitr, m. veet e r, the wind 

vichllce, f. vikh-rshits8, the gale, 

the hurricane; 

foukati. fotikat ) . 

A * « w, f to blow 
vanouti, vanout ) 



vychod, m. veekhdd, the east 

zapad, m. zdpdd, the west 

jlh,m. yeeh \^ 

poledne, n. poledne ) 

sever, sgver I the north 

pulnoe, poolnots ) 

jiho-vychod, m. the south-east 

severovychod, m. the north-east 

jihozapad, m. the south-west 

severozapad, m. the north-west 

vychodni, veekhodfiee, eastern 

zapadni, zdpadnee, western 

iizni, yeeinee ) n ., 

J ' , , ~ r southern 
poledni, poledwee ) 

severni, severnee ) ,, 

„, x \ 7 ,_ [-northern 
pulnocni, poolnochnee ) 



boufe, f. botirshg, the storm 
bourka, f. bourshkd, the thunder- 
storm, 
hriinati, hrslieemat, to thunder 
hrimani, n. hrsheemdnee, the thun- 
dering 



212 



Part III. 



hrom, m. hrtim, the thunder 
liromovd ran a, a peal or crash of 

thunder; " 
hromobiti* n. 7irdmo 7 ritiee, peals of 

thunder; 
buraceti, biirdtset, to roar, to crash 
blyskati se, Ueeskat s&, to lighten 



the cloud 



DeStf, m. des7d\ the rain 

lijak, m. liydk \ the rainstorm, 

prival, m. prs7ieevdl S the heavy 

shower: 
prutr^ mratfeii, proot e rsh mrdcMn, 
the cloud-burst; 

povodeii, f . pdvoden, the flood 

mrak, m. mrak 

mracrio, n. mrdclind 

mraciti se, mrdchit s#, to grow 

cloudy ; 
knipati, krdpdt ) tosprin- 

poprchdvati, pdp q rkhdvd t) kle ; 
prseti, p e rs7iet, to rain 
liti s^leet s#(colloq. leytsS), to pour 
prestati, prshfottit, to stop. 

Kroupy, pi. kroupy, the hail 
krupobiti, n. kritpobiVee, the hail- 
storm; 



Yybirati se, vybeerdt s8, to clear up 
m£niti se, mye-mt s8, to change 
pdliti, palit, to burn 
pribyvati, prs7iibeevdt, to increase, 
to lengthen; 



blyskani, n. bleeskdRee, the lightning 
blesk, the flash or stroke of light- 
ning; the thunderbolt; 
zablesklo se, zdblesklb 1 s#, there was 

a flash a lightning; 
uhoditi, u7iotfit, to strike 
zapdliti, zdpdlit, to set fire. 



potlouci, potloutsi, to knock down, 

to destroy; 
zniditi, znichit, to annihilate 
ml ha, f . m e Uid, the fog 
mlhayo, m e *l7iavd, foggy 
rosa, f. rossd, the dew 
jinovatka, f . ye-novdtkd, hoary frost 
snih, m. sfieeh, the snow 
siiehu, s\ie7iu, of the snow; 
sn£2iti, sne&it, to snow 
metelice,f . metUitsti \ the snow-storm, 
vdnice, f . vdnitsti > tne blizzard; 
zdveje, pi. f, zdvyfyg, snow-drifts 
led, m. led, the ice 
ndledi, n. ndle&'ee, glazed frost 
inraz, m. mrdz, the frost 
mrznouti, m e, rzno?it to freeze 
tati, tati, to thaw - 
tani,n.^ ) ftthaw 
obleva, obleva ) 






ubyvati, vbeevdt, to decrease, to 

shorten ; 
potili se, potHt s$, to sweat. 

cerny, d, 6 c7iernee, black 

busty, d, e 7iusstee y thick, dense; 



Health and sickness. 



213 



§karedy, a 9 e" shkartidee, nasty, ugly; 
mirny, a, £ meernee, mild 
ohromny, a, e' dhromnee, enormous, 

terrible; 
strach, m. strdkh, fear 
strasn^, a, e slrds7inee, fearful 
hruza, f. hroozd, horror, terror; 
hrozn^, a, £ hrdznee, horrible; 

shocking. 

Blativo, (adv.)*), bldfflvd, muddy 

deStivo, desMivo, rainy 

mokro, mokrd, wet 

vlliko, v e l7ikti, damp 

sucho, sukhd, dry 

teplo, tepid, warm 

horko, horkti, hot 



parno, parnti, very hot 
dusno, ditssnd, close, stifling: 
zima, zima ) 

stii&mo,stude}id ) co 
chladno, khlddnd, cool 
sichraro, sikhrtivti, chilly 
mrazivo, mrdzivti, frosty, freezing 
cold. 

Teplomerym. tepldmy&r, the ther- 
mometer 
stupefi, m. stupe% a degree 
nula, f. ntild, zero 
nad nulou, w^d nitloit, above zero 
pod nulou, below zero; 
stoupati, stoilpdt, to rise; 
klesatij klessdt, to go down. 



Ileal tli and. sickness. 
ZDBAVla NEMO C. 



I hope you are well. 
Only middling; — I am 

so so. 
Yo do not look so well 

as (you did) lately. 
Do you think so? — 

Well, you are right; 

— I do not look well. 



Doufam ze jste zdrav. 
Jen tak prostfednS;— 

jen tak tak. 
Nevypadate tak dobl'e 

jako nedavno. 
Myslite? — Ba mate 

pravduj-iievypadam 

dobfe. 



doufam %e st$ zdrdf, 
yen tdkprostrsliMive; — 

yen tak tak. 
ne J vypddat8 tak dobrshe 

yakd n&ddvnd. 
misleetti? — bd mate 

prdv du;—n8vypdddm 

ddbrsM. 



*) The adjectives are : blativy (a, £), de§tivy, mokry, etc> 

Je tarn blativo, it is muddy out of doors; — blativy chodiiik m.)* a 
muddy sidewalk; blativa cesta (f.), a muddy road; blativ£ pole (n ; ), a 
muddy field. 

Je de§tivo 9 it is rainy; — deStivy den, a rainy day. 



214 



Part 111. 



I think I look bad (bad- 
ly); — I look worse. 

no! you do not look 
badly. 

Don't I?— I guess I do! 

Listen to me (i. e. let rue 
tell you): you look 
better than you did 
the other day. 

O, be still! —you flat- 
ter me. 

You look bad (badly) ;- 
I do not like your 
looks. 

What is the matter with 
you?-is anything the 
matter with you? 

Do you not feel well?- 
what is the matter ?- 
what ails you? — 

Nothing ails me;-noth- 
ing is the matter with 
me. 

Why do you look so.bad 
(badly)? — That's 
nothing! 

You deny it (i. e. con- 
ceal it).— Don't deny 
it! 

1 deny nothing;— why 
should I deny? 

If anything is the mat- 
ter with you,tell me! 



Myslim ze vypadam 
spatnej — vypadam 
Mr. 

ne! nevypadate zle. 

ie nel-Myslfm ze ano! 

Dejte si rici: vypada- 

te 16pe ne£ onelidy. 



I dejte pokoj! — vy mi 
pochlebujete! 



Yyhli^ite §patn£;— ne- 
libite se mi. 



Co je vam 2 
vam ii&co? 



eliybi 



Neni vam dobre? — co 
vam chybi! — co vas 
boM 

Nic mi nenij — nic mi 
nechybi. 

Pro£ vypadate tak &pa- 
tne? — To nic neni! 

Yy zapirate. — Sfeza- 
pirejte! 

Nic nezapiram;— prod 

bych zapiral? 
Je-Ii vam n£co, fek- 

n£te! 



misleem %e vyp&ddm 
shpdtfLe; — vypdddm 
hoorsh. 

n8! ndvypdddtti zl&. 

%e n$? — misleem %e and! 
deytd si rlieetsi : vypd- 

ddtd Up& nesli dn&h- 

dy. 

E deytti ptikoy! — vy me 
ptikhldbuyetg. 

vyhleffieetti shpatne; — 
n&leebeet8 s& me. 

tsd y8 vain? — khibee 
vdm netsd? 

neyni vdm ddbrsh&f — 
tsd vdm khibee? — tsd 
vdss bolee. 

nits me neyni; — nits 
me ngkhibee. 

proch vypdddtd tak 
shpatne? — to nits 
neyni! 

vy z&peerdtd. — ndzdpee- 
reytd. 

nits ndzapeerdm;-proc7i 

bikh z&peerdl 9 
y&lli vdm netsd, rshdk- 

netd! 



Health and sickness. 



215 



Tell me what is the mat- 
ter with you?— does 
anything ail you? — 
tell me if anything 
ails you. 

If anything were the 
matter with me, I 
should say so. 

There is something the 
matter with you! 

You don't feel well; — 
I see it by your looks ! 

You are right; I am 
not well. 

What is the matter with 
you?- I do not know 
what ails me; — I do 
not feel quite well. 

I am not so well as usu- 
al.- A little time ago 
I felt better. 

To-day I feel bad (bad- 
ly):-! was taken sick. 
I feel badly. 

Are you sick? 

Yes, I am sick; I do not 

feel well; — I feel bad 

(badly). 
I hear that Edward is 

sick. 
He has been taken sick; 

— he has fallen sick; 

— he is very sick;-he 



Povezte co je \&ml — 
boli v&s neco? — po« 
v£zte chybi-li vam 
n6co. 

Kdyby mi neco bylo, 
fekl bvck to. 



Y&m neco je! — Yam 

neco ckybi! 
Yani neni dobre; — vi- 

diin to na vas! 
Mate praydu; neni mi 

dobfe. 
Co je v&m? — Nevim 

co mi je; — necitim 

se docela dobre. 

Nejseni tak zdravjak 
obycejnS.— Je§te ne- 
davno bylo mi lip. 

Dnes je mi Spatne; — 
pf i§lo mi nanic. 

Je mi nanic. — Je mi 
zle. 

Jste nemocen] 

Ano, jsein nemocen; — 
neni mi dobre; — je 
mi zle. 

SlySirn, ze Edward je 
nemocen. 

Boznemohl se;— upadl 
do nemoci; — je sil- 
n& nemocen; — je 



pdvydztd tsd yd vdmf — 
bolee vdss netsdf — pd- 
vydztd khibeeli vam 
netsdP 

gdyby me Hetsd Mild, 
rsh ? kl bikh td. 



vara netsd yd! — vam 

netsd khibee! 
vam neyvri ddbrshd; — 

vifteem td na vdss! 
mdtd prdvdit; neyTLi me 

ddbrsM. 
tsd yd vdmf—ndceem tsd 

me yd; — ndtseeteem 

sd dotsella ddbrshd. 

neysem tak zdrdf ydk 
obicheyne. — Yes7ite 
ndddvnd Mild me leep. 

dness yd me shp&tfie; — 
prshishlo me ndnits. 

yd me naTiits. — yd me 

zid. 

std ndmotsdn? 

and, sem ndmotsdn; — 

neyiii me ddbrshd; — 

yd me zld. 
slisheem ie Edward yd 

ndmotsdn. 
rozndmdh € l sd; — tipa- 

d e l dd ndmotsi; — yd 

silne ndmotsdn; — yd 



216 

has been sick a long 

time. 
What is the matter with 

him?— what happen- 

ened to him? 
He caught a cold:— he 

. has a bad cold., 
Anthony is also sickly: 

— but to-day he al- 
ready feels better. 

I was loug in poor 
health; — I was ailing 
seriously. 

What was the matter 
with you? -Indeed I 
do not know what 
ailed me. 

I had no appetite, — I 
had no sleep,— I had 
afeeling of weariness. 

— But it all passed 
•away. 

Take care of yourself; 

— be careful of your 
health! 

Health is above every- 
thing; it is the great- 
est treasure. 

An unhealthy man is 
unhappy. 

Whasis the matter with 
you! are you sick? — 
you are not sick, are 
you? 

Only a little; it is not 



Part III. 




dloulio nemocen. 


dlotiho nemotsdn. 


Co mu je2 — co se mu 


tso mti yet — tso sd rati 


stalo'2 


stalo? 



Nastudil se; — ma sil- 

n£ nastuzeni. 
Anton je tak£ chura- 

vfo — ale dues uz je 

mu lepe. 
Ja dloulio chu ravel;— 

povazlivS jsem chu- 

rav&l. 
Co vam bylof — Ani 

nevini co mi bylo. 



Nemel jsem chut' k ji- 
(11 u, — nem£l jsem 
spani, — citiljsem 
unavenost. — Ale 
minulo to. 

Dejte na sebe pozor; 
— bud'te opatrn^ na 
zdravi! 

Zdravi je nade vsecko; 
je to nejvetSi po- 
klad. 

Clovek nezdravyje ne- 
Sfastny. 



Co je vam$ stunete? 
snad nestun^te? 



Jen tak troclm; neni 



na stuff il se; — md silne 

ndstUze%i. 
Linton yd take khtirdvee; 

— did dness tish yd 

mti lepd. 
yd dlotihd k7itirdvyell; 

pdvd&livyd sem khti- 

rdvyell. 
tso vara Mild? — oUti ne- 

veem tsd me Mild. 



nemyell sem khutekyee- 
dlti, — nemyell sem 
spani, — IseeVil sem 
undvdnost. — die mi- 
ntild td. 

deytd rid sdb& pdzor; 
— bufftd dpdt *rnee rid 
zdrdvee. 

zdrdvee yd nddd fshd- 
tsko; yd to neyvyet- 
shee pdkldd. 

chlovydk ndzdrdvee ye 
nesMdssnee. 

tsd yd mm? stooftetd? — 
sndd ndstoorietd? 



yen tdk trdkhti; neyni 



Health and sickness. 



217 



bad. — I have a pain 

in the bowels. 
That will pass away;— 

it will stop of itself. 

— I hope so, 
Do you have it often?— 

Quite often; — it 

comes upon me from 

time to time. 
What do you do against 

it? - Nothing; I lie 

down and remain 

quiet. 

That is the best medi- 
cine. — I think so.— 
That helps. 

It always helps me; — 
nothing else helps 
me. 

At least it gives relief. 
Yes, I feel instant 
relief v 

It relieves instantly; — 
it is good for relief. 



to zle\ — Main bole- 
nf. 
To zase pfejdej — to 
pfestane samo. — 
Doufam. 

Mivate to casto2— Dost 
casto; — prickazi to 
na me ob cas. 

Co delate proti tomu? 
— Mc; lelinu si a 
jsem tise. 

Toje nejlepsi lek. -- 
Ja in} slim. — To po- 
maha. 

To mi vzdycky pomuze ; 

nic jineho mi nepo- 

malia. 
A spoil to ulelici.— A- 

no, hued se mi u- 

lehci. 
Hued se uleyi; — je to 

dobi ^ pro ulevu,(pro 

ulehceni). 

Vocabulary. 



td zle. — mam boUni. 

td ziiss prshdyde; — td 

prshdstdnd sdmd. — 

dotifdm. 
meevdtd td chdsstd? — 

dost chdsstd;— prshi- 

khdzee td nd my 8 ob 

chdss. 
isd tfeldtg proti tdmu 1 ? 

— nits; lelinu si d 

sem Mishe. 

td ye neylepshee lek. - 

yd misleem. — td po- 

mdhd. 
td mi viditsky (ditske) 

pomooiLe;-- nits yine- 

ho me n&pomdhd. 
dsspon td uldh-chee. — 

and, hned se me uleh- 

chee. 
hned sd Hldvee; — yd td 

dobre pro ooldvu {pro 

UWi-clieni). 



Nastuditi se ? ndstiiftit sd, to catch 
a cold; 

liastuzeni, n. ndstuzeni, a cold; 

churavetij khtirdvyet, to sicken, to 
be sickly; 

churavy, a, e khUrdvee, sickly, in- 
disposed; 

cnuravost, f. khUrdvost, sickliness, 
indisposition; 



pomaliati, pomdhdt, to help; 
pomalia, pomdhd ) [thel 
pomuze, pomooze ) 

uepomaM [ it does not he i p . 
nepomuze ) 

pochlebovati, pokhttbovdt, to flatter 
zapirati, zdpeerdt, to deny 
cititi, tseetit, to feel 
citim, tseeHeem, I feel 



2i8 



Part J II. 



mivati (reit. form of miti, to have; 

see page 168;) meevdtH, to 

use to have; 
pi'ichazeti, prshikMzet, to use to 

come; 
prestati, prsMstdt, to stop; 

i •« \ 7 * v Ko relieve 

ulehceai, n, uleh-chem \ rel j e | 
tlera, f. #^« I 



Chut', f &Mt\ the taste, the appe- 
tite,*) 

chut' k jidlu, kMf h yeedlu, appe- 
tite for food; 

spani, n. spdnee, the sleep; 

lek, m. UJc ) ^e medicine 

me4icina,f . mediUind 5" 

poklad, m. poklad, the treasure; 

pokoj, m.ptikoy, peace, rest; 

dejtepokoj! deytt pdkoyf give me 
a rest! keep still! 

ob cas, #& c7ia«5, from time to time: 



necitim, n&tseeteern, I do not feel ; 
boleti, bdlet, to ache, to ail; 
boleni, n. botew, pain, (especially in 

the bowels, belly-ache); 
je mi name, y8 me nanits,! feel sick 
n&co ini chybi, nelsd me kliibee, 

something ails me; there 

is something the matter 

with me. 



zdravy, &, e" zdrdvee, healthy, well, 

sound; 
nezdrayy, 4, £ n&zdrdvee, unhealthy, 

unwell, unsound; 
opatrny, a, & 8pdt e -rnee y careful 
obycejuy, 4, £ dbicheynee, usual, 

common; 
obycejne, dbicheyue, usually, com- 
monly; 
povazlive, pdvdilivy&, seriously 
prostredn&,pr ostrsh8d-n8, middlin g 
ticho, n. Vik7id, silence, quiet,calm, 
ti§e, tishti, quietly, calmly. 



Tlie luimaxi feeing, 

L1B8KY TVOR. 



T&lo, n. Held, the body; 
telesny, a, 6 telessnee, bodily; 
ud, m. ood, the member, the limb; 
kost, f . the bone; 



kostra, f. kosird, the skeleton; 
kostnaty, 4 ? 6 kostndtee, bony; 

morek,m U em arrow; 

§pik, m. shpik, ) 



*) Chut' means also "a desire or inclination", mam chut? jiti tarn, 
I have a mind to go there; — mam chut? vyhnati ho, I have a mind to 
chase him (or: to turn him out); — mam chut' fici mu to 5 I have a mind 
to tell him so; — mam chut' do prace, I have a desire to work, or a taste 
for work; I feel like working; — pracuju s chuti, I work with a will; etc. 



TJie human being. 



sly 



knze f toriV, l theskiu 
pletf, f. p#t?, S 
pokozka, f . pdkozkd, the cuticle 
blana, f. bland, the membrane 
maso, n. mdssd, the flesh 
masit^, a, £ massites, fleshy 
tlusty, d, £ tlitstee, fat 
hubeny, a, £ htiMnee, lean, thin; 
sval, m. s#a£, the muscle 
svalnaty, a, £ svalndtee, muscular 
Slachy, pi. shldkhy, the sinews 
zlaza, f . ifrzza, the gland 

tak,m.«*. » thefat 

sadio, m. sidlo, > 

nery, m. ««•/, ) thenerve 

civa, f. cJiivd, ) 

nervovy, a, 6 nervdvee, ) nervous 

fovni, cJiivnee , J 

ceva, f . te#»#, the vessel 

zila, zeeld, the vein 

Hlava, f. JUdvd, the head 
lebka, f ' lebkd, the skull 
temeno, n. temgnd, the crown or 

top of the head; 
tylo, n. teeld, the back of the head; 
kuze na hlave 9 koofre nd JddvyS \ the 
skalp,m. skdlp ) scalp 

mozek, m. mdzek, the brain 
spanek, m. spdneJc, the temple 
8pAnky,pl.«pd»fty> the eg 

skrane, pi. skrane ) 

Oko, n. #&<?, the eye 

oci, pi. #c/m, the eyes 

ocni dulek, ochnee doolek,ihe socket 



hlavni zila, Jildvnee &. } the 

srde£ni zila, s e rdecJinee z. ) artery 

tepna, f . t8pnd, the pulse 

zilka, f. zi/M, a small vein; 

zilnaty, a, e" zilndtee, sinewy 

krev, f. krtif, the blood 

krevnat^,a,£ kr#vndtee,fu\\ blooded 

chudokrevn^, a, £ khudokrtivnee, 

bloodless, anaemic 

krvavy, a, e & e rvdvee, bloody 

vlas, ^Wte* L , , . ' , 

. ' . f the hair on the head 

vlasy, pi. > 

^'^i the hair on the body 
chlupy, pi. > 

vlasaty, a, £ vldsdtee ) h . 
chlupaty,a, ekJiMpdtee ) 
vnitrnosti, vnitrsJi-nosti viscera; 
uvnitf, uvnitrsJi [ insidefinwardly . 
vne, viie ) 

ze\nitr,zevnitrsh ) outside> outwardly. 
zevnfc, zevue > 
celo, n. cfofttf, the forehead 
tvar, f. twdrsJi 
lice, n. feete# 

trdi-, t twdrsh i theface 

obhdejjin.o&focfoy ) 
licni kost, leetsnee kost, the cheek- 
bone 
celist, f. cJiellist, the jaw-bone 
brada, f . brddd, the chin 
laloch, m. l&lokh, double chin 
dulek, m. dooUJc, the dimple 
vrasky,pl. m. vi'dssJcy, the wrinkles. 

ocni jablko, ocJaiee ydb e Ucd,the eye- 
ball 
koutek, m. koutek, the corner 



the cheek 



220 



Part 111. 



rohovka, f . ro7iofkd, the cornea 
duhovka, f. dtihofkti, the iris 
zritelnice, f- zrs7ieetelnitse~, the pupil 
klapka, f . kldpkd, the eyelid 

Ucho, n. uk7id, the ear 
usi, pi. us7ii i the ears 



Kos, n. ndss, the nose 
Spicka nosu, s7ipic7ikd nossu,the tip 
of the nose. 

"Usta, pi. oostd, the mouth 

py S k,m.^) t 
ret, m. ret) 

Zub, m. zufey, pi. £#&, z*%, the 
tooth, the teeth 

predni zuby, prs7ied-n.ee ztiby, the 
fore-teeth 

zadni zuby, zMn.ee ztiby, the back- 
teeth 

spicaky, m. shpichdky, the canines 

Vousy, pl.fotisy, the beard 

licousy, pi. Utsousy, the whiskers 

Hrdlo 9 n. 7i e rdld, the throat 

krk 9 m. k *rk, the neck 

hrtan.m. h P rtdn \ ., . 
_ v > _ _ _ Khe larynx 
cnrtan,m.7irsAfcm ) 

hrdeliiiee 9 f. 7i~rdel-uitse, the jugu- 
lar vein: 

Trap, m. trup, the trunk 
hrud', f. hrtlfl, the chest 
prsa, pi. p *rsd, the breast 
zebro, n. iebrd, the rib 



fasy 9 pi. rs7itissy, the eyelashes 
bryy, pi. b °r»y ) the brows 
obo£i 9 n. obdc7iee ) 



konec ucha 9 7cdnets tik7id, the tip of 

the ear; 
lalo£ek 9 m. Idldc7iek, the lobe 

clirip& 9 pi krsliee-py%\ the 
iiosovedirky 5 pl.fttfss0- r nostrils 
v& fteerky ' 

Pjsky Pi.) he 
rty, pi. ) 



stolicka 9 f. stoliehkd, the molar 
koren zubu 9 korsMn ziibti, the root 

of the tooth; 
daseil, f . ddssen, the gum 
dasiiS, pi. das sue, the gums 
patrOjn.p^r#,the roof ©f the mouth 
jazyk 9 m. ydzyk, the tongue. 

kiiiry, pi. kneery, the moustaches 
plnovoiis,m p '^#/<9#s,thefullbeard 
prudusuice, f. proodiLs7inits&, the 

windpipe 
maudle,pl. mdndlg, the tonsils, the 

almonds; 
ohryzek, m. dhryz&k, Adam's apple. 

klicni kost 9 f. kleec7inee kost, the 

collar-bone 
prsni kost 9 f . p e rsnee kosi, the 

breast-bone 



The human being. 



221 



zada, pi. zddd, the back 

zadek, m. zadek, the back part, the 

backside; 
predek, in. prshMek, the fore-part, 

the front; 
hrbet, m. hrsbet \ the backbone, 
pater, f . pdtersh ) the spine ; 

Zivot, m. frivot, the abdomen 
briclio, n. brshikhd, the belly 
pupek, ni pitpek, the navel 
bok, m. btik, the hip 
slabiua, f* sldbind, the side 
kfiz, krsheefr,the small of the back; 
zaduice; f . zddnilsg, the seat, the 

bottom ; 
pulky, pl.f.poolky. ) the 
zadni tvare,pl. f . zddn.ee t buttocks 

twdrsM 

Ruka, i. ruka, the hand 

nice, pi* r&ts#, the hands; v rukou, 

vrukotl, in the hands; na 

rukou, nd r., on the hands 
rfmft, n.rdmye K he&im 
paze, n. pate ) 
dolni 6ast paze, dpVn.ee chdst pake, 

the fore-arm 
horni £&st pa£e, horneechdstp., the 

upper arm 
rameuo, n. r amend ) the shoulder or 
pazdi, n. pdMee S top of the arm; 
podpazdi, n. podpdzfti, the armpit 
loket, m. loket, the elbow 
prehyb, m. prsh&hib, the wrist 
pest, f py&st, the fist 



zhtta zila, f. zlatd zeeld, the spinal 

cord; 
plece,sing. &pl plets&, the shoulder 
lopatka, f . lopdtkd, the shoulder blade 
obratel, m. obratel, the vertebra 
obratle, pi. obrdttt, the vertebrae. 

ritf, f. rshiXi, the anus 
pohlavi, n. pohlavce, the sex 
pohlavui lid, pohldvnee ood, the 

sexual parts 
muzsky ud,m. miiskee ood,ihe penis 
zalupa, f. zdliipa, the fore-skin 
varle, (pi. varlata), varU, the tes- 
ticle 
rodidla, pi. ro&'idla, the genitals. 



kloub, m. klotlb, the joiut 
dlan, f . dldn, the palm 
prst, m.p e rst, the finger 
palec, m. pdlets, the thumb 
malik, m. mdleek, the little finger 
ukazovak, itkdzovdk, the forefinger 
prostf edni nr^prostrshed^eep e rst, 

the middle finger 
cliinek prstu, chkinek p*rstit, the 

phalange 
§pi£ka prstu, f . shpichkd p e rstu y 

the tip of the finger; 
nehet, m. n&het, the nail 
nehty, pi. n8hty, the nails 
kotnik, m. kotneek, the knuckle 
kloub, m. kloub, the joint. 



222 



Part 111. 



^olia, f. ndM, the leg, the foot; 
nohy, pi. ndhy, the legs, the feet; 
chodidlo, n. khoftidld, the foot 
tlapa, f . tldpd, the sole of the foot; 
stehnOj n. sWmti, the thigh 
stelienni kost 9 f . stM&nee kost, the 

thigh-bone 
limit, m. hndt, the shin 
lytko, n. leetkd, the calf of the leg; 
koleno, n. kolgnti, the knee 
pfehyb kolena, m. prshtiliyb koltina, 

the knee-joint 

Srdce, n. s e rds8, the heart 
osrdi, n. osslrtfee, the pericardium 
komora, f . ktimord, the ventricle 
plice, pi. pleetsg, the lungs 
jatra, pi. ydtra, the liver 
slezina, f . slezina, the spleen 
ledvina, f . ledvind, the kidney 
in&ch^f', m. my&k7ieersh,the bladder 
zlm% f . Hitch, the gall, the bile; 



Ustroji, n. oostroyee, organim, con- 
stitution; 

dychati, deekhdt, to breathe 

dychani, n. deekhdm, breathing,res- 
piration; 

dychaci listroji, deekhdtsee oostroyee, 
respiratory organs; 

deck, m. d&kh, the breath; 

lehky ^edh^Wikee dtikli, easy breath- 
ing; 

tfczky deck, teshkee d&kh, heavy 
breathing; 

dechnuti, n, d&khntitiee, one breath 



pata, f . pdta, the heel 

prsty u nohy, pi. p*rsty it ndhy, 
the toes 

palec u nohy, n. palets it ndhy, the 
big toe; 

malik u noky, m. maleek it ndhy, 
the little toe; 

]Ao8ko-nokfiPlo8kd-nd7iee, flat-foot- 
ed; 

kolo-nohy, kold-ndhee, bow-legged. 

zlufaii mechyr, m. Uitchneem., the 

gall-bladder 
zaludek, m. Mlitdek, the stomach 
strevo, n. strsMvd, the intestine, the 

gut; 
stfeva, pi. strsJiSva, the bowels 
tenka streya, the lesser intestines 
tlusta stf eva, tlitstd s. the larger in- 
testines; 
kone^nik, m . konechfieek, the rectum . 



vydechnouti, vydVkhnoitt, to draw 

breath; 
vydeclinouti ze sebe, v. z& s8b$, to 

exhale, to force out the 

breath; 
vdechnouti do sebe, vd&khnoilt dd 

stibV, to inhale; 
oddechnouti si 5 odSkhnoiit si, to 

breath easily, to feel re 

lief; 
traviti, trdvit ) to digest, to con- 
ztraviti, strdvit ) sume: 

zaiivati, z&ieev&t, to digest 



The human being. 



223 



tr*yeni, ,n. ^~_ I digestion 

zazivaM, n zazeevam ) 

zazivaci listroji, zd&eevdtsee oosiro- 
yee, digestive apparatus; 

mo£, m. mdch, the urine 

inocenf, n. mdche^ni, urination 

mociti, ?ndchit, to urinate 

stolice, f . stolitsg, stool, evacuation; 

initi stolici, meet stolitsi, to go to 
stool; to have open bowels; 

vykal, veekdl, the excrement, the 
discharge; 

lejno,n.^) the d 

trus, m. truss ) 

obeh krve, m. oby8hk e rrv8, circula- 
tion of the blood; 

krv&ceti, k *rvdtset, to bleed 

krv&cenf,n. k e rvdtsem t the bleeding 

mesicne^ n. myZseechne, the men- 
struation 

plod, m. pldd, the fruit 
ploditi, pldflit, to bear (fruit etc.); 
to beget; 



Duch, m. dtikh, the spirit; the mind 
or intellect; 

du§e, f • dtishg, the soul 

duchovni, dtikhovfiee { spiritual, 

dusevni, dtisli^vnee S intellectual; 

my si, f . missly the mind 

dftmysl,m. doomissl [ the intellect 

schop, m. skhop, ) 

rozum, m. roztim, the reason, the 
understanding; 

zdravy rozum, zdrdvee roztim, com- 
mon sense; 

soudnost, f . 8otidnost } ihe judgment 



plozeni, n. plozem, the bearing, the 

begetting; 
porod, m. childbirth 
poroditi, pordflit, to be delivered; 
pracovati ku porodu, prdtsovdt kit 

porddti, to be in labor; 
§estined£li,n. sMsXiineftelee, lying-in 
sestinedelka, f. sh8sX!ine$elka, a 

woman in childbed; 
je tehotnd, yS Vehdtnd, she is with 

child; 
£ek& se do kouta^ chekd s8 dd kotitd, 

she expects to be confined ; 
je T k0llt& ? ytifkoiffie \ she is confined, 

slehla, sWM ) (inchildbed) ; 

po koute, p8 koiffie, after childbirth, 
after confinement; 

obcovani, n. obtsdxani, the inter- 
course 

obcovati, obtsdvdt, to have inter- 
course ; 

pohlavni obcovaui, pohldvnee o. 

telesne' obcov&ni, Melessni o. 

sexual intercourse. 



smysl, smissl, the sense 

zrak, m. zrdk, the sight 

sluch, m. sluk7i, the hearing 

chut', f . khu%, the taste 

£ich, cit, m. chich, tsit, the smell, 

the feeling; 
limat, m. hmdt, the touch 
pam&t, f • pdmyet, the memory 
smyslny, k, & smisslnee, sensual 
smyslnost, f . smisslnost, sensuality 
nesmysl, m. ngsmissl, nonsense 
nesmyslny, a\ 6 ntsmisslnee, sense- 
less, nonsensical, 



224 



Part III. 



A sound body, — a 

sound mind. 
A sound mind in a 

sound body 
I have sound limbs, — 

and that is a great 

gift. 
The bone is hollow and 

contains marrow 
That man is lean but 

muscular. 
That lady has excitable 

nerves. 
Young blood — hot 

blood, 
The pulse beats slowly, 

beats fast. 
The pulse is normal, — 

regular, — irregular. 

The beating of the 
heart and the beating 
of the pulse agree. 

Every little vein in the 
body contains blood. 

Fair hair and blue eyes 
prevail in the north, 
— dark hair and 
black eyes in the 
seuth. 

Long hair, short wit, — 
says an old proverb. 

The European race has 
a white skin, the Af- 



Zdrave telo, — zdravy 

dwell, 
Zdravy duch ve zdra- 

vein tele. 
Mam zdrave udy, — a 

to jest veliky dar. 

Kost jednta a obsahu- 

je morek. 
Ten clovek je hu^euy, 

ale svalnaty. 
Ta daiuama popndlive 

nervy, 
Mlada krev — horka 

krev. 
Tepna bije ponialn, — 

bije prudce. 
Tepna je norinalni, — 

pravidelna, — nepra- 

videlna. 
Tliikot srdce a bitf tep- 

ny se shodnjou (or 

shodnji). 
Kazda zilka v tfele ob- 

sakuje krev. 
Plavy vlas a modre' o- 

ci panuji (or pann- 

jou) na severu, — 

tmavy vlas a cern6 

oei na jiliu. 
Dlouli£ vlasy, kratky 

rozuni, pravi star£ 

prislovi. 
Plemeno evropske* ma 

bilon plet 7 , plemeno 



zdrave tela, — zdravee 

dukh. 
zdravee dukh ve zdrd- 

vem Hele. 
mam zdrave oody, — a 

td yest velikee dar. 

kost y8 dittd a obsdhuye 

morek. 
ten ch lovytk yg hub&nee, 

ale svdlndtee. 
ta ddmd ma popUdlivq 

nervy, 
mlddd kref — horkd 

kref. 
tepna biye pomdlu, — 

biyti prudse. 
tepna ye normeiluee, — 

prdvidelnd, — nfrprd- 

videlnd. 
tliikot s e rds8dbiX!eetep- 

ny se s-hodUyou. 

kafrdd fcilka ffelg obsd- 

htiy& kref. 
plaveevlass dmodredchi 

pdnUyee na s&v8ru, — 

tmdvee vldss a cherne 

dehi na yeehu. 

dlouM vldsy, krdtkee 
rozum. — pravee sta- 
re prsheeslovee. 

piemen d frvropskd ma 
beeloit plet\ pUmenq 



The human being. 



225 



rican race a black 
skin. 

Youth has a smooth 
face,— old age makes 
wrinkles. 

A high forehead, a keen 
eye, long moustach- 
es, — such was the 
young man. 

The eyes are the organ 
of sight, the ears (are 
the orgaa of) hear- 
ing; — the nose is the 
organ of smell. 

Young girls usually 
have coral lips. 

Babies have chubby 
cheeks. 

You still have a full set 
of teeth (literally: "all 
the teeth"). 

I have all (my) front 
teeth, but a few mo- 
lars are wanting; — I 
had them pulled. 

Why did you have them 
pulled? — Because 
they ached me; they 
were decayed. 

A decayed tooth always 
aches; — it is best to 
pull it out. 

The pulling of teeth is 
a painful operation, 



africk£ cernou. 

Mlddf m4 hladk£ lice, 
— star i d£la vrasky. 

Yysok£ celo, bystr£ o- 
ko, dlouh£ kniry, — 
takovy byl mladik. 

Oci jsou organ zraku, 
usi slucku; — nos je 
liastroj 6ichu. 



Mlade divky inivaji ko- 

ralov£ rty. 
Pecka maji boubelate" 

tvare. 



Yy je§t£ mate vSeclmy 
zuby. 

M&m ysechiiy pfedni 
zuby, ale par stoli- 
cek mi chybi; — dal 
jsem je vytrhnouti. 

ProSjstejedaltrhati? 
— Proto ze mh bo- 
lely; byly vyzrane. 

Yyzrany zub vidycky 
boli; nejlip ho yytr- 
hnouti. 

Trhani zubfi je bolest- 

n& operace, — ob- 



dfritske' chernoti. 

mld&'ee md hlddki leets8, 
— stdrshee fteld vrdss- 
ky. 

visdke chelW, bistre dkd, 
dlotihe kneery, — t&ko- 
vee bill midweek. 

dc7ci sou organ zr&ku, 
tishi sltikhti; — noss 
y$ ndstroy chikhu. 



mlade d'eefky meevdyee 

kor&ldve rti. 
ftetskd mdyee boUbelldte 

tvdrshti. 

vy yesh\!e mdt& fshtikh- 
ny ziiby. 

mdm fshVkhny prsMd- 
Tiee zitby; dig par slo- 
lichek me khibee; — 
ddl semygvyt e rhnout 

proch st8 y$ ddl t e rhdt? 
— proto %e myti bold- 
ly; billi viirdni. 

vyiranee zilb ditski bo- 
lee; — neyleep hd vy- 
t e rhnoitt. 

t ^r7idnee zicboo y& bolest- 
nd $perats8,—obzldshf! 

8 



226 



Part 111. 



-especially when the 
tooth has a big root. 

Children lose the milk- 
teeth; — they fall out 
of themselves. 

With the teeth we bite ; 
hence they are of a 
very hard substance. 

The teeth are set (liter. 
' 'sit")in the j aw-bone 

The windpipe carries 
the air into the lungs, 
where the blood is 
oxydized. 

Theribs inclosethe tho- 
racic cavity. — There 
are true ribs and false 
ribs. 

The spinal column is 
composed of links, 
which we call verte- 
brae. 

Burdens are most easily 
carried (i.e. "we car- 
ry") on shoulders. 

The hand is an exceed- 
ingly important 
member. — The hand 
has five fingers. 

The negroes usually 
have strong arms. 

Whoever walks a great 
deal, must have sound 
legs. 

The stubbing of the big 
toe causes pain. 



zvlast' ma-li zub vel- 

ky koren. 
D&ti ztraci ml£cn£ zu- 

by; — vypadaji sa- 

my. 
Zuby kousame; proto 

jsou z velmi tvrd£ 

latky. 
Zuby sedi v celisti. 



PruduSnice vede 
Yzgncli do plic, kde 
krev se okyslicl. 

Zebra zayiraji hrudni 
dutinu. — Jsou pra- 
va zebra a fale&na 
zebra. 

Pater sklada se ze elan- 
ku 9 kter£ naz^rame 
obratle. 

Bremena nosime nej- 
snaze na plecich. 

Ruka jest lid nesmir- 
n& dulezit^.— Ruka 
ma p&t prstfl. 

Negrove' mivaji silne" 
paze. 

Kdo chodi mnoho p£§- 
ky, musi miti zdra- 
v£ nohy. 

Zakopnutf palce u no- 
hy dfela bolest. 



md-li ztib velkee kor- 
slitin. 

d'eVi strdtsee mlechne 
zilby; — vypdd&yee 
s&my. 

zilby koiisdmg; protd 
soti zvellmitv *rde lat- 
ky. 

zitby gffiee fcMlisffi. 

pr oodtislifiits 8vM8 
vzdtikh dd plits, gd# 
kref sti okyslicliee. 

iebrd zilveerayee hrud- 
nee dioVinit. — ■ soit 
pravd zebra it fdlesh- 
nd %ebr&. 

pdtersh sklddd s$ z8 
chldnkoo, ktere ?ia~ 
zeevdmg obrMW. 

brsMmtina noseemgney- 
simzti nil pletseekJc. 

rtikd yest ood nSsmeer 
fie doolffiitee. — ritkct 
md pytitp e, rstoo. 

negrove meevityee silne 

pd&#. 
gdd klwftee mndhd 

pygsliky, mUsee meet 

zdrdvS nbhy. 
zdkopnuVee ptilts8 it nd- 

Uy field bdlest. 



The human being. 



227 



The digestive appara- 
tus is a vital organ. 

Food is digested in the 
stomach and in the 
bowels. 



Zafcivaci listroji jest zl- 

yotni organ. 
Pokrm ztravf se v za- 

ludku a ve stf evadi. 



Dar, m. ddr, the gift 
tlukot, m. tlukot, the beating 
kyslik, m kissleek, oxygen 
okysliclti, okisslichit, to oxygenate 
dusik, m. ditsseek, nitrogen 
vzduch, m. vzdtikh, the air 
pokrm, m. pok e rm, the food 

0r /f n ' m ' ff (the organ 
nastroj, m. ndstroy ) 

61anek, m. chldnek, the link 
neger, m. neg e r, the negro 
mladf, n. mldftee, youth 
mladik, m. midweek, the young man 
divka, f . tfeefka, the girl 
latka,f. Idtkd, the material, the stuff ; 
zilka, f . Zilka, a small vein; 
pletf, f. the skin 

prislovi, n . prsheeslovee, the proverb 
piemen©, -n.^***) the raoe 
pl6m£, Ti.plemyS ) 
Irfemeno, n. brsMmenti, the burden 
duty, &j 6 dtitee, hollow 
prudky, a, e prtidkee, fast 
prudce, adv. prtidsti, fast, rapidly; 
popudliyy, a, tipdpudlivie, excitable 
normalni, normdlnee, normal 
pravidelny, prdvidelnee, regular 
prav^j a j ^ prdvee, true, right; 
fale§n^, a, tifdlgshnee, false 



zazeevdtsee oostroyee 
yest iivotnee organ, 
pok Irm strdvee se~ v M- 
Itidku d v$ strshS- 
vdkh. 
Vocabulary. 

plavy, &, 6 pldvee, fair, blonde; 
koralovy, a, £ kordlovee, coral (adj.) 
boubelaty, a, 6 botibSldtee, chubby 
bolestny, a, 6 bolestnee, painful 
vyzran^, a, 6 vy&rdnee, decayed 
dulezity, a, 6 doolffiitee, important 
takov^, a, 6 tdkovee, such 
nesmfrnfc, nfameerfie, exceedingly 
pe§ky, pyVshky, on foot 
obsahovati, obsdhdvdti, to contain 
panovati, pdnovdt, to reign, to pre- 
vail; 
shodovati se, shoddvdt s8, to agree 
chybeti, klribyU, to be wanting; 
trhati, t s rhdt, to pull, to tear; 
trhaiii, n. t e rhdnee, the pulling 
vytrhnout, vyt^rhnoitt, to pull out; 
padati, pdddt, to fall 
yypadati, vypddat i tofallout; 



vypadnouti, vypddnottt ) 

kousati, kottsdt, to bite 

nnzjYSLti^ndzeevdt,to call (by a name) 

skladati se (ze), skldddt s$, to be 
composed (of); 

zavirati, zdveerdt, to inclose (also 
"to shut"); 

zakopnouti, zdkopnoUt, to stub; 

zakopnuti, n. zakopntiXlee, the stub- 
bing. 



228 



Part III. 



Disease and. cure. 

NEMOCa LE$ENL 



flemoc, ngmots, sickness, illness, 
dinease; 

lehka nemoc, tthkd n. light disease; 

tezka uemoc, Ve&kd n. acute or dan- 
gerous disease; 

nemocen, cna, cno ngmotsen ) sick, 

nemocny, &, £*) nemotsnee r ill, dis- 

' eased 

tSzce uemocen, Veshts8n. very sick, 
dangerously sick; 

bytinemocen, beet ntimotstin \ to be 



crip- 
pled 
the 



zmrza£en,a, o**)zm e rzdc7ie J n ) 
zmrzatfeny, a, 6 zm ^rzdchfrnee ) 
znirza£eiiost, f. zm e rzdch$nost, 

crippled condition; 
rana, f . rdnci, the wound 

L- *~ u f t0 wound 

poraniti, pordmt ) 

ran&ny, a, £ rdnenee, wounded 

poran&ni, n. pordnenee ) thewound 



uraz, m. oordz 



L- 



stondt 



sick 



Y 



stonati, 

roznemoci se, rdzn^mdtsisS ) to fall 

rozstonati se, rdstondt s8, r b e c taken 

) sick ; 

clioroba, f. khdrobd, ailment, affec- 
tion; 

chorobnj, a, 6 khdrobnee, ailing, 
affected; 

marod, (coloq. )mdrod, ailing, sic¥ ly ; 

maroditi, mdro&'ii, to be ailing; 

neduh, m. nMuh ) ailment, affec- 

neduzivost, f- ntidil- r tion, infirm- 
iivost, ) ity, disorder; 

neduziyy, a, £ ntidtijtivee, ailing, in- 
firm; 

nedu2iYec,m. ngdufrivets, ) sickly or 

inaroda, m. mdrodd t infirm 
• person; 

mrzak, m. m *rzdk, cripple 

zmrzaciti, zm e rzdc7iit, to cripple 

*) Nemocn^ is the definite, nemocen the indefinite adjective. See 
Note 2 on page 103. 

**) Zmrza£en is the passive participle (see Lesson XXXVII), from 
which the adjective zmfza£en^ is derived. 



ing, a hurt 
or injury; 
ublizlti, tiblee&it ) to hurt, 
uSkoditi, ushkoftlt $" to injure; 
ukoditi, uhod% to strike, to hurt 

by striking; 
polimozditi, pdhmoMit, to bruise ; 
polimoMeni, n. pdhmoMenee, the 

bruising, a bruise; 
usfcHpnouti, UskrsheepnoUt, to jam, 

to squeeze; 
usklipiiiitij n. Hskrsheepnutee, a 

contusion by squeezing; 

riznouti, rsheeznotit, to cut 

riznuti, n.rsheeznilfee ) 

v 7 , v ,f a cut; 

rez, m. r&hfa ) 

pichnoutij peekhnoiti ) to stab, to 

bodnouti, bodnoiit ) P ierce > to P riok ! 

kousnouti, koUsnotit, to bite 

kousnuti, n. kotisntiVee, a bite. 



Disease and care. 



229 



Lekar, m. Wear ah, the physician 
doktor, m. doktdr, the doctor 
l^karstvi, n. lekarsh-shcee, the med- 
ical profession: 
lekarsk^, Mkarshkee, medical 
porodni l£kaf, pdrodnee ttkarsh, the 

accoucheur 
porodni Mba,p. MM K he midwife 
babicka, bdbichka ) 
ranhoji6, m rdnhdyich, the surgeon 
zubni l£kar, ziibnee Wcarsh, the 

dentist 
vyl^citi, vylechit, ) 
vyhojiti, vyhdyit r to cure, to heal 
uzdravitt, Hzdrdvit ' 

vjl^cenf, vyhojeni, uzdraveni, the 

cure 
uzdraviti s^tizdrdvit sg ) to get 
\yoz&r2LYitise,pozdravitsg r well; 
vystonati se, vystdnat sg ' to recover; 
nnrfiti, timv sheet, ) 
zemfiti, zemrsheet [ to die 
skonati, skondt ' 



Bolest, f. bolest ) the pain, 
boleni, n. boteni f the ache; 
boleni bricha, b. brsMk7id,be\]y-8Lcke 
kolika, f. kolikd, the colic 
main boleni, I have a pain in the 

bowels or stomach; 
boleni lilavy, b. hldvy, head-ache 
" znbu, c. zilbu, tooth-ache 
bolest v zivotS, b. v&ivofe, pain in 
the abdomen; 
" v kfizi, b. fkrshee-zi, pain in 
the small of the back; 



umirati, umeerdt, to be dying; 
vypustiti ducha, vypusVit dUkhd, to 

breathe one's last; 
smrt, f. sm e rt, the death 
nahia smrt, ndhld s., sudden death 
\>r ohl&Hnoutl) prohMdnout ) toexam- 
proskouinati, proskotlmat r ine, to 
vySetriti, vyxh&trshit ' probe; 

raditi se, rdtfit s8, to consult 
pfedepsati,p>^MrZ#ps^,to prescribe 
dieta, de-Ud ) 

mirnost v jidle, r the diet 

meernost v yeediti ' 

sbirati se, sbeerdt s#, to be recover- 
ing; 
hubnouti, hUbnoitt, to lose flesh; 
tlo\istnonti)tloitstnoiit, to gain flesh; 
slabnouti, sldbnoiil, to grow weak; 
siliti, seelit, to gain strength; 
slabost, f. slabost, weakness 
sila, f. seeld, strength. 

bolest v zadech, b. vzddgkh, pain in 
the back; 
" y noze (v nohou), b. vndzg (v- 
ndhoii), pain in the leg, or 
foot (in the legs, or feet) ; 
" v nice (v rukou), b. vrtitsV (v- 
rtikoti), pain in the hand, 
or arm (in the hands, or 
arms) ; 
bolest u srdce, b. us e rds8, pain in 
the heart region; 
" uvnitr, b. icv%itrsh, pain inside 



230 



Part III 



bolestny, a, e bolestnee, painful 
bolavy, &, 6 boldvee, sore 
boule, f . botiW, a boil, a bump; 
vfed, m. vr87i#d, ulcer 
krtice, pi. k*rfits$, scrofula 
rak, m. rdk, cancer 
otok, m dtdk, a swelling; 
otekly, a, £ VWclee, swelled, swollen 
oteci, dttitsi, to swell 
horky, & ? 6 horkee, hot 
horkost, f . ) the heat, the fe- 

TOZpalenost, f. ) ver,the feverishness 

Zdpal. m, zdpdl ) . „. 

* ' xx '- a Mmflammation 

zauet, m. zanet ) 

zapaleny, a, 6 zapdmee > inflamed _ 

zaniceny, a, e zdneetsgnee ) 

Ziipal plic, zdpdl plits, inflammation 
of the lungs; 

Ziipal mozku, z. mdzkii, inflamma- 
tion of the brain; 
" inozkov£ blany, z. mdzkove 
bldny, meningitis; 

zapal strev, z. strsh$f, inflamma- 
tion of the bowels; 

zapal pobi*i§nice, z.pobrshisJimts^, 

peritonitis; 

u pohrudnice, z. pohrildjiitsg, 

pleurisy; 

souchote, pi. soukhote ) ., 

u 4-v i r 4. 5 (. the con- 

ubyte, pi. oobyVe r 

tuberkuIe,pl.*#forMZ#' 

ocliroma, dkliromd \ . . 
ochrnuti, tikh § rnUfee S 
mrtvice, f. m e rtvits8, apoplexy 
zaskrt, m. zdshk e rt, diphtheria 



rozpalen, a, o rospdWn, feverish; 
horecka, f. hor&chkd \ thety- 

horka* nemoc, horkd ntimots r phus 
hlavni^ka, f. hldvmchkd ' fever; 
zimnice, f . zimfiitsg, the ague 
zluta zimnice, frliltd z. the yellow- 
fever; 
mraziti, mrdzit, to chill 
mrazeni, n.mrdz&Tii, a chill, a shiver 
mrazi in£, mrdzee my 8,1 feel a chill; 
tMsti se zimou, trshdst s$ zimott, to 
shiver with cold. 



krup, m. krtip, the croup 

psotnik, m. psotti&eek, the fits 

spala, m. spdld ) he measleg 

SarMt, m. sh&rldt ) 

osutiny, pi. osstifiny, the chicken- 
pox 

neStovice, pi. nes7Udvits&, the small- 
pox 

oclkovati, tichkovdt, to vaccinate 

o6kov&ni, dchkovdni, vaccination 

otfkovany, a, £ ddikovdnee, vacci- 
nated 

vyraz, m. veerdz, eruption 

vyrazeny, &, £ vyrdfienee, full of 
eruption; 

kozni nenioc, f . koinee ngmots, skin- 
desease; 

li§ej, m. Ushey, the lichen 

1110I9 m. the ringworm 

svrab, m. the itch 

svrbeti, sv e, rby8t. to itch 

strup, m. strUp, the scab, the scurf; 

strupovity-, a, e* strilpdvitee, scabby 



Disease and care. 



231 



hostec,m.7^^) rheumatism 
revma, n. revma ) 
hostecny, 7iost8chnee { rheu- 
rejmaticls,f^revmdtitskee ) matic 
srdecni vada, f. s*rd8c7inee vddd, 

heart-disease; 
vodnatelnost, f . vddnatellnost, drop- 
sy; 
vodnatelny, a, £ vddndtelnee, drop- 
sical 
zaducli, m. zddtikh, asthma 
zaduSliry, a ? 6zddils7rfivee, asthmatic 
kasel, m. Jctishel, the cough 
modry kasel, modree k., the whoop- 
ing cough 
ka&lati, kas7ddt, to cough 
vyhazovati, vy7idzdvdt, to throw up; 
daviti. davit ) . 

■lT-IIiLI 4 \ t0 V0IIllt 

bliti, oleet ) 

ddveni,n «n thevomiti 

bliti, n. bhtee ) 



kf*e6e, pi. krsngchg, cramps 
indloba, f . faintness, fainting fit; 
mdl^, a, £ mdlee, faint; 
omdleti, dmdWt, to faint, to swoon; 
oindlevani, n. dmdl8vdm, fainting 

fits, swooning. 
nezaftivnost, f. ngzd&ivnost ) i |[ di- 
§patn£ traveni, n. shpdtne' ) gestlon 
zazivny, a, 6 zd&ivnee, digestible 
nezaziviiy, n&zdfrivnee, indigestible 
vetry, pi. vygtry ) 
nsulo\iY&ni,n.nddouvdm > w ieni£f tu " 
nadymani,n. n&deemdni ' 

nadmuty, a, £ nddmittee, flatulent 
behavka, f . byShafka \ the 
prujem, m. prooyem ) diarrhea 

zastava, f. zastdvcf) stoppage in 

t6zka stolice, teshkd \ 



stoliUti 



constipation, 
J costiveness; 



uplavice, f. oopldvitsg, dysentery. 



i 



to break 



Zloiniti, zlomit 

zlainati, zldm&t 

zlomeny, a, e zlomtfnee, broken 

zlamanina, f . zldmdmnd ) a b ^ken 

zlomenina, f. zldm ) fracture; 

pukla kost, f . pitkld kost, a cracked 
bone; 

vymknouti, vymknoilt, to dislocate: 

vymknouti kloub,«. klotib, to sprain 
a joint; 

vymknuti, n. vymknUfee, a disloca- 
tion, a sprain; 

srovaati kost, srdvndt kost, to set a 
bone; 



dati do desek,^aZ dd dgssek,to splint 
obvazati r&nu 9 dbvdzdt rdnti, to dress 

a wound; 
obvazek, m. dbvdzek, a dressing, a 

bandage; 
priitri, m. proot e rs7i, the rupture 
prutrzni pas, m. the truss 
hrb, m. h *rb, a hump, a hunch; 
hrbac, 7i e rbdc7i, a humpback; 
hrbaty, a, 6h e rbatee, humpbacked; 
kulhati, kUUidt, to walk lamely; 
kulhavy, a, £ kUUidvee ) lame 
chromy, a, £ khromee ) 
dopadati, ddpdddt, to halt. 



232 



Pari Til. 



It is said that Mr. Ha- 
nush is sick. 

Is lie laid up?— Yes,he 
took to<his bed. 

Is he very sick? — I 
think it is serious. 

Call a physician.- Send 

for a doctor 
We have sent for him. 

— The doctor has 
been here already. 

When was Mr. Hanush 
taken sick ? — Yester- 
day morning; all at 
once he felt a chill, 
then he felt feverish. 

What is the trouble ?— 
What disease has he ? 

I think it is inflamma- 
tion of the lungs. 

That would be danger- 
ous.— What does the 
physician say? 

The doctor thinks that 
he has inflammation 
of the lungs. 

Then I pity him. 

How is Mr. Swoboda 

to-day? is he better? 

Always the same thing; 

— no better, no 
worse; — there is no 
change. 



Pan Hanu§ je pry ne- 

niocen. 
Lezi % -Ano, ulelmul. 

Je mu tuze zle? — My- 

slim ze je to pova£- 

live\ 
Zarolejte l£kare.— Po- 

Slete pro doktora. 
Poslali jsme pro nej. 

— Doktor \\z tu byl. 

Kdy se pan Hanu§ roz- 
stonal? — Yeera ra- 
110; z nenadani do- 
stal mrazeni, pak 
horkost. 

Co je mu?- Ma6 se roz- 
s tonal 2 

Myslim ze na zanSt 

plic. 
To by bylo nebezpec- 

ne. — Co povida le- 

kaf I 
Doktor mysli ze ma 

zapal plic. 

To ho lituju. 



Jak je panu Svobodovi 
dnes? Je mu lip? 

Porad stejn£$ — ani 
lip, ani bur; — nic 
se to neinfcni. 



pan hanush yd prey nd- 
motsdn. 

l&teef — and,tiWinul. 

yd mU toozd zldf — rnis- 

leemzdyd td pdvdili- 

ve. 
zdvoleytd Ukdrshd. — pd- 

shldtd prd ddktor a. 
pdslali smd prd ney. — 

ddktor its7i til bill. 

gdy sdpdn h. rostdndlf 

— fcherd rand; znd 
naddni dostdl mrdzd- 
ni, pak horkost. 

tsd yd mil? — ndch sd 

rostdndlf 
misleem ie net zdnet 

plits. 
td bi Mild ndbespdchnS. 

— tsd poveedd le- 
karshf 

ddktor mislee ze ma za- 
pal plits. 

Id ltd UtUyU. 

yak yd panti swdbdddvi 
dness? yd mil leep. 

porshdd stey\\e; — dm 
leep, dm hoorsh; — 
Wits sd td nemydnee. 



Disease and cure. 



233 



It does not grow worse, 

— it doesn't grow 
better; 

What disease has he?- 
What is his disease? 

— What ails him? 
The physician himself 

doesn't know yet; — 
until it develops.*) — 
It is not known what 
will come of it. 

I hope it will not be so 
bad. 

I hope he will recover. 

— Perhaps he will 
soon get well. 

I don't know if he will 
get over it. — Who 
know r s if he will get 
well. 

He is well along in 
years already. 

Well, he needs good 
nursing. — Give him 
the best care possible. 

We nurse him faith- 
fully.— We tend him 
as best we can. 
. Yes, tend him as well 



NehorSi se to, 
lep§i se to. 



ne- 



Co ma za nemocS Ja- 
kou ma neinocS — 
NaS stiine* 

Lekafr sam nevi je§tej 

— az jak se to uka- 
ze. — Nevi se co z 
toho bude. 

Doufam ze nebnde to 

tak zle\ 
Don fani ze z toho vy- 

jde. — Snad se brzo 

uzdravi. 
Nevim vyjde-Ii z toho, 

— Kdoz yi jestli z 
toho vyjde. 

Uz je t letech. 

Inn, potfebnje dobre 
osetfeni.— Dejte mu 
vsemoznou peel. 

OSetfujeme ho piln£. 

— Slouzime mu co 
nejlip muzeme. 

Ano, sluzte mu co 



ngliorshee sd td — ne- 
lepshee s$ td. 

tsd md z& ndmotsf — 
y&koti md ndmots? — 
ndch stoonef 

lekarsh sdm ndvee yesh- 
fe; — ash yelk s8 td 
ilkdie; — ndvee sd tsd 
stdhd btidd 

doufdm ie ndbtidd to 

tak zle. 
doufdm be stdhd veedd. 

— snad s8 b e rzd &- 

zdrdvee. 
ndveem veeddli stolid. — 

gddi vee yestli stdhd 

veedd. 

ush yd vletdkh. 

inii, potrshdbUyd ddbre' 
oshe^trshdni. -deytd mu 
fshdmoinoii pdchi. 

dslidtrshUydmd lid pil- 
ne. — sloilieemd mil tsd 
neyleep mooiemd. 

and, slUshtd mu tsd 



*) Az jak se to ukaze, — until it shows itself or develops, — is in 
fact an elliptical sentence, meaning : " We must wait, until it develops". 
Sentences of this character are frequently used; for instance : 

Az jak bude, "until (we see) how it will be;" — "(it depends upon) 
how it will be". 

Kb jak to dopadne, "until (we see) how it will come out"; — (it de- 
pends upon) how it will come out", 



234 



Part 111. 



as you can. — Nurse 
him in every possible 
manner. 

We are with him day 
and night. 

Has the doctor pre- 
scribed for him? — 
Yes, he wrote a pre- 
scription. 

Have you sent to the 
drug-store ?- We sent 
there right away. — 
The druggist pre- 
pared it immediately. 

The patient takes his 
medicine regularly. 

I hope to God that he 
will get well. 

I hope that he will soon 
be on his legs. 

I fear that he will soon 
be "on the board" (i. 
e. dead). 

lam afraid that nothing 
will help him. 

I fear that he will die. 

Is it true that Mr. Alesh 

died? 
I am sorry to say it is 

true. 
When did he die?— He 

died at midnight. — 

He died toward 

morning. 



mozna. — Obslufcte 
ho se vsmi. 

Jsme u nej ve dne v 

noci. 
Predepsal mu doktorl 

— Ano, napsal re- 

cept. 

Poslalijste do tekar- 
ny? — Poslali jsme 
tarn lined. — L£kar- 
nik to pf ipravil oka- 
mzltS. 

Pacient u^iva prayi- 
delne. 

Da bun ze se pozdra- 
vi. 

Doufam ze bude brzo 
11 a nokou. 

Bojim se ze bude brzo 
na prkne. 

Bojim se ze nic mu ne- 

pomiize*). 
Obavam se ze uinf e. 



Je to prayda, ze pan 

Ale& umrell 
Bohuzel, je to pravda. 

Kdy zeinreH — Skonal 
o pulnoci. — Skonal 
k rami. 



moind. — obsltishttihti 
sdfslieem. 

smgit ReyvSdngvnotsi. 

prsli8d8psdl mu dtiktor? 
— dnd, ndpsdl ret- 



pdsldli st% dd Ukdrnyf 
— pdsldli sm8 tarn 
lin8d. — Wk&rfLik td 
prshiprdvil tikdmii- 
U, 

pdtsient tiieevd prdvi- 
delne. 

dd booli ie s$ pozdrd- 
vee. 

doufam ie btidti b e rz& 
nd ndhoti. 

boyeem s$ ie bttd8 b e rzo 
nd p e rkne. 

boyeem sV ie nits mU n8- 

pdmooie: 
dbdvdm se ie UmrsM. 

y8 td prdvdd ie pan A- 

lesh umrshellf 
bdhuiel, y8 td prdvdd! 

gdy zemr shell? — sko* 
ndl d poolnotsi. — 
skondl krdnU. 



*) See Note 1 on page 36, about double negation. 



Disease and cure. 



235 



What did he die of? — 
Of inflammation of 
the lungs. 

Very few get over that* 
— at his age. 

Indeed very few! — 
There was no help f ©r 
him. — The doctor 
said so right off. 

He said: There is no j 
help for him; — the 
disease has been neg- 
lected. 

He neglected it. — He 
sent for the doctor 
too late. 

He should have sent for 
the doctor sooner. — 
When the doctor 
came;it was too late. 

A disease must not be 
neglected. 

Old Mrs. Hoshek died 
this morning. 

She died suddenly, — 
of heart disease. 

She was taken sick and 
in half an hour it was 
all over with her. 

That was a sudden 
death. 

It is better than to suf- 
fer long. 

Preserve us from long 
suffering! 



Na6 unirell— Sa zapa- 
leni plic. 

Z toho malo kdo vy- 
jde, t jeho v&ku. 

Ba malo kdo!— Nebylo 
mu £adne poinoei.— 
Doktor povidal to 
lined. 

Pravil: nenf mu po- 
moci;— nemoc je za- 
nedbana. 

Zanedbal to. — Foslal 
pro doktora pozdfc. 

Mel poslati pro dokto- 
ra df iye. — Kdy Z dok- 
tor pf i§el, bylo poz- 
dfc. 

Nemoc nesmi se zane- 
dbati. 

Stara panl Hoskova 
skonala dues rano. 

Zemf ela nahle, — na 
srdetfni yadu. 

Prislojizle a za piil 
hodiny bylo po ni. 

To byla nahla sinrt. 

Je to lep§i ne$ trapit! 

se dlouho. 
Jen ne dlouhe' trape- 

nil 



ndcli Umrshell? — nd 
zdpdlcm plits. 

stdhd mold gdd veedd, 

— vy8hd vydkit. 
Bet maid gdd! — nebillo 

mU MdnSpomotsi. — 

ddctor pdveeddl to 

7in8d. 
prdvil : neyni mil po- 

motsi; — ndmots yd 

zdnedbdnd. 

zdnedbdl td. — pdsldl 
pro doctdrd pozfte. 

mydll pdsldt pro doctd- 
rd drslieevd. — gdyz 
doctdr prshisliell, billo 
pozfte. 

ndmots ndsmee se zd- 
nedbdl. 

stdrd pam hoshlcovd 
skondld dness rand. 

zemrshelld ndhld, — na 
s e rdechnee vddit. 

prshishld yee zld d za 
pool hoftiny billo pd 
ffi. 

id billd ndlild sm ~rt. 

yd td lepshee nesh trd- 

pit sd dlotihd. 
yen nd dloilhS trdpdni. 



236 



Fart III. 



Chronic consumption 
is a slow disease; — 
acute consumption 
has a quick run. 

Drowning is a cruel 
death; — so is strang- 
ling. — Hanging is an 
easy death, if the neck 
is broken. 

A. took his own life. — 
he committed suicide 

He drowned himself ;— 
he hanged himself. — 
he poisoned himself; 

— he shot himself; — 
he cut hi3 throat; — 
he thrust a knife into 
his breast. 

And why did he do it? 

— Most likely he was 
insane. 

Semocny, m. ngmotsnee 
pacient, m. patsitint 
nemocna, f. ntimotsnd 



Chronieke' soucholiny 
jsou zdlouhay& ne- 
moc;-akutni soucho- 
t& Hiajf rychly beh. 

Utopeni je tHka smrt; 
udu£eni taky. — 0- 
beseni je lobka 
smrt, zlomi-li se 
yaz. 

A. yzal si 2iyot;— spa- 
chal samovraMu. 

Utopil se; — ob&sil se; 
otrayil se; ♦- zastf e- 
lil se; podfezal si 
krk; — yrazil si nM 

do prsou. 



A pro6 to udelaU 
Nejspig byl sileny. 



Vocabulary. 

) the male 

S patient; 

the female 

patient; 



khronitske' soukhoViny 
soil zdlouh&vd n&mots; 

— tiktitftee sotlk7ioVe 
m&yee rykhlee bytih. 

Htdpeniy^Ves7ikdsm e rt; 

— udtis7i8\\i tclke. — 
obygsh&fii y& Wikd 
sm e rt, zlomee-li s& 
vtiz. 

A. vzdl si iivot; — spd- 

khcLl sdmdvi'dfjdu. 
utopil s&; — dhyteil se; 

— otrdvil s$; — pod- 
rsMztil si k e rk; — 
vrflzil si nooi dd p *r- 



proch to uRtlal? — 
neyspeesh bill sheeU- 
nee. 



paeieiitka,f. pdtsigntka 
lekarna, f. Ukdrnd ) the drugstore, 
apatyka, f. dpdtikd f the pharmacy; 
lekarnik, mAikdrftik, ) the druggist 

a^&tykAt 9 mMpdtikdrs7l > apothecary; 

horkost, f. horkost, the fever heat; 

mrazeni, n. mrdzZfti, the chill 

predpis, m. prsMdpis ) the fprescrip- 
r r i r X tion, receipt, 

recept, m. retsept ) the recipe, 
pf edepsati,p?^MZ<%?s<!M, to prescribe 



pripraviti, prsldpr&vit, to prepare; 

pece, f . pSchg, the care 

pecoyati (o), pVchov&t, to care ifor); 

oSetfeni, n. osMtrsMm, thenursiiig 

oSetfroyati, oshgtrshdva't, to nurse, 

to tend; 
slouzlti, sloMit ) to serve, to wait 

obslouZiti, obsloiliit f on, to tend: 
potfebovati, potrsMbdvat, to want, 

to nee-1; 
bati se, bdt s&, to fear 
obavati se, obdvdt sV, to apprehend 
trapiti se, trdpit s8, to suffer 



Drugs and medicines. 



211 



trapeni, n. trdpSni, the suffering; 
zanedbati, zdngdbdt, to neglect 
zanedban, a, o neglected 
mSniti se, my 8n.it s#,to change 
nem&ni se, nemy8nee sV, it does not 

change; 
horsiti se, liorshit s&, to grow worse 
nehorsi se, nehorsliee s&, it does not 

grow worse ; 
nkazati, tikdzdt, to show 
ukazc se, ukdzti s&, it will show it- 
self; 



vyjiti z folio, ve-yeet stdhd, to come 

out of it; 
nebezpe£i,n. n#besj)gchee, tht danger 
nebezpecny, d, e n&bespMinee, dan- 
gerous 
okamzik, m. okdmfrik, the moment 
malo Jz.do 9 mdld gdd, very few people 
bolmzel, bdhuzell, alas; I am sorry 

to say; 
vaz, m. vaz, the back of the head; 
the neck; 



Drugs arid. medicines. 

LEdlVAa LEKY. 



Mira, f. meerd, the measure 
ydha, f . vd7id, the weight 
mefiti, my 8r shit, to measure 
vaiftti, vdzit, to weigh 
inichati, meekMt, to mix 
prositi, proseet ) %Q b]e 

prebrati, prshtbrdt ) 
libra, f . librd, a pound 
mice, f . tinisti, an ounce 
lot, m. (about half an ounce); 
kvintlfk, m. quintleek, (about \ of 

an ounce); 
gran, m. a grain 
lzice, f, IzeetsS or &eets#, a spoon, a 

spoonful; 

Pr&sek, m. prdsJiek, a powder 
" na zuby, p. nd ztiby, tooth-p. ; 
" Sumivy, p. shumivee, Seidlitz- 
powder; 
" persky, Persian powder; 



Izicka, f. Ifeeckkd or zeedikd, a small 
spoon; a small spoonful ; 

kavova lzi£ka, f. a coffee or tea 
spoonful; 

cajoyy salek, m. chayovee slidlek, a 
tea-cup; 

sklenice, f. sklenits^, a glass 

viimd sklenice, f . wine-glass 

hrstka, f . h e rstkd )a hand 

prehousle, f . prsMhoUshW ) f ul 

spetka, f . shpetkd, a pinch 

kapka, f . kdpkd, a drop 

kapky, pi, kdpky t drops 

p&t kapek,p2/<^ kdpek,flve drops ;etc. 

davka, f. ddfkd, a dose. 

pra§ky, pi. prdshky, powders 
pilulka, f . pillidkd, a pill 
pilulky, pi. pills 
kasicka, f. kdshiclikd, a poultice 
testMko, n. HesHicJikd, a paste 



238 



Part 111. 



mazani, n. mdzdni, an ointment 
mastf, f. mast, salve 
lektvar, m. confection 
tinktura, f. tinctoora, tincture 
flastr, m. fldst e r ) . 
ndplast, m. ndpldst ) 
flzik&tor, m. vesicatory 
olej, m. oUy, oil 
extrakt, m. extract 
vystfelek, m. veestrslielek, spirit 
semeno, n. semfrnd ) -. 
scminko, n. semeenkd f 
list, m. list, leaf 
list!, n. UsVee, leaves 
kofen, m. korsli&n, root 
korinek, m. korsJieenek, little root 
bobule, f . bobtilti, bulb . 
kura, f . koord, bark, peel 
st 7 ava 9 f. s7ifdvd, juice 
bylina, f. billind, herb 
l&karsM bylina, Ukarshskdb., me- 
dicinal herb; 
odvar, m. decoction 
milev, m. ndlef \ . 
vymok, m. veemok ) 



infusion 



Aloe, n. &lo8, aloes 
anjelika, f. dnyellicd, angelica 
anyz, m. dneez, anise 
arabsM guina, f . gum arabic 
arnika v prha, f. arnica 

Baldrian (odolen, kozlik),m. water- 

avens; 
balsam, balzam, m. bdlslidm, bdl- 

zdm, balsam 
bavlna, f. bdv^lnd, cotton 



roztok, m. rosttik, solution 
davidlo, n. emetic 
poclstfovadlo, n.pochisMovddld, pur- 
gative 
lehk^, d, £ Wikee, light soft, easy 
prudk^, a, 6 prUdkee, drastic 
projiinavy, &, £ proyeemdvee, 1 axative 
silicf, seelitsee, tonic 
silivka, f . silifkd, a tonic 
pro spani, pro spdni, soporific 
narkoticky, narkotitskee \ 
omamujicf, omdmUyeetsee | narcotlc 
mocohnavy, moclidhndvee, diuretic 
pijayka, f . piydfkd, a leech 
pijavky, pi. piydfky, leeches 
banka, f. cupping-glass 
prijemny, &, 6 prsliee-yemnee^gvee- 

able, pleasant; 
odporny, d, e odpornee I nauseatin 
o§klivy, a ? £ oshklivee > 
oSkliyost, f. osliklivost, nausea 
kyselina, kissellind, acid 
kyslicnik, kissliclmeek, oxide 
siran, m. seer an, sulphate. 



bedrnik, m. bed trnik u pimpernel 
bezov^ kv£t ? m. bgzovee kvygt, elder 

flowers; 
bMoba, f. byglobd, white lead; 
biikovina, f. beelkdvind, albumen 
blin, m. bleen, henbane 
bobko-tre§ne, f. cherry-laurel 
bolehlav, m. boWddv, hemlock 
bozi trava (recke seno), fenugreek 

seed 



Drugs and medicines. 



239 



bramborik (svinsky chleba, svin- 
sky orech), sow-bread; 
broskvov£ listi, n. peach-leaves; 
brutnak obecny, m. borage 
briza,f . brsheezd,biTch,(betu\& alba); 

Celik, m. isellik, golden-rod 
cesmina (lesni kopriva), f. holly 
cink, m. tsink, zink 
citron, m. tsitron, lemon 
citronova kura, f . lemon juice 
cukr, m. tsitk^r, sugar 
cukr hroznovy, glucose 
cukr ml£cny, ts. mlechnee, sugar of 

milk; 
cukr olov£n^, ts. olovyfoiee, sugar of 

lead. 

Davifory kamen, m. ddvichnee ka- 
men, tartar emetic; 

debet, m. dtiMt, tar 

divizna, f. tfiviznd, mullein 

(lobra mysl, f. see marjanka; 

draft krev, f . drdchee hr8f, dragon's 
blood; 

draslik, m. (kalium, n ), dr its sleek, 
potassium 

draslo, n. see salajka; 

drevo my§f, n. drshtoti misliee, bit- 
ter sweet 

df evo sladke, liquorice 

drin, m. drsheen, dogwood 

dfistal, m. barberry 

drnavec,m. d ^rndvets, wall-pell itory 

drozdi, see kvasnice; 

dubinky, pi. nutgall, galls; 



durman, m (panenske jablko pich- 
lav£), stramonium seed; 
dusik, m. dtlsseek, nitrogen 
dusicnan olovnaty, nitrate of lead. 

Ether, m tier, ether 
euforbiuui, eitforbimn, euforbia. 

Fenikl, m. fennel 
fialka, f. fidlkd, violet 
fik, m feek, fig 
fosfor, m phosporus. 

Gdoulove semeno, n. quince seed; 
granatev£ jablko, n. pomegranate 
guma arabskii, f . gum arabic 
" elasticka, f. gum elastic 

Hermanek, nr hershmanek, chamo- 
mile 

horcice, f- horchits8, mustard 
horec, m. Jiorshets, gentian 
houba, f . houbd, sponge 
houby, pi. mushrooms, 
hrebicek, m. rsMbeecliek, cloves 
hulevnik, m. hedge-mustard 

Chinin, m. khinin, quinine 
china, f . ) cinchona, Pe- 

chinnikpravy,m. ) ruvian bark; 
clilorov^ vapno, n. klilordve vdpnd, 

chloride of lime ; 
climel, m. khmell, hops. 

Ibis (proskurnfk), m. ibish, marsh- 
mellow 

Jalovec, m. yallovtits, juniper 
Jaternik, m. ydtermk, liverwort 



240 



Part III. 



utrejcn, utreykh ) 
jeleni roh, yelUnee rd7i, hartshorn 
66 Ibj, y. looy, hart's tallow 
jerab, m. yershdb, mountain ash; 
jetelice, f. (janovec,m.) broom tops 
jdd, m. yod, iodine. 

Kafr, m. kdfvr, camphor 

kalamin, m calamine 

kalanka, f. pinkroot 

kamenec, m. kdmentils, alum 

kampeska, f. kdmpeshkd, logwood 

kastoreum, n. castor 

kastan, m. kdslitdn, horse-chestnut; 

kau&uk, m. India rubber; 

klejt, (kyslicnik olovnaty) m. kleyt, 
oxide of lead; 

klejicha bulvata, butterfly-weed 

kmin, m. kmeen, caraway seed; 

kmin vodnf, k. vcdnee, water-hem- 
lock (fine-leaved); 

konitrud, m. hedge-hyssop 

konopi, n. kdnopee, hemp 

konopi indick^, k. inditske, Indian 
hemp; 

konopDy extract, m. extract of hemp 

kopytnik tupolisty, m. asarum Eu- 
ropaeum; 

kopr, m. koplr, dill 

koralka, f. see p&lenkaj 

korek, m. cork 

kof en hadi,m. korsMn ha&ee, bistort 
" maliny, blackberry root; 
" omamij elicampane 
" omejovy, aconite root; 



kosatec, m. kossdtets, blue flag, iris 

versicolor; 
kozinec, m. kozinets, tragacanth 
kozlik odolen, m. valerian 
kozokvetj m. queen's root; 
kren, m. krshgn, horst -radish 
krevnice, f. krtomtsg, bloodroot 
ki'ida, f. krsheedd, chalk 
kroupy, pi kroUpy, pearl barley; 
krticnik, m. k*rXUcliTieek, figwort 
krusinka, krtishinkd, dyer's weed, 

genista; 
kru§icek, (pampalik), m. marigold 
kura dubova,f. koor d diibdvd, black- 
oak bark; 

6 ' divok£ tre§n&, wild cherry bark 

" vrbova, k. v*rbdvd, willow bark; 

u jilmova, k. yilmdvd. elm bark; 

" cerven£jilniy,slipperyelmbark 
kvasnice, pi. kwdssmtsti, yeast 
kvet, m. kwyU, flowers 
kvfetelj f. kwyUett, common toad flax 
kyprej, m. kiprey, loosestrife 
kyslik, m. kissleek, oxygen 
kyselina, f . kisselind, acid 

" citronova, citric acid 

" karbolova, carbolic acid; 

" sanytrova, nitric acid; 

" solna, muriatic acid; 

" vmov& 5 tartaric acid. 

Lep na ptaky, m. bird-lime 

lentysek, m. mastic 

levandule, f. lavender 

lib, m. leeh, alcohol 

lilek cerveny, see drevo mysij 

limonka, f. marsh rosemary; 



Drugs and medicines. 



241 



listi bobkove, n. laurel leaves; 
lomiknat, m. common groundsel ; 
lopuch, (horky kof en) m. burdock 
lfij, m. looy, tallow; 

44 jeleni, hart's tallow; 

44 skopovy, mutton suet 
lzlcnik, m. titichnik, common scur- 
vy-grass; 
lek proti hlistam, vermifuge. 

Mak, m. poppy-seed 

mandle hork£, pi. m&ndtt horshke, 
bitter almonds; 
44 sladk£, sweet almonds; 

maf'ena, f . m&rsMnd, madder 

niarjanka, f. m&rydnka, common 
marjoram; 

mata, (marulka) f. catnip 

mata peprna, f . peppermint 

mata kadef ava, pennyroyal 

med, m. honey 

m£d', f . myffi, copper 

medokvfct, m. mW8kwy8t, marsh 
trefoil, buckbean; 

medvedice obecna, medvyffiitsV o- 
betsnd, bearberry leaves; 

mejli,n. (mi§pule, f.)meylee, mistle- 
toe 

melasa, f. molasses 

mleko 9 n. milk 

ml^kory pun£, milk-punch toddy; 

morii§ova St'ava, mulberry juice; 

mouka bila ? t- motikd beeld, wheat 
flour; 
44 £erna 9 m. chernd, rye flour; 
44 ovesnd, m. ovtesnd, oatmeal; 



mrkev, f. m e rkef, carrot seed; 
mydlo, n. meedld, soap 

" mazave, soft soap 

44 amygdalinove, amygdaline 
soap; 

44 mandlove^ almond oil soap; 
inyrha, f. myrrh 

Nahac, m. see ociin; 
namel, m. ergot 
naprstnik cerveny, m. foxglove 
nareis kadefavy, m. daffodil 
natrznik, m. tormentil 
netik, m. see zensky vlas; 
netykalka, f . touch-me-not 
nove' koreni, n, nove korsh&iii, all- 
spice; 
nickaminek, see skalice; 
natrium, see sodik. 

Ocet, m. otset, vinegar 

ociin, m otsoon, colchicum seed; 

odolen, m. valerian 

olej, m. dley, oil 
44 bavlneny, cotton-seed oil 
44 z bergamotek; oil of bergamot 
44 citronovy, lemon oil 
44 dymianov^, oil of thyme, oil of 

origanum; 
4 4 horci£ny, oil of mustard 
44 hermankovy, chamomile oil 
44 jaiitarory, oil of amber 
44 kafrovy, camphor oil 
" kokosovy, cocoa-nut oil 
44 koprovy, oil of dill 
44 krotonovy, croton oil 
44 lneny, flaxseed oil 



242 



Part 111, 



olej mandlovy, almond oil 
" olivovy, ) 

" drevfcny \ olive oil 

" brabancovy ' 
" ricinovy, castor oil 
" ruzovy, oil of roses 
" sesamovy, benne oil 
" skoricovy, cinnamon oil 
" terpentinovy, oil of turpentine 
" z volske nohy, neats-foot oil 
olovo, n. oldvd, lead 
orecli, m. orsh&kh, nut 

" muskatovy, nutmeg 
orlicek, m. ovleediek, columbine 
osladic, m. oslaflich, male fern 
ozanka, f . (ganiandr), germander. 

Palenka obycejna, f. whiskey 

" vinna (francouzska), brandy 
pampeliska (smetanka), f . dandelion 
paprika, f. red pepper, cayenne p. 
pekelny kanifnek, m. lapis infer- 

nalis; 
pelynek, m. wormwood 
peltram, m. pellitory 
pepr, m. p&prsh, black pepper 
petruzel, f. parsley-root 
pijavky, pi. f . piy&fky, leeches 
piZmo, n. peeimd, musk 
plavuS, f . lycopodium 
plicnik, m. plitsnik, Iceland moss; 
plo&ticnik, m. black snakeroot, ci- 

micifuga; 
pomoran£, m. pomoranch, orange 
pomorancov^ kvet, orange flowers; 
pomorancova kfira, orange peel; 



- bittersweet 



popel z kosti,m. popell skostH, bone 

ash; 
posed, m. white bryony 
pota§ (draslo), see salajka; 
potin&chut', f . ) , 

psi yino cervene, n. ) 
protez, f. cudweed, life-everlasting; 
pryskyfice, f . pryskyrsMtsV, resin, 

rosin ; 
pryskyrky, see spanelske mouchy; 
psi rmen, m. mayweed 
pukavec (vl£i mak), m. ptiMvets, 

red-poppy petals; 
puSkvorec, m. pitshktcorets, sweet 

flag; 

Rauta, f. rciutd, rue 

rebarbora, f. rebarbtird, rhubarb 

rozinky, pi. f. raisins 

rozmarina, f. rosemary 

rozrazil, m, speedwell 

rtuf, f. rttit, mercury 

rulik zlomocny, m. deadly night- 
shade, belladonna root; 

rum myrtovy, m. bay-rum 

rumelka, f. cinnabar 

ruze stolista, f. hundred-leaved 
rose. 

Sadec, m. s&dets, eupatorium, thor- 

oughwort; 
sadlo, n. lard 
salajka, f. sal&yha, potash 
salmiak, m. sal amoniac 
sanytr, m. sdnyt e r, saltpeter 
semeno lnene, n. flaxseed, linseed; 
" tykvov£, pumpkin seed; 



Drugs and medicines. 



243 



seminko citvarov^, European worm- 
seed; 

senes, m. purging cassia; 

senesov£ listi, n. senna leaves 

seno feck£, n. send rshttske, fenu- 
greek; 

sesaniov£ listi, n. benne leaf 

sira, f. seerd, sulphur, brimstone; 

sir an, f . seerdn, sulphate 

siran draselnaty, sulphate of potash 

siran mM'naty, sulphate of copper; 

sirob, m. sirup 

skalice bilii, f. skdllitsg beeld, white 
vitriol ; 

skila, f . squile 

skofice, f . skorshitsZ, cinnamon 
" bila, canella 

sladka yrbka, f . bittersweet 

sliz, m. sleez, common mallow 

smola, f . pitch 

sodik, m. (natrium), n. sodium 

soda sucka, f. (suchy natron, ky- 
slicnik sodnaty, dry soda, 
protoxide of sodium; 

soda zirava, (natron ziravy, hydrat 
sodnaty), caustic soda, hy- 
drate of soda; 

spor^S, m. see zeleznikj 

StarJet, m. see lomihnat; 

sul kuchynskd, f. sool k. } common 
salt; 
u horka, (Glauberova), Glauber's 

salt, Epsom salt; 
" morska, bay salt; 
66 krl§talov&, nitrate salt; 

surik, m. red oxide of lead; 

svladec, m. svldchets, scammony. 



Safran, m. shdfrdn, saffron 
Salvej, m sJialvyfy, sage 
sipek, m. sheepek, dog-rose, hip; 
sisak, m. s7iis7idk, scullcap 
Skrob, m. slikrob, starch 
Skroboyina americkd, f. arrow-root 
skumpa jedovata, f . poison-oak 
spanelsk^ mouchy, pi. f. Spanish 

flies, 'cantharides; 
ipargl, m. s7ipargl, asparagus 
st'ovik, m. sMovik, sorrel 
s>estky, pi. f. shwMky, prunes 

Tab&k, m. tdbdk, tobacco 
tavola, f. hardhack 
terpent^n,m. terpenteen, turpentine 
tinktnra arnikova, f . tincture of 

arnica; 
tis,m. common European yew tree; 
tojest, f. dog's-ban© 
tolije, f. tolliyZ, parnassia palustris; 
tomel virginsky, persimmon 
tran jaterni, m. cod-liver oil; 
trnka, f. t e rnkd, wild plum tree; 
trojpecka, f . troypetskd, fever root 
tfemdava, f. dictamnus, bastard 

dittany; 
trezalka, f. St. John's wort; 
tuk velrybi, m. spermaceti 
turan, m. fleabane, erigeron. 

Uhel drev&n^, m. charcoal 

uhel zyireci, animal charcoal; bone- 
black; 

ulilik, m. Week, carbon 

nhlicitan horecnaty, m. carbonate 
ef magnesia; 



244 



Part 111. 



uhlicitan sodnaty, carbonate of soda 
uzanka, f. hound's tongue. 

Yanilka, f . vanilla 

vapno. n. lime; quicklime; 

vapno cliloroye, chloride of lime; 

vapno karbolove^ carbolate of lime; 

vavfin, m. laurel tree; 

vejce, n. ve*yts8, egg 

bilek, m. beelek, the white 

zloutek, m. bloutek, the yelk 

vinny kamen, m. cream of tartar; 

vino bile, n. veend beeU y white wine 
" £erven£ r v. chervSnS, red wine, 

virginska hadovka, f. Virginia 
snakeroot 

vitod, m. veetod, bitter poly gala; 

vlaSt'ovi^nikjm. vldsJiHowichmk, ce- 
landine 

voda 6ista,f . vddd chisstd,pure water 

voda mineralni, mineral water 

koupel, f. koiipell K ^ 

lazeii, f , Idzen S 

vodicka, f. votfichkd, wash, lotion; 

vodi^ka na oci, v. nd ocJii, eye-wash 

vosk bily, m. white wax 

vosk zlut^, yellow wax 






vrani oko, n. vrdHeeokd, par is quad 

rifolia; 
vratic, m. vrdXIich, tansy 
vystfelek, m. veestrshMlek, spirit 

pizmovy, spirit of musk; 

terpentinovy, spirit of 

turpentine ; 
vyzi kli, n. vizee klee, isinglass. 

Zazvor, m. ginger 

zazyor divoky, wild ginger 

zemezluc, f.zemygzliLch, common 

centaury; 
zerav, m. zerdf, arbor vitae; 
zimostraz, m. box plant; 
zinijovec, m. zmeeydvets, skunk cab- 



zdbnik, m. Mbwk, water-plantain 
zebficek, m. frebrsheediek, yarrow 
zeleznice lysa 9 a. snake-head, turtle- 
head; 
zeleznik, m. ieleznik, vervain 
zensky vlas, m. maidenhair 
zluc" volska, f . zlttch volskd, ox-gall 
zlutidlo, n. turmeric 
zlutodrev, m. pricklj-ash. 



I like domestic com- 
fort. 

We have a comfortable 
home on tenth street. 

We have a hall, five 
rooms and a kitchen 



At liome. 

DOMA. 
Miluju domaei poho- 

dli. 
Maine pohodlny domoy 

na desat£ ulici. 
Mame siS, p&t pokoju 

a kuchyn dole, a 



milluyil domdtsee po- 

hodlee. 
mam8 pohod e lnee dti- 

mof nd dtisdU tiliisi. 
mdm& seen, py&t pokd- 

yoo d kuk7iifi ddW, 



At home, 



245 



down stairs, and four 
bedrooms upstairs. 

The stairs have a rail- 
ing. 

We have new furni- 
ture, — tables, chairs, 
sofas and beds. 

The writing-desk and 
library stand in the 
front room. 

The windows have 
both shutters and 
curtains. 

On the walls there are 
pictures in frames. 

Our clothes press is 
very handy. 

The fuel we keep down 
cellar. — Hard and 
soft water is in the 
house. 

We have a good stove 
and the chimney does 
not smoke. 

It is time to eat — The 

meal is ready. 
The table is spread; — 

everything is on the 

table: dishes, plates, 

forks, knives. 
Come and eat; — sit 

down by the table. 
Hand (thou) me that 

chair. — Hand (you) 

me the soup; I shall 

deal it out. 



elyry loznice naho- 
re. 
Schody maji zabradli. 

Maine novy nabytek,— 

stoly, zidle, pohov- 

ky a postele. 
Psaci still a knihoviia 

stoji v pfedni svetni- 

ci. 
Okna maji okenice i 

zaslony. 

Na stSnach jsou obra- 

zy v r&mecli. 
Ease Satnice je tuze 

pftrucna. 
Palivo mame ve skle- 

p$. — Tvrda i 1116k- 

ka voda je v domfc. 

Maine dobr£ kamna a 
komin nekouH. 



Je £as k jidlu. — Jidlo 

je hotovo. 
Je prostreno;-v§ecko 

je na stole : misy, 

talire, vidli^ky, no- 

2e. 
Pojd'te jisti; — sednfcte 

ke stolu. 
Podej mi tu sesli. — 

Podejte mi polivku; 

ja rozdam. 



a slttiri loinits^ na- 

TiorshV, 
skhddy mdyee zdbr ad- 
lee. 
mam8 novee ndbytek, — 

stolly, %idl8, polio fky 

d postellZ. 
psdtsee stool dkmhovnd 

stoyee fp r sh&dTiee 

swyttiiitsi. 
okna mdyee ok&fiitse e , 

zaslony. 

na sVendkh soil obrdzy 

vrdmekh . 
ndslie" sJidtftitsg y& toozg 

prsheeruclind. 
jidlivti mdm8 v&sklepyV. 

— tv € rdd e mygkd vo- 

dd y8 vddmy&. 

mdnig dobre kamna a 
komeen ntikoursliee. 

y$ chdss k-yeedlu. — 

yeedld y$ 7wtdvti. 
ye~ ' prostrsMnd. — fsh8- 

tsko y8 nd stoU: mee- 

sy, tdleershV, vidlich- 

ky, noie. 
pofltg yeest; — sednetg 

k8 stollU. 
podgy me tit sessli. 

podZytti me poleefku; 

yd rdzddm. 



246 



Part 111. 



Is it not salt enough? 

— Here is the salt; 
take some more salt. 

The meat is cut; — I 
shall cut up the roast 
into pieces. 

Help yourself; — here 
is roast goose, — here 
is fried chicken. 

Take a piece of bread. 

Do you eat pastry? — 

Sometimes. 
Do you want a cup of 

coffee? -or a cup of 

tea? 
Is the coffee sweet e- 

nough?— Here is su- 
gar. 
After a meal a cigar 

tastes well. 
Will you smoke ?-Here 

are cigars; light one; 

Hand me the matches. 

— There in the cor- 
ner is a spittoon. 

It is growing dark. — 
It is dark. — Make a 
light. 

Here is a candle-stick 
and a candle.— Light 
the lamp; -light the 
gas. 



Neni dost slanaS— Zde 
je siil j prisolte si. 

Maso je nakrajeno; — 

rozd&lfin peceni na 

porce. 
Posluzte si; — zde je 

pecena husa, — zde 

smazen£ ku* e. 
Veiute si kousek chle- 

ba. 
Jite pecivo? — N&kdy. 

Chcete Salek kayy$ — 
anebo §alek £ajel 

Je kaya dost sladkal— 
Zde je cukr. 

Pojidle cliutna dout- 

nik. 
Budete kouMti % - Tu 

jsou cigar a; zapalte 

si. 
Podejte mi sirky. — 

Tarn v koutS je pli- 

vatko. 



Stmfya se.— Je tma.- 
Ud&lejte svetlo. 

Zde je syicen a svf6ka. 
— Rozzete lainpu; - 
roz^ete plyn. 



neyni dost sldndf — zd8 
y$ sool; prshisollUsi. 

mdssd y$ nakrdygnd;— 
roz&'eleem pticJievd nd 
portsti. 

poslushU si; — zdti y8 
pticMnd 7iUssd f — zd$ 
smaiene' ktirshti. 

vemU si koitsek kliUbd. 

yeet& pfcliivo? negdy. 

klitsttt slidlek kdvyf — 
dnebd slidlek clidyef 

y8 kdvd dost slddkdf — 
zd8 y$ tsuk V. 

j)d yeedlti kliutnd doui- 

nik. 
budtitti koursliitf — tu 

sou tsigard; zapalte 

si. 
pod#yt8 vie seerky. — 

tdm fkoiffle y8 pli- 

vdtkd. 

stmeevd sV.— ytitmd. — 
ufteleyW swyUlo. 

zdtiyVsweetsbn d sweech- 
kd. — ro%et& Idmpti; 
— rolet8 plyn. 



At liome. 



217 



It is growing chilly, 
. isn't it? — Make a 

fire. 
Theie is a fire already 

in the stove. 
It is late; - let us go to 

sleep. 
It is time to go to bed. 
Is the bed made?— The 

beds are made for all. 
I shall lie down on the 

sofa. — Do as you 

please. 
Undress; — take off 

your clothes; — pull 

off your boots; here 

is the boot-jack. 
Sleep well. — Good 

night! 

It is time to get up. — 
Our folks are up. 

Wencel is still sleeping; 
— wake him up; or 
he will oversleep. 

How did you sleep? — 
I slept well. 

Didn't that noise wake 
you up? — I slept 
fast; nothing disturb- 
ed me. 

I had a bad night; — 
I could not fall asleep 
very long; — I only 

fell asleep towards 
morniog. 



Del& se chladno, je-h 
pravdaS-Zatopte. 

U2 je ohen v kamhecli. 

Je pozde; — pojd'me 

spat. 
Je cas jiti do postele. 
Je ustMno?— Je ustlti- 

no pro vsechny. 
J& si lehnu na sofa. — 

Jak chcete. 

Odstrojte se; — svlek- 
nete se; — zujte se, 
— tu je zouvak. 

Sp6te dobfe.— Dobrou 
noc! 



Je cas vst&ti. — Na§i 

jsou zhuru. 
V&clav- posud spi; — 

zbud'te ho, sice za- 

spi. 
Jak jste spal? — Spal 

jsem dobre. 
Nebudil v&s ten liluk I 

— Spal jsem tvrde; 

- nic m6 nebudilo. 

J& rnfcl zlou noc; — 
nemohljsem usnou- 
ti dlouho; — usnul 
jsem teprve k r&nu. 



dW« s& khladno, yelli 
prdvddf — zdtoptti. 

tish y& ohtiti fkdmne~kh . 

y8 pozfte; — potfme 



y8 chdss yeet dtipostelW. 
ytitistland? — y$ Ustld- 

nd pro fsMkhny 
yd si lelinu nd sofa. — 

y&k khtsUti. 

odstroytti s%; — svUkne- 
t$ s%; — zuytti s$; — 
tu y% zotivdk. 

spyetti ddbrsM.—ddbroit 
nots. 

y8 chdss fstdt. — ndslii 

sou zhoorii. 
vdtsldv posted spee; — 

zbufttS ho, sitsS zd- 

spee. 
yak st$ spdU — spal 

sent dtibrshti. 
nebudil vdss ten hluk? 

— spdl sem tv e rd , e; 

nits mye~ ngbiiftilo. 

yd my 811 zloti nots; — 
n8moh e l sem Usnoiit 
dloUhd; — usnUl sem 
tep e rve krdnti. 



248 



Part III. 



Henry says he never 
shut his eyes(i e. had 
no sleep at all). 



Jindf ich po\ida ze ani 
oka nezamhouril. 

Vocabulary. 



yindrshikh poveedd ze 
dm okd ntzamou- 
rsliil. 



Sin, f. seen, the hall 

scliody, pi. m. skhody, the stairs 

zabradli, n. the railing 

stena, f. sfend, the wall 

sat nice, f. shdtmtsS, the clothes 
press; 

kumbal, in. Mimbdl, the closet 

kout, m. kout, the corner 

okenice, f. oktivdtsti, the blind 

zaslona, f . zdslond, the curtain 

doimioi, ddmdtsee, domestic 

nabytek, m. the furniture 

stoly, m sMy ) taMe8 

tabule, f . tabtiW S 

psaci stfil, psdtsee stool, the writing- 
desk 

««M- **«*! the chair or chairs; 
sesle, f . sessce ) 



pohovka, 1 pdhofM i i the loon 
j sofa, n. sofd ) 

j obraz, m. obraz, the picture 

rani, m. the frame 

Palivo, n. pdllivd, the fuel 
; kamna, pi. kamna, the stove 
! komin, m. komeen, the chimney 

kouriti, koUrsldt, to smoke 

oheii, m. dlien, the fire; 

svicen, m. sweetstin, the candlestick 

svi£ka, f. sweeehka, the candle 

plyn, m. the gas 

rozziti, rozeet, to make a light; 

zapaliti, zdpdlit, to light 

sirka, f . sirka, a match 

cigaro, n. tsigdro ) a cigar 

douinik, m. doutnik ) 

ptfyatko, n.plivdtko ) itoon 

plivnik, m . plivmk ) 



VroHtfiti^ ro ^ trsaeet A° set the table ; 

misa, f . meesd, the dish 

talir, m. tdleersh, the plate 

saiek, m. shdlek, the cup 

sul, sool, the salt 

slany, &, £ sldnee, salt, salt* d; 

prisoliti, prshi-solit, to put in some 

more salt; 
sladky, a, e* slddkee, sweet 



nakrajeti, ndkrdyet,to cut in pieces; 
rozdeliti, rozflelit, to divide 
rozdati, rozddt, to deal out; 
peclvo, n. pticMvo, the pastry 
peceny, a, <$ pfchenee, roasted 
smazeny, a, e smdzenee, fried 
husa, f. htissd, goose 
kure, n. kursliti, chicken. 



Buying and selling. 



249 



Stmivati se, stmeevat sd, to grow 

dark ; 
odstrojiti se, odstroyit sd,\o undress 
zouti se, zdut sti, to pull off one's 

boots; 
zouvak, m. zoUvdk, the boot-jack 
ustlati, Ustldt, to make the bed; 
ulnouti, iisnotit, to fall asleep; 
zaspati, zdspdi, to oversleep 
buditi, biljRit, to wake, to disturb; 



zbuditi, zb&tfit, to wake up, to call; 
vst&ti, fstdt, to get up; 
zhuru, zhoorU, up; 
nakofe, nahorshd, up stairs; 
dole, ddld, down stairs; 
tvrdS, tv'rtfe j fagt 
pevne, pevne ) 
hluk, m hltik, noise 
je-lipraydal yelhprdvda? isn't it so? 



Buying and. selling. 

KOUPE a P RODE J. 



How much is this ? — 

What is the price of 
it?— How much does 
it cost? 

What do you sell it for? 

What do you want for 
it? --What do you ask 
for it? — How much 
shall I giveyou f or i ? 

What is the price? 

A dollar and ten cents. 

— A dollar and a 
quarter. 

Two dollars and*ahalf. 

— Two and a half 
dollars. 

Five dollars sixty cents 

It costs a little over six 

dollars. 
Is it worth that much? 



Za6 je to? — Co to sto- 
ji! — Co tokoStnjeS 



Po cent to prodavate? 

Co za to chcete? — Co 
za to zadate? — Co 
yam za to dam « 

Jaka je cena? 
Dollar deset centu. — 
Dollar a ctvrt. 

Dva dollary a pul. — 
Pul tfetfho dollaru. 

Pet dollaru Sedesat 

eentu. 
Stoji to neo pres sest 

dollaru. 
Stoji to za to? 



zdch yd td? — tsd td 
stoyeef — tsd td kosh- 
ttiyd? 

pd chem td proddvdte? 
tsd zd td khtsm? — tsd 

za td Mddtd? — tsd 

vdm za td dam? 

ydkd yd tsendf 
dollar desset sentoo. — 
dollar a slitw e rt. 

dwd dollary d pool. — 
pool trshdteehd dolld- 
rU. 

pydt dollaroo shedessdt 

sentoo. 
stoyee td netsd prsJids 

sliest dollaroo. 
stoyee td zd tdf 



250 



Part III 



I think it is; — why 
should it not be? 

It seems to me too 
much. — I think it is 
dear. 



Myslim ze stojf;— proc 

by nestalo? 
Mne se to zda moc. — 

Myslfm zeje to dra- 

he\ 



misleem ze stoyee; — 
proch be nestdld? 

myd sd td zda mots. — 
misleem ze yd id dra- 
ke. 



That is too much, — 
That is too dear. — I 
won't give so much. 

That is too much;— will 
you take off some- 
thing? 

You must take off 
something. 

I shall not take off any- 
thing.-! cannot take 
off anything. 

We have a fixed price. 

— We sell at a fixed 
price. 

It is cheap. It is low- 
priced. 

I shall get it cheaper 
elsewhere. 

You will not get it 
cheaper anywhere. 

I will try it. — I don't 
want to haggle — I 
don't like to haggle 
over the price. 

Thatis the lowest price; 

— it cannot be any 
cheaper. 



To je moc. — To je 
drahe. — Tolik ne- 
ddm. 

Toje tuze mnoho; — 
slevite neco? 

N£co musite sleviti. 

JSf slevim nic. — Ne- 
mohu sleviti nic. 

Maine pevnou cenu. — 
Prodavame za pev- 
nou cenu. 

Je to lacine. — Je to 
levne\ 

Bostanu to levneji jin- 

de. 
Nedostanete to levneji 

nikde. 
Zkusiin to. — Nechci 

smlouvati. — Nerad 

smlouvam. 

To je nejnizsi cena; — 
nemuze byti lacinej- 

U. 



td yd mots. — tdyd dra- 
he. — tdlik ndddm. 

td yd toozd mnolid; — 
sldveetd rietsd? 

Tietsd mUseetd slemt. 



ndsldveem mU- 
7iU slemt nits. 



ndmd- 



mdmd pemioti tsenu 1 . — 
proddvdmd z& pevnou 
tsenU. 

yd td latsine'. — yd td 
levne. 

dostdnit td levney yindd. 

neddst&netd td levfiey 
fiiydd! 

slctiseem td — ndkhtsi 
smloilvdt. — nerdd 
smloilvdm. 

td yd neymshee tsend; 
— ndmooie beet latsi- 
neyshee. 



Baying and selling. 



251 



What do you wish? — 

What is your pleas- 
ure? 
What can I do for you ? 
Have you satchels for 

sale?— I want to buy 

a satchel. 
I would like to get a 

nice traveling bag. 
We have a stock of 

them. — We have a 

large choice. 
Show me some. — I 

wish to see them. 
This is the best kind we 

have. — They are 

good. 
This one is nice — This 

will suit you. 
How much is it t — 

What is the price? 
Four dollars and a half. 

—That is the regular 

price. 
That is alittle too much . 

- don't you think so? 
I do not think so. 

I will give four dollars 
for it. -Will you sell 
it for that? 

I cannot. — I cannot 
take off anything. 

The price is fixed. 

Then 1 will not buy it. 

— Do as you please; 



Co si prejete? — Co 
ra6tel 

Cim moku slouzitH 
Mate ta§ky na prodejS 
— Chci koupittaSku. 

Bad bych nejakoa pek- 

nou kabelu. 
Mdme je na sklade. — 

Mame velky vyber. 

Ukazte mi nektere\ — 
Podivam se na n£. 
Tohle je nejlepSi druh 

co mame, Ty jsou 

dobre\ 
Table je pekna. — Ta 

se yam hodi. 
ZacJeS — Costoji] 

Ctyry dollary a pul.— 
To je pravidelna ce- 
na. 
To je trochu moc; — 

nemjslite] 
Sieinyslim. 

Dain za ni 6tyry dolla- 
ry. — Date ji za to? 

Nemohu. — Nemohu 

nic sleviti. 
Cena je pevna. 
Tedaji nekoupim. 

Jak v&ni libo.— Ne- 



tsd si prshSyete"? — tsd 
rachtt? 

cheem mohti sloufyit? 
mdtti tdsliky na prodeyf 

— khtsi koupit tdsh- 

M. 
rid bikh ndkoit py&k- 

noil kdbellU. 
mdme" y8 nd sklafie. — 

mdm8 velkee veebytir. 

ukdshU me nektere.-po- 

tfeevdm s& nd fig 
tdhl8 y$ neylepshee druh 

tsd mdm&. — ty soit 

dtibre. 
tdhU y% pytiknd. — td 

s$ vdm ho&'ee. 
zdch y^ — tsd stoyee? 

shtiry dolldry a pool. — 
td y8 pravidelna ts£- 
nd. 

td y# trokhu 1 mots; — 
ntimi sleetS? 

nSmisleem. 

ddm za \\i shtiry dolld- 
ry — dat8 ye za td? 

nemohti. — nemohu nits 

sl£vit. 

ts8nd y% pHnd. 
tbda ye n8kotipeem. — 

yak vdm leebd. — ney- 



252 



Part 111. 



—it is not dear at that 
price. 

You will not get it else- 
where. — They have 
not got them else- 
where. 

They are not to be had 
elsewhere. — Only I 
alone have them for 
sale. 

They have not gotthese 
goods on hand any 
where. 

I keep honest goods on 
hand. 

Small profits, quick 
sales — that is my 
motto. 

Small but frequent pro- 
fits. 

Have you some pocket- 
books? 

We have a large stock. 
— What kind do you 
wish, — expensive? — 
cheap? 

What is the price of 
these? — How much 
are they ? — How do 
you sell them? 

A dollar a piece. -They 
are good and lasting. 

Those are dearer; a dol- 
lar and a half. 



ni draha za tu cenu. 

Jinde ji nedostanete. — 
Jinde je nemaji. 



Nejsou jinde k dostani. 
— Jenom ja je mam 
na prodej. 

Semaji to zbozi na 

sklade nikde. 

J& drzim poctiv6 zbo- 
zi. 

Maly zisk, rychly pro- 
dej,— to je ni£ heslo. 

Maly vyd&lek, ale ca- 
sty. 



Mate nejak<$ tobolkyS 

Mdme velkon zasobu. 
-- Jak£ chcete, — 
drahel — lacing 

Zacjsou tyhle? — Po 
£em json? -- Po eem 
je prodavate? 

Po dollarn kus.— Json 
dobr£ a trvanlhe. 

Tarn ty jsou draZsi; po 
dollarn a pftl. 



m draha za tu tsenti. 

yinde ye nedostanete. — 
yinde ye nemdyee. 



neysou yindb gdostdni. 
— yenom yd ye mdm 
na prodey. 

nemdyee td zbozee nil 
skidd' e mgde. 

yd d*rh em potstive zbo- 
zee. 

mdlee zisk, rykhlee pro- 
dey, - td y^ me hesslo. 

mdlee veetfelek die chdss- 
tee. 

mdteudM tdbolky? 

mdme velkoU zdsobU. — 
yoke khtsete, — drd- 
Uf — Idtsinif 

zdch soil tynie? — pd 
' diem soil? — pd diem 
ye proddvdte? 

pd dolldrU Mss. — soft 
dobrS a t e rvdnlivS. 

tarn ty sod drdsltee; pd 
dollarU a pool. 



They are somewhat 
better. 

I will take one;— wrap 
it up for me ; 

Here is the money ;give 
me back. 

There is fifty cents com- 
ing to you.— Here is 
half a dollar back. 

I should like to buy a 
few tons of coal; but 
I have no money. 

I will take it on credit; 
— will you trust me ? 

I do not trust anybody; 
—I sell only for cash. 

I give no credit. — I 
want cash. 

I want to have no bad 
debts. 

I need money. — I am 
raking up money to 
buy goods;— I do not 
want to borrow. 

For cash one buys 
cheap. 

How is business? — So 
so; — tolerably good. 

Have the goods a ready 
sale?— I have a good 
sale,but a small prof- 
it, 



B 'tying and selling, 2'53 

Jsou trochu lepsi. sou trokhu lepshee. 



Yezmu si jednu$— za- 

balte mi ji. 
Tu jsou penize; dejte 

mi zpatky. 
PfijdeYampadesatcen- 

tu.— Zde jest pul dol- 

laru zpatky. 



Jtad bych koupil par 
tun uhlf ; ale nemani 
penize. 

Yezmu ho na dluh; — 
po£kate mi ] 

Ne£ekain zadnemu; — 
prodavam jen za ho- 
tov£. 

Nedavam kredit.-Chci 
hotove\ 

Neclici miti zadnc spai- 
ng dluliy. 

Potfebuju penize. — - 
Shanim penize na 
zbozi; nechci sedlu- 

ziti. 
Za kotove\ koupi se la- 
cino. 



Jak jde obchodS - Tak 
tak; — projde to. 

Jde zbozi na odbytl 
Mam dobry odbyt, 
ale maly zisk. 



vezmu si yednu; — zd 

bdU8 me ye. 
ill soil peneez^; deyte me 

spdtky. 
prsheedg vd?n pddessdt 

sentoo. — zd# yd pool 

dolldrU spdtky. 

rdd bikh koilpil pdr ttin 

tihlee; dU n8mdm pe- 

fieezg. 
vezmit lid na dlooh; — 

pochkdU me? 
nticliekdm Mdnemit; — 

prodavam yen zd ho- 

tdve. 
nMdvdm credit. — khtsi 

hotdve. 
nekhtsi meet Mdne 

shpatne' dlooliy. 
polrsMbityil pefieez8. — 

shdneem peneezg nd 

zboiee; — nekhtsi s& 

dltiiit. 
zd hotdvikoUpee stildtsi- 

nd. 

yak dX obkhddf — tdk 
tdk;—proyd$ td. 

dgzbozee na odbyt? — 
mam ddbree odbyt, d- 
U mdlee zisk. 



254 



Part III. 



I often sell at a loss. — 
I have a loss on my 
sales. 

That is bad. — Have 
yon a large stock? 

I have still many goods 
on hand; — I expect 
again fresh goods; — 
they are on the way. 

I was in New York to 
make purchases. 

Did you make a good 
bargain? -I am satis- 
fied. 



Prod&v&m castose £ko- 

dou. — M&in na torn 

ztr&tu. 
To je zle. — Mate vel- 

kou z&sobu$ 
If &m je§te hodne zbo- 

Zi; — cek&m zase 

tferstve' zboii;— je u2 

na ceste. 
Byl jsem v New Yorku 

nakupovat. 
Koupil jste dobfel — 

Jsem spokojen. 



Vocabulary. 



proddvdm chdsstd s& 

skhodoti. — mam nd 

torn strdtii. 
td y8 zle. — mdtS velkotl 

zdsobUf 
mam yeshVe hodne zbo- 

%ee; — chekdm zdss 

cherstvb zboiee; — y& 

fish nd tseste. 
bill sem vnew-yorkti na~ 

kilpovdt. 
kottpil 8t% dtibrshti? — 

sem spokoy^n. 



Na sklade, na sklafle, on hand; 

odbyt, m. sale (of goods); 

zisk, m. profit 

skoda, f . shkodd ) , 

ztrata, f. strata ) 

taska, f. tdslikd } satchel, 

kabela, f . kdbelld f traveling bag; 

tobolka, f. tdbolkd, pocket book; 

keslo, n. hfasld, motto 

peyn^, a, e pevnee, fast, fixed; 

trvati, t *rvdt, to last 

trvanliyy, &, e t *rvdnlivee, lasting. 

Stoji to, stoyee td,it costs, it is worth; 
koStuje,* koshttiyg, it costs 
dostati, dostat, to get 
dostanu, dostdnu, I shall get; 



dostanete, ddstdn8t8, you will get; 
je k dostdni, y$ gddstdni, is to be 

got; is to be had; 
drzeti, d *rjtet, to keep 
lioditi se, hoftit s%, to suit; to fit; 
sleyitf, slgvit, to take off; 
smlouvati, smloilvdt, to haggle; to 

bargain; 
slouziti, slotliit, to serve 

dluziti se, dlti&it s8 \ . k™.~„, 
11 x^i ,„v, v fto borrow 

vydluziti s^vydlmit s$ ) 

pockati, pochkdt, to wait, to trust; 

necek&m, nfchekdm, I do not wait; 

I do not trust; 
nakupoyati, naktipovdt, to make 

purchases; 
zabaliti, zdbdlit, to wrap up. 



In a grocery store. 



255 



In a grocery store. 



I want some groceries 

Please, command;— we 
have fresh goods of 
all kinds. 

Give me a pound of 
coffee, two pounds 
of sugar and a pack- 
age of chicory. 

Anything else? 

Five pounds of rice, 
half a dozen of lem- 
ons and some spices. 

How do you sell eggs? 

Twenty cents a dozen. 

Give me two dozen of 
eggs, three quarts of 
kerosene and a pint 
of sirup. 

How do you sell kero- 
sene by the gallon? 

I will take a bottle of 
mustard, a pound of 
raisins, a pound and 
a half of dried apples. 

Besides, I want four 
ounces of pepper. 

Send me a sack of flour 
and five pounds of 
barley. 

I want the best kind of 
flour, — patent flour. 



U OB0CERI8TT. 

Chci nejake' grocerie. 
Poroutfejte; — mame 

cerstye' zbozi v§eko 

druhu. 
Dejte mi libru kayy, 

dve libry cukru a 

paklicek cikorie. 

JeStfc n&co? 

P£t liber r^ze, pul tu- 

ctu citroim a nejake' 

korenf. 
Zac prodavate vejce? 
Dvacet centu tucet. 
Dejte mi dratucty va- 

jec, tri kyarty pe- 

troleje a pint siro- 

bu. 
Za6 prodavate petro- 

lej na gallony? 
Yezmu si lahev horci- 

ce, libru rozinek, 

puldruhe^ libry kri- 

zal. 
Je£te chci £tyry unce 

pepre. 
PoSlete mi pytel mou- 

ky a p&t liber krup. 

Chcinejlep §i drub 
mouky, — patentni 
mouku. 



khtsi fLdke grocerM. 
poroucheyte; — mdme 

clierstve zbo&ee fsh&- 

hd drUhu, 
deyU me libru kdvy, 

dwy8 libry tstikru a 

ptikleechek tsikoriti. 

yes7itie %etsti? 

pytit liber reyie, pool 
tutstit tsitrdnoo it fla- 
ke korshe^m. 

z&ch proddvdt& veyts&f 

dwdtsel sentoo tutset. 

deyte~ me dud tuUty va- 
yets, trslii qu&rty pe- 
troley8 & pint siro- 
btt. 

zdcli prodavate petroley 
nd gdllonyf 

vezmU si Idhev horchit- 
se~, librtt rdzinek, 
po o Idrith 6 ' libry 
krsheefcdl, 

yesMe khtsi shtiry un- 
U$ ptiprshZ. 

poshUtti mi pytel mouky 
dpytit liber kritp. 

khtsi neylepshee druh 
moilky, — pdtentnee 
moitkit. 



256 



Part £11. 



A bushel of potatoes 
and a peck of onions. 

Give me five cents 
worth of cinnamon, 
five cents worth of 
mace and ten cents 
worth of ginger. 



Busl bramborii a pek 
cibule. 

Dejte mi za p£t centu 
skorice, za p£t cen- 
tu kvfctu a za d«set 
centu zazvoru. 



Vocabulary. 



bUshel bramboroo tipeck 
tsibuU. 

deytti me za pyU sentoo 
skorshitsg, zd py&t 
sentoo kwy&tti & za 
desset sentoo zazvoru. 



Note. Many articles sold in groceries are to be found under the 
heading "Drugs and medicines". 



u 



Cukr kouskovy, tstik^r kotiskovee, 
crushed sugar; 
zrnkovy, ts. z e rnkovee, granu- 
lated sugar; 
" utluceny, ts. titliichenee, pul- 
verized sugar; 
" hn£d^, ts. hfiedee, brown sug- 
ar; 

kava prazena, kdva prazend, roast- 
ed coffee; 
" inlet a, k. mUtd, ground coffee 

koreni, n. korshe^ni, spice 

nove* kof enf, allspice 

kvet, m. kwyU, mace 

dymian, m. thyme 

safran, m. shdfrdn, Spanish saffron 

rozinky, pi. f. raisins 

drobne' rozinky, currants 

kfizaly, pi. f. krs7ieezdly, dried ap. 
pies; 

susene' srestky, pl.f. silshfaie shwest- 
ky, prunes 

cibule, f. tsibulg, onions 

tfesnekj m. chessnek, garlic 



zazvor loupany, bleached ginger- 
root; 

zazvor neloupany, unbleached gin- 
ger-root; 

prasek na peceni, prdshek na p$- 
cheni, baking powder; 

kvasnice,pi. kwassmtse' ) 

drozdf, n. droMee ) 

suche* kvasnice, dry yeast; 

lisovane kv., compressed yeast; 

salajka, f. sdldykd, paleratus 

praci soda, f . prdtsee soda, washing 
soda; 

kornout, n. kornotit, paper cornet; 

paklik, m. pdkleek, package 

pakli£ek, m. pakleechek, small pack- 
age; 

balik, m. bdleek, bundle, parcel; 

zabaliti, zdbdlit [to pack up 

zapakovati; zdpdkdvdt ) 

zavazati, zdvdzat, to tie up; 

svazati, svdzat, to bind or tie to- 
gether. 



Garments. 



257 



Dry g)0 'shave a ready 
sale. 

I intend to start a dry 
goods store. 

My brother has a cloth- 

• ing store 

He employs many tai- 
lors. 

The tailor rnake^'^r. 
sews) clothes. 

Thread and needle, 
scissors and shears, 
a thimble, a sad-iron 
and a press-board are 
his tools. 

Nowadays much sew- 
ing is done on the 
ma hine. 

The sewing machine is 
a useful invention. 

It is an American in- 
vention. 

I need a suit of clothes. 
— I want a new suit. 

Take my measure. 

The cutter takes meas- 
ure and cuts the eloth 

What sort of stuff do 
you want? 

Show me your patterns 

This wears well 



Garments, 

ODEV. 

Loketni zbozi jde ry- 

chle na odbyt. 
1 1 oil hi m zaloziti striz- 

ni knim. 
Muj bratr ma odevni 

knim. 
Z am e s tn ay a mnoho 

krejcich. 
Krejci sije saty. 

Nit a jelila, nuzky a 
velke nfizky, napr- 
stek, cihlicka a ko- 
za jsou jeho nastro- 

Dues mnoho sije se na 
stroji. 

&ici stroj jestuzitecny 
vynalez. 

Jest to amerieky vyna- 
lez. 



Potfebnju oblek. — 
Chci novy oblek. 

Yemte mi miru. 

Krajec bere miru a na- 
kraji sukno. 

Jakou latku chcete? 

Ukazte mi sve vzory, 

Tf>Me se flobfe mm* 



lokdnee zboltee derikhlg 

na odbyt. 
hodldm zdloz't strshiz- 

nee krdm. 
m uy brdt e r ma oiXev\\ee 

krdm. 
zdm y 8s tndvd mnoho 

l-reycheekh. 
kreyehee she-ye shdty. 

nit a yZhld, nooshky a 
velke nooshky, nap e r- 
stek, tsihlieltkd d.kd- 
zd soil yehti ndstroyV. 

dness mnoho she-yS sd 
na stroyi. 

shitsee stroy yest iizi- 
technee vynalez. 

yest td ameritskee vyna- 
lez. 

potrsMbUyU oblek. — 
khtsi novee oblek. 

vemtti me meerti. 

krdy8ch ber% meevu a 
ndkrdyee sukno. 

ydkou latkU khtseltif 

iikdshte' me sve vzory 



258 



Part 111 



How willyouhave your 
coatmsde i.e. sewed)? 

After the present fash- 
ion. 

Try your coat on. 

It pinches me under the 
arms— It is too tight. 

It is too wide round the 
waist. — It makes 
folds. 

The skirts are long e- 
nough. It has pock- 
ets behindandbreast- 
pockets. 

Make me a pair of pants 

Get it done pretty soon ; 
— take a good stuff. 

Do you want lining in 
your pants? 

I do not want any lin- 
ing. — Without lin- 
ing. 



Jak chcete miti kabat 

usity? 
Die nynejsi inody. 

Zkuste vas kabat. 
Svfra pod pazema. — 

Je tuze tesny. 
Je tuze volny y puli. — 

d£la faldy. 

Sosy jsou dost dlouhe\ 
— Ma kapsy v zadu 
a kapsy na prsou. 

Udelejte mi par kalhot 

Zhotovte je liezky br- 
zo; vemte dobrou 
latku. 

Chcete podsivku do 
kalhot? 

Nechci £adnou podsiv- 
ku. — Bez podsiv- 

Vocabulary 



ydk khtset8 meet kabat 

Ushitee? 
dU nyneyshee mody 

sk-Ustti vdsh kabat. 
sweerd pod pdfremd. — 

y& toozg Hessnee. 
y& toozS wdnee fpooli. 

— field f&ldy. 

shdssy soil dost dlouhe". 

— ma kapsy vzddU d 
kdpsy nd p ^rsoit. 

ufieleyte~ me par kalhot. 
zliotoftti ye liesskee b e r- 

zd; — vemtg ddbrou 

Idtku. 
khtsetti podsliifku dd 

kalhot? 
neklitsi zddnoit pod- 

shifku. — b$s pod- 

sliifky. 



Kabat, m. kabat, 'the coat 
frak, m.frak, a dress-coat 
sirchnik, m. sv e rk7mik, an over- 
coat 
zimnik, m. zimiiik, a greatcoat 
plasty m. pldshU, a cloak 

,i , ' r pants, trousers; 
spodky, pi. ) 

noliavice, f . nohdvitstf, leg of the 

pants; 

vesta, f . vesta, the vest 



kazajka, f. ktizayka, the jacket 
bunda, f. btinda, the sack-coat 
limec, m. leemets, the collar 
laple, f . I&pl8, the lapel 
rukav, m. rukdf, the sleeve 
sos 9 m. shoss, the skirt 
§ev, m. shef, the seam 



stych, m. slitikh \ 



steh, m. stth 



a stitch 



podsivka, f . podshifkd, the lining 
zaplata, f. zdpldtd, the patch 



Garments. 



259 



kapsa, f . k&psa, the pocket 
knoflik, m. knofleek, the button" 
knoflikovd dirka, the button-hole; 

Pradlo, n. linen, underclothing; 
kosile, f. koshillZ, the shirt 
spodui kosWe, spodiiee k., the under- 
shirt 



the drawers 



podvlecky, pi. [ 
spodui kalhoty f 
puncocliy, pi. f. punchokhy, the 

stockings, the socks; 
podrazky, pi. podvdsky, the garters 
sandy, pi. f shandy ) the 

sle, pi. f shU ( suspenders 

satek, m. shatek, kerchief 
s. na krk, sh. ?id k e rk, neckerchief 
s. do kapsy, sh. do kdpsy, pocket 

handkerchief; 
masle na krk, mdsliti na k e *rk t a 

necktie. 

Sukno, n. suknd, cloth, broadcloth; 

samet, rn. sdmmtt, velvet 

plis, m. plUh, plush 

atlas, m. atlass , satin 

hedv&bf, n. hedvabee, silk 

platno, n. linen 

kartoun, m. kartoitn, cotton, print; 

snura, f. shnoora, cord 

civka, f . tsifkd, a spool 

klubkOj n. klubko, a ball 

pfadynko, n. prshddeenko, a skein 

lirubd nit, f. lirubd nit, a coarse 

thread; 
ttmM »iti a flue thread; 



lirubd jehla, f. h. yelda, a coarse 
needle; 

tenkd jehla, a fine needle; 

Stepovaei jelila, shtepovatsee ybhld, 
darning needle; 

drat (na pleteni), m. knitting nee- 
dle; 

stvWi&ti) sir shihat, to cut with a pair 
of scissors; 

zehliti, zehlit, to iron. 

Klobouk, m. kloboUk, the hat 
zensky klobouk, a bonnet, a lady's 

hat; 
cepec, in. cMpets, the hood 
cepice, f. cMpit8#,-the cap 
cilindr, m. tsilind e r i a beaver, a 

silk hat; 
nizky klobouk, neeskee klobouk, a 

low hat. 

Svadlena, f. shvadlena, a needle- 
woman 

sicka, f . sJuchka, a sewing-girt 

Miodistka, f. a milliner 

uiodnizbozi,m<?(fti£6z&0z>£, millinery 

saty, pi. shdty, a dress 

ziyot, m. zivot, the waist, the bust; 

snerova£ka, f. s7inerovdchkd, the 
corset, the bodice; 

spodni£ka, f. spodnichkd, the petti- 
coat 

kosile (&msk&) 9 ko8hitt#, the chemise 

karnyr, m. karneer, a flounce 

karnyrek, m. a ruffle 

pen tie, f . pentlg, a ribbon 

malle? I mtiihltfi a sash 



260 



Part III. 



maslicka, f . mdshlichkd, a bow 

klieka, f. Jclichka, a loop 

krajky, pi . krdyky, lace 

obruba, f. obrubd, hem, border; 

pinta, f. pinld, belt 

zavoj, m zdvoy ) ydl 

fldr, m. ^or, > 

cerny fldr, cliernee floor, crape 



tyl, m. tee?, mosquito bar; 
pera na klobouk, pi. plumes 
perka, pi. tips 
mkayicky^pl. i.rukdvich- ) 

ky, r gloves 



rukaviee, pl.f.r? 

par rukavic, £><ir rtikdvits, a pair of 

gloves; 
stucel, m. sJitutsell, a muff. 



OBUVNICTVL 



ObiiY, f. e>6#z>, footgear 
obnymk, obUvmk ) shoemaker 
svec, shwets ) 
obiivnickykram,o^ -s 

nitskee krdm • boot and 
seveovsky kram, sJieft shoe store; 

tsofskee k. J 
bota, (pi. boty), f. &<>«#, boot 
strevic, (pi. strevice), m. shtrshe- 

veets, shoe 
parbot, a pair of boots; 
par strevicu, a pair of shoes; 
botky (zenske), pi. gaiters 
pantoile, pi. pdntofle, slippers 
syrchni strevice, sw e rkM.ee sirsM- 

vitsg, overshoes. 

Holinka, f. holeenJm, leg of a bcot; 
podeSeYt B*. podfohef, the sole 



kramflek,m. ) the heel 
podpatek, m. ) 

nart, m. the vamp 

praska, f. prshasskd, the buckle 

kanice, f. kdnits?, shoe-lace, shoe- 
string; 

floky, pi. pegs 

nejtky, pi. neyiky, brass nails 

sroubek, m. shroubek, a screw 

lastyng, m. serge 

dratev, f. drdtef, waxed thread; 

poteh, m. pdfeh, strap 

knejp, m. knfyp, knife 

kladivo, n. kldftivo, hammer 

kopyto, n. kopyto, last 

stipce, sMiptsg, a pair of pincers; 

nadobi sevcoyske, n. ndddbee shef- 
tsofske, findings 

kuze, f. koofA leather, 



Diverse trades. 



261 



Diverse trades. 
ROZ LICNA RE ME SLA . 



Barvir, bar veer sh, dyer 
barvir dotnii, house painter 
bediiar, bedndrsh, cooper 
cihlar, tsihldrsh, brickmaker . 
cukrtir, tsukrdrsh, confectioner 
calounik, chdlottmk, upholsterer 
doutnikar, do&tmkdrsh, cigar-maker 
dlazdic, dl&Mich, paver 
forin&r, formdrsh, moulder 
hodinar, lioftindrsh, watchmaker 
havir, hdveersh, miner 
kamenik, kamenik, stone cutter 
klempir, klempeersli, tinner 
knihar, kniharsh, bookbinder 
kloboucnik, kloboachnik, hatter 
kolar, koldrsh, wagon-maker 
kotlar, kotldrsh, boiler maker 
kovar, kovdrs7i, blacksmith 
koZeluh, kozeltih, tanner 
kozesnik, kobeshmk, furrier 
krejci, kreychee, tailor 
kuf v af , k Ufrdrsh , trunk- m akt r 
lakyrnik, lakeermk, laquerer 
litec, litets, founder 
Dialir, maker sh, painter 
mydlaf, mydldrsh, soap-maker 
mlynaf, mlyndrsh, miller 
natera£, ndterdch, painter 
obuvnik, (§vec), obtlvnik, (slucets) 

shoemaker 
pekar, pekarsh, baker 
plynovodiiik, gas-fitter 

puskaf, pushkarsh, gunsmith 

i eznik, rshtewk, butcher 



rybaf, rybdrsh, fisherman 

rytec, rytets, engraver 

sazee, sazech, typesetter 

sedlaf, sedldrsh, saddler 

sekernik, sekernik, millwright 

sladek, brewer 

sochar, sokharsh, sculptor 

stavitel, builder 

strojuik, stroyiiik, machinist 

tesar, tessarsh, carpenter 

tiskar, Visskarsh, printer 

tkadlec, kddlets, weaver 

triihlar, (stolar), trUhldrsh, cabinet 
maker 

zaliraduik, zahrddnik, gardner 

zamecuik, zdmechmk, locksmith 

zeduik, zedmk, stone-mason, brick- 
layer; 

zlatnik, zldtnik^ goldsmith. 

Barvirstvi 5 n. barveershtwee, the 
dyer's trade; 

bednarstvi, n. bedndrshtwee, the 
cooper's trade; 

doutnikarstvi, do utmkdrstwee, cigar- 
making; 

krejcoY$tYi,kreyc7iof8twee \ thetailor's 

krejcovina, kreychowina \ \ ring; 

SeveOVStvi, sheftsof- ) tho shoeniak 

stwee, \ er?s trade ' 

SevCOVilia, sheftsovind ' shoeniaking; 

sazecstvi, sdzgchstwee, type-setting, 

etc 



262 



Fart JI1. 



I want to go on a farm. 
Do you want to be a 

farmer ? 
Yes, I want to buy 

land. 
What is land worth in 

this neighborhood? 
What are improved 

farms worth ? 
Fifty to sixty dollars an 

acre, and over. 
How is the soil? -The 

soil is good, fertile. 
Good land all over. 
What is the character 

(or ' 'lav "jof the land ? 
The land is level, flat, 

broken, hilly). 
The land is loanvv, 

sandy. 
Black loam, — mixed 

with sand. 
Gravel at the bottom,- - 

in some places clay. 
Rich land; — poor land. 

That land is bad — 
swampy; — it has no 
drainage. 

That land looks poor. 
— Everything grows 
here; — but it wants 
manuring. 



On tlio farm. 

NA FAR ME. 
Chci na farmu. 
Chcete byti farinerem? 

Ano; chci koupiti po- 

zemek. 
Co stoji pozemky v tom- 

to okoliS 
Co stoji vzdelan£ far- 

myS 
Padesat az sedesatdol- 

laru akr, i vice. 
Jaka je puda? - PMa 

je dobra, urodiia. lj 
Sama dobra zem. 
Jaka je pololia? 

Pudajcrovna (plocha, 

lomena, kopeita). 
Zem je lilinita, — pis- 

eita. 
£erua hlina, — smicha- 

u a s piskem. 
Sterk vespod, — nekde 

ji{ (maznik). 
Boliata piida;— cbuda 

pad a. 
Ten pozemek je spat- 

iiy, — bahnity; — 

neina odpad. 
Ta pud a vypada hube- 

na. — Vseclmo zde 

roste; — ale musi se 

hnojiti. 



khtsi net farmti. 
khtsetg beet farmer em? 

and; khtsi kotipit pdz&- 

mek. 
tso stoy ee pozemky ftom- 

td okoleef 
tsd stoyee vzU'elane* far 

my? 
pddessdt dsli sJMessdt 

dolldroo dk *r,e veetsg. 
ydkd y$ poodd? — pood a 

y$ ddbrdy oo^odnd. 
sdmd ddbrd zem. 
ydkd y$ polohd? 

poodd ygrovnd, [ploklid, 

lo mdnd, h op ch ltd \ . 
zem y&7iliniUl, — pees- 

clritd. 
cliernd Meena, — smee- 

khdnd speeskem. 
shtWk vespod, - iiegdg 

yeel {maznik). 
bohdtd pooda; — khiidd 

pooda. 
ten pdzemek y8 slipdtnee 

— bdhuitee; — n&ma 

odpdd, 
id pooda vypddd htibe- 

nd. — fshZkhnti zd$ 

roatS ; — die m usee s8 

lino y it. 



On the farrn. 



263 



How will the harvest 
be? — good?— bad? 

How does grain look?- 
Grain shows a good 
staud -Wheat stools 
out thickly. 

Rye is in bloom. — Bar- 
ley is heading. 

Wheat : as lodged;- the 
rainstorm laid it flat. 

It has a good ear;— the 
berries are plump. 

Corn is poor; — earl} r 
corn looks better 
than late corn. 

Have you a great deal 
of corn? — We have 
twenty acres of it. 

We planted it toAvards 
the end of May. — I 
think it will pick up. 

Our neighbor planted 
corn in the sod. — 
How does it grow? - 
Poorly. 

How is the pasture? — 

Poor. 
Everything is parched 

up. — Hay will be 

short. 
Do you raise a great 

deal of stock? 
About fifty head. 
What do you feed (to 

your stock)? 



Jakabude uroda'2 -do- 
bra? — §patna] 

Jak stoji obilil — Obili 
stoji dobre. Pse- 
nice nasaznje huste. 

^itojeve kvetn.— Jec- 

men vymeta. 
Psenice lelila; — ten 

lijak ji polozi!. 
MA dobry klas; - zrno 

je jadrne. 
Kukurice je spatna;— 

ranna< korna je lepsi 

nez pozdni. 
Mate iniioho kornyl— 

Maine ji dvacet a- 

krfi. 
Sazeli jsme ji ke konci 

maje. — Ja myslim 

ze se sebere. 
Soused sazel kormi do 

driiu. — Jak rostel 

— Mizerne. 



Hu- 



Jaka je pastva . ? 

ben a. 
Ysecko je vyprahle 

Sena bude in&lo. 



Chovate mnolio dobyt- 

kal 
Asi padesat kusu. 
Ciin krmite? 



yd kd biide ooroddf — do- 
brdf — shptitnd? 

yak stoyee obileef — o- 
bilee stoyee ddbrsltg. 

— pshemtse ndssazu- 
yg hiisste. 

zitd yg ve kicygtu. — 
yechmen vymgtd. 

psh8nit#8 le7ild;—ten li- 
ydk ye polozil. 

md ddbree kldss; — z V- 
nd yg yad e me. 

kuk Ursh itsS yg shpdtn d, 

— rd ?i d kor ndyg hp - 
slice nesh pozdnee 

mdttimnohd horny? -- 

mamti ye d teat set 

kroo. 
sdzelll sing ye kg kontsi 

/ndyg. — yd misleem 

ze sg sgberg. 
soused sdzel kornu do 

d mil. — yak roste? 

— mizerne. 



ydkd yg pastva? — hit- 

bg/id. 
fshgtsko yg vyprahle. — 

senna budgmdld. 

kliovdtg mnohti ddbyt- 

kdf 
dssi pddessdt kiissoo. 
clieem k *vmeetg? 



264 



Part lit 



What do you feed your 
stock upon? 

What do you fVed to 
your horses? 

Do you fatten your 
stock for the butcher 

, {liter, "for meat")? 

Last year I fattened fif- 
teen head of beef- 
steers. 

I feed many hogs for 
the market. 

I have a stock farm not 
far from here. 

There is a creek on it; 
— but now it is al- 
most dry. 

This is a dry year (a 
dry season);— there is 
nomoisture (no rain). 

A wet year (wet season) 
is better. 

There is a great deal of 
insects this year. 

Grasshoppers we never 
had;— neither did we 
have chinch ougs. 

Farming implements 
cost a great deal. 

At present we have ma- 
chines for everything 

Farming is improving. 



Co davate doby tku zra- 

v m 

Cim krmite konel 



Krmite 
maso? 



dobytek na 



Loni vykrmil jsem 

patnact volii na ma- 

so. 
Krmini mnoho prasat 

pro trh. 
Mam dobytci farmu 

nedaleko odtud. 
Je na ni potok; — ale 

ted'je skoro sncliy. 

Je siichy rok; — neni 
vlahy. 

Mokry rok je lepsi. 

Je sila hmyzu letos. 



Kobylky nikdy jsme 
nemeli; — polni 8t&- 
nicetake ne. 
Rolnicke' naradi stoji 

mnoho* 
Ted' maine stroje na 

vsecko. 
Rolnictvi se zvelebuje. 
Vocabulary. 
Note. From the preceding lessons the student is familiar with a 
great many words and phrases relating to agriculture; To repeat the same 
in the following vocabulary would be a waste of space. 



tso ddvdte dobytkuzrdt? 



cheem k r meet 8 konef 



k rmeeie 
massd?' 



dobytek na 



lo%.i vyk .rmil sem pdt- 
ndtst voloo net mdsso. 

k e rmeem mnoh&prassat 

pro t e rh. 
mam ddbitchee farmu 

neddlekd otiid. 
yg na fiee pdtok; — al$ 

ted 1 y& skoro stikhee. 

ye sukhee rok; — ?ieyni 
vldhy. 

mokree rok yS lepshee. 

ye seeld hmizti letoss. 



kobylky mgdy sme n#- 

my&lU;—poUnee sli\!e- 

fiitsg tdke n$. 
rolmtske ndrshaftee sto- 

yee mnohd. 
teft mdm$ stroyti n& 

fsMtsko. 
rolmtstwee s8 zvelebtiyg. 



On the Farm. 



265 



bottomland 



mth 



Dolina, f. doUind 

upad, m. oopdd S 

vysina, f. veeshind, upland 

svah, m. avtih, slope 

strati, f. strdn, bluff 

rokle, f rocM8, ravine, gully; 

mez, f. m&z, boundary, line; 

pesina, f. pytishind \ 

stezka, f . steskd f 

hivka, f. Idfkd, footbridge 

inostek, m. mostck ) ,..,, . . , 

„ , ' J 7 Mittle bridge 

inustek, m. moostek ) 

kan til, m. kandl, culvert 

strouha, f strouha, ditch 

bfeh, m. brsh&h, bank 

hniz (braze), f. hvdz, dam. 

Orati, or dt, to plow 
vlaeeii, vldehet, to harrow 
preorati, prsMorat, to backset 
privlaceti, prshi-vldvhet, to scour 
or Ac, m. orach, plowman 
brazda, f. brdzdd, furrow 
kolej, f . kolley, rut 
hnojiti, hnoyit, to manure 



Land and harvest. 

P&da a zen. 

hnojivo, n. hnoyivo, 

hiiiij, m. hnooy 

mrva, f . m e rvd 

zaseti, zdsset,to sow, to seed (with); 

zaseto, zdsseto, sown, seeded; 

sazeti, sdzet, ) 

zasazeti, zds sdzet, ) 

zas&zeno, planted 



} dung; 



to plant 



Trava, f . trdvd, grass 

plevel, m. pltivell, weeds 

pleti, plet, to weed 

koukol, koitkol, cockle 

jetel, m. yetell, clover 

pohanka, f. pohdnkd, buckwheat 

proso, n. prossd, millet 



fciti, zeet, 

v'x. v . r to reap, to mow; 
poziti, pozeet ) 

sekati, sekdt ) . 

posekati, posekat ) 

skliditi, skliftit, to harvest 

slama, f. sldmd, straw 

snop, m. snap, sheaf 

vazati, vdzdt, to bind 

stoli, m. stoh, stack 

stohovati, stohovdt, to stack 

kupa sena, kupd senna, hay-stack 

kupka sena, kupkd s., hay-rick 

voziti, vozit ) to haul, 

sva^eti, svdzet ) to carry ; 

drolitise,^^ s#, to shed, to shell; 

zraly, a, e zrdlee, ripe 

pfezraly, a, bprshZzralee, over-ripe. 

Plants. 

Ros f liny. 

lirach, m. hrdkh, pease 

J°V? W }beaas 
fazole, fazoW ) 

£ocka, f. chochkd, lentils 

*epa,f.«Wp* ) beets 

ripa, f. rsheepd, ) 

repa pro dobytek, rutabaga 



266 



Part III. 



vodnatka, f. turnips 

ker, m. Jcersh, shrub 

£ivy plot, iivee 'plot, hedge 

haj 9 m. hay, grove 

hoiistina, f. houshfUnd, thicket, 

copse ; 
chrasti, n. khrdsfi, brushwood, 

undergrowth; 



par ez, m . pdrsMz, stump 
klada, f. kladd, trunk 
veter, f. vyZtef, branch, bough; 
vctvicka, f. vygtvichka, twig 
ratolest, f. '-prig 



kaceti stromy 9 kdtset \ 



porazeti ' ' pordfcet 

Teams and domestic animals. 
Potah a domaci zv fata. 



to fell (trees) 



Potah, m. pdtah, a team 
par koni, par kouee,^ pair of horses 
p&r volu, par voloo, a yoke of oxen 
par mladych volu 9 a pair of s eers; 
na koni, na from, on horseback; 
jeti na koni 9 yet nd koni, to ride a 

horse; 
jeti s koiima, yet skoiima, to drive 

horses; 
zaprahuouti, zaprshdhnoiit, to har- 
ness; 
uvazati, Hvdzat, to hitch 
naklad, m: ndkldd, the load 
nakladati 9 ndkldddt, to load 
sklddati, sklddat, to. unload 
uvaznouti, uvdznout, to get fast, to 

stick fast; 
spla§iti se 9 spldshit s'8, to run away 
lekati se 9 lekdt se, to shy 
zarazliyy koii, zard%livee koon, a 

balky horse; 
zly kun 9 zlee koon, a vicious horse ; 
kins, m. klUss, trot 
krok 9 m. pace 
krmiti, k e rmit, to feed 
napojiti, ndpoyit, to water. 



Ivlisna, f . khssna ) . , 

iv ,. n 7 7VJ .., v abroad mare; 

Iirebice, f hrshebitse ) 

hrebna 9 hrsMbnd, with foal; 

bribe, n. hrslieebyg, foal 

hrebccek. m. hrsMb&chek, colt 

lirebi#ka, f. hrshSbichka, filly 

cucati 9 tsiitsdt, to suckle 

cueak, m. tsutsdk, a suckling 

hrebec, m.hrsJiebets, \ . „. 

> stallion 
herigst, m. hengst ) 

Kraya, f. krdvd, cow 

dojnice, f. doymtsti, milch cow; 

jalovice, f. ydllovitsti, heifer 

tele, n. tellS, calf 

bulik 9 m. bulleek, bull calf; 

jalovicka, f . ydllomchkd, heifer calf 

rocni, rochnee, yearling 

stelna, stelind, with calf 

jalova, ydllovd. farrow 

poinetati, pdmetdt, to slink, to slip 

the calf; 
beliati se 9 byShat s8, to be bulling; 

to want the bull; 
byk, m. beek ) R 
bejk, bfyk S 



On the farm. 



267 



Ovce, f . oftse, sheep 

bahnice, f. bdhftitsti, ewe 

beran, m. herein, ram, buck; 

jehne, n. y#hne, lamb 

bahneiii, n.bdhneni, lambing season 

vlna, f . v *lna, wool 

strihani, n. strs7ieehdni, shearing. 

Prase, n prdsse ) . , 

v ' l , , pig, hog; 
vepr, m. veprsh ) 

kanec, m. kdnets, boar 

svinfc, f. sweeiie, sow 

sele, n. selW \ sucking 

podsvintfe, n. podxwinchg S pig. 

Mezek, m. mgzek, mule 
osel, m. if sell, donkey 
koza, f. Jcdzd, goat, she-goat; 
kozel, m. kozell, he goat 
kfizle, n. koozU, kid 
pes, m . pess, dog 
cuba, f. chubd, bitch 
steue, n. sht'ene, whelp 

Tools and 

Nastroje 
Yuz, w. vooz, wagon 
kolo, kolld, wheel 

kolecko, n. kollechko, wheelbarrow 
raf, m. tire 
naboj, m. ndboy, hub 
naprava, f ndprdvd, axletree 
Spice, f . shpitse, spokes 
voj, f. voy, pole 
vojky, vryky, shafts 
hamorak, m. hdmovdk, brake 
pera, pi. n. perd, springs 
sedadlo, n. sedddW, seat 



kocka, f. kdchka, cat 
koconr, m. kotsotir, tom-cat. 

Drubez, f. drooMsh, poultry 
slepiee, f. slepitsS, hen, chicken; 
kvocua, f. ktcdchnd, clucking hen; 
kure, n. kuorsM, chick, young 

chicken; 
kohout, m. kohotit, rooster 
kaclina, f. Mkhnti I duck 
kacena, kachend ) 
ka£er, m. kdcher, drake 
liusa, f- hitssd, goose 
ho user, m. housser, gander 
housata, pi. hotusdtd, goslings 
krocan, m. krots&n, turkey-cock 
krfita, f. krootd, turkey-hen 
pay, m. pdf, peacock 
pavice, f. pdvitsti, peahen 
lmizdo, n. hneezdd, nest 
nesti vejee, nest veytsZ, to lay eggr, 
lihnouti se, leehnout s8, to hatch. 

MACHINES. 

a stroje. 

ksir, m. ksheer, harness 
opratf, f. oprtif, line 
sedlo, n. sedld, saddle 
uzda, f . oozdd, bridle 
ohhivka, f. ohldfkd, halter 
popruh, m. poprfih, girt 
cabraka, f . chdbrdkd, horse-loth 
trenien, m. trsh&nen, stirrup 
hrebilce, hrshg-beeltsti, curry-com'; 
bic, m. bitch, whip 
biciste, n. bichish^e, whip-stick. 



268 



Part HI. 



Sane, pi. sane, sleigh 

saiiice, f. sariitsti, runner, (also: 
sleighing); 

korba, f . korba, eutt r 

i*ezacka,f. rshezaelikd, straw-cutter, 
feed-cutter; 

fezanka, f. rshezdnkd, chopped 
straw; 

brany, pi. harrow, drag; 

valec, m. valets', roller 

pi nil, m plooh, plow 

radlice, f. rddlitse, plowshare 

klece, pi. MZcM, handles 

krajadlo, n. krdyddld, coulter 

retez, ru. rs7i8fez, chain 

pospeeky, pi. pospytfcJiy ) culty- 

podryrac, m. podree^dch i" vator 

kosa, f. kossa, scythe 

motyka, f . hoe 

spieata mot} ka 9 stipichatdm., pick- 
axe 

rye, f . reech, spade 

lopata, f. lopata, shovel 

lirabe, pi. hrdby&, rake 

hrabati, lirabdt, to raka 

podavky, pi. podafky, hayfork 

>idle, pi. vidle, pitchfork 

sekyra, f . sekyra, axe 

sekyrka, f. hatchet 



pila, f . pim I gaw 

pilka, pillkd ) 

rueni \*i\k&, r tic 7(Tiee piUka, hand saw 

nebozez, m. bore, auger; 

Mlatidlo, nddtidld ) threshing 
m\ati&k2L,ml(Wichka ) machine 

mlatiti, mldtit, to thresh 
mlaceni, n. mldtse\\i, threshing 
mlatie, m. mlatich, thresher 
forr, m.fdf e r, fanning mill; 
seeka, f. secltkd, grain-drill 
zaei stroj, m idtsee stroy, mower 
sekaci stroj, sekatsee stroy, reaper 
samovazac, m. sdmovdzdeh, self- 
binder 
ram, m. frame 
syto, n. seetd, sieve 
reseto, n. rshesheto, screen 
rem en. m.rshe~men ) v 1A 
pruh, m.proon ) 
ty£, f . tick, rod 
panty, pi. m. panty, hinges 
zuby, pi. m. zuby ) cocrg 
pake, pdlisS S ° 
zlabek, m. zlabek, spout 
mlyiiek, m. mleynek, mill 
lonpac (na kukiifici), m. lotipdch, 

corn-sheller; 
1 oi i pat i, lovpdt, to shell. 



IV. 

Bohemian grammar*. 



1. ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Section 1. —The full Bohemian alphabet, as given in the first Part, 
contains the following vowels : a, a, — e 9 6, e, — i, i, y, f 9 — o, 6, — 
u, u, fi. 

The other letters are consonants. There is only one diphthong: on, oU. 
When ou occurs in a compound word, ending one and beginning the next 
syllable, it is not a diphthong and must be divided : pouziti (po-uziti), 
po-Uzit, to use, to make use of; samouk (samo-uk), samo-uk, a self- 
educated man. 

An accute accent (or comma' over a vowel marks a long sound: kam, 
Mm, where to; kameu, kdmen, a stone. 

A ring over the vowel u (u) is also a prolongation mark : sup, siip, 
a hawk; sfil, sool, the salt. 

When a word begins with a long u, the accute accent is used: lirok, 
ooroJc, the interest. In such cases, the vowel li may be and frequently is 
changed into the diphthong ou: oiirok, our ok, 

The accented vowel e has always the short sound of y8: svet, sicygt, 
the world. 

The vowels a, o, u, y ? are called hard; the vowels e, e 5 i, are cal- 
led soft. 

Section 1. — The consonants are divided into three classes : 

hard consonants, — h, ch, k, r, (1, n, t; 
soft consonants, — c, c, d' 9 j 9 2, r, §, t\ z; 
neutral consonants, — b, f, 1, ui ? p, s, v 5 z. 



270 



Part IV. 



After the hard consonants the hard vowel y is always used : 

hynu, Mnnti, I am perishing; 
chyba, f- khibd, a mistake, a fault 
kyt, m. kit, putty 
ryba, f . rib&, a fish 



yzdytf, dytf, diti, bat, to be sure; 
nyncko (nyni), ninchkd,. now, at 

present; 
tykev, f. tikef, a pumpkin 



When the sound is long, an accented y is used : liybati, heebdt, to 
move; tichy (a, e), f!ikkee, quiet; ryti, reet, to spade, to dig, to root; 
dym, m. deem, smoke; tyrati, teerdt, to misuse, to torment. 

In such cases the vowel y is usually changed into ej (8y), in com- 
mon pronunciation : kejbati, Mybdt, ticliej> Xiikliey; rejti, rSyt; dejin? 
cUym; tejrati, My rat. 

Words derived from foreign languages, also foreign names, make 
an exception, their original spelling being retained : historie, Mstorig, 
history; Amerika, Riga, etc. 

The soft consonants are always followed by the soft vowel i (or i, 
when the sound is long) : 



cit, m. tsit, the feeling 

din, m. c7iin, the deed 

divoky*), ftivokee, wild 

jist^, yistee, certain 

nic, nits, nothing 

rimsa, f . rsliimsa, a cornice 

Sikovny, sliiktivnee, smart, clever; 

tisk, m. flisk, the printing 



cil, m. tseel, the goal 

cislo, n. cheeslo, the number 

dil, m. feel, a part 

jisti, yeest, to eat 

hniti, hjieet, to rot 

riei, rsheetsi, to say 

&iti, sheet, to sew. 

tize, f . feeze, the weight - 

ziia, f. zeeld, the vein. 

with the follow- 



2ivot, m. zivot. the life 

The neutral vowels are followed by the soft i or 1, 
ing exceptions : 
b : aby, by, that; bych, bys, etc. that I, that thou, etc 



bylina, f. the 



plant; bystry, quick, wharp; byti, to be; kobyla, the mare; oby- 
£pj, m. the custom. 
lysy, bald; lysina, f. bald snot, or white spot: lyko, the bast; 
lyska, f. the coot; mlyu, m. the mill; oplyvati, to abound; pely- 



*) The soft consonants d', 11, f lose their accent, when followed 
by i, i or &, and are written simply d, n, t. See Part I, section 2. 



Bohemian grammar. 271 

nek, m. the wormwood; plyn, m. the gas; plynouti, to glide; 
pl^tyati, to waste; polykati, to swallow; sly§eti, to hear; rzly- 
kati, to sob. 
m : limyz, m. the insects; my, we; mydlo, n. the soap; myliti, to mis- 
lead, to confuse; myliti se, to mistake; omyl, m. a mistake; mysl, 
f. the mind; mysliti, to think; mys, f. the mouse; inyti, to wash; 
smycec, m. the fiddle-stick; smykati, to drag; zainykaiJ, to lockup. 

p : kopyto, n. the hoof ; netopyr, m. the bat; pycha, f. the pride; py- 

kati, to regret; pyl, m. the pollen; pyr, m. the quick-grass; pysk, 

the lip; pytel, the sack; trpytiti, to glitter; zpytovati, to search, 

to inquire. 
s : osyka, f. the aspen; osypky, pi. the measles; posylati, to send; sy- 

£eti, to hiss; sychravy, chilly; syn, m. the son; sypati, to pour; 

sypka, f. the granary; the bin; syr, m. the cheese; syrovy, raw; 

syrup, the syrup; sysel, m. the gopher; syt, nasyeen, full, satiated. 
v: povyk, m. the noise; vy, you; vydra, f. the otter; vyheii, f. the forge; 

vykyr, m. the dormer-window; vyr, m. the horn-owl; vysoky, high; 

vyti, to howl; vyza, the sturgeon; zvyk, the habit; zvykati, to chew. 
z : brzy, soon; jazyk, the tongue; nazyvati, to call, to name. 

Section 8. — As in English, the spelling makes sometimes a great 
difference of meaning, though the pronunciation may be identical. For 
instance : 



byti, beeVi or beet (colloquially bfryt), 

to be 
myti, meeti or meet, (colloq. mtiyt), 

to wash 
my, me, we 
vy, ve, you 

vyr,#m\(;olloq. vfryr), the horn-owl 
Tyti, veefH or veet (colloq. vtyt , to 

howl 

Section 4. — The Bohemian verb shows a distinction of gender in 
the pa3t tense*). In the plural, there is onl3 r an orthographical distinction 



biti, beetH or beet, to beat 

niiti, meeti or meet, to have 

mi, me, to me 

\'i, vee, he knows 

vir, veer, the whirl-wind 

fiti, veeHi or veet, to wind. 



*) See Note 2, Lesson IX. 



272 



Part IV. 



between the masculine and feminine gender, the latter always terminating 
in y. For instance : 



feminine 
by ly jsme, we were 
byly, they were 
mely jsme, vie had 
inely, they had 
zeny mely, the women had 
liolky videly, the girls saw. 



masculine 
by li jsme, we were 
b)li, they were 
meli jsme, we had 
meli, they had 
muzi meli, the men had; 
hosi videii, the boys saw; 

The same is true of verbs relating to inanimate nouns of the mascu- 
line gender, or names of lifeless things : stromy vyrostly, the trees grew 
up; domy shorely, the houses burned down. 

Section 5. — The general rule of Bohemian spelling is: A sound 
for every letter and a letter for every sound, and no silent letters*). From 
this rule there are but few exceptions. In some words the initial letter j 
is silent : 



jdu, die, I go 
jsem, sem, I am 
jsme, sm&, we are 



jmeno, n. mend, the name 
jmeiiovati, menovat, to name 
jmeiii, n. myeni, the property. 



The letter d is also silent in a few cases: dcera, tserd, the daughter, 
srdce, n. s e r8se, the heart. 

In some cases the letters k, s, t, v, z, z modify their sound in order 
to facilitate pronunciation: 



kdo, who, — gdo 

kdy, when, — gdy . 

s bobem, farewell, — zbdhem 

kletba, f. the curse, — kledbd 



T peci, in the oven, — fpetsi; 

bez penez, without money, — b#s 

ptiiiez; 
zpivati, to sing, — speevtit. 



Section 6. — The prepositions s and z (se, ze) are governed by the 
following rule : 

When the tendency is from above downward* s or se is used: spadl 
s okna, s nebe, se stromn, spadl sohna, sn£b& se stromu, — he fell from 
the window, from heaven, from the tree. 



*) See Part III, Note 1. 



Bohemian grammar. 273 

When the tendency is from below upwards, or from the inside lo the 
outside, z or ze is employed : vylezu ze studue, I shall crawl up from the 
well; vyndal jsem penize z kapsy, (sMpsy), I took the money from my 
pocket, or out of my pocket; vyskocini z okna veil, I shall jump out of the 
window. 

Section 7. — It is a vulgar English custom to place the sound of h 
before initial vowels : heye (eye), Hengland (England). In Bohemian a 
similar vulgar custom obtains, namely that of placing the letter y before 
an initial o. We hear, for instance : 



von, instead of on (he) 


vokno, 


instead of okno (window) 


vona, " " ona (she) 


voko, 


" " oko (eye) 


vono, " '* ono (it 


vosel, 


" osel (ass). 



This vulgarity must be carefully avoided in writing as well as 
speaking. On the other hand, when the letter v belongs to the root of the 
word, care must be taken not to omit the same : 
voda, water; vojak, soldier; vosk, wax; voskovati, to wax. 

Section 8. — In writing, words have often lo be divided in sylla- 
bles. The principal rules to be observed are the following : 

a) A consonant standing between two vowels belongs to the next syl- 
lable : o-ba, both; o-ko, the eye; kla-da, the log. 

b) A consonant succeeding the letter 1 or r also belongs to the next 
syllable : vl-na, v e, lna, the wool; hr-dlo, h e rdlo, the throat. 

c) Two vowels, if they do not form the diphthong ou, are always 
divided : Ma-ri-e, maris. 

d) Compound words are divided according to their component parts: 
bez-hlavy (bez-hla-vy), headless: roz-licny (roz-lic-ny), different; oka- 
nizik, the twinkling of an eye; a moment. 

Other rules are less important and are sometimes sinned against 
even by the best writers. 

Section 9. — The use of capital letters follows the same rules as in 

• English, excepting that adjectives derived from the names of countries or 

nations do not, in Bohemian, commence with a capital letter (anglick^, 

©hglish; cesky, Bohemian etc ); neither does the personal pronoun ja 

(I) use a capital letter. 



274 



Part IV 



2. ETYMOLOGY. 

Section 1. — The Bohemian language has seven cases, the nature 
of which is sufficiently explained in Note 5, on page 82. 

Section 2. — The declension of Bohemian nouns differs in regard 
to gender, and also in regard to termination. 

Nouns of the masculine gender, moreover, form two classes: (a) 
names of living creatures, or animate nouns; (b) names of lifeless beings, 
or inanimate nouns, 

According to thi3 division there U also a slight difference in their 
declension. 

DECLENilON-of MASCULINE NOUN4. 

Section 3. — The first declension of nouns of the masculine gender 
is fully shown by the following examples*): 

Animate Inanimate 

Singular number. 



nominative 

genitive 

dative 

accusative 

vocative 

locative 

instrumentation- em, with the son 



Jsyn, the son 

isyn-a, of the son; 

jsyu-u, -ovi, to the son 

i 

!syn-a, the son 

jsyn-e*), son ! 

jsyn-u, -ovi, (in) the son 



nom. syu-i, -ove, the sons 

gen. 

dat. 

ace. 

voc. 

loc. 

inst. 



syii-u, -uv, of the sons 
syn-iiin, to the sons; 
syn-y, the sons 
syn-i, -ove, sons; 
syn-ech, 'in) the sons; 
syn-y, with the sons: 



strom, the tree 
Strom- u, of the tree; 
strom-u, to the tree; 
strom, the tree 
strom -e, tree ! 
strom-u, (in) the tree; 
strom-em, with the tree 

Plural number. 

strom-y***), the trees 
strom-u, UY, of the trees 
strom- um, to the trees; 
strom -y, the trees 
strom -y***), trees ! 
strom-ech, (in) the trees; 
strom-y, with the trees. 



*) Compare Note 3, on page 55; also Note 1, on page 69. 

**) In this particular case the common usage is syuu ! o son ! Sy- 

nu muj, o my son ! 
***).It has also the long termination ove, when used af bxl animate noun, 

especially in poetic language: stromove se klouili, the trees bowed. 
stromove^ promluvte ! o trees, speak out ! 



Bohemian grammar. 



275 



The first masculine declension (ten syn, ten strom) comprises nouns 
ending in bard or neutral consonants. 

Section 4. — The second declension of nouns of the masculine 
gender is presented in full by the following examples: 

Animate Inanimate 

Singular. 



nom. muz, the man 

gen. mu£-e, of the man; 

dat. muz-i, -ovi, to the man; 

ace. mui-e, the man 

voc. muz-i, man! 

loc. mu£-i, (in) the man; 

inst. muz-em, with the man; 

nom. muz-i, -ov£, the men 

gen. mu^-u, -uv, of the men; 

nat. muz-fun, to the men; 

ace. muz-e, the men 

'doc. muz-i, -ov£, men ! 

loc. muz-ich, (in) the men; 

inst. muz-i, with the men; 



me£, the sword 
me£-e, of the sword; 
mec-i, t the sword; 
mec, the sword 
mec-i, sword ! 
me£-i, (in) the sword; 
me6-em, with the sword. 

Plural. 

me£-e*), the swords 
mec-ii, -uv, of the swords; 
me£-um, to the swords; 
mec-e, the swords 
mec-e*), swords ! 
mec-ich, (in) the swords; 
mec-i, with the swords. 



Tbe second masculine declension \tenmxvk) ten mec) comprises nouns 
ending in soft consonants or in el (for inst. ucitel, the teacher). 

Section 5. — Nouns of the first declension, terminating in h, ch, 
k, r, change these hard consonants into z, s, c, r, in the nominative case 
of the plural number, as explained in Note 3 on page 70, to which we refer. 

Section 6. — Nouns of the first declension ending in ek eliminate 
the vowel e in the inflected cases, as stated in Note 2 on page 80. For 
instance : 

svedek, svygdek, the witness; sv&dka, swyMlca, (not svedeka), of the wit- 
ness; svexlku or svedkovi, to the witness; etc. — (Plural:) svMci or sv£d- 
kove^, the witnesses; svedkii, of the witnesses; svedkum, to the witnes 
ses; etc. 



*) It may also have the long termination (meeove^), when used as an ani- 
mate noun, especially in solemn or poetical language. 



276 Part IV. 

The same is true of nouns ending et and en. Tne nouns loket (the 
yard, or the elbow) and den (the day) follow in their declension the exam- 
ple of inec: 

loket, the yard; lokte, of the yard; lokti, to the yard; etc. 
den, the day; dne, of the day; dni, to the day; etc. 

In the plural, den is quite irregular; dni or dnove, the days; dni or 
dniiv, of the days; dniim, to the days; dni or dny (accus.), the days; 
dnecbj (in) the days; dnemi or dny, with the days. 

SECTION 7. — The vowel u, when it occurs in the nominative, 
changes into o in the inflected cases : kuii, the horse; kone, of the horse; 
koni (or konovi), to the horse; etc. — See Note 4 on page 56. 

SECTION 8. — Nouns ending in el are mostly declined like nmz or 
inec; for iustance : ncitel, the teacher; ncitele, of the teacher; nciteli, 
(-ovi ? ) to the teacher; etc. 

Pfitel (the friend) has in the nominative plural pratele, (the friends); 
iu the genitive pratel, of the friends. — 

The word peuize (the money) is a plural noun: penez, of the 
money; penezum, to the money; v penezich, in the money; penezi, with 
the money. 

DECLENSION of FEMININE NOUNS. 

SECTION 9. — The first declension of nouns of the feminine gender 
(ta zena) is shown by the following example*): 







Singular 


Plural 


nom. 


2en-a, 


the woman 


*£en-y, the women 


gen. 


zen-y, 


of the woman 


zen 9 of the women 


dat. 


zen-e, 


to the woman 


£en-am, to the women 


ace. 


zen-u, 


the woman 


zen-y, the women , 


voc. 


zen-o, 


woman! 


2en-y, women! 


loc. 


zeu-e, 


(in the woman 


zen-acb, (in) the women 


inst. 


zen-on, 


with the woman 


zen-ami, with the women 



All nouns of the feminine gender ending in a belong to this declen- 
sion. 

SECTION 10. — There are some masculine nouns terminating in a, 
which follow this declension in the singular, excepting the dative and lo- 
cative cases, which have the long masculine form For instance: vevod-a, 
the duke; ve>od-y, of the duke; vevod-ovi, to the duke; etc. 

*) Compare Note 3 on page 60 



Bohemian grammar. 



277 



In the plural number, such nouns follow the first masculine decleu- 
sioo: veYod-ove, the dukes; veTod-iiv, of the dukes; vevod-um, to the 
dukes; etc. (See ''plural" of first decleosion of masculine nouns.) - Some 
masculines ending in a take in the nominative plural always the short form 
i or e; for instance: basis! a, the basso; basisti (or basiste , the bassoes. 

SECT ION 11. — Nouns of the feminine gender ending in e, belong 
to the second decle <sion (ta zeme), which is as follows*) : 







Sing^ar 


nom. 


zem-e, 


the earth 


gen. 


zem-e, 


of the earth 


dat. 


zein-i, 


to the earth 


ace. 


zem-i, 


the earth! 


voc. 


zem-e, 


earth! 


loc. 


zein-i, 


with the earth 


inst. 


zem-i, 


with the earth 



zem-e, 

zein-i, 

zem-iin, 

zem-5, 

zem-e, 



Plural 
the earths 
of the earths 
to the earths 
the earths 
earths ! 



zem-ich, (in) the earths 
zem-emi, with the earths. 
SECTION 12.— Nouns of the feminine genderending in a consonant 
(ta dan), belong to the third declension, which has two branches showing 
a slight divergence at least in the written language, if not always iu com- 
mon discourse; hence we subjoin two examples : 

Si gular 

dan, 



nom. 

gen. 

dat. 

ace. 

voe. 

loc. 

inst. 

nom. 

gen. 

dat. 

ace. 

voc. 

l»c. 

inxt. 



kosf, the bone 

kost-i, of the bone 

kost-i 

kost, 

kost-i, 

kost 

kost 



to the boae 

the bone 
, bone ! 
, 'in) the bone 
, with the bone 



kost-i, 

kost-i, 

kost-etn, 

kost-i, 

kost-i, 



the bones 
of the bon^s 
to the bones 
the bones 
bones ! 
kost-ech, (in) the bones 
kost-mi, with the bones 



dan-e, 

dan-i, 

daii, 

dan-i, 

dan-i, 

dan-i, 

Plural 

dane, 

dan-i, 

dan- in u 

dan-e, 

dan-&, 



the tax 
of the tax 
to the tax 
the tax 
tax ! 

(in) the tax 
with the tax. 



the taxes 
of the taxes 
to the taxes 
the taxes 
taxes ! 
dan-icb, (in) the taxrs 
dan-£mi, with the taxes 



*) Compare Note 3 on page 60. 



278 



Part IV. 





Singular 






nom. 


slov-o, the word 




slov-a 9 


gen. 


slov-a 9 of the word 




slov 9 


dat 


slov-u 9 to the word 




slov-uin, 


ace. 


slov-o 9 the word 




sloY-a, 


roc. 


slov-o 9 word ! 




slov-a 9 


loe. 


slov-e 9 (-11), (in) the 


word 


slov-ech, 


inst. 


sloy-cin, with the word 


slov-y 9 



Nouns terminating in en drop the vowel e in the inflected cases; for 
instance : lazeiT 9 the bath; lazne, of the bath; lazni, to the bath; etc. 

DECLENSION of NEUTRAL NOUNS. 
SECTION 13.— The first declension comprises nouns of the neutral 
gender ending in (to sIoyo). They are declined as follows*): 

Pl-ral 
the words 
of th« words 
to the words 
the words 
words ! 
[-ich) 9 (in) the words 
with the words 

SECTION 14. —The second neutral declension embraces nouns end- 
ing in e and e (to pole, to poupe). It has two branches differing some- 
what in their inflected endings, as will be seen from the .subjoined two 

examples"*). 

Singular 

ponp-e, the bud 

poup-ctc, of the bud 

poup-eti, to the bud 

poup-& 9 the bud 

poup-e, bud ! 

poup-eti 9 (in) the bud 

poup-eteui, with the bud. 

ral 

poup-ata, the buds 
ponp-at, of the buds 
poup-at&in, to the buds 
poup-ata, the buds 
ponp-ata, buds ! 
poup-atech, fin) the buds 
poup-aty, with the buds. 

*) ( ompare Note 2 on page 65. 
**) Compare Note 2 on page 65 



nom. 


pol-e, the field 




gen. 


pol-e 9 of the field 




dat. 


pol-i 9 to the fiVld 




ace. 


pol-e 9 the field 




TOC. 


pol-e 9 field ! 




loe 


pol-i 9 (in) the field 




inst. 


pol-em 9 with the field 


Plu 


nom. 


pol-e, the fields 




gen. 


pol-f , of the fields 




dat. 


pol-im 9 to the fields 


• 


ace. 


pol-e 9 fields 




voc. 


pol-e, fields ! 




loe. 


pol-ich 9 (in) the fields 




inst. 


pol-i 9 with the fields 





Bohemian grammar. 



279 



The following nouns are declined like poupe: hrabe, the count, 
(hrab-ete, of the count; hrabata, the counts); knize, the princ; pachole, 
the little boy; devce, the girl; vnouce, the grandchild; — zvire, the ani- 
mal; dobytce, the beast; bribe, the foal; jehne, the lamb; k)te, the kit 
ten; kuzle, the kid; kace, the duckling; kure, the chick; hade, the young 
snake; house, the gosling; tele, the calf; — doupe, the den; koste, the 
broom; vole, the crop (the craw); 

The nouns bremeno, the burden; rameno, the arm or upper arm; 
semeno, the seed: temeno, the crown of the head, — and some others, 
have also a short form: brime, r&nie, sime, teme. The declension of 
these shortened nouns deviates somewhat from the above examples of the 
second neutral declension, for which reason a full paradigm is subjoined: 





Singular 


Plural 


nom. 


siin-&, the seed 


sem-ena, the seeds 


gen. 


sem-ene, of the seed 


sem-en, of the seeds 


dat. 


seni-eni, to the seed 


sem-enfim, to the seeds 


ace. 


sim-e, the seed 


sem-ena, the seeds 


roe. 


sini-e, seed ! 


sem-ena, seeds ! 


loc. 


seni-eni, (in) the seed 


sem-enech, (in) the seeds 


in st. 


seiii-enem, with the seed 


sem-eny, with the seeds. 



SECTION 15. —The third declension of neutral nouns is character- 
ized by the terminal i : 

Plural 
znamen-i, the signs 
ztjamen-i, of the signs 
znamen-iin, to the signs 





Singular 


nom. 


znamen-i, the sign 


gen. 


znamen-i, to the sigi 


dat. 


znamen-i, to the sign 


ace. 


znamen-i, the sign 


roc. 


znamen-i, sign ! 


loc. 


znamen-i, (in) the sign 


inst. 


znamen-im, with the sign 



znamen-i, the signs 
znamen-i, signs ! 
znamen-ich, (in) the signs 
znamen-imi, with the signs. 

This declension embraces also: 1. Feminine nouns terminating in 
i, like: pani, the mistress or lady; bibli, (also bible), tbe bible; but these 
nouns retain the terminal i in the instrumental of the singular number : 
s pani, with the lad} r . — 2. Some masculine nouns ending in i: rukojmi, 
the surety. 



280 



Part IV. 



nom 


oc-i, the eyes 


us-i, 


gen. 


oc-i, of the eyes 


us-i, 


dat. 


oc-im, to the eyes 


us-im, 


ace 


oc-i, the eyes 


u£-i, 


voc. 


oc-i, eyes ! 


us-i, 


loc. 


oc-icli,(in) the eyes 


us-icli, 


inst 


oc-ima,with the eyes 


us>ima, 



noh-y 


prs-a, 


uoh-ou 


prs-ou 


noli -a in 


prs-iim 


uoh-y 


prs-a 


uoh-y 


prs-a 


uoh-ou 


prs-ou 


n oh -am a 


prs-oma 



SECTION 16. -There is a dual number in Bohemian, limited in the 
modern language to the names of parts of the human body, Avhich app< ar 
in pairs : oci, the eyes; usi, the ears; race, the hands; nohy, the feet; 
prsa, the breasts; ramena, the arms; koleua, the knees. They are de- 
clined in the dual number as follows : 

ruc-e, 

r uk -on, 

ruk-am, 

ruc-e, 

ruc-e, 

ruk-ou, 

ruk-ama, 
DECLENSION of ADJECTIVES. 

SECTION 17. -There are* two leading classes of adjectives: definite 
and indefinite. 

Definite adjectives present two subdivisions: 1. adjectives with a 
changing termination, according to gender: dobr-y (muz), dobr-a(zeu-a), 
dobr-e (dite), — the good man, the good woman, the good child; 2. ad- 
jectives with the same termination in all three genders: duesn-i (fitr) 
dnesui (zima), duesui (parno), — today's wind, today's cold, today's 
heat.*) 

Indefinite adjectives are either derived from definite adjectives, being 
only a different form of the same; for instance: zdravy, zdrava, zdrave, 
healthy or well (definite); zdrav, zdrava, zdnivo (indefinite)**"); 

Or they are so-called possessive adjectives, derived from nouns : 
(otec, the father) otc-uv, otc-ova, otc-ovo, the father's; (matka, the 
mother) matc-iu, niatc-iiia, matc-ino, the mother's***). 

SECTION 18. — Definite adjectives with a changing termination are 
declined in the following manner****; : 



*) Compare Note 1 on page 85, and Note 1 on page 94. 
**) Compare Note 2 on page 103. 
***) Com Notes 2 and 3, on pp. 94, 95 
****) Compare Note 1, on page 85. 



Bohemian grammar. 



281 



Singular. 

masculine feminine 

nom. dobr-y muz, a good man; dobr-a zona; 

gen. dobr-elio muze, of a good man dobr-e zeny; 

dat. dobr-emu muzi, to a good man dobr-e zene; 

ace. dobr-eho muze, a good man; dobr-ou zenu, 

voc. dobr-y mazi, good man! dobr-a zeno ! 

loc. dobr-em muzi, (iu) a good man dobr-e zene; 

inst. dobr-ym muzem, with a good dobr-ou zenou; 

man 



Plural. 



nom. dobr-i muzi, good men 

gen. dobr-ych muzu, of good men 

dat. dobr-ym mu?,um,to good men 

ace. dobr-e muze, good men 

voc. dobr-i muzi, good men! 

loc. dobr-ych muzich,(in) good m. 

inst. dobr-y mi muzi, with good men 



dobr-e' zeny 
dobr-ych zen 
dobr-ym zemim 
dobr-e zeny 
dobr-e' zeny 
dobr-ych zen<£ch 
dobry-mizenami 



neutre 

dobr-e ditko 
dobr-eho ditka 
dobr-emu ditku 
dobr-e ditko 
dobr-e ditko! 
dobr-em ditku 
dobr-ym ditkem. 



dobr-a ditka 
dobr-ych ditek 
dobr-ym ditkem 
dobr-a ditka 
dobr-a ditka 
dobr-ych ditkach 
dobr-ymiditkami. 



Notel. The hard consonants h, ch, k, r, are changed in the 
nominative plural, of the masculine gender into the soft consonants z, 
s, c, r, when the adjective qualifies an animate noun : dobry muz, — do- 
bri muzi; velky hoch, — velci hosi. The terminations cky and sky change 
into cti aud sti: nemecky t,sing). nemecti — (plur.); cesky (sing.) — cesti 
(plur.). 

In common discourse, however, this rule is neglected. 

ft ot e 2. When the adjective qualifies a masculine inanimate noun, 
it agrees in the nominative and accusative plural with the feminine gender: 
dobre stromy, good trees; and the accusative singular is like the nomina- 
tive: dobry strom. 

SECTION 19.— Definite adjectives, having the same termination (i) 
in all genders and both numbers, are declined in the following manner*); 



*; Compare Note 1, page 94. 



282 




Part I\ 
Singular 






masculine 


feminine 


neutre 


nom. 


dnesn-i 


dnesn-i 


dnesn-i 


gen. 


dnesn-iho 


dnesn-i 


dnesn-iho 


dat. 


dnesn-imn 


duesn-i 


dnesn-imn 


ace. 


dneSn-iho 


dnesn-i 


dnesn-i 


voc. 


dnesn-i 


dnesn-i 


dnesn-i 


loc 


dnesn-im 


dnesn-i 


dne§n-im 


i?ist. 


dne§n-iin 


dnesn-i 


dnesn-im 



Plural 
all three genders 
dnesn-i 
dnesn-ich 
dnesn-im 
dnesn-i 
dnesn-i 
dne§n-ich 
dnesn-imi 

Note. When the adjective qualifies a masculine inanimate noun, 
the accusative singular is like the nominative. We say: cekam dnesniho 
hosta, I wait for today's guest; but: u cek&in dnesni list", I wait for to- 
day's paper. 

SECTION 20.— Indefi lite adjectives like zdray (from zdravy)*vesel 
(from vesely). etc.*) are now used only in the nominative and accusative 
cases. Possessive adjectives have the following declension: 

Singular 



* feminine 
b rat r ova 
bratr-ovy 
bratr-ove 
bratr-ovn 
bratr-ova ! 



masculine 
nom. bratr nv, my brother's 
gen. bratr-ova, of my brother's 
dat. bratr-ovn, to my brother's 
ace. bratr ova, my brother's 
"doc. bratr n v! brother's! 

loc. bratr-ovn (-ore) in mv brother's bratr-ove 
itist. bratr-ovym, with my brother's bratr-ovou 

Plural 
(Only throe cases differ, the other four being identical, 
sation there is no difference at all.) 

brother's bratr-ovy 

bratr-ovych 
bratr-ovym 
bratr-ovy 
bratr ovy ! 
bratr-ovych 
bratr ovy mi 
*) 8ee Note 2, page 103. 



neutre 
bratr ovo 
bratr-ova 
bratr ovu 
bratr-ovo 
bratr ovo ! 
bratr-ovo 
bratr ovym. 



In conver- 



nom. 


bratr ovi, 


gen. 




dat. 




ace. 


bratr ovy 


voc. 


bratr ovi ! 


loc. 




inst. 





bratr ova 



bratr ova 
bratr ova ! 



Bohem ia n gra m m ar . 



283 



Notel. — When the possessive adjective qualifies a masculine 
inanimate noun, the accusative singular is like the nominative: victim 
bratrfiv dum, "I see my brother's house"; and the nominative and voca- 
tive plural have a final y, like the feminine gender : bratrovy domy, "my 
brother's houses". 

N ot e 2. — The adjective pane is not inflected : leta Pane 1900, 
in the year of our Lord 1890; — chram Fane, the Lord's house; — vecefe, 
Pane, the Lord's supper, — dura panfe Hodaniiv, Mr. Hodan's house. 

Note 3. — Possessive adjectives formed from feminine nouns and 
having the termination in (fern, ina, neutre ino)*), are declined like those 
formed from masculine nouns : bratru?, bratrova, bratrovo. 

In their formation hard consonants are softened down in the ucual 
manner : mat-ka, the mother; raat-cin (matcina, matcino), the mother's. 

COMPARISON of ADJECTIVES. 

SE TION 21. — The comparison of adjectives is fully explained in 

Notes 1 and 2, Lesson XXI f. The termination ky changes into ci, in the 

second and third degree : hezky, nice; hez£i, nicer; uejhezci, ni est. 

DECLENSION of PRONOUNS. 

SECTION 22. — Personal pro- ouns.*) 

Singular. 



nom. 


J*, I 


ty, thou 


on, he; ono, it 


ona, she 


gen. 


me (nine) of me 


te (tebe) 


jebo (ho) 


ji 


dat 


mi (in ne) to me 


ti (tobe) 


jeniu (mu) 


ji 


ace. 


me (nine) me 


te (tebe) 


jeho(ho, jej);je, it 


ji 


loc. 


nine, in me 


tobe 


ne in 


ni 


inst. 


in non, with me 

« 


tebon 

Plural. 


niiii (jiin) 


ni ( ji) 


nom. 


ray, we 


Ty, you 


oni, (fen. onyj neut 


. ona) they 


gen 


nas, of us 


yds, 


jich 




dat. 


nam, to us 


vara 


jim 




ace 


nas, us 


vas 


je 




he. 


nds, in us 


\&s 


nich 




inst. 


n ami (with) us 


vaini 


nimi (jinii) 





*) See Note 3, page 95. 

*) Compare Note 1 on page 102 and Note on page 106. 



284 




Part IV. 










SECTION 23. - Possessive pro 


n tins*) 








Sin 


gular. 








.masculine feminine 




neutre 


masc. fern. 


neut. 


nom 


muj ma (moje) 




me (moje) 


mis nase 


nase 


gen. 


meho me (moji) 




meho 


naseho nasi 


naseho 


dat. 


m emu ni£ (moji) 




mem ii 


nase mu nasi 


nasemu 


ace. 


ineho mou (moji) 
(inan. muj) 




me (moje) 


naseho nasi 
(inan. nas) 


nase 


VOC. 


muj ma (moje) 




me (moje) 


nas nase 


nase 


loc. 


mem in£ (moji) 




mem 


nasem nasi 


nasem 


inst 


mym mou (moji) 


P] 


mym 

ural. 


nasim nasi 


nasim. 




(Cases showing no difference of gender are left in blank.) 


• 


nom 


moji (moje m& (moje) 




ma (moje) 


nasi (nase) nase nase 


gen. 


mych 






nasich 




dat. 


mym 






nasim 




ace. 


me (moje) m£ (moje) 




ma (moje) 


nase 




TOC. 


moji (moje) m6 (moje) 




ma (moje) 


nasi (nase) nase nase 


loc. 


mych 






nasich 




inst .. 


my mi 






nasi mi 






SECTION 24 


— Indicative pronouns **) 






Singular 




Plur 


ii 








masc. fern. 


neut. 


masc. fern 


neut. 






nom. 


ten ta 


to 


ti ty 


ta 


kdo 


CO 


gen. 


toho te 


toho 


tech 




koho 


ceho 


dat. 


tomu te 


tomu 


tern 




komu 


cemu 


ace. 


toho (ten) tu 


to 


ty ty 


• ta 


koho 


CO 


loc. 


torn te 


torn 


tech 




kom 


cem 


inst. 


tim tou 


tim 


temi 




kym 


Hm. 



SECTION 25. — The relative pronouns ktery (f em . ktera, neut. kte 
re) and jenz (fern. & neut. jez), are translated by which or that. 

The pronoun ktery, a, e is declined like the definite adjective do" 
bry, a, e : the pronoun jen^ is declined as follows: 

*) Compare Lessons XXV and XXVI. 

**) Compare Note 1 on page 115, and Note 5 on page 82. 



Bohemian grammar. 



285 







Singular 




Plural 




masc. 


fern. 


neat. 


of all three genders. 


nom. 


jen2 


jez 


jez 


jiz (masc.), jez (f. & n.) 


gen. 


jehoz 


m 


jehoz 


jiehz 


dat. 


jernui 


m 


jemuz 


jimz 


ace. 


jehoz (jejz) 


P 


jez 


jez 


loc. 


(y) neinz 


(v) niz 


(v) nemz 


(v) nichz 


inst. 


jim£ 


m 


jimz 


jimi£ 






NUMERALS. 






SECTION 26.- 


-The cardinal 


numeral jede 


n (fern, jedna, neut. jed- 


no) is 


declined like ten, (ta, to):)*) 










Singular 




Plural 




masc. 


fern. 


neat. 


of all three genders. 


nom. 


jeden 


jedn -a 


jedn o 


jedn i, -y, -a 


gen. 


jedn-oho 


jedn-e 


jedn-oho 


jedn ech 


dat. 


jedn onm 


jedn e 


jedn omu 


jedn em 


ace. 


jedn oho 
(inan. jeden) 


jedn-u 


jedn o 


jedn y, -y, -a 


loc. 


jedn om 


jedn e 


jedn om 


jedn-eeh 


inst. 


jednim 


jein ou 


jedn ini 


jedn emi 



The declension of dva (fern. & neut. dve), tri, ctyri (fern. & neut. 
ctyry is sufficiently explained in Note 1, on page 122. 

The numerals pet, Sest, sedm until devadesat devet (five till ninety 
nine) take in all cases an i, except the accusative and vocative, which are 
like the nominative. For instauce : pet muzu, five men; peti inuzu, of 
five men (or "of the five men"); peti muzuin, to five men; v peti muzich, 
in five men; s p&ti muzi, with five men. 

In the nominative and accusative they are always fol - 
lowed by the genitive case of the noun: -pet ttlUZU or 1T1U S 
ZUV, five men; sest holek, six girls; sedm detl, seven 

children. 



*) See Wote 3 on page U6, 



286 Part 111. 

Numerals like ticenty one, twenty two, twenty three, and s® forth; 
may be rendered in Bohemian in two ways: 1— dvacet jeden, dvacet dva, 
dvacet tri, etc.*), in which case both parts are inflected : dvaceti dvou, 
of twenty two; dvaceti dvema, to twenty two; etc. 

2. — jeden -ad vacet, dva-a dvacet, tri-a dvacet, etc., one and 
twenty, two and ticenty, three and twenty; etc., but usually written together: 
jeden ad vacet, dvaad vacet. In this case only the second part is inflected: 
jedenadvaceti, of twonty one, to twenty two; s jedenadvaceti, with twen- 
ty one. 

Sto (one hundred) is declined like the neutre noun slovo, excepting 
that in connection with dv£ (two) it retains the dual number in the nomi- 
native and accusative : sto, sta, stu, etc. (a hundred, of a hundred, to a 
hundred); dv6 ste, two hundred; dvou set, of two hundred; dvema stum, 
to two hundred; o dvou stecli, about two hundred; s dvema sty, with two 
hundred. 

Tisic (one thousand) is declined like the masc. noun mec : tisice, 
of a thousand; tisici, to a thousand; s tisiceni, with a thousand. 

SECTION 27.— Ordinal numerals, prvni or prvy, driihy, treti, etc; 
(first, second, third,) are declined like adjectives of a corresponding termi- 
nation, i. e. like dobry, a, e or dnesni.**) 

The same rule obtains in relation to the special and multiplicative 
numerals : dvoji, troji, etc. (twofold, threefold); dvojuasobny, trojnasob 
ny, etc. (double, treble). 

The neutral form of special numerals : ctvero, patero, desatero, 
etc., is declined like the neutre noun slovo; for instance : desatero prika- 
z&ni, the ten commandments; desat-ra prikazani, of the- ten command- 
ments; v desateru pHkazaiii, in the ten commandments; etc. 

The names of numbers : jednotka (the figure one), dvojka, the fig- 
ure two), trojka, (the figure three), etc., are declined like the fern, nouns 
ending in a : zena. 

SECTION 28.— The indefinite numeral vsechen (also vsecek or vse- 
cken)***), all, has the following declension ; 



*) See page 120, 

**) See Note 3 on page 124, 

* f *) See JTote 1 on page 137, 



Bohemian grammar. 



287 











Singular. 






masculine 


e 


feminine 


nom. 


& voc. 


vsechen 




vsechna 


gen. 




vseho 




VS1* 


dat. 




vseinu 




vsi 


ace. 




v§eho 




vsechnu 






(in an. vsechen 




loc. 




vsem 




vsi 


inst. 




vsim 




vsi 

Plural. 


nom. 


& voc. 


masc. 


vsichni 


gen. 




(masc 


. inan. ) 


vsechny 


dat 






fern. 


vsechny 


lc. 






neut. 


vsechna 


inst 


ace., 


masc. 


& fern. 


vsechny 


ace. ? 



neutre 

\sechno 
vseho 
vsemu 
vsechuo 

vsem 
vsim 



in all 

three 

genders. 



vsech 
vsem 
vsech 
vsemi 
it. Ysecl: 

The indefinite numeral veskery, ii 9 e has the same meaning as vse- 
cben, na, no (all), and is*declined like adjectives of the same terminatkn 
(dobry, a, e.) 

VERBS. 

SECTION 29. — 1. The verb is said to be subjective, when the 
action or condition is strictly confined to the subject : seciim, I am sitting; 
bell am, I am running; rvze kvete, the rose is blooming, 

2. It is called objective, when the action relates to another per- 
son or thing: slunce zahriva zemi, the sun is warming the earth; utttei 
e\vih\i\zdka, the teacher praised the scholar; duveruj v BoJut! trust in God! 

The objective verb is transitive or intransitive. 

The transitive verb is accompanied by the accusative case without 
any preposition : ucitel clivdli Mka, the teacher is praising the scholar; 
matka vede deem, the mother is leading her daughter. 

The intransitive verb is accompanied by the accusative case with a 
preposition : duveruj v Boha$ or by some other case with or without a 
preposition: lakomecbazi pobohatstvi, the miser craves for riches; zdk po- 
sloucM ucitele, the scholar obeys his teacher. 

3. A verb is called reflexive, when the action reverts to the sub- 
ject, Such verbs are accompanied by the reflexive pronoun se ; Mo<Ui gel 



288 Part IV. 

pray! Chlapec se stroji, the boy is dressing (himself). Radujeme se~s toho, 
we are rejoicing over it. 

Bat sometimes the pronoun se expresses the passive mood, and not 
a reflected action : maso se ji, the flesh is eaten; jablka se cesaji, the ap- 
ples are being picked; pole se ora, the field is being plowed. 

4. Impersonal verbs express an action or condition regardless 
of the persen or thing, from which it proceed^: prsi, it rains, it is rain- 
ing; rozedniva se, it dawns, (the day is breaking). 

SECTION 30. — The classification of the Bohemian verbs in regard 
to the character of the action is fully explained in Lesson XXXIX. 

Tense-inflection shows a difference in the time of the action or con- 
dition. There are three tenses : 

1. The present tense (pritomny cas): pisii, I write, I am writing; 
pes steka, the dog barks, the dog is barking. 

2. The past tense inin uly cas): psaljsem, I wrote, I was writing; 
pes stekal, the dog barked, the dog was barking. 

The past tense may be continuous, when a continued past action is 
expressed: sel jsem, I went, I was going; or f i n i t e, when a finished ac- 
tion is expressed: pf isel jsern, I came. 

3. The future tense (budouci cas): psati budu, I shall write,. I shall 
be writing; pes bude stekati, the dog will bark, the dog will be barking. 

The future tense may also be either con tinuous: budu psati; ox finite, 
when a completed future action is to be expressed; napisu, I shall write out. 

The Bohemian verb, like in English, has an indicative mood: mlu- 
vim, 1 speak; a subjunctive or conditional mood: mluvil bych, I should 
speak; and an imperative mood: mluv! speak! 

SECTION 31. — There is only one auxiliary verb in Bohemian: byti, 
to be. — But certain verbs are used in connection with other verbs, to 
make a complete assertion or declaration; for instance : musiti, must; 
smiti, may, dare; rnoci, can; raciti, please; etc. We say: muslin jiti, I 
must go; smim mluviti? may I speak? racte vejiti! please to come in! 

SECTION 32. — The Bohemian verb has six conjugations, fully illus- 
rated in Lessons XXXI-XXXV incl. 

The auxiliary verb byti, adding in the formation of the past and fu- 
ture teases, is conjugated tb\J8 j 



Bohemian grammar. 289 

Present: jsem, jsi, jest; jsnie, jste, jsou. 
Imperative: bud', bud'me, bud'te. 

Past participle: byl, byla, bylo; byli, byly, byla. 
Subjunctive: bycli, bys ? by; bycliom, (bysme), byste, by. 
Future: budu, budes, bude; budeme, budete, budou. 
Present transgressive*): jsa, jsouc, jsouc; jsouce; (being). 
P.isttransg.: byv, byvsi, byvsi; byvse; (having been). 
Future transg : buda, budouc, budouc; budouce; (to be, expecting to be). 



*) This participal construction occurs only in- the written language; 
it is explained in Note 4, page 164. 

SECTION 33.— Table of the six conjugations. 



290 



PART IV 







I. 

Termination ti directly attached to the 


root. 


II 

Terra, -out 


I m 
] Termin. 


Person 


nes-ti 

to carry 


pi-ti 

to drink 


tri-ti 

to rob 


pec-i*) 
to bake 


min-outi 

to pass 


hledeti 

to look, to 
look after 


o 
o 

s 

0> 


f-l 

M 

33 


1 
2 
3 


nes-u 
nes-es 
nes-e 


plj-u (-i) 

pij-es 

PU-e 


tr-u 

tr-es 
fcf-e 


pek-u 
pec-es 
pec-e 


min-u 
min-es 
niin-e 


bled-im 

hled-fs 

bled-f 


OS 


a 


1 
2 
3 


nes-eme 

nes-ete 

nes-ou 


pij-eme 

pij-ete 

pij-ou 


tr-eme 

tf-ete 

tr-ou 


pe£-eme 

peS-ete 

pek-ou 


min-em?' 
min-ete 
mi n- ou 


hled-fme 

bled-fte 

bled-i 




b£ 


2 


nes 


Pij 


tfi 


pe6 


min 


bled' 


58 




_„___ 


nes-rne 


pij me 


tf-ome 


pec-me 


min-me 


bled'-me 


a 


s 


2 


nes-te 


pij-te 


tf-ete 


pec-te 


min-te 


hhd'-te 


ft 

"5 




masc. 
fern, 
neut. 


nes-1 

nes-la 

nes-lo 


pi-1 

pi-la 

pi-lo 


tre-1 

tfe-la 

tfe-lo 


pek-1 

pek-la 

pek-lo 


minu-1 

mmu-la 

minu-)o 


hled-el 

bled-ela 

bled-Slo 




s 


masc 
fern, 
neut 


nes-li 
nes-ly 
nes-la 


pi-li 
pi-ly 
pi-la 


tfe-li 
tfe-ly 
tfe-la 


pek-li 
pek-ly 
pek-la 


minu-li 
minu-ly 
minu-la 


bled-eli 
bled-ely 
bled-ela 


0) 

ft 

03 


c 


masc. 
fern, 
neut. 


nes-en 

Des-ena 

nes-eno 


pi-t 

pi-ta 

pi-to 


tfe-n 

tfe-na 

tfe-no 


pec-en 

pe£-ena 

pe£-eno 


minu-t 

minu-ta 

minu-to 


bledS-n 

bledS-na 

bledS-no 


CD 

"en 

ce 

X 

PM 


3 

HI 


masc. 
fern, 
neut. 


nes-eni 
nes-eny 
nes-ena 


p ; -ti 
pi-ty 
pita 


tfe-ni 
tfe-ny 
tfe-na 


pec-eni 
pe6-eny 
pec-ena 


minu-ti 
minu-ty 
minn-ta 


blede-ni 
bledS-ny 
blede-na 


0) 




masc 


nes-a 


Pije 


tr-a 


pek-a 


miri-a 


bled-e 


■i- 3 'cc 
«0 


31 


fern. 


nes-ouc 


pij-ic 


tr-ouc 


pek-ouc 


min-ouc 


bled-ic 


F-i cc 

o3 


2_ 


neut. 

m.'f. 

n. 


nes-ouc 
nes-ouce 


pij-ic 
pij -ice 


tr-ouc 
tr-ouce 


pek-ouc 
pek-ouce 


min-ouc 
min-ouce 


bled-ic 
bled-ice 



0) 




masc. 


> 


ao 






P 


fern. 


0) 


>/-• 




u 






u 




neut. 








* 


- 


m. f. 

n. 



Ph co . — 



nes 

nes-si 

nes-si 

nes-se 



piv 

piv-si 

piv-si 

piv-se 



tre-v 

tfe-vsi 

tfe-vsi 

tfe-vse 



pek 

pek-si 

pek-si 

pek-se 



min-uv 

min-uvsi 

min-uvsi 

min-uvse 



bledS-v 

bled£-vsi 

bled&-vsi 

blede-vse 



*) Popularly pecti, originally pekti 



Bohemian grammar. 



291 



III 
-eti or -eti 


IV 
Termin. -iti 


f 


V 
Termin. -ati 




VI 
Term, -ovati 


Mz-eti 

to throw 


cin-iti 

to do 


vol-ati 

to call 


maz-ati 

to rub 


hna-ti 

to drive 


mil-ovati 

to love 


hdz-im 


£m-im 


vol-am 


maz-u (-i) 


zen-u 


miluj-u (-i) 


hdz-is 


cin-fs 


vol-as 


maz-es 


zen-es 


miluj-es 


ha*z-f 


cin-i 


vol-a" 


maz-e 


zen-e 


miluj-e 


haz-fme 


Sin-fme 


vol-dme 


maz-eme 


zen-eme 


mLuj-eme 


hdz-ite 


£in-ite 


vol-dte 


maz-ete 


zen-ete 


miluj-ete 


Mz-ejf 


5in-f 


vol-ajf 


maz-ou (() 


zen-O'i 


miluj-ou (-f) 


h&zej 


cin 


volej 


maz 


2en 


miluj 


hdzej-me 


cin-me 


volej-me 


maz-me 


zeii-me 


miluj-me 


hdzej-te 


Sin-te 


volej-te 


maz-te 


zefi-te 


miluj -te 


Mze-1 


ciai-1 


vola-1 


maza-1 


hna-1 


milova-1 


hdze-la 


6ini-la 


vola-la 


maza-la 


hna-la 


milova-la 


hdze-lo 


clni-lo 


vola-lo 


maza-lo 


hna-lo 


milova-lo 


k&ze-li 


cSini-li 


vola-li 


maza-li 


hna-li 


milova-li 


haze-ly 


6ini-ly 


vola-ly 


maza-ly 


hna-ly 


milova-ly 


hdze-la 


cini-la 


vola-la 


maza-la 


hna-la 


milova-la 


Mze-n 


6ine-n 


vold-n 


mazd-n 


hnd-n 


milovd-n 


hdze-na 


cinS-na 


vold-na 


mazd-na 


hnd-na 


milovd-tia 


hdze-no 


cine-no 


void-no 


mazd-no 


hnd-no 


milovd-no 


hdze-ni 


cine-ni 


vold-ni 


mazd-ni 


hnd-ni 


milova-ni 


hdze-ny 


cine-ny 


vold-ny 


mazd-ny 


hnd-ny 


milova-ny 


hdze-na 


cin£-na 


vold-na 


mazd-na 


hnd-na 


milovd-na 


hdze-je 


cin-e 


vola-je 


maz-e 


zen-a 


miluj-e 


hdze-jfc 


cin-ic 


vola-jfc 


maz-ic 


zen-ouc 


miluj-fc 


haze-jfc 


cin-ic 


vola-jic 


maz-ic 


zen-ouc 


miluj-ic 


hdze-jice 


cin-ice 


vola-jice 


mazi-ce 


zen-ouce 


miluj -ice 


hdze-v 


cini-v 


vola-v 


maza-v 


hna-v 


milova-v 


hase-vsi 


cini-vsi 


vola-vsi 


maza-vsi 


hna-vsi 


milova-vsi 


haze-vsi 


cini-vsi 


vola-vsi 


maza-vsi 


hna-vsi 


milova-vsi 


hdze-vse 


£ini-vse 


vola-v§e 


maza-vse 


hna-vse 


milova-vse 



292 Part IV. 

SECTION 34.— Irregular verbs. 

Jeti, to ride, to drive;— present, jedii, jedes, jede, jedeme, jedete, jedou; 

imper Jed', -me, -te; active partic jel, -a, o; passive partic. jet, 

-a, o; present transg. jed-a, -one, -ouce; supine, jet, (to ride 5 ; 
jiti, to go; — pres. jdu, jdes, jde, jdeme, jdete, jdou; imp. jdi, jde-me, 

jde-te; act. part, sel, sla, slo; present transg. jda, jdouc, -ce; sup. 

jit, (to go); 
chtiti, to want;— pres. chci, chees, chce, cheeme, chcete, chteji; imper. 

chtej, cktej me, -te; act. part, chtel, -a, -o; pres. transg. ektej-e, 

-ic, -ice; past transg. elite v, -si, -se; sup. cktet (to want); 
initi, to have;— pres. mam, mas, ma, niame, mate, maji; imper. mej, 

inej-ine, mej-te; act. part, mel, -a, o; pres. transg. maj e, -ic, 

-ice; past transg. inev, -si, -se; 
spati, to sleep; — pres. spim, spis, spi, spime, spite, spi; imper spi, 

spe-me, -te; act. part, spal, -a, -o; pres. transg. spe, spic, spice; 

past Iransg. spay, -si, -se; sup. spat, (to sle^p); 

stati se, to happen, to become; — stanu se, stanes se, stane se, stan-eme, 

-ete, -ou se; imper. stan se, -me, -te se; act part, stal, -a, -o se; 

pres. transg. stay, -si, -se, -se; <stava se, it happens, is impersonal); 
videti, to see;— yidim, vidis, vidi, vidime, vidite, vidi; imper. viz, -me, 

-te; act. part, videl, -a> -o; passive part, yiden, -a, -o; present 

transg. vid-a, -ouc, -once, 

SECTION" 35. — The derivation and comparison of ad v erbs is ex- 
plained in Notes 2 one 3, on page 128. 

Prepositions govern or require particular cases* 

The genitiae case, responding to the question ci, kohoS cello?*), is 

governed by the following prepositions, and adverbs used as prepositions: 

krom I as : de from, 
krome i except; 
kolem | round, 

0k0l ° \ around; 



bez, without 
die ) according to; 
podle » next to; 
yedle, next to, along- 
side of; 



do, to, till, until; 

od, from 

u, at, by; 

z, ze, from, out of; 



vukol 



*) See Note 5, page 82. In the genitive case the question kohoS 
whose? was inadvertently omitted. 



Bohemian grammar. 



293 



vyse, higher 
prostred, amidst 
misto, instead of. 



vne, outside of; daleko, far 

vnitf, inside of; stranu, about 

blizko, near nize, lower 

The dative case (responding to the question komidcemu? is govern- 
ed by the following: 

k ) proti, against naproti, towards, a- 

to, for; k vuli, for the sake of; gainst, opposite; 

vstric, towards. 

The accusative case (responding to the question koho] col; is gov- 
erned by the following: 



ke 
ku 



\ 



mimo, besides, past; 
ob, over 



pro, for skrze, through. 

pfes, over, across; 

The locative case (responding to the question v kom? v ceml o kom? 
o cem? etc.) is always governed by the preposition pri, by, at; and inmost 
instances by the following prepositions: 

po, after, by, during. 



v 
ve 



} '■ 



0, about, on; 
na, on, upon, for; 

The preposition v or ve, when it occurs before a word beginning; 
with the letter v, is often changed into u; for instance: u velik&n poctui 
(instead of ve velikem poctu x , in a large number, or "in large numbers."* 

The above five prepositions often require the accusative case; for ex- 
ample : na potupu, for disgrace, i. e. "in order to disgrace or dishonor"; 
boji se o zivot, he fears for his life. 

The prepositions mezi, between, among; nad, over, above; pod, 
under, below; pred, before, — govern either the accusative or the instru- 
mental case: pujdu mezi lidi, I shall go among people; byljsem mezi 
lid mi, I was among people. 

The preposition s, se governs the genitive case, when itmeans/h>m, 
off: spadl s vozu, se stromu, he fell from the wagon, from the tree; and 
it governs the instrumental case, when it means with: pojd'se mnou,come 
with me; sli jsme za nim, we went after him, we followed him. 



294 Part IV. 

Za governs the geniteve case, when it means during, in: za casu 
Washingtona, in the time of Washington ;— it governs the accusative case, 
when it means for: koupil jsem to za dollar, I bought it for a dollar; — 
and it governs the instrumental case, when translated by behi?id y after: 
pojd' za mnou, come behind me; pfijdu za tebou, I will come after thee. 

In rare instances it requires the accusative case: nejsems to poslou- 
ziti vam, I cannot (I am not able to) accommodate you. 



O O NTE NTS 



Page 

Why this book has been written 5 

The Bohemian language 7 

The Bohemians in the United States 8 

PART I. 

General observations 12 

The Boh* mian alphabet 12 

Names of the letters 15 

Bohemian pronunciation 16 

Parts of speech 18 

Gender 19 

Grammatical rules in general 20 

The accent 21 

"Ty" and "vy" 22 

PART II, Rules of pronunciation 25 

Lesson I ) 28 

Lesson XL j" 172 

PART III. Bohemian conversation 179 

Bohemian and English > 180 

Greetings and compliments 187 

A call ... 190 

Time 192 

The hour 1 98 

Age and date 201 

The weather 206 

Health and sickness 218 

The human being 218 

Disease and cure 228 

Drugs and medicines 237 

At home . . . : 2 14 

Buying and selling 249 

In a grocery store 255 

Garments 257 

Shoemaking , 260 

Diverse trades 261 

On the farm 262 

PART IT. Bohemian grammar 

Orthography 269 

Etymology 274 



Knihy vydane nakladem Slavie: 



TIllTTlflC Novy Tlumac Americky od Karl a Jona"se. Ztidna' publikaee 
1 lUliiav. £ es fc& Y teto 7emi nebyla prijata od obecenstva s takovym 
vd£kem a uznanim a zadne se n« dostalo rozsifenj lakrycbleho avelikeho, 
. jako Tlumaci, knize ku suadoeinu a rycblemu priuceni se jaz}^ku anglic- 
kemu, bez jehoz znaiosti nikdo se zde valnebo pokroku nededehi. Of Da 
$1.50 i se zasilkou a prodava" se jecline za botove. 

SlOVnik CeSkO-angllCky, od Karla Jonase. Ctvrte roz- 
mnozene a opravene vyddnf. Postupna" kniba ucebna* po Tlumaci a ne- 
zbytud pro kazd^bo ku zdokonaleni se v jazyku anglickem. Pro po££tec- 
nika ku rycblemu seznamenf se s nejobecDejsi, kazdodenni mluvou staci 
Tlumac; povrcbni znalec angliciny musi pak k ruce miti Slovnik, aby se 
zdokonalil. Ceoa $1.50. Jen za botove. 

SlOVnik angllCkO-CeSky, od Karla Jonase. S liplnou vy- 

slovnosti anglickou. Obsabuje na 723 strana'ch bobaty slovoi pokfad 
aDglickebo jazyka. Ntzbytnd pomucka 5teudium. Cena $1.75. 

Zlata kniha pro farmera. Die roziicnych pramenfi se- 

stavil Karel Jon&s. Kniba tato pojedna>& o vniirnfcb i zevnilfnfeb Me- 
nemocecb koni a vseho dobytka bospodalskeho. Obsabuje naVod o koupi 
konf, dodatek o domacfcb pomuck&cb pro vselike nebody, a recepiy na 
rozli£ne leky v jazyku ceskem i anglickem. Prospela jiz stum £eskycb 
farmeru a na z&dne farme nemSla by cbyb£ti. Cena $1.00. 

AmeriCke praVO. / Sepsal Josef Jiff Krai. Sbirka nejdti- 
lezitejsich zdkonu, ktere by mSl zndti kazdy obcan amerisky. Obsabuje 
pravo stdtnf, obcanske, rodinne, pozemkove\ farmerske; homstedni zrfkon 
i jine* o zabirani verejnycb pozemku a vsecbny smlouvy s Rakousk^nr* 

Cena #1.75. 

Cesko-americky Besednik. Nejvetsi sbirka pfiiezitost- 

nycb bdsni a deklamacf vdznycb i zertovnycb, solovycb vystupu, gratu- 
laci atd. Pravy poklad pro pofadatele zdbav. Cena #1.75. 

Politicke zfizeni americke. Napsai Charles jsrordhoff. 

Se svolenfm spisovatele a nakladatele prelozil Gustav B. Reisl. Cena 50c. 

Objednavky adresujte: SLAVIE, Racine, Wis. 



